Title: | 'Amazon Web Services' Compute Services |
Version: | 0.9.0 |
Description: | Interface to 'Amazon Web Services' compute services, including 'Elastic Compute Cloud' ('EC2'), 'Lambda' functions-as-a-service, containers, batch processing, and more https://aws.amazon.com/. |
License: | Apache License (≥ 2.0) |
URL: | https://github.com/paws-r/paws, https://paws-r.r-universe.dev/paws.compute |
BugReports: | https://github.com/paws-r/paws/issues |
Imports: | paws.common (≥ 0.8.0) |
Suggests: | testthat |
Encoding: | UTF-8 |
RoxygenNote: | 7.3.2 |
Collate: | 'apprunner_service.R' 'apprunner_interfaces.R' 'apprunner_operations.R' 'batch_service.R' 'batch_interfaces.R' 'batch_operations.R' 'braket_service.R' 'braket_interfaces.R' 'braket_operations.R' 'computeoptimizer_service.R' 'computeoptimizer_interfaces.R' 'computeoptimizer_operations.R' 'ec2_service.R' 'ec2_interfaces.R' 'ec2_operations.R' 'ec2instanceconnect_service.R' 'ec2instanceconnect_interfaces.R' 'ec2instanceconnect_operations.R' 'ecr_service.R' 'ecr_interfaces.R' 'ecr_operations.R' 'ecrpublic_service.R' 'ecrpublic_interfaces.R' 'ecrpublic_operations.R' 'ecs_service.R' 'ecs_interfaces.R' 'ecs_operations.R' 'eks_service.R' 'eks_interfaces.R' 'eks_operations.R' 'elasticbeanstalk_service.R' 'elasticbeanstalk_interfaces.R' 'elasticbeanstalk_operations.R' 'emrcontainers_service.R' 'emrcontainers_interfaces.R' 'emrcontainers_operations.R' 'emrserverless_service.R' 'emrserverless_interfaces.R' 'emrserverless_operations.R' 'imagebuilder_service.R' 'imagebuilder_interfaces.R' 'imagebuilder_operations.R' 'lambda_service.R' 'lambda_interfaces.R' 'lambda_operations.R' 'lightsail_service.R' 'lightsail_interfaces.R' 'lightsail_operations.R' 'proton_service.R' 'proton_interfaces.R' 'proton_operations.R' 'reexports_paws.common.R' 'serverlessapplicationrepository_service.R' 'serverlessapplicationrepository_interfaces.R' 'serverlessapplicationrepository_operations.R' |
NeedsCompilation: | no |
Packaged: | 2025-03-14 09:20:04 UTC; dyfanjones |
Author: | David Kretch [aut], Adam Banker [aut], Dyfan Jones [cre], Amazon.com, Inc. [cph] |
Maintainer: | Dyfan Jones <dyfan.r.jones@gmail.com> |
Repository: | CRAN |
Date/Publication: | 2025-03-14 14:00:02 UTC |
AWS App Runner
Description
App Runner
App Runner is an application service that provides a fast, simple, and cost-effective way to go directly from an existing container image or source code to a running service in the Amazon Web Services Cloud in seconds. You don't need to learn new technologies, decide which compute service to use, or understand how to provision and configure Amazon Web Services resources.
App Runner connects directly to your container registry or source code repository. It provides an automatic delivery pipeline with fully managed operations, high performance, scalability, and security.
For more information about App Runner, see the App Runner Developer Guide. For release information, see the App Runner Release Notes.
To install the Software Development Kits (SDKs), Integrated Development Environment (IDE) Toolkits, and command line tools that you can use to access the API, see Tools for Amazon Web Services.
Endpoints
For a list of Region-specific endpoints that App Runner supports, see App Runner endpoints and quotas in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
Usage
apprunner(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- apprunner( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
associate_custom_domain | Associate your own domain name with the App Runner subdomain URL of your App Runner service |
create_auto_scaling_configuration | Create an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource |
create_connection | Create an App Runner connection resource |
create_observability_configuration | Create an App Runner observability configuration resource |
create_service | Create an App Runner service |
create_vpc_connector | Create an App Runner VPC connector resource |
create_vpc_ingress_connection | Create an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource |
delete_auto_scaling_configuration | Delete an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource |
delete_connection | Delete an App Runner connection |
delete_observability_configuration | Delete an App Runner observability configuration resource |
delete_service | Delete an App Runner service |
delete_vpc_connector | Delete an App Runner VPC connector resource |
delete_vpc_ingress_connection | Delete an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource that's associated with an App Runner service |
describe_auto_scaling_configuration | Return a full description of an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource |
describe_custom_domains | Return a description of custom domain names that are associated with an App Runner service |
describe_observability_configuration | Return a full description of an App Runner observability configuration resource |
describe_service | Return a full description of an App Runner service |
describe_vpc_connector | Return a description of an App Runner VPC connector resource |
describe_vpc_ingress_connection | Return a full description of an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource |
disassociate_custom_domain | Disassociate a custom domain name from an App Runner service |
list_auto_scaling_configurations | Returns a list of active App Runner automatic scaling configurations in your Amazon Web Services account |
list_connections | Returns a list of App Runner connections that are associated with your Amazon Web Services account |
list_observability_configurations | Returns a list of active App Runner observability configurations in your Amazon Web Services account |
list_operations | Return a list of operations that occurred on an App Runner service |
list_services | Returns a list of running App Runner services in your Amazon Web Services account |
list_services_for_auto_scaling_configuration | Returns a list of the associated App Runner services using an auto scaling configuration |
list_tags_for_resource | List tags that are associated with for an App Runner resource |
list_vpc_connectors | Returns a list of App Runner VPC connectors in your Amazon Web Services account |
list_vpc_ingress_connections | Return a list of App Runner VPC Ingress Connections in your Amazon Web Services account |
pause_service | Pause an active App Runner service |
resume_service | Resume an active App Runner service |
start_deployment | Initiate a manual deployment of the latest commit in a source code repository or the latest image in a source image repository to an App Runner service |
tag_resource | Add tags to, or update the tag values of, an App Runner resource |
untag_resource | Remove tags from an App Runner resource |
update_default_auto_scaling_configuration | Update an auto scaling configuration to be the default |
update_service | Update an App Runner service |
update_vpc_ingress_connection | Update an existing App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- apprunner()
svc$associate_custom_domain(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Associate your own domain name with the App Runner subdomain URL of your App Runner service
Description
Associate your own domain name with the App Runner subdomain URL of your App Runner service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_associate_custom_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_associate_custom_domain(
ServiceArn,
DomainName,
EnableWWWSubdomain = NULL
)
Arguments
ServiceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to associate a custom domain name with. |
DomainName |
[required] A custom domain endpoint to associate. Specify a root domain (for
example, |
EnableWWWSubdomain |
Set to Default: |
Create an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource
Description
Create an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource. App Runner requires this resource when you create or update App Runner services and you require non-default auto scaling settings. You can share an auto scaling configuration across multiple services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_auto_scaling_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_create_auto_scaling_configuration(
AutoScalingConfigurationName,
MaxConcurrency = NULL,
MinSize = NULL,
MaxSize = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
AutoScalingConfigurationName |
[required] A name for the auto scaling configuration. When you use it for the first
time in an Amazon Web Services Region, App Runner creates revision
number Prior to the release of Auto scale configuration enhancements,
the name This restriction is no longer in place. You can now manage
|
MaxConcurrency |
The maximum number of concurrent requests that you want an instance to process. If the number of concurrent requests exceeds this limit, App Runner scales up your service. Default: |
MinSize |
The minimum number of instances that App Runner provisions for your
service. The service always has at least App Runner temporarily doubles the number of provisioned instances during deployments, to maintain the same capacity for both old and new code. Default: |
MaxSize |
The maximum number of instances that your service scales up to. At most
Default: |
Tags |
A list of metadata items that you can associate with your auto scaling configuration resource. A tag is a key-value pair. |
Create an App Runner connection resource
Description
Create an App Runner connection resource. App Runner requires a connection resource when you create App Runner services that access private repositories from certain third-party providers. You can share a connection across multiple services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_create_connection(ConnectionName, ProviderType, Tags = NULL)
Arguments
ConnectionName |
[required] A name for the new connection. It must be unique across all App Runner connections for the Amazon Web Services account in the Amazon Web Services Region. |
ProviderType |
[required] The source repository provider. |
Tags |
A list of metadata items that you can associate with your connection resource. A tag is a key-value pair. |
Create an App Runner observability configuration resource
Description
Create an App Runner observability configuration resource. App Runner requires this resource when you create or update App Runner services and you want to enable non-default observability features. You can share an observability configuration across multiple services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_observability_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_create_observability_configuration(
ObservabilityConfigurationName,
TraceConfiguration = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
ObservabilityConfigurationName |
[required] A name for the observability configuration. When you use it for the
first time in an Amazon Web Services Region, App Runner creates revision
number The name When you want to use your own observability configuration for your App Runner service, create a configuration with a different name, and then provide it when you create or update your service. |
TraceConfiguration |
The configuration of the tracing feature within this observability configuration. If you don't specify it, App Runner doesn't enable tracing. |
Tags |
A list of metadata items that you can associate with your observability configuration resource. A tag is a key-value pair. |
Create an App Runner service
Description
Create an App Runner service. After the service is created, the action also automatically starts a deployment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_create_service(
ServiceName,
SourceConfiguration,
InstanceConfiguration = NULL,
Tags = NULL,
EncryptionConfiguration = NULL,
HealthCheckConfiguration = NULL,
AutoScalingConfigurationArn = NULL,
NetworkConfiguration = NULL,
ObservabilityConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
ServiceName |
[required] A name for the App Runner service. It must be unique across all the running App Runner services in your Amazon Web Services account in the Amazon Web Services Region. |
SourceConfiguration |
[required] The source to deploy to the App Runner service. It can be a code or an image repository. |
InstanceConfiguration |
The runtime configuration of instances (scaling units) of your service. |
Tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the App Runner service resource. A tag is a key-value pair. |
EncryptionConfiguration |
An optional custom encryption key that App Runner uses to encrypt the copy of your source repository that it maintains and your service logs. By default, App Runner uses an Amazon Web Services managed key. |
HealthCheckConfiguration |
The settings for the health check that App Runner performs to monitor the health of the App Runner service. |
AutoScalingConfigurationArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource that you want to associate with your service. If not provided, App Runner associates the latest revision of a default auto scaling configuration. Specify an ARN with a name and a revision number to associate that
revision. For example:
Specify just the name to associate the latest revision. For example:
|
NetworkConfiguration |
Configuration settings related to network traffic of the web application that the App Runner service runs. |
ObservabilityConfiguration |
The observability configuration of your service. |
Create an App Runner VPC connector resource
Description
Create an App Runner VPC connector resource. App Runner requires this resource when you want to associate your App Runner service to a custom Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_vpc_connector/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_create_vpc_connector(
VpcConnectorName,
Subnets,
SecurityGroups = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
VpcConnectorName |
[required] A name for the VPC connector. |
Subnets |
[required] A list of IDs of subnets that App Runner should use when it associates your service with a custom Amazon VPC. Specify IDs of subnets of a single Amazon VPC. App Runner determines the Amazon VPC from the subnets you specify. App Runner currently only provides support for IPv4. |
SecurityGroups |
A list of IDs of security groups that App Runner should use for access to Amazon Web Services resources under the specified subnets. If not specified, App Runner uses the default security group of the Amazon VPC. The default security group allows all outbound traffic. |
Tags |
A list of metadata items that you can associate with your VPC connector resource. A tag is a key-value pair. |
Create an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource
Description
Create an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource. App Runner requires this resource when you want to associate your App Runner service with an Amazon VPC endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_create_vpc_ingress_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_create_vpc_ingress_connection(
ServiceArn,
VpcIngressConnectionName,
IngressVpcConfiguration,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
ServiceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for this App Runner service that is used to create the VPC Ingress Connection resource. |
VpcIngressConnectionName |
[required] A name for the VPC Ingress Connection resource. It must be unique across all the active VPC Ingress Connections in your Amazon Web Services account in the Amazon Web Services Region. |
IngressVpcConfiguration |
[required] Specifications for the customer’s Amazon VPC and the related Amazon Web Services PrivateLink VPC endpoint that are used to create the VPC Ingress Connection resource. |
Tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the VPC Ingress Connection resource. A tag is a key-value pair. |
Delete an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource
Description
Delete an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource. You can delete a top level auto scaling configuration, a specific revision of one, or all revisions associated with the top level configuration. You can't delete the default auto scaling configuration or a configuration that's used by one or more App Runner services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_auto_scaling_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_delete_auto_scaling_configuration(
AutoScalingConfigurationArn,
DeleteAllRevisions = NULL
)
Arguments
AutoScalingConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner auto scaling configuration that you want to delete. The ARN can be a full auto scaling configuration ARN, or a partial ARN
ending with either |
DeleteAllRevisions |
Set to When |
Delete an App Runner connection
Description
Delete an App Runner connection. You must first ensure that there are no running App Runner services that use this connection. If there are any, the delete_connection
action fails.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_delete_connection(ConnectionArn)
Arguments
ConnectionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner connection that you want to delete. |
Delete an App Runner observability configuration resource
Description
Delete an App Runner observability configuration resource. You can delete a specific revision or the latest active revision. You can't delete a configuration that's used by one or more App Runner services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_observability_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_delete_observability_configuration(ObservabilityConfigurationArn)
Arguments
ObservabilityConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner observability configuration that you want to delete. The ARN can be a full observability configuration ARN, or a partial ARN
ending with either |
Delete an App Runner service
Description
Delete an App Runner service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_delete_service(ServiceArn)
Arguments
ServiceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to delete. |
Delete an App Runner VPC connector resource
Description
Delete an App Runner VPC connector resource. You can't delete a connector that's used by one or more App Runner services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_vpc_connector/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_delete_vpc_connector(VpcConnectorArn)
Arguments
VpcConnectorArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner VPC connector that you want to delete. The ARN must be a full VPC connector ARN. |
Delete an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource that's associated with an App Runner service
Description
Delete an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource that's associated with an App Runner service. The VPC Ingress Connection must be in one of the following states to be deleted:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_delete_vpc_ingress_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_delete_vpc_ingress_connection(VpcIngressConnectionArn)
Arguments
VpcIngressConnectionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner VPC Ingress Connection that you want to delete. |
Return a full description of an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource
Description
Return a full description of an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_auto_scaling_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_describe_auto_scaling_configuration(AutoScalingConfigurationArn)
Arguments
AutoScalingConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner auto scaling configuration that you want a description for. The ARN can be a full auto scaling configuration ARN, or a partial ARN
ending with either |
Return a description of custom domain names that are associated with an App Runner service
Description
Return a description of custom domain names that are associated with an App Runner service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_custom_domains/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_describe_custom_domains(
ServiceArn,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
ServiceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want associated custom domain names to be described for. |
NextToken |
A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones that are specified in the initial request. If you don't specify |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results that each response (result page) can include. It's used for a paginated request. If you don't specify |
Return a full description of an App Runner observability configuration resource
Description
Return a full description of an App Runner observability configuration resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_observability_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_describe_observability_configuration(ObservabilityConfigurationArn)
Arguments
ObservabilityConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner observability configuration that you want a description for. The ARN can be a full observability configuration ARN, or a partial ARN
ending with either |
Return a full description of an App Runner service
Description
Return a full description of an App Runner service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_describe_service(ServiceArn)
Arguments
ServiceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want a description for. |
Return a description of an App Runner VPC connector resource
Description
Return a description of an App Runner VPC connector resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_vpc_connector/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_describe_vpc_connector(VpcConnectorArn)
Arguments
VpcConnectorArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner VPC connector that you want a description for. The ARN must be a full VPC connector ARN. |
Return a full description of an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource
Description
Return a full description of an App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_describe_vpc_ingress_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_describe_vpc_ingress_connection(VpcIngressConnectionArn)
Arguments
VpcIngressConnectionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner VPC Ingress Connection that you want a description for. |
Disassociate a custom domain name from an App Runner service
Description
Disassociate a custom domain name from an App Runner service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_disassociate_custom_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_disassociate_custom_domain(ServiceArn, DomainName)
Arguments
ServiceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to disassociate a custom domain name from. |
DomainName |
[required] The domain name that you want to disassociate from the App Runner service. |
Returns a list of active App Runner automatic scaling configurations in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns a list of active App Runner automatic scaling configurations in your Amazon Web Services account. You can query the revisions for a specific configuration name or the revisions for all active configurations in your account. You can optionally query only the latest revision of each requested name.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_auto_scaling_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_list_auto_scaling_configurations(
AutoScalingConfigurationName = NULL,
LatestOnly = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
AutoScalingConfigurationName |
The name of the App Runner auto scaling configuration that you want to list. If specified, App Runner lists revisions that share this name. If not specified, App Runner returns revisions of all active configurations. |
LatestOnly |
Set to Set to Default: |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request. If you don't specify |
NextToken |
A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones that are specified in the initial request. If you don't specify |
Returns a list of App Runner connections that are associated with your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns a list of App Runner connections that are associated with your Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_list_connections(
ConnectionName = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ConnectionName |
If specified, only this connection is returned. If not specified, the result isn't filtered by name. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). Used for a paginated request. If you don't specify |
NextToken |
A token from a previous result page. Used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request. If you don't specify |
Returns a list of active App Runner observability configurations in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns a list of active App Runner observability configurations in your Amazon Web Services account. You can query the revisions for a specific configuration name or the revisions for all active configurations in your account. You can optionally query only the latest revision of each requested name.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_observability_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_list_observability_configurations(
ObservabilityConfigurationName = NULL,
LatestOnly = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ObservabilityConfigurationName |
The name of the App Runner observability configuration that you want to list. If specified, App Runner lists revisions that share this name. If not specified, App Runner returns revisions of all active configurations. |
LatestOnly |
Set to Set to Default: |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request. If you don't specify |
NextToken |
A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones that are specified in the initial request. If you don't specify |
Return a list of operations that occurred on an App Runner service
Description
Return a list of operations that occurred on an App Runner service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_operations/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_list_operations(ServiceArn, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)
Arguments
ServiceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want a list of operations for. |
NextToken |
A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request. If you don't specify |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request. If you don't specify |
Returns a list of running App Runner services in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns a list of running App Runner services in your Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_services/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_list_services(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)
Arguments
NextToken |
A token from a previous result page. Used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request. If you don't specify |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request. If you don't specify |
Returns a list of the associated App Runner services using an auto scaling configuration
Description
Returns a list of the associated App Runner services using an auto scaling configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_services_for_auto_scaling_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_list_services_for_auto_scaling_configuration(
AutoScalingConfigurationArn,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
AutoScalingConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner auto scaling configuration that you want to list the services for. The ARN can be a full auto scaling configuration ARN, or a partial ARN
ending with either |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request. If you don't specify |
NextToken |
A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request. If you don't specify |
List tags that are associated with for an App Runner resource
Description
List tags that are associated with for an App Runner resource. The response contains a list of tag key-value pairs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that a tag list is requested for. It must be the ARN of an App Runner resource. |
Returns a list of App Runner VPC connectors in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Returns a list of App Runner VPC connectors in your Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_vpc_connectors/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_list_vpc_connectors(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request. If you don't specify |
NextToken |
A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones that are specified in the initial request. If you don't specify |
Return a list of App Runner VPC Ingress Connections in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Return a list of App Runner VPC Ingress Connections in your Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_list_vpc_ingress_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_list_vpc_ingress_connections(
Filter = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
Filter |
The VPC Ingress Connections to be listed based on either the Service Arn or Vpc Endpoint Id, or both. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to include in each response (result page). It's used for a paginated request. If you don't specify |
NextToken |
A token from a previous result page. It's used for a paginated request. The request retrieves the next result page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones that are specified in the initial request. If you don't specify |
Pause an active App Runner service
Description
Pause an active App Runner service. App Runner reduces compute capacity for the service to zero and loses state (for example, ephemeral storage is removed).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_pause_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_pause_service(ServiceArn)
Arguments
ServiceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to pause. |
Resume an active App Runner service
Description
Resume an active App Runner service. App Runner provisions compute capacity for the service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_resume_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_resume_service(ServiceArn)
Arguments
ServiceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to resume. |
Initiate a manual deployment of the latest commit in a source code repository or the latest image in a source image repository to an App Runner service
Description
Initiate a manual deployment of the latest commit in a source code repository or the latest image in a source image repository to an App Runner service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_start_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_start_deployment(ServiceArn)
Arguments
ServiceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to manually deploy to. |
Add tags to, or update the tag values of, an App Runner resource
Description
Add tags to, or update the tag values of, an App Runner resource. A tag is a key-value pair.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to update tags for. It must be the ARN of an App Runner resource. |
Tags |
[required] A list of tag key-value pairs to add or update. If a key is new to the resource, the tag is added with the provided value. If a key is already associated with the resource, the value of the tag is updated. |
Remove tags from an App Runner resource
Description
Remove tags from an App Runner resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to remove tags from. It must be the ARN of an App Runner resource. |
TagKeys |
[required] A list of tag keys that you want to remove. |
Update an auto scaling configuration to be the default
Description
Update an auto scaling configuration to be the default. The existing default auto scaling configuration will be set to non-default automatically.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_update_default_auto_scaling_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_update_default_auto_scaling_configuration(
AutoScalingConfigurationArn
)
Arguments
AutoScalingConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner auto scaling configuration that you want to set as the default. The ARN can be a full auto scaling configuration ARN, or a partial ARN
ending with either |
Update an App Runner service
Description
Update an App Runner service. You can update the source configuration and instance configuration of the service. You can also update the ARN of the auto scaling configuration resource that's associated with the service. However, you can't change the name or the encryption configuration of the service. These can be set only when you create the service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_update_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_update_service(
ServiceArn,
SourceConfiguration = NULL,
InstanceConfiguration = NULL,
AutoScalingConfigurationArn = NULL,
HealthCheckConfiguration = NULL,
NetworkConfiguration = NULL,
ObservabilityConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
ServiceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the App Runner service that you want to update. |
SourceConfiguration |
The source configuration to apply to the App Runner service. You can change the configuration of the code or image repository that
the service uses. However, you can't switch from code to image or the
other way around. This means that you must provide the same structure
member of |
InstanceConfiguration |
The runtime configuration to apply to instances (scaling units) of your service. |
AutoScalingConfigurationArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an App Runner automatic scaling configuration resource that you want to associate with the App Runner service. |
HealthCheckConfiguration |
The settings for the health check that App Runner performs to monitor the health of the App Runner service. |
NetworkConfiguration |
Configuration settings related to network traffic of the web application that the App Runner service runs. |
ObservabilityConfiguration |
The observability configuration of your service. |
Update an existing App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource
Description
Update an existing App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource. The VPC Ingress Connection must be in one of the following states to be updated:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/apprunner_update_vpc_ingress_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
apprunner_update_vpc_ingress_connection(
VpcIngressConnectionArn,
IngressVpcConfiguration
)
Arguments
VpcIngressConnectionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (Arn) for the App Runner VPC Ingress Connection resource that you want to update. |
IngressVpcConfiguration |
[required] Specifications for the customer’s Amazon VPC and the related Amazon Web Services PrivateLink VPC endpoint that are used to update the VPC Ingress Connection resource. |
AWS Batch
Description
Batch
Using Batch, you can run batch computing workloads on the Amazon Web Services Cloud. Batch computing is a common means for developers, scientists, and engineers to access large amounts of compute resources. Batch uses the advantages of the batch computing to remove the undifferentiated heavy lifting of configuring and managing required infrastructure. At the same time, it also adopts a familiar batch computing software approach. You can use Batch to efficiently provision resources, and work toward eliminating capacity constraints, reducing your overall compute costs, and delivering results more quickly.
As a fully managed service, Batch can run batch computing workloads of any scale. Batch automatically provisions compute resources and optimizes workload distribution based on the quantity and scale of your specific workloads. With Batch, there's no need to install or manage batch computing software. This means that you can focus on analyzing results and solving your specific problems instead.
Usage
batch(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- batch( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
cancel_job | Cancels a job in an Batch job queue |
create_compute_environment | Creates an Batch compute environment |
create_job_queue | Creates an Batch job queue |
create_scheduling_policy | Creates an Batch scheduling policy |
delete_compute_environment | Deletes an Batch compute environment |
delete_job_queue | Deletes the specified job queue |
delete_scheduling_policy | Deletes the specified scheduling policy |
deregister_job_definition | Deregisters an Batch job definition |
describe_compute_environments | Describes one or more of your compute environments |
describe_job_definitions | Describes a list of job definitions |
describe_job_queues | Describes one or more of your job queues |
describe_jobs | Describes a list of Batch jobs |
describe_scheduling_policies | Describes one or more of your scheduling policies |
get_job_queue_snapshot | Provides a list of the first 100 RUNNABLE jobs associated to a single job queue |
list_jobs | Returns a list of Batch jobs |
list_scheduling_policies | Returns a list of Batch scheduling policies |
list_tags_for_resource | Lists the tags for an Batch resource |
register_job_definition | Registers an Batch job definition |
submit_job | Submits an Batch job from a job definition |
tag_resource | Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn |
terminate_job | Terminates a job in a job queue |
untag_resource | Deletes specified tags from an Batch resource |
update_compute_environment | Updates an Batch compute environment |
update_job_queue | Updates a job queue |
update_scheduling_policy | Updates a scheduling policy |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- batch()
# This example cancels a job with the specified job ID.
svc$cancel_job(
jobId = "1d828f65-7a4d-42e8-996d-3b900ed59dc4",
reason = "Cancelling job."
)
## End(Not run)
Cancels a job in an Batch job queue
Description
Cancels a job in an Batch job queue. Jobs that are in a SUBMITTED
, PENDING
, or RUNNABLE
state are cancelled and the job status is updated to FAILED
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_cancel_job/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_cancel_job(jobId, reason)
Arguments
jobId |
[required] The Batch job ID of the job to cancel. |
reason |
[required] A message to attach to the job that explains the reason for canceling
it. This message is returned by future
This parameter has as limit of 1024 characters. |
Creates an Batch compute environment
Description
Creates an Batch compute environment. You can create MANAGED
or UNMANAGED
compute environments. MANAGED
compute environments can use Amazon EC2 or Fargate resources. UNMANAGED
compute environments can only use EC2 resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_create_compute_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_create_compute_environment(
computeEnvironmentName,
type,
state = NULL,
unmanagedvCpus = NULL,
computeResources = NULL,
serviceRole = NULL,
tags = NULL,
eksConfiguration = NULL,
context = NULL
)
Arguments
computeEnvironmentName |
[required] The name for your compute environment. It can be up to 128 characters long. It can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). |
type |
[required] The type of the compute environment: |
state |
The state of the compute environment. If the state is If the state is If the state is Compute environments in a When an instance is idle, the instance scales down to the |
unmanagedvCpus |
The maximum number of vCPUs for an unmanaged compute environment. This parameter is only used for fair-share scheduling to reserve vCPU capacity for new share identifiers. If this parameter isn't provided for a fair-share job queue, no vCPU capacity is reserved. This parameter is only supported when the |
computeResources |
Details about the compute resources managed by the compute environment. This parameter is required for managed compute environments. For more information, see Compute Environments in the Batch User Guide. |
serviceRole |
The full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that allows Batch to make calls to other Amazon Web Services services on your behalf. For more information, see Batch service IAM role in the Batch User Guide. If your account already created the Batch service-linked role, that role is used by default for your compute environment unless you specify a different role here. If the Batch service-linked role doesn't exist in your account, and no role is specified here, the service attempts to create the Batch service-linked role in your account. If your specified role has a path other than Depending on how you created your Batch service role, its ARN might
contain the |
tags |
The tags that you apply to the compute environment to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources in Amazon Web Services General Reference. These tags can be updated or removed using the
|
eksConfiguration |
The details for the Amazon EKS cluster that supports the compute environment. |
context |
Reserved. |
Creates an Batch job queue
Description
Creates an Batch job queue. When you create a job queue, you associate one or more compute environments to the queue and assign an order of preference for the compute environments.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_create_job_queue/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_create_job_queue(
jobQueueName,
state = NULL,
schedulingPolicyArn = NULL,
priority,
computeEnvironmentOrder,
tags = NULL,
jobStateTimeLimitActions = NULL
)
Arguments
jobQueueName |
[required] The name of the job queue. It can be up to 128 letters long. It can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). |
state |
The state of the job queue. If the job queue state is |
schedulingPolicyArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the fair-share scheduling policy. Job queues that don't have a fair-share scheduling policy are scheduled in a first-in, first-out (FIFO) model. After a job queue has a fair-share scheduling policy, it can be replaced but can't be removed. The format is
An example is
A job queue without a fair-share scheduling policy is scheduled as a FIFO job queue and can't have a fair-share scheduling policy added. Jobs queues with a fair-share scheduling policy can have a maximum of 500 active share identifiers. When the limit has been reached, submissions of any jobs that add a new share identifier fail. |
priority |
[required] The priority of the job queue. Job queues with a higher priority (or a
higher integer value for the |
computeEnvironmentOrder |
[required] The set of compute environments mapped to a job queue and their order
relative to each other. The job scheduler uses this parameter to
determine which compute environment runs a specific job. Compute
environments must be in the All compute environments that are associated with a job queue must share the same architecture. Batch doesn't support mixing compute environment architecture types in a single job queue. |
tags |
The tags that you apply to the job queue to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging your Batch resources in Batch User Guide. |
jobStateTimeLimitActions |
The set of actions that Batch performs on jobs that remain at the head
of the job queue in the specified state longer than specified times.
Batch will perform each action after |
Creates an Batch scheduling policy
Description
Creates an Batch scheduling policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_create_scheduling_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_create_scheduling_policy(name, fairsharePolicy = NULL, tags = NULL)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the fair-share scheduling policy. It can be up to 128 letters long. It can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). |
fairsharePolicy |
The fair-share scheduling policy details. |
tags |
The tags that you apply to the scheduling policy to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources in Amazon Web Services General Reference. These tags can be updated or removed using the
|
Deletes an Batch compute environment
Description
Deletes an Batch compute environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_delete_compute_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_delete_compute_environment(computeEnvironment)
Arguments
computeEnvironment |
[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the compute environment to delete. |
Deletes the specified job queue
Description
Deletes the specified job queue. You must first disable submissions for a queue with the update_job_queue
operation. All jobs in the queue are eventually terminated when you delete a job queue. The jobs are terminated at a rate of about 16 jobs each second.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_delete_job_queue/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_delete_job_queue(jobQueue)
Arguments
jobQueue |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the queue to delete. |
Deletes the specified scheduling policy
Description
Deletes the specified scheduling policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_delete_scheduling_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_delete_scheduling_policy(arn)
Arguments
arn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the scheduling policy to delete. |
Deregisters an Batch job definition
Description
Deregisters an Batch job definition. Job definitions are permanently deleted after 180 days.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_deregister_job_definition/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_deregister_job_definition(jobDefinition)
Arguments
jobDefinition |
[required] The name and revision ( |
Describes one or more of your compute environments
Description
Describes one or more of your compute environments.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_describe_compute_environments/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_describe_compute_environments(
computeEnvironments = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
computeEnvironments |
A list of up to 100 compute environment names or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of cluster results returned by
|
nextToken |
The Treat this token as an opaque identifier that's only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Describes a list of job definitions
Description
Describes a list of job definitions. You can specify a status
(such as ACTIVE
) to only return job definitions that match that status.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_describe_job_definitions/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_describe_job_definitions(
jobDefinitions = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
jobDefinitionName = NULL,
status = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
jobDefinitions |
A list of up to 100 job definitions. Each entry in the list can either
be an ARN in the format
|
maxResults |
The maximum number of results returned by
|
jobDefinitionName |
The name of the job definition to describe. |
status |
The status used to filter job definitions. |
nextToken |
The Treat this token as an opaque identifier that's only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Describes one or more of your job queues
Description
Describes one or more of your job queues.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_describe_job_queues/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_describe_job_queues(
jobQueues = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
jobQueues |
A list of up to 100 queue names or full queue Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results returned by
|
nextToken |
The Treat this token as an opaque identifier that's only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Describes a list of Batch jobs
Description
Describes a list of Batch jobs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_describe_jobs/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_describe_jobs(jobs)
Arguments
jobs |
[required] A list of up to 100 job IDs. |
Describes one or more of your scheduling policies
Description
Describes one or more of your scheduling policies.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_describe_scheduling_policies/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_describe_scheduling_policies(arns)
Arguments
arns |
[required] A list of up to 100 scheduling policy Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries. |
Provides a list of the first 100 RUNNABLE jobs associated to a single job queue
Description
Provides a list of the first 100 RUNNABLE
jobs associated to a single job queue.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_get_job_queue_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_get_job_queue_snapshot(jobQueue)
Arguments
jobQueue |
[required] The job queue’s name or full queue Amazon Resource Name (ARN). |
Returns a list of Batch jobs
Description
Returns a list of Batch jobs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_list_jobs/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_list_jobs(
jobQueue = NULL,
arrayJobId = NULL,
multiNodeJobId = NULL,
jobStatus = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
filters = NULL
)
Arguments
jobQueue |
The name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the job queue used to list jobs. |
arrayJobId |
The job ID for an array job. Specifying an array job ID with this parameter lists all child jobs from within the specified array. |
multiNodeJobId |
The job ID for a multi-node parallel job. Specifying a multi-node parallel job ID with this parameter lists all nodes that are associated with the specified job. |
jobStatus |
The job status used to filter jobs in the specified queue. If the
|
maxResults |
The maximum number of results returned by The following outlines key parameters and limitations:
|
nextToken |
The Treat this token as an opaque identifier that's only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
filters |
The filter to apply to the query. Only one filter can be used at a time.
When the filter is used, JOB_NAME The value of the filter is a case-insensitive match for the job name. If
the value ends with an asterisk (), the filter matches any job name
that begins with the string before the ''. This corresponds to the
JOB_DEFINITION The value for the filter is the name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of
the job definition. This corresponds to the BEFORE_CREATED_AT The value for the filter is the time that's before the job was created.
This corresponds to the AFTER_CREATED_AT The value for the filter is the time that's after the job was created.
This corresponds to the |
Returns a list of Batch scheduling policies
Description
Returns a list of Batch scheduling policies.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_list_scheduling_policies/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_list_scheduling_policies(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of results that's returned by
|
nextToken |
The Treat this token as an opaque identifier that's only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Lists the tags for an Batch resource
Description
Lists the tags for an Batch resource. Batch resources that support tags are compute environments, jobs, job definitions, job queues, and scheduling policies. ARNs for child jobs of array and multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs aren't supported.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource that tags are listed for. Batch resources that support tags are compute environments, jobs, job definitions, job queues, and scheduling policies. ARNs for child jobs of array and multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs aren't supported. |
Registers an Batch job definition
Description
Registers an Batch job definition.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_register_job_definition/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_register_job_definition(
jobDefinitionName,
type,
parameters = NULL,
schedulingPriority = NULL,
containerProperties = NULL,
nodeProperties = NULL,
retryStrategy = NULL,
propagateTags = NULL,
timeout = NULL,
tags = NULL,
platformCapabilities = NULL,
eksProperties = NULL,
ecsProperties = NULL
)
Arguments
jobDefinitionName |
[required] The name of the job definition to register. It can be up to 128 letters long. It can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). |
type |
[required] The type of job definition. For more information about multi-node parallel jobs, see Creating a multi-node parallel job definition in the Batch User Guide.
If the job is run on Fargate resources, then |
parameters |
Default parameter substitution placeholders to set in the job
definition. Parameters are specified as a key-value pair mapping.
Parameters in a |
schedulingPriority |
The scheduling priority for jobs that are submitted with this job definition. This only affects jobs in job queues with a fair-share policy. Jobs with a higher scheduling priority are scheduled before jobs with a lower scheduling priority. The minimum supported value is 0 and the maximum supported value is 9999. |
containerProperties |
An object with properties specific to Amazon ECS-based single-node
container-based jobs. If the job definition's If the job runs on Fargate resources, then you must not specify
|
nodeProperties |
An object with properties specific to multi-node parallel jobs. If you specify node properties for a job, it becomes a multi-node parallel job. For more information, see Multi-node Parallel Jobs in the Batch User Guide. If the job runs on Fargate resources, then you must not specify
If the job runs on Amazon EKS resources, then you must not specify
|
retryStrategy |
The retry strategy to use for failed jobs that are submitted with this
job definition. Any retry strategy that's specified during a
|
propagateTags |
Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the job or job definition
to the corresponding Amazon ECS task. If no value is specified, the tags
are not propagated. Tags can only be propagated to the tasks during task
creation. For tags with the same name, job tags are given priority over
job definitions tags. If the total number of combined tags from the job
and job definition is over 50, the job is moved to the If the job runs on Amazon EKS resources, then you must not specify
|
timeout |
The timeout configuration for jobs that are submitted with this job
definition, after which Batch terminates your jobs if they have not
finished. If a job is terminated due to a timeout, it isn't retried. The
minimum value for the timeout is 60 seconds. Any timeout configuration
that's specified during a |
tags |
The tags that you apply to the job definition to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources in Batch User Guide. |
platformCapabilities |
The platform capabilities required by the job definition. If no value is
specified, it defaults to If the job runs on Amazon EKS resources, then you must not specify
|
eksProperties |
An object with properties that are specific to Amazon EKS-based jobs. This must not be specified for Amazon ECS based job definitions. |
ecsProperties |
An object with properties that are specific to Amazon ECS-based jobs. This must not be specified for Amazon EKS-based job definitions. |
Submits an Batch job from a job definition
Description
Submits an Batch job from a job definition. Parameters that are specified during submit_job
override parameters defined in the job definition. vCPU and memory requirements that are specified in the resourceRequirements
objects in the job definition are the exception. They can't be overridden this way using the memory
and vcpus
parameters. Rather, you must specify updates to job definition parameters in a resourceRequirements
object that's included in the containerOverrides
parameter.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_submit_job/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_submit_job(
jobName,
jobQueue,
shareIdentifier = NULL,
schedulingPriorityOverride = NULL,
arrayProperties = NULL,
dependsOn = NULL,
jobDefinition,
parameters = NULL,
containerOverrides = NULL,
nodeOverrides = NULL,
retryStrategy = NULL,
propagateTags = NULL,
timeout = NULL,
tags = NULL,
eksPropertiesOverride = NULL,
ecsPropertiesOverride = NULL
)
Arguments
jobName |
[required] The name of the job. It can be up to 128 letters long. The first character must be alphanumeric, can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_). |
jobQueue |
[required] The job queue where the job is submitted. You can specify either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the queue. |
shareIdentifier |
The share identifier for the job. Don't specify this parameter if the job queue doesn't have a fair-share scheduling policy. If the job queue has a fair-share scheduling policy, then this parameter must be specified. This string is limited to 255 alphanumeric characters, and can be followed by an asterisk (*). |
schedulingPriorityOverride |
The scheduling priority for the job. This only affects jobs in job queues with a fair-share policy. Jobs with a higher scheduling priority are scheduled before jobs with a lower scheduling priority. This overrides any scheduling priority in the job definition and works only within a single share identifier. The minimum supported value is 0 and the maximum supported value is 9999. |
arrayProperties |
The array properties for the submitted job, such as the size of the array. The array size can be between 2 and 10,000. If you specify array properties for a job, it becomes an array job. For more information, see Array Jobs in the Batch User Guide. |
dependsOn |
A list of dependencies for the job. A job can depend upon a maximum of
20 jobs. You can specify a |
jobDefinition |
[required] The job definition used by this job. This value can be one of
If the revision is not specified, then the latest active revision is used. |
parameters |
Additional parameters passed to the job that replace parameter
substitution placeholders that are set in the job definition. Parameters
are specified as a key and value pair mapping. Parameters in a
|
containerOverrides |
An object with properties that override the defaults for the job
definition that specify the name of a container in the specified job
definition and the overrides it should receive. You can override the
default command for a container, which is specified in the job
definition or the Docker image, with a |
nodeOverrides |
A list of node overrides in JSON format that specify the node range to target and the container overrides for that node range. This parameter isn't applicable to jobs that are running on Fargate
resources; use |
retryStrategy |
The retry strategy to use for failed jobs from this
|
propagateTags |
Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the job or job definition
to the corresponding Amazon ECS task. If no value is specified, the tags
aren't propagated. Tags can only be propagated to the tasks during task
creation. For tags with the same name, job tags are given priority over
job definitions tags. If the total number of combined tags from the job
and job definition is over 50, the job is moved to the |
timeout |
The timeout configuration for this |
tags |
The tags that you apply to the job request to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources in Amazon Web Services General Reference. |
eksPropertiesOverride |
An object, with properties that override defaults for the job definition, can only be specified for jobs that are run on Amazon EKS resources. |
ecsPropertiesOverride |
An object, with properties that override defaults for the job definition, can only be specified for jobs that are run on Amazon ECS resources. |
Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn
Description
Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn
. If existing tags on a resource aren't specified in the request parameters, they aren't changed. When a resource is deleted, the tags that are associated with that resource are deleted as well. Batch resources that support tags are compute environments, jobs, job definitions, job queues, and scheduling policies. ARNs for child jobs of array and multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs aren't supported.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that tags are added to. Batch resources that support tags are compute environments, jobs, job definitions, job queues, and scheduling policies. ARNs for child jobs of array and multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs aren't supported. |
tags |
[required] The tags that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize your resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources in Amazon Web Services General Reference. |
Terminates a job in a job queue
Description
Terminates a job in a job queue. Jobs that are in the STARTING
or RUNNING
state are terminated, which causes them to transition to FAILED
. Jobs that have not progressed to the STARTING
state are cancelled.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_terminate_job/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_terminate_job(jobId, reason)
Arguments
jobId |
[required] The Batch job ID of the job to terminate. |
reason |
[required] A message to attach to the job that explains the reason for canceling
it. This message is returned by future
This parameter has as limit of 1024 characters. |
Deletes specified tags from an Batch resource
Description
Deletes specified tags from an Batch resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which to delete tags. Batch resources that support tags are compute environments, jobs, job definitions, job queues, and scheduling policies. ARNs for child jobs of array and multi-node parallel (MNP) jobs aren't supported. |
tagKeys |
[required] The keys of the tags to be removed. |
Updates an Batch compute environment
Description
Updates an Batch compute environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_update_compute_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_update_compute_environment(
computeEnvironment,
state = NULL,
unmanagedvCpus = NULL,
computeResources = NULL,
serviceRole = NULL,
updatePolicy = NULL,
context = NULL
)
Arguments
computeEnvironment |
[required] The name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the compute environment to update. |
state |
The state of the compute environment. Compute environments in the
If the state is If the state is Compute environments in a When an instance is idle, the instance scales down to the |
unmanagedvCpus |
The maximum number of vCPUs expected to be used for an unmanaged compute environment. Don't specify this parameter for a managed compute environment. This parameter is only used for fair-share scheduling to reserve vCPU capacity for new share identifiers. If this parameter isn't provided for a fair-share job queue, no vCPU capacity is reserved. |
computeResources |
Details of the compute resources managed by the compute environment. Required for a managed compute environment. For more information, see Compute Environments in the Batch User Guide. |
serviceRole |
The full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that allows Batch to make calls to other Amazon Web Services services on your behalf. For more information, see Batch service IAM role in the Batch User Guide. If the compute environment has a service-linked role, it can't be changed to use a regular IAM role. Likewise, if the compute environment has a regular IAM role, it can't be changed to use a service-linked role. To update the parameters for the compute environment that require an infrastructure update to change, the AWSServiceRoleForBatch service-linked role must be used. For more information, see Updating compute environments in the Batch User Guide. If your specified role has a path other than Depending on how you created your Batch service role, its ARN might
contain the |
updatePolicy |
Specifies the updated infrastructure update policy for the compute environment. For more information about infrastructure updates, see Updating compute environments in the Batch User Guide. |
context |
Reserved. |
Updates a job queue
Description
Updates a job queue.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_update_job_queue/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_update_job_queue(
jobQueue,
state = NULL,
schedulingPolicyArn = NULL,
priority = NULL,
computeEnvironmentOrder = NULL,
jobStateTimeLimitActions = NULL
)
Arguments
jobQueue |
[required] The name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the job queue. |
state |
Describes the queue's ability to accept new jobs. If the job queue state
is |
schedulingPolicyArn |
Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the fair-share scheduling policy. Once a
job queue is created, the fair-share scheduling policy can be replaced
but not removed. The format is
|
priority |
The priority of the job queue. Job queues with a higher priority (or a
higher integer value for the |
computeEnvironmentOrder |
Details the set of compute environments mapped to a job queue and their
order relative to each other. This is one of the parameters used by the
job scheduler to determine which compute environment runs a given job.
Compute environments must be in the All compute environments that are associated with a job queue must share the same architecture. Batch doesn't support mixing compute environment architecture types in a single job queue. |
jobStateTimeLimitActions |
The set of actions that Batch perform on jobs that remain at the head of
the job queue in the specified state longer than specified times. Batch
will perform each action after |
Updates a scheduling policy
Description
Updates a scheduling policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/batch_update_scheduling_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
batch_update_scheduling_policy(arn, fairsharePolicy = NULL)
Arguments
arn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the scheduling policy to update. |
fairsharePolicy |
The fair-share policy scheduling details. |
Braket
Description
The Amazon Braket API Reference provides information about the operations and structures supported in Amazon Braket.
Additional Resources:
Usage
braket(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- braket( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
cancel_job | Cancels an Amazon Braket job |
cancel_quantum_task | Cancels the specified task |
create_job | Creates an Amazon Braket job |
create_quantum_task | Creates a quantum task |
get_device | Retrieves the devices available in Amazon Braket |
get_job | Retrieves the specified Amazon Braket job |
get_quantum_task | Retrieves the specified quantum task |
list_tags_for_resource | Shows the tags associated with this resource |
search_devices | Searches for devices using the specified filters |
search_jobs | Searches for Amazon Braket jobs that match the specified filter values |
search_quantum_tasks | Searches for tasks that match the specified filter values |
tag_resource | Add a tag to the specified resource |
untag_resource | Remove tags from a resource |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- braket()
svc$cancel_job(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Cancels an Amazon Braket job
Description
Cancels an Amazon Braket job.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_cancel_job/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_cancel_job(jobArn)
Arguments
jobArn |
[required] The ARN of the Amazon Braket job to cancel. |
Cancels the specified task
Description
Cancels the specified task.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_cancel_quantum_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_cancel_quantum_task(clientToken, quantumTaskArn)
Arguments
clientToken |
[required] The client token associated with the request. |
quantumTaskArn |
[required] The ARN of the task to cancel. |
Creates an Amazon Braket job
Description
Creates an Amazon Braket job.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_create_job/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_create_job(
algorithmSpecification,
associations = NULL,
checkpointConfig = NULL,
clientToken,
deviceConfig,
hyperParameters = NULL,
inputDataConfig = NULL,
instanceConfig,
jobName,
outputDataConfig,
roleArn,
stoppingCondition = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
algorithmSpecification |
[required] Definition of the Amazon Braket job to be created. Specifies the container image the job uses and information about the Python scripts used for entry and training. |
associations |
The list of Amazon Braket resources associated with the hybrid job. |
checkpointConfig |
Information about the output locations for job checkpoint data. |
clientToken |
[required] A unique token that guarantees that the call to this API is idempotent. |
deviceConfig |
[required] The quantum processing unit (QPU) or simulator used to create an Amazon Braket job. |
hyperParameters |
Algorithm-specific parameters used by an Amazon Braket job that influence the quality of the training job. The values are set with a string of JSON key:value pairs, where the key is the name of the hyperparameter and the value is the value of th hyperparameter. |
inputDataConfig |
A list of parameters that specify the name and type of input data and where it is located. |
instanceConfig |
[required] Configuration of the resource instances to use while running the hybrid job on Amazon Braket. |
jobName |
[required] The name of the Amazon Braket job. |
outputDataConfig |
[required] The path to the S3 location where you want to store job artifacts and the encryption key used to store them. |
roleArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that Amazon Braket can assume to perform tasks on behalf of a user. It can access user resources, run an Amazon Braket job container on behalf of user, and output resources to the users' s3 buckets. |
stoppingCondition |
The user-defined criteria that specifies when a job stops running. |
tags |
A tag object that consists of a key and an optional value, used to manage metadata for Amazon Braket resources. |
Creates a quantum task
Description
Creates a quantum task.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_create_quantum_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_create_quantum_task(
action,
associations = NULL,
clientToken,
deviceArn,
deviceParameters = NULL,
jobToken = NULL,
outputS3Bucket,
outputS3KeyPrefix,
shots,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
action |
[required] The action associated with the task. |
associations |
The list of Amazon Braket resources associated with the quantum task. |
clientToken |
[required] The client token associated with the request. |
deviceArn |
[required] The ARN of the device to run the task on. |
deviceParameters |
The parameters for the device to run the task on. |
jobToken |
The token for an Amazon Braket job that associates it with the quantum task. |
outputS3Bucket |
[required] The S3 bucket to store task result files in. |
outputS3KeyPrefix |
[required] The key prefix for the location in the S3 bucket to store task results in. |
shots |
[required] The number of shots to use for the task. |
tags |
Tags to be added to the quantum task you're creating. |
Retrieves the devices available in Amazon Braket
Description
Retrieves the devices available in Amazon Braket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_get_device/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_get_device(deviceArn)
Arguments
deviceArn |
[required] The ARN of the device to retrieve. |
Retrieves the specified Amazon Braket job
Description
Retrieves the specified Amazon Braket job.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_get_job/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_get_job(additionalAttributeNames = NULL, jobArn)
Arguments
additionalAttributeNames |
A list of attributes to return information for. |
jobArn |
[required] The ARN of the job to retrieve. |
Retrieves the specified quantum task
Description
Retrieves the specified quantum task.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_get_quantum_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_get_quantum_task(additionalAttributeNames = NULL, quantumTaskArn)
Arguments
additionalAttributeNames |
A list of attributes to return information for. |
quantumTaskArn |
[required] The ARN of the task to retrieve. |
Shows the tags associated with this resource
Description
Shows the tags associated with this resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] Specify the |
Searches for devices using the specified filters
Description
Searches for devices using the specified filters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_search_devices/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_search_devices(filters, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
filters |
[required] The filter values to use to search for a device. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in the response. |
nextToken |
A token used for pagination of results returned in the response. Use the token returned from the previous request continue results where the previous request ended. |
Searches for Amazon Braket jobs that match the specified filter values
Description
Searches for Amazon Braket jobs that match the specified filter values.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_search_jobs/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_search_jobs(filters, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
filters |
[required] The filter values to use when searching for a job. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in the response. |
nextToken |
A token used for pagination of results returned in the response. Use the token returned from the previous request to continue results where the previous request ended. |
Searches for tasks that match the specified filter values
Description
Searches for tasks that match the specified filter values.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_search_quantum_tasks/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_search_quantum_tasks(filters, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
filters |
[required] Array of |
maxResults |
Maximum number of results to return in the response. |
nextToken |
A token used for pagination of results returned in the response. Use the token returned from the previous request continue results where the previous request ended. |
Add a tag to the specified resource
Description
Add a tag to the specified resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] Specify the |
tags |
[required] Specify the tags to add to the resource. |
Remove tags from a resource
Description
Remove tags from a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/braket_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
braket_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] Specify the |
tagKeys |
[required] Specify the keys for the tags to remove from the resource. |
AWS Compute Optimizer
Description
Compute Optimizer is a service that analyzes the configuration and utilization metrics of your Amazon Web Services compute resources, such as Amazon EC2 instances, Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling groups, Lambda functions, Amazon EBS volumes, and Amazon ECS services on Fargate. It reports whether your resources are optimal, and generates optimization recommendations to reduce the cost and improve the performance of your workloads. Compute Optimizer also provides recent utilization metric data, in addition to projected utilization metric data for the recommendations, which you can use to evaluate which recommendation provides the best price-performance trade-off. The analysis of your usage patterns can help you decide when to move or resize your running resources, and still meet your performance and capacity requirements. For more information about Compute Optimizer, including the required permissions to use the service, see the Compute Optimizer User Guide.
Usage
computeoptimizer(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- computeoptimizer( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
delete_recommendation_preferences | Deletes a recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics |
describe_recommendation_export_jobs | Describes recommendation export jobs created in the last seven days |
export_auto_scaling_group_recommendations | Exports optimization recommendations for Auto Scaling groups |
export_ebs_volume_recommendations | Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EBS volumes |
export_ec2_instance_recommendations | Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances |
export_ecs_service_recommendations | Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon ECS services on Fargate |
export_idle_recommendations | Export optimization recommendations for your idle resources |
export_lambda_function_recommendations | Exports optimization recommendations for Lambda functions |
export_license_recommendations | Export optimization recommendations for your licenses |
export_rds_database_recommendations | Export optimization recommendations for your Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) |
get_auto_scaling_group_recommendations | Returns Auto Scaling group recommendations |
get_ebs_volume_recommendations | Returns Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume recommendations |
get_ec2_instance_recommendations | Returns Amazon EC2 instance recommendations |
get_ec2_recommendation_projected_metrics | Returns the projected utilization metrics of Amazon EC2 instance recommendations |
get_ecs_service_recommendation_projected_metrics | Returns the projected metrics of Amazon ECS service recommendations |
get_ecs_service_recommendations | Returns Amazon ECS service recommendations |
get_effective_recommendation_preferences | Returns the recommendation preferences that are in effect for a given resource, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics |
get_enrollment_status | Returns the enrollment (opt in) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service |
get_enrollment_statuses_for_organization | Returns the Compute Optimizer enrollment (opt-in) status of organization member accounts, if your account is an organization management account |
get_idle_recommendations | Returns idle resource recommendations |
get_lambda_function_recommendations | Returns Lambda function recommendations |
get_license_recommendations | Returns license recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances that run on a specific license |
get_rds_database_recommendation_projected_metrics | Returns the projected metrics of Amazon RDS recommendations |
get_rds_database_recommendations | Returns Amazon RDS recommendations |
get_recommendation_preferences | Returns existing recommendation preferences, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics |
get_recommendation_summaries | Returns the optimization findings for an account |
put_recommendation_preferences | Creates a new recommendation preference or updates an existing recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics |
update_enrollment_status | Updates the enrollment (opt in and opt out) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- computeoptimizer()
svc$delete_recommendation_preferences(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Deletes a recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics
Description
Deletes a recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_delete_recommendation_preferences/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_delete_recommendation_preferences(
resourceType,
scope = NULL,
recommendationPreferenceNames
)
Arguments
resourceType |
[required] The target resource type of the recommendation preference to delete. The |
scope |
An object that describes the scope of the recommendation preference to delete. You can delete recommendation preferences that are created at the organization level (for management accounts of an organization only), account level, and resource level. For more information, see Activating enhanced infrastructure metrics in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
recommendationPreferenceNames |
[required] The name of the recommendation preference to delete. |
Describes recommendation export jobs created in the last seven days
Description
Describes recommendation export jobs created in the last seven days.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_describe_recommendation_export_jobs/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_describe_recommendation_export_jobs(
jobIds = NULL,
filters = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
jobIds |
The identification numbers of the export jobs to return. An export job ID is returned when you create an export using the
All export jobs created in the last seven days are returned if this parameter is omitted. |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of export jobs. |
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of export jobs. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of export jobs to return with a single request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
Exports optimization recommendations for Auto Scaling groups
Description
Exports optimization recommendations for Auto Scaling groups.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_auto_scaling_group_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_export_auto_scaling_group_recommendations(
accountIds = NULL,
filters = NULL,
fieldsToExport = NULL,
s3DestinationConfig,
fileFormat = NULL,
includeMemberAccounts = NULL,
recommendationPreferences = NULL
)
Arguments
accountIds |
The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts for which to export Auto Scaling group recommendations. If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to export recommendations. This parameter cannot be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the include member accounts parameter, is omitted. You can specify multiple account IDs per request. |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of Auto Scaling group recommendations. |
fieldsToExport |
The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
s3DestinationConfig |
[required] An object to specify the destination Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket name and key prefix for the export job. You must create the destination Amazon S3 bucket for your recommendations export before you create the export job. Compute Optimizer does not create the S3 bucket for you. After you create the S3 bucket, ensure that it has the required permissions policy to allow Compute Optimizer to write the export file to it. If you plan to specify an object prefix when you create the export job, you must include the object prefix in the policy that you add to the S3 bucket. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Policy for Compute Optimizer in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
fileFormat |
The format of the export file. The only export file format currently supported is |
includeMemberAccounts |
Indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization if your account is the management account of an organization. The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. Recommendations for member accounts of the organization are not included in the export file if this parameter is omitted. This parameter cannot be specified together with the account IDs parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the account IDs parameter, is omitted. |
recommendationPreferences |
An object to specify the preferences for the Auto Scaling group recommendations to export. |
Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EBS volumes
Description
Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EBS volumes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_ebs_volume_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_export_ebs_volume_recommendations(
accountIds = NULL,
filters = NULL,
fieldsToExport = NULL,
s3DestinationConfig,
fileFormat = NULL,
includeMemberAccounts = NULL
)
Arguments
accountIds |
The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts for which to export Amazon EBS volume recommendations. If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to export recommendations. This parameter cannot be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the include member accounts parameter, is omitted. You can specify multiple account IDs per request. |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of Amazon EBS volume recommendations. |
fieldsToExport |
The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
s3DestinationConfig |
[required] |
fileFormat |
The format of the export file. The only export file format currently supported is |
includeMemberAccounts |
Indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization if your account is the management account of an organization. The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. Recommendations for member accounts of the organization are not included in the export file if this parameter is omitted. This parameter cannot be specified together with the account IDs parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the account IDs parameter, is omitted. |
Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances
Description
Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_ec2_instance_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_export_ec2_instance_recommendations(
accountIds = NULL,
filters = NULL,
fieldsToExport = NULL,
s3DestinationConfig,
fileFormat = NULL,
includeMemberAccounts = NULL,
recommendationPreferences = NULL
)
Arguments
accountIds |
The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts for which to export instance recommendations. If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to export recommendations. This parameter cannot be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the include member accounts parameter, is omitted. You can specify multiple account IDs per request. |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of instance recommendations. |
fieldsToExport |
The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
s3DestinationConfig |
[required] An object to specify the destination Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket name and key prefix for the export job. You must create the destination Amazon S3 bucket for your recommendations export before you create the export job. Compute Optimizer does not create the S3 bucket for you. After you create the S3 bucket, ensure that it has the required permissions policy to allow Compute Optimizer to write the export file to it. If you plan to specify an object prefix when you create the export job, you must include the object prefix in the policy that you add to the S3 bucket. For more information, see Amazon S3 Bucket Policy for Compute Optimizer in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
fileFormat |
The format of the export file. The only export file format currently supported is |
includeMemberAccounts |
Indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization if your account is the management account of an organization. The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. Recommendations for member accounts of the organization are not included in the export file if this parameter is omitted. Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the account IDs parameter, is omitted. |
recommendationPreferences |
An object to specify the preferences for the Amazon EC2 instance recommendations to export. |
Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon ECS services on Fargate
Description
Exports optimization recommendations for Amazon ECS services on Fargate.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_ecs_service_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_export_ecs_service_recommendations(
accountIds = NULL,
filters = NULL,
fieldsToExport = NULL,
s3DestinationConfig,
fileFormat = NULL,
includeMemberAccounts = NULL
)
Arguments
accountIds |
The Amazon Web Services account IDs for the export Amazon ECS service recommendations. If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account you want to export recommendations to. This parameter can't be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. If this parameter or the include member accounts parameter is omitted, the recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export. You can specify multiple account IDs per request. |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of Amazon ECS service recommendations. |
fieldsToExport |
The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
s3DestinationConfig |
[required] |
fileFormat |
The format of the export file. The CSV file is the only export file format currently supported. |
includeMemberAccounts |
If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, this parameter indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization. The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. If this parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts of the organization aren't included in the export file. If this parameter or the account ID parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export. |
Export optimization recommendations for your idle resources
Description
Export optimization recommendations for your idle resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_idle_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_export_idle_recommendations(
accountIds = NULL,
filters = NULL,
fieldsToExport = NULL,
s3DestinationConfig,
fileFormat = NULL,
includeMemberAccounts = NULL
)
Arguments
accountIds |
The Amazon Web Services account IDs for the export idle resource recommendations. If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account you want to export recommendations to. This parameter can't be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. If this parameter or the include member accounts parameter is omitted, the recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export. You can specify multiple account IDs per request. |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of idle resource recommendations. |
fieldsToExport |
The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
s3DestinationConfig |
[required] |
fileFormat |
The format of the export file. The CSV file is the only export file format currently supported. |
includeMemberAccounts |
If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, this parameter indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization. The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. If this parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts of the organization aren't included in the export file. If this parameter or the account ID parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export. |
Exports optimization recommendations for Lambda functions
Description
Exports optimization recommendations for Lambda functions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_lambda_function_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_export_lambda_function_recommendations(
accountIds = NULL,
filters = NULL,
fieldsToExport = NULL,
s3DestinationConfig,
fileFormat = NULL,
includeMemberAccounts = NULL
)
Arguments
accountIds |
The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts for which to export Lambda function recommendations. If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to export recommendations. This parameter cannot be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the include member accounts parameter, is omitted. You can specify multiple account IDs per request. |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of Lambda function recommendations. |
fieldsToExport |
The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
s3DestinationConfig |
[required] |
fileFormat |
The format of the export file. The only export file format currently supported is |
includeMemberAccounts |
Indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization if your account is the management account of an organization. The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. Recommendations for member accounts of the organization are not included in the export file if this parameter is omitted. This parameter cannot be specified together with the account IDs parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. Recommendations for member accounts are not included in the export if this parameter, or the account IDs parameter, is omitted. |
Export optimization recommendations for your licenses
Description
Export optimization recommendations for your licenses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_license_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_export_license_recommendations(
accountIds = NULL,
filters = NULL,
fieldsToExport = NULL,
s3DestinationConfig,
fileFormat = NULL,
includeMemberAccounts = NULL
)
Arguments
accountIds |
The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts for which to export license recommendations. If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to export recommendations. This parameter can't be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. If this parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export. You can specify multiple account IDs per request. |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of license recommendations. |
fieldsToExport |
The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
s3DestinationConfig |
[required] |
fileFormat |
The format of the export file. A CSV file is the only export format currently supported. |
includeMemberAccounts |
Indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization if your account is the management account of an organization. The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. If this parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts of the organization aren't included in the export file . This parameter cannot be specified together with the account IDs parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. |
Export optimization recommendations for your Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS)
Description
Export optimization recommendations for your Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_export_rds_database_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_export_rds_database_recommendations(
accountIds = NULL,
filters = NULL,
fieldsToExport = NULL,
s3DestinationConfig,
fileFormat = NULL,
includeMemberAccounts = NULL,
recommendationPreferences = NULL
)
Arguments
accountIds |
The Amazon Web Services account IDs for the export Amazon RDS recommendations. If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account you want to export recommendations to. This parameter can't be specified together with the include member accounts parameter. The parameters are mutually exclusive. If this parameter or the include member accounts parameter is omitted, the recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export. You can specify multiple account IDs per request. |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that exports a more specific set of Amazon RDS recommendations. |
fieldsToExport |
The recommendations data to include in the export file. For more information about the fields that can be exported, see Exported files in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
s3DestinationConfig |
[required] |
fileFormat |
The format of the export file. The CSV file is the only export file format currently supported. |
includeMemberAccounts |
If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, this parameter indicates whether to include recommendations for resources in all member accounts of the organization. The member accounts must also be opted in to Compute Optimizer, and trusted access for Compute Optimizer must be enabled in the organization account. For more information, see Compute Optimizer and Amazon Web Services Organizations trusted access in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. If this parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts of the organization aren't included in the export file. If this parameter or the account ID parameter is omitted, recommendations for member accounts aren't included in the export. |
recommendationPreferences |
Returns Auto Scaling group recommendations
Description
Returns Auto Scaling group recommendations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_auto_scaling_group_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_auto_scaling_group_recommendations(
accountIds = NULL,
autoScalingGroupArns = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filters = NULL,
recommendationPreferences = NULL
)
Arguments
accountIds |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return Auto Scaling group recommendations. If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return Auto Scaling group recommendations. Only one account ID can be specified per request. |
autoScalingGroupArns |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Auto Scaling groups for which to return recommendations. |
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of Auto Scaling group recommendations. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of Auto Scaling group recommendations to return with a single request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of Auto Scaling group recommendations. |
recommendationPreferences |
An object to specify the preferences for the Auto Scaling group recommendations to return in the response. |
Returns Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume recommendations
Description
Returns Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume recommendations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_ebs_volume_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_ebs_volume_recommendations(
volumeArns = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filters = NULL,
accountIds = NULL
)
Arguments
volumeArns |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the volumes for which to return recommendations. |
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of volume recommendations. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of volume recommendations to return with a single request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of volume recommendations. |
accountIds |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return volume recommendations. If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return volume recommendations. Only one account ID can be specified per request. |
Returns Amazon EC2 instance recommendations
Description
Returns Amazon EC2 instance recommendations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_ec2_instance_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_ec2_instance_recommendations(
instanceArns = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filters = NULL,
accountIds = NULL,
recommendationPreferences = NULL
)
Arguments
instanceArns |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instances for which to return recommendations. |
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of instance recommendations. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of instance recommendations to return with a single request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of instance recommendations. |
accountIds |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return instance recommendations. If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return instance recommendations. Only one account ID can be specified per request. |
recommendationPreferences |
An object to specify the preferences for the Amazon EC2 instance recommendations to return in the response. |
Returns the projected utilization metrics of Amazon EC2 instance recommendations
Description
Returns the projected utilization metrics of Amazon EC2 instance recommendations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_ec2_recommendation_projected_metrics/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_ec2_recommendation_projected_metrics(
instanceArn,
stat,
period,
startTime,
endTime,
recommendationPreferences = NULL
)
Arguments
instanceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the instances for which to return recommendation projected metrics. |
stat |
[required] The statistic of the projected metrics. |
period |
[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the projected metrics data points. |
startTime |
[required] The timestamp of the first projected metrics data point to return. |
endTime |
[required] The timestamp of the last projected metrics data point to return. |
recommendationPreferences |
An object to specify the preferences for the Amazon EC2 recommendation projected metrics to return in the response. |
Returns the projected metrics of Amazon ECS service recommendations
Description
Returns the projected metrics of Amazon ECS service recommendations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_ecs_service_recommendation_projected_metrics/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_ecs_service_recommendation_projected_metrics(
serviceArn,
stat,
period,
startTime,
endTime
)
Arguments
serviceArn |
[required] The ARN that identifies the Amazon ECS service. The following is the format of the ARN:
|
stat |
[required] The statistic of the projected metrics. |
period |
[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the projected metrics data points. |
startTime |
[required] The timestamp of the first projected metrics data point to return. |
endTime |
[required] The timestamp of the last projected metrics data point to return. |
Returns Amazon ECS service recommendations
Description
Returns Amazon ECS service recommendations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_ecs_service_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_ecs_service_recommendations(
serviceArns = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filters = NULL,
accountIds = NULL
)
Arguments
serviceArns |
The ARN that identifies the Amazon ECS service. The following is the format of the ARN:
|
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of Amazon ECS service recommendations. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of Amazon ECS service recommendations to return with a single request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of Amazon ECS service recommendations. |
accountIds |
Return the Amazon ECS service recommendations to the specified Amazon Web Services account IDs. If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to return the Amazon ECS service recommendations to specific member accounts. You can only specify one account ID per request. |
Returns the recommendation preferences that are in effect for a given resource, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics
Description
Returns the recommendation preferences that are in effect for a given resource, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics. Considers all applicable preferences that you might have set at the resource, account, and organization level.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_effective_recommendation_preferences/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_effective_recommendation_preferences(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which to confirm effective recommendation preferences. Only EC2 instance and Auto Scaling group ARNs are currently supported. |
Returns the enrollment (opt in) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service
Description
Returns the enrollment (opt in) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_enrollment_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_enrollment_status()
Returns the Compute Optimizer enrollment (opt-in) status of organization member accounts, if your account is an organization management account
Description
Returns the Compute Optimizer enrollment (opt-in) status of organization member accounts, if your account is an organization management account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_enrollment_statuses_for_organization/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_enrollment_statuses_for_organization(
filters = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of account enrollment statuses. |
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of account enrollment statuses. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of account enrollment statuses to return with a single request. You can specify up to 100 statuses to return with each request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
Returns idle resource recommendations
Description
Returns idle resource recommendations. Compute Optimizer generates recommendations for idle resources that meet a specific set of requirements. For more information, see Resource requirements in the Compute Optimizer User Guide
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_idle_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_idle_recommendations(
resourceArns = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filters = NULL,
accountIds = NULL,
orderBy = NULL
)
Arguments
resourceArns |
The ARN that identifies the idle resource. |
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of idle resource recommendations. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of idle resource recommendations to return with a single request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of idle resource recommendations. |
accountIds |
Return the idle resource recommendations to the specified Amazon Web Services account IDs. If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to return the idle resource recommendations to specific member accounts. You can only specify one account ID per request. |
orderBy |
The order to sort the idle resource recommendations. |
Returns Lambda function recommendations
Description
Returns Lambda function recommendations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_lambda_function_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_lambda_function_recommendations(
functionArns = NULL,
accountIds = NULL,
filters = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
functionArns |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the functions for which to return recommendations. You can specify a qualified or unqualified ARN. If you specify an
unqualified ARN without a function version suffix, Compute Optimizer
will return recommendations for the latest ( |
accountIds |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return function recommendations. If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return function recommendations. Only one account ID can be specified per request. |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of function recommendations. |
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of function recommendations. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of function recommendations to return with a single request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
Returns license recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances that run on a specific license
Description
Returns license recommendations for Amazon EC2 instances that run on a specific license.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_license_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_license_recommendations(
resourceArns = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filters = NULL,
accountIds = NULL
)
Arguments
resourceArns |
The ARN that identifies the Amazon EC2 instance. The following is the format of the ARN:
|
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of license recommendations. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of license recommendations to return with a single request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of license recommendations. |
accountIds |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return license recommendations. If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return license recommendations. Only one account ID can be specified per request. |
Returns the projected metrics of Amazon RDS recommendations
Description
Returns the projected metrics of Amazon RDS recommendations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_rds_database_recommendation_projected_metrics/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_rds_database_recommendation_projected_metrics(
resourceArn,
stat,
period,
startTime,
endTime,
recommendationPreferences = NULL
)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN that identifies the Amazon RDS. The following is the format of the ARN:
|
stat |
[required] The statistic of the projected metrics. |
period |
[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the projected metrics data points. |
startTime |
[required] The timestamp of the first projected metrics data point to return. |
endTime |
[required] The timestamp of the last projected metrics data point to return. |
recommendationPreferences |
Returns Amazon RDS recommendations
Description
Returns Amazon RDS recommendations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_rds_database_recommendations/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_rds_database_recommendations(
resourceArns = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filters = NULL,
accountIds = NULL,
recommendationPreferences = NULL
)
Arguments
resourceArns |
The ARN that identifies the Amazon RDS. The following is the format of the ARN:
The following is the format of a DB Cluster ARN:
|
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of Amazon RDS recommendations. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of Amazon RDS recommendations to return with a single request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
filters |
An array of objects to specify a filter that returns a more specific list of Amazon RDS recommendations. |
accountIds |
Return the Amazon RDS recommendations to the specified Amazon Web Services account IDs. If your account is the management account or the delegated administrator of an organization, use this parameter to return the Amazon RDS recommendations to specific member accounts. You can only specify one account ID per request. |
recommendationPreferences |
Returns existing recommendation preferences, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics
Description
Returns existing recommendation preferences, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_recommendation_preferences/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_recommendation_preferences(
resourceType,
scope = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
resourceType |
[required] The target resource type of the recommendation preference for which to return preferences. The |
scope |
An object that describes the scope of the recommendation preference to return. You can return recommendation preferences that are created at the organization level (for management accounts of an organization only), account level, and resource level. For more information, see Activating enhanced infrastructure metrics in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of recommendation preferences. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of recommendation preferences to return with a single request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
Returns the optimization findings for an account
Description
Returns the optimization findings for an account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_get_recommendation_summaries/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_get_recommendation_summaries(
accountIds = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
accountIds |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account for which to return recommendation summaries. If your account is the management account of an organization, use this parameter to specify the member account for which you want to return recommendation summaries. Only one account ID can be specified per request. |
nextToken |
The token to advance to the next page of recommendation summaries. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of recommendation summaries to return with a single request. To retrieve the remaining results, make another request with the
returned |
Creates a new recommendation preference or updates an existing recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics
Description
Creates a new recommendation preference or updates an existing recommendation preference, such as enhanced infrastructure metrics.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_put_recommendation_preferences/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_put_recommendation_preferences(
resourceType,
scope = NULL,
enhancedInfrastructureMetrics = NULL,
inferredWorkloadTypes = NULL,
externalMetricsPreference = NULL,
lookBackPeriod = NULL,
utilizationPreferences = NULL,
preferredResources = NULL,
savingsEstimationMode = NULL
)
Arguments
resourceType |
[required] The target resource type of the recommendation preference to create. The |
scope |
An object that describes the scope of the recommendation preference to create. You can create recommendation preferences at the organization level (for management accounts of an organization only), account level, and resource level. For more information, see Activating enhanced infrastructure metrics in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. You cannot create recommendation preferences for Auto Scaling groups at
the organization and account levels. You can create recommendation
preferences for Auto Scaling groups only at the resource level by
specifying a scope name of |
enhancedInfrastructureMetrics |
The status of the enhanced infrastructure metrics recommendation preference to create or update. Specify the For more information, see Enhanced infrastructure metrics in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
inferredWorkloadTypes |
The status of the inferred workload types recommendation preference to create or update. The inferred workload type feature is active by default. To deactivate it, create a recommendation preference. Specify the For more information, see Inferred workload types in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
externalMetricsPreference |
The provider of the external metrics recommendation preference to create or update. Specify a valid provider in the This preference can only be set for the For more information, see External metrics ingestion in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
lookBackPeriod |
The preference to control the number of days the utilization metrics of
the Amazon Web Services resource are analyzed. When this preference
isn't specified, we use the default value You can only set this preference for the Amazon EC2 instance and Auto Scaling group resource types.
|
utilizationPreferences |
The preference to control the resource’s CPU utilization threshold, CPU utilization headroom, and memory utilization headroom. When this preference isn't specified, we use the following default values. CPU utilization:
Memory utilization:
|
preferredResources |
The preference to control which resource type values are considered when
generating rightsizing recommendations. You can specify this preference
as a combination of include and exclude lists. You must specify either
an You can only set this preference for the Amazon EC2 instance and Auto Scaling group resource types. |
savingsEstimationMode |
The status of the savings estimation mode preference to create or update. Specify the Only the account manager or delegated administrator of your organization can activate this preference. For more information, see Savings estimation mode in the Compute Optimizer User Guide. |
Updates the enrollment (opt in and opt out) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service
Description
Updates the enrollment (opt in and opt out) status of an account to the Compute Optimizer service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/computeoptimizer_update_enrollment_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
computeoptimizer_update_enrollment_status(status, includeMemberAccounts = NULL)
Arguments
status |
[required] The new enrollment status of the account. The following status options are available:
The |
includeMemberAccounts |
Indicates whether to enroll member accounts of the organization if the account is the management account of an organization. |
Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud
Description
You can access the features of Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) programmatically. For more information, see the Amazon EC2 Developer Guide.
Usage
ec2(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- ec2( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
accept_address_transfer | Accepts an Elastic IP address transfer |
accept_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership | Accepts a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account |
accept_reserved_instances_exchange_quote | Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote call |
accept_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations | Accepts a request to associate subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain |
accept_transit_gateway_peering_attachment | Accepts a transit gateway peering attachment request |
accept_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment | Accepts a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway |
accept_vpc_endpoint_connections | Accepts connection requests to your VPC endpoint service |
accept_vpc_peering_connection | Accept a VPC peering connection request |
advertise_byoip_cidr | Advertises an IPv4 or IPv6 address range that is provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) |
allocate_address | Allocates an Elastic IP address to your Amazon Web Services account |
allocate_hosts | Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account |
allocate_ipam_pool_cidr | Allocate a CIDR from an IPAM pool |
apply_security_groups_to_client_vpn_target_network | Applies a security group to the association between the target network and the Client VPN endpoint |
assign_ipv_6_addresses | Assigns the specified IPv6 addresses to the specified network interface |
assign_private_ip_addresses | Assigns the specified secondary private IP addresses to the specified network interface |
assign_private_nat_gateway_address | Assigns private IPv4 addresses to a private NAT gateway |
associate_address | Associates an Elastic IP address, or carrier IP address (for instances that are in subnets in Wavelength Zones) with an instance or a network interface |
associate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner | Initiates a request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to a consumer account that is consolidated under the same Amazon Web Services organizations payer account |
associate_client_vpn_target_network | Associates a target network with a Client VPN endpoint |
associate_dhcp_options | Associates a set of DHCP options (that you've previously created) with the specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC |
associate_enclave_certificate_iam_role | Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate |
associate_iam_instance_profile | Associates an IAM instance profile with a running or stopped instance |
associate_instance_event_window | Associates one or more targets with an event window |
associate_ipam_byoasn | Associates your Autonomous System Number (ASN) with a BYOIP CIDR that you own in the same Amazon Web Services Region |
associate_ipam_resource_discovery | Associates an IPAM resource discovery with an Amazon VPC IPAM |
associate_nat_gateway_address | Associates Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) and private IPv4 addresses with a public NAT gateway |
associate_route_table | Associates a subnet in your VPC or an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your VPC with a route table in your VPC |
associate_security_group_vpc | Associates a security group with another VPC in the same Region |
associate_subnet_cidr_block | Associates a CIDR block with your subnet |
associate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain | Associates the specified subnets and transit gateway attachments with the specified transit gateway multicast domain |
associate_transit_gateway_policy_table | Associates the specified transit gateway attachment with a transit gateway policy table |
associate_transit_gateway_route_table | Associates the specified attachment with the specified transit gateway route table |
associate_trunk_interface | Associates a branch network interface with a trunk network interface |
associate_vpc_cidr_block | Associates a CIDR block with your VPC |
attach_classic_link_vpc | This action is deprecated |
attach_internet_gateway | Attaches an internet gateway or a virtual private gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC |
attach_network_interface | Attaches a network interface to an instance |
attach_verified_access_trust_provider | Attaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider to the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance |
attach_volume | Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified device name |
attach_vpn_gateway | Attaches an available virtual private gateway to a VPC |
authorize_client_vpn_ingress | Adds an ingress authorization rule to a Client VPN endpoint |
authorize_security_group_egress | Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group |
authorize_security_group_ingress | Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group |
bundle_instance | Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance |
cancel_bundle_task | Cancels a bundling operation for an instance store-backed Windows instance |
cancel_capacity_reservation | Cancels the specified Capacity Reservation, releases the reserved capacity, and changes the Capacity Reservation's state to cancelled |
cancel_capacity_reservation_fleets | Cancels one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets |
cancel_conversion_task | Cancels an active conversion task |
cancel_declarative_policies_report | Cancels the generation of an account status report |
cancel_export_task | Cancels an active export task |
cancel_image_launch_permission | Removes your Amazon Web Services account from the launch permissions for the specified AMI |
cancel_import_task | Cancels an in-process import virtual machine or import snapshot task |
cancel_reserved_instances_listing | Cancels the specified Reserved Instance listing in the Reserved Instance Marketplace |
cancel_spot_fleet_requests | Cancels the specified Spot Fleet requests |
cancel_spot_instance_requests | Cancels one or more Spot Instance requests |
confirm_product_instance | Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance |
copy_fpga_image | Copies the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to the current Region |
copy_image | Initiates an AMI copy operation |
copy_snapshot | Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3 |
create_capacity_reservation | Creates a new Capacity Reservation with the specified attributes |
create_capacity_reservation_by_splitting | Create a new Capacity Reservation by splitting the capacity of the source Capacity Reservation |
create_capacity_reservation_fleet | Creates a Capacity Reservation Fleet |
create_carrier_gateway | Creates a carrier gateway |
create_client_vpn_endpoint | Creates a Client VPN endpoint |
create_client_vpn_route | Adds a route to a network to a Client VPN endpoint |
create_coip_cidr | Creates a range of customer-owned IP addresses |
create_coip_pool | Creates a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses |
create_customer_gateway | Provides information to Amazon Web Services about your customer gateway device |
create_default_subnet | Creates a default subnet with a size /20 IPv4 CIDR block in the specified Availability Zone in your default VPC |
create_default_vpc | Creates a default VPC with a size /16 IPv4 CIDR block and a default subnet in each Availability Zone |
create_dhcp_options | Creates a custom set of DHCP options |
create_egress_only_internet_gateway | [IPv6 only] Creates an egress-only internet gateway for your VPC |
create_fleet | Creates an EC2 Fleet that contains the configuration information for On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances |
create_flow_logs | Creates one or more flow logs to capture information about IP traffic for a specific network interface, subnet, or VPC |
create_fpga_image | Creates an Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) from the specified design checkpoint (DCP) |
create_image | Creates an Amazon EBS-backed AMI from an Amazon EBS-backed instance that is either running or stopped |
create_instance_connect_endpoint | Creates an EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint |
create_instance_event_window | Creates an event window in which scheduled events for the associated Amazon EC2 instances can run |
create_instance_export_task | Exports a running or stopped instance to an Amazon S3 bucket |
create_internet_gateway | Creates an internet gateway for use with a VPC |
create_ipam | Create an IPAM |
create_ipam_external_resource_verification_token | Create a verification token |
create_ipam_pool | Create an IP address pool for Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) |
create_ipam_resource_discovery | Creates an IPAM resource discovery |
create_ipam_scope | Create an IPAM scope |
create_key_pair | Creates an ED25519 or 2048-bit RSA key pair with the specified name and in the specified format |
create_launch_template | Creates a launch template |
create_launch_template_version | Creates a new version of a launch template |
create_local_gateway_route | Creates a static route for the specified local gateway route table |
create_local_gateway_route_table | Creates a local gateway route table |
create_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association | Creates a local gateway route table virtual interface group association |
create_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association | Associates the specified VPC with the specified local gateway route table |
create_managed_prefix_list | Creates a managed prefix list |
create_nat_gateway | Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet |
create_network_acl | Creates a network ACL in a VPC |
create_network_acl_entry | Creates an entry (a rule) in a network ACL with the specified rule number |
create_network_insights_access_scope | Creates a Network Access Scope |
create_network_insights_path | Creates a path to analyze for reachability |
create_network_interface | Creates a network interface in the specified subnet |
create_network_interface_permission | Grants an Amazon Web Services-authorized account permission to attach the specified network interface to an instance in their account |
create_placement_group | Creates a placement group in which to launch instances |
create_public_ipv_4_pool | Creates a public IPv4 address pool |
create_replace_root_volume_task | Replaces the EBS-backed root volume for a running instance with a new volume that is restored to the original root volume's launch state, that is restored to a specific snapshot taken from the original root volume, or that is restored from an AMI that has the same key characteristics as that of the instance |
create_reserved_instances_listing | Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances to be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace |
create_restore_image_task | Starts a task that restores an AMI from an Amazon S3 object that was previously created by using CreateStoreImageTask |
create_route | Creates a route in a route table within a VPC |
create_route_table | Creates a route table for the specified VPC |
create_security_group | Creates a security group |
create_snapshot | Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3 |
create_snapshots | Creates crash-consistent snapshots of multiple EBS volumes attached to an Amazon EC2 instance |
create_spot_datafeed_subscription | Creates a data feed for Spot Instances, enabling you to view Spot Instance usage logs |
create_store_image_task | Stores an AMI as a single object in an Amazon S3 bucket |
create_subnet | Creates a subnet in the specified VPC |
create_subnet_cidr_reservation | Creates a subnet CIDR reservation |
create_tags | Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Amazon EC2 resource or resources |
create_traffic_mirror_filter | Creates a Traffic Mirror filter |
create_traffic_mirror_filter_rule | Creates a Traffic Mirror filter rule |
create_traffic_mirror_session | Creates a Traffic Mirror session |
create_traffic_mirror_target | Creates a target for your Traffic Mirror session |
create_transit_gateway | Creates a transit gateway |
create_transit_gateway_connect | Creates a Connect attachment from a specified transit gateway attachment |
create_transit_gateway_connect_peer | Creates a Connect peer for a specified transit gateway Connect attachment between a transit gateway and an appliance |
create_transit_gateway_multicast_domain | Creates a multicast domain using the specified transit gateway |
create_transit_gateway_peering_attachment | Requests a transit gateway peering attachment between the specified transit gateway (requester) and a peer transit gateway (accepter) |
create_transit_gateway_policy_table | Creates a transit gateway policy table |
create_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference | Creates a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table |
create_transit_gateway_route | Creates a static route for the specified transit gateway route table |
create_transit_gateway_route_table | Creates a route table for the specified transit gateway |
create_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement | Advertises a new transit gateway route table |
create_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment | Attaches the specified VPC to the specified transit gateway |
create_verified_access_endpoint | An Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint is where you define your application along with an optional endpoint-level access policy |
create_verified_access_group | An Amazon Web Services Verified Access group is a collection of Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints who's associated applications have similar security requirements |
create_verified_access_instance | An Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance is a regional entity that evaluates application requests and grants access only when your security requirements are met |
create_verified_access_trust_provider | A trust provider is a third-party entity that creates, maintains, and manages identity information for users and devices |
create_volume | Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone |
create_vpc | Creates a VPC with the specified CIDR blocks |
create_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion | Create a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion |
create_vpc_endpoint | Creates a VPC endpoint |
create_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification | Creates a connection notification for a specified VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service |
create_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration | Creates a VPC endpoint service to which service consumers (Amazon Web Services accounts, users, and IAM roles) can connect |
create_vpc_peering_connection | Requests a VPC peering connection between two VPCs: a requester VPC that you own and an accepter VPC with which to create the connection |
create_vpn_connection | Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway or transit gateway and a customer gateway |
create_vpn_connection_route | Creates a static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway |
create_vpn_gateway | Creates a virtual private gateway |
delete_carrier_gateway | Deletes a carrier gateway |
delete_client_vpn_endpoint | Deletes the specified Client VPN endpoint |
delete_client_vpn_route | Deletes a route from a Client VPN endpoint |
delete_coip_cidr | Deletes a range of customer-owned IP addresses |
delete_coip_pool | Deletes a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses |
delete_customer_gateway | Deletes the specified customer gateway |
delete_dhcp_options | Deletes the specified set of DHCP options |
delete_egress_only_internet_gateway | Deletes an egress-only internet gateway |
delete_fleets | Deletes the specified EC2 Fleets |
delete_flow_logs | Deletes one or more flow logs |
delete_fpga_image | Deletes the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) |
delete_instance_connect_endpoint | Deletes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint |
delete_instance_event_window | Deletes the specified event window |
delete_internet_gateway | Deletes the specified internet gateway |
delete_ipam | Delete an IPAM |
delete_ipam_external_resource_verification_token | Delete a verification token |
delete_ipam_pool | Delete an IPAM pool |
delete_ipam_resource_discovery | Deletes an IPAM resource discovery |
delete_ipam_scope | Delete the scope for an IPAM |
delete_key_pair | Deletes the specified key pair, by removing the public key from Amazon EC2 |
delete_launch_template | Deletes a launch template |
delete_launch_template_versions | Deletes one or more versions of a launch template |
delete_local_gateway_route | Deletes the specified route from the specified local gateway route table |
delete_local_gateway_route_table | Deletes a local gateway route table |
delete_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association | Deletes a local gateway route table virtual interface group association |
delete_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association | Deletes the specified association between a VPC and local gateway route table |
delete_managed_prefix_list | Deletes the specified managed prefix list |
delete_nat_gateway | Deletes the specified NAT gateway |
delete_network_acl | Deletes the specified network ACL |
delete_network_acl_entry | Deletes the specified ingress or egress entry (rule) from the specified network ACL |
delete_network_insights_access_scope | Deletes the specified Network Access Scope |
delete_network_insights_access_scope_analysis | Deletes the specified Network Access Scope analysis |
delete_network_insights_analysis | Deletes the specified network insights analysis |
delete_network_insights_path | Deletes the specified path |
delete_network_interface | Deletes the specified network interface |
delete_network_interface_permission | Deletes a permission for a network interface |
delete_placement_group | Deletes the specified placement group |
delete_public_ipv_4_pool | Delete a public IPv4 pool |
delete_queued_reserved_instances | Deletes the queued purchases for the specified Reserved Instances |
delete_route | Deletes the specified route from the specified route table |
delete_route_table | Deletes the specified route table |
delete_security_group | Deletes a security group |
delete_snapshot | Deletes the specified snapshot |
delete_spot_datafeed_subscription | Deletes the data feed for Spot Instances |
delete_subnet | Deletes the specified subnet |
delete_subnet_cidr_reservation | Deletes a subnet CIDR reservation |
delete_tags | Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources |
delete_traffic_mirror_filter | Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror filter |
delete_traffic_mirror_filter_rule | Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror rule |
delete_traffic_mirror_session | Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror session |
delete_traffic_mirror_target | Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror target |
delete_transit_gateway | Deletes the specified transit gateway |
delete_transit_gateway_connect | Deletes the specified Connect attachment |
delete_transit_gateway_connect_peer | Deletes the specified Connect peer |
delete_transit_gateway_multicast_domain | Deletes the specified transit gateway multicast domain |
delete_transit_gateway_peering_attachment | Deletes a transit gateway peering attachment |
delete_transit_gateway_policy_table | Deletes the specified transit gateway policy table |
delete_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference | Deletes a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table |
delete_transit_gateway_route | Deletes the specified route from the specified transit gateway route table |
delete_transit_gateway_route_table | Deletes the specified transit gateway route table |
delete_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement | Advertises to the transit gateway that a transit gateway route table is deleted |
delete_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment | Deletes the specified VPC attachment |
delete_verified_access_endpoint | Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint |
delete_verified_access_group | Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access group |
delete_verified_access_instance | Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance |
delete_verified_access_trust_provider | Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider |
delete_volume | Deletes the specified EBS volume |
delete_vpc | Deletes the specified VPC |
delete_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion | Delete a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion |
delete_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications | Deletes the specified VPC endpoint connection notifications |
delete_vpc_endpoints | Deletes the specified VPC endpoints |
delete_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations | Deletes the specified VPC endpoint service configurations |
delete_vpc_peering_connection | Deletes a VPC peering connection |
delete_vpn_connection | Deletes the specified VPN connection |
delete_vpn_connection_route | Deletes the specified static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway |
delete_vpn_gateway | Deletes the specified virtual private gateway |
deprovision_byoip_cidr | Releases the specified address range that you provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and deletes the corresponding address pool |
deprovision_ipam_byoasn | Deprovisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) from your Amazon Web Services account |
deprovision_ipam_pool_cidr | Deprovision a CIDR provisioned from an IPAM pool |
deprovision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr | Deprovision a CIDR from a public IPv4 pool |
deregister_image | Deregisters the specified AMI |
deregister_instance_event_notification_attributes | Deregisters tag keys to prevent tags that have the specified tag keys from being included in scheduled event notifications for resources in the Region |
deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members | Deregisters the specified members (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group |
deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources | Deregisters the specified sources (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group |
describe_account_attributes | Describes attributes of your Amazon Web Services account |
describe_addresses | Describes the specified Elastic IP addresses or all of your Elastic IP addresses |
describe_addresses_attribute | Describes the attributes of the specified Elastic IP addresses |
describe_address_transfers | Describes an Elastic IP address transfer |
describe_aggregate_id_format | Describes the longer ID format settings for all resource types in a specific Region |
describe_availability_zones | Describes the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones that are available to you |
describe_aws_network_performance_metric_subscriptions | Describes the current Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions |
describe_bundle_tasks | Describes the specified bundle tasks or all of your bundle tasks |
describe_byoip_cidrs | Describes the IP address ranges that were specified in calls to ProvisionByoipCidr |
describe_capacity_block_extension_history | Describes the events for the specified Capacity Block extension during the specified time |
describe_capacity_block_extension_offerings | Describes Capacity Block extension offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using |
describe_capacity_block_offerings | Describes Capacity Block offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using |
describe_capacity_reservation_billing_requests | Describes a request to assign the billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation |
describe_capacity_reservation_fleets | Describes one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets |
describe_capacity_reservations | Describes one or more of your Capacity Reservations |
describe_carrier_gateways | Describes one or more of your carrier gateways |
describe_classic_link_instances | This action is deprecated |
describe_client_vpn_authorization_rules | Describes the authorization rules for a specified Client VPN endpoint |
describe_client_vpn_connections | Describes active client connections and connections that have been terminated within the last 60 minutes for the specified Client VPN endpoint |
describe_client_vpn_endpoints | Describes one or more Client VPN endpoints in the account |
describe_client_vpn_routes | Describes the routes for the specified Client VPN endpoint |
describe_client_vpn_target_networks | Describes the target networks associated with the specified Client VPN endpoint |
describe_coip_pools | Describes the specified customer-owned address pools or all of your customer-owned address pools |
describe_conversion_tasks | Describes the specified conversion tasks or all your conversion tasks |
describe_customer_gateways | Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways |
describe_declarative_policies_reports | Describes the metadata of an account status report, including the status of the report |
describe_dhcp_options | Describes your DHCP option sets |
describe_egress_only_internet_gateways | Describes your egress-only internet gateways |
describe_elastic_gpus | Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024 |
describe_export_image_tasks | Describes the specified export image tasks or all of your export image tasks |
describe_export_tasks | Describes the specified export instance tasks or all of your export instance tasks |
describe_fast_launch_images | Describe details for Windows AMIs that are configured for Windows fast launch |
describe_fast_snapshot_restores | Describes the state of fast snapshot restores for your snapshots |
describe_fleet_history | Describes the events for the specified EC2 Fleet during the specified time |
describe_fleet_instances | Describes the running instances for the specified EC2 Fleet |
describe_fleets | Describes the specified EC2 Fleet or all of your EC2 Fleets |
describe_flow_logs | Describes one or more flow logs |
describe_fpga_image_attribute | Describes the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) |
describe_fpga_images | Describes the Amazon FPGA Images (AFIs) available to you |
describe_host_reservation_offerings | Describes the Dedicated Host reservations that are available to purchase |
describe_host_reservations | Describes reservations that are associated with Dedicated Hosts in your account |
describe_hosts | Describes the specified Dedicated Hosts or all your Dedicated Hosts |
describe_iam_instance_profile_associations | Describes your IAM instance profile associations |
describe_identity_id_format | Describes the ID format settings for resources for the specified IAM user, IAM role, or root user |
describe_id_format | Describes the ID format settings for your resources on a per-Region basis, for example, to view which resource types are enabled for longer IDs |
describe_image_attribute | Describes the specified attribute of the specified AMI |
describe_images | Describes the specified images (AMIs, AKIs, and ARIs) available to you or all of the images available to you |
describe_import_image_tasks | Displays details about an import virtual machine or import snapshot tasks that are already created |
describe_import_snapshot_tasks | Describes your import snapshot tasks |
describe_instance_attribute | Describes the specified attribute of the specified instance |
describe_instance_connect_endpoints | Describes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints or all EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints |
describe_instance_credit_specifications | Describes the credit option for CPU usage of the specified burstable performance instances |
describe_instance_event_notification_attributes | Describes the tag keys that are registered to appear in scheduled event notifications for resources in the current Region |
describe_instance_event_windows | Describes the specified event windows or all event windows |
describe_instance_image_metadata | Describes the AMI that was used to launch an instance, even if the AMI is deprecated, deregistered, made private (no longer public or shared with your account), or not allowed |
describe_instances | Describes the specified instances or all instances |
describe_instance_status | Describes the status of the specified instances or all of your instances |
describe_instance_topology | Describes a tree-based hierarchy that represents the physical host placement of your EC2 instances within an Availability Zone or Local Zone |
describe_instance_type_offerings | Lists the instance types that are offered for the specified location |
describe_instance_types | Describes the specified instance types |
describe_internet_gateways | Describes your internet gateways |
describe_ipam_byoasn | Describes your Autonomous System Numbers (ASNs), their provisioning statuses, and the BYOIP CIDRs with which they are associated |
describe_ipam_external_resource_verification_tokens | Describe verification tokens |
describe_ipam_pools | Get information about your IPAM pools |
describe_ipam_resource_discoveries | Describes IPAM resource discoveries |
describe_ipam_resource_discovery_associations | Describes resource discovery association with an Amazon VPC IPAM |
describe_ipams | Get information about your IPAM pools |
describe_ipam_scopes | Get information about your IPAM scopes |
describe_ipv_6_pools | Describes your IPv6 address pools |
describe_key_pairs | Describes the specified key pairs or all of your key pairs |
describe_launch_templates | Describes one or more launch templates |
describe_launch_template_versions | Describes one or more versions of a specified launch template |
describe_local_gateway_route_tables | Describes one or more local gateway route tables |
describe_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_associations | Describes the associations between virtual interface groups and local gateway route tables |
describe_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_associations | Describes the specified associations between VPCs and local gateway route tables |
describe_local_gateways | Describes one or more local gateways |
describe_local_gateway_virtual_interface_groups | Describes the specified local gateway virtual interface groups |
describe_local_gateway_virtual_interfaces | Describes the specified local gateway virtual interfaces |
describe_locked_snapshots | Describes the lock status for a snapshot |
describe_mac_hosts | Describes the specified EC2 Mac Dedicated Host or all of your EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts |
describe_managed_prefix_lists | Describes your managed prefix lists and any Amazon Web Services-managed prefix lists |
describe_moving_addresses | This action is deprecated |
describe_nat_gateways | Describes your NAT gateways |
describe_network_acls | Describes your network ACLs |
describe_network_insights_access_scope_analyses | Describes the specified Network Access Scope analyses |
describe_network_insights_access_scopes | Describes the specified Network Access Scopes |
describe_network_insights_analyses | Describes one or more of your network insights analyses |
describe_network_insights_paths | Describes one or more of your paths |
describe_network_interface_attribute | Describes a network interface attribute |
describe_network_interface_permissions | Describes the permissions for your network interfaces |
describe_network_interfaces | Describes the specified network interfaces or all your network interfaces |
describe_placement_groups | Describes the specified placement groups or all of your placement groups |
describe_prefix_lists | Describes available Amazon Web Services services in a prefix list format, which includes the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP address range for the service |
describe_principal_id_format | Describes the ID format settings for the root user and all IAM roles and IAM users that have explicitly specified a longer ID (17-character ID) preference |
describe_public_ipv_4_pools | Describes the specified IPv4 address pools |
describe_regions | Describes the Regions that are enabled for your account, or all Regions |
describe_replace_root_volume_tasks | Describes a root volume replacement task |
describe_reserved_instances | Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased |
describe_reserved_instances_listings | Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance Marketplace |
describe_reserved_instances_modifications | Describes the modifications made to your Reserved Instances |
describe_reserved_instances_offerings | Describes Reserved Instance offerings that are available for purchase |
describe_route_tables | Describes your route tables |
describe_scheduled_instance_availability | Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria |
describe_scheduled_instances | Describes the specified Scheduled Instances or all your Scheduled Instances |
describe_security_group_references | Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering or Transit Gateway connection that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request |
describe_security_group_rules | Describes one or more of your security group rules |
describe_security_groups | Describes the specified security groups or all of your security groups |
describe_security_group_vpc_associations | Describes security group VPC associations made with AssociateSecurityGroupVpc |
describe_snapshot_attribute | Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot |
describe_snapshots | Describes the specified EBS snapshots available to you or all of the EBS snapshots available to you |
describe_snapshot_tier_status | Describes the storage tier status of one or more Amazon EBS snapshots |
describe_spot_datafeed_subscription | Describes the data feed for Spot Instances |
describe_spot_fleet_instances | Describes the running instances for the specified Spot Fleet |
describe_spot_fleet_request_history | Describes the events for the specified Spot Fleet request during the specified time |
describe_spot_fleet_requests | Describes your Spot Fleet requests |
describe_spot_instance_requests | Describes the specified Spot Instance requests |
describe_spot_price_history | Describes the Spot price history |
describe_stale_security_groups | Describes the stale security group rules for security groups referenced across a VPC peering connection, transit gateway connection, or with a security group VPC association |
describe_store_image_tasks | Describes the progress of the AMI store tasks |
describe_subnets | Describes your subnets |
describe_tags | Describes the specified tags for your EC2 resources |
describe_traffic_mirror_filter_rules | Describe traffic mirror filters that determine the traffic that is mirrored |
describe_traffic_mirror_filters | Describes one or more Traffic Mirror filters |
describe_traffic_mirror_sessions | Describes one or more Traffic Mirror sessions |
describe_traffic_mirror_targets | Information about one or more Traffic Mirror targets |
describe_transit_gateway_attachments | Describes one or more attachments between resources and transit gateways |
describe_transit_gateway_connect_peers | Describes one or more Connect peers |
describe_transit_gateway_connects | Describes one or more Connect attachments |
describe_transit_gateway_multicast_domains | Describes one or more transit gateway multicast domains |
describe_transit_gateway_peering_attachments | Describes your transit gateway peering attachments |
describe_transit_gateway_policy_tables | Describes one or more transit gateway route policy tables |
describe_transit_gateway_route_table_announcements | Describes one or more transit gateway route table advertisements |
describe_transit_gateway_route_tables | Describes one or more transit gateway route tables |
describe_transit_gateways | Describes one or more transit gateways |
describe_transit_gateway_vpc_attachments | Describes one or more VPC attachments |
describe_trunk_interface_associations | Describes one or more network interface trunk associations |
describe_verified_access_endpoints | Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints |
describe_verified_access_groups | Describes the specified Verified Access groups |
describe_verified_access_instance_logging_configurations | Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances |
describe_verified_access_instances | Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances |
describe_verified_access_trust_providers | Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust providers |
describe_volume_attribute | Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume |
describe_volumes | Describes the specified EBS volumes or all of your EBS volumes |
describe_volumes_modifications | Describes the most recent volume modification request for the specified EBS volumes |
describe_volume_status | Describes the status of the specified volumes |
describe_vpc_attribute | Describes the specified attribute of the specified VPC |
describe_vpc_block_public_access_exclusions | Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions |
describe_vpc_block_public_access_options | Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options |
describe_vpc_classic_link | This action is deprecated |
describe_vpc_classic_link_dns_support | This action is deprecated |
describe_vpc_endpoint_associations | Describes the VPC resources, VPC endpoint services, Amazon Lattice services, or service networks associated with the VPC endpoint |
describe_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications | Describes the connection notifications for VPC endpoints and VPC endpoint services |
describe_vpc_endpoint_connections | Describes the VPC endpoint connections to your VPC endpoint services, including any endpoints that are pending your acceptance |
describe_vpc_endpoints | Describes your VPC endpoints |
describe_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations | Describes the VPC endpoint service configurations in your account (your services) |
describe_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions | Describes the principals (service consumers) that are permitted to discover your VPC endpoint service |
describe_vpc_endpoint_services | Describes available services to which you can create a VPC endpoint |
describe_vpc_peering_connections | Describes your VPC peering connections |
describe_vpcs | Describes your VPCs |
describe_vpn_connections | Describes one or more of your VPN connections |
describe_vpn_gateways | Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways |
detach_classic_link_vpc | This action is deprecated |
detach_internet_gateway | Detaches an internet gateway from a VPC, disabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC |
detach_network_interface | Detaches a network interface from an instance |
detach_verified_access_trust_provider | Detaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider from the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance |
detach_volume | Detaches an EBS volume from an instance |
detach_vpn_gateway | Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC |
disable_address_transfer | Disables Elastic IP address transfer |
disable_allowed_images_settings | Disables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
disable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription | Disables Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions |
disable_ebs_encryption_by_default | Disables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region |
disable_fast_launch | Discontinue Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, and clean up existing pre-provisioned snapshots |
disable_fast_snapshot_restores | Disables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones |
disable_image | Sets the AMI state to disabled and removes all launch permissions from the AMI |
disable_image_block_public_access | Disables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
disable_image_deprecation | Cancels the deprecation of the specified AMI |
disable_image_deregistration_protection | Disables deregistration protection for an AMI |
disable_ipam_organization_admin_account | Disable the IPAM account |
disable_serial_console_access | Disables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account |
disable_snapshot_block_public_access | Disables the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
disable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation | Disables the specified resource attachment from propagating routes to the specified propagation route table |
disable_vgw_route_propagation | Disables a virtual private gateway (VGW) from propagating routes to a specified route table of a VPC |
disable_vpc_classic_link | This action is deprecated |
disable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support | This action is deprecated |
disassociate_address | Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface it's associated with |
disassociate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner | Cancels a pending request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation to a consumer account, or revokes a request that has already been accepted |
disassociate_client_vpn_target_network | Disassociates a target network from the specified Client VPN endpoint |
disassociate_enclave_certificate_iam_role | Disassociates an IAM role from an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate |
disassociate_iam_instance_profile | Disassociates an IAM instance profile from a running or stopped instance |
disassociate_instance_event_window | Disassociates one or more targets from an event window |
disassociate_ipam_byoasn | Remove the association between your Autonomous System Number (ASN) and your BYOIP CIDR |
disassociate_ipam_resource_discovery | Disassociates a resource discovery from an Amazon VPC IPAM |
disassociate_nat_gateway_address | Disassociates secondary Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) from a public NAT gateway |
disassociate_route_table | Disassociates a subnet or gateway from a route table |
disassociate_security_group_vpc | Disassociates a security group from a VPC |
disassociate_subnet_cidr_block | Disassociates a CIDR block from a subnet |
disassociate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain | Disassociates the specified subnets from the transit gateway multicast domain |
disassociate_transit_gateway_policy_table | Removes the association between an an attachment and a policy table |
disassociate_transit_gateway_route_table | Disassociates a resource attachment from a transit gateway route table |
disassociate_trunk_interface | Removes an association between a branch network interface with a trunk network interface |
disassociate_vpc_cidr_block | Disassociates a CIDR block from a VPC |
enable_address_transfer | Enables Elastic IP address transfer |
enable_allowed_images_settings | Enables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
enable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription | Enables Infrastructure Performance subscriptions |
enable_ebs_encryption_by_default | Enables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region |
enable_fast_launch | When you enable Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, images are pre-provisioned, using snapshots to launch instances up to 65% faster |
enable_fast_snapshot_restores | Enables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones |
enable_image | Re-enables a disabled AMI |
enable_image_block_public_access | Enables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
enable_image_deprecation | Enables deprecation of the specified AMI at the specified date and time |
enable_image_deregistration_protection | Enables deregistration protection for an AMI |
enable_ipam_organization_admin_account | Enable an Organizations member account as the IPAM admin account |
enable_reachability_analyzer_organization_sharing | Establishes a trust relationship between Reachability Analyzer and Organizations |
enable_serial_console_access | Enables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account |
enable_snapshot_block_public_access | Enables or modifies the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
enable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation | Enables the specified attachment to propagate routes to the specified propagation route table |
enable_vgw_route_propagation | Enables a virtual private gateway (VGW) to propagate routes to the specified route table of a VPC |
enable_volume_io | Enables I/O operations for a volume that had I/O operations disabled because the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent |
enable_vpc_classic_link | This action is deprecated |
enable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support | This action is deprecated |
export_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list | Downloads the client certificate revocation list for the specified Client VPN endpoint |
export_client_vpn_client_configuration | Downloads the contents of the Client VPN endpoint configuration file for the specified Client VPN endpoint |
export_image | Exports an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to a VM file |
export_transit_gateway_routes | Exports routes from the specified transit gateway route table to the specified S3 bucket |
export_verified_access_instance_client_configuration | Exports the client configuration for a Verified Access instance |
get_allowed_images_settings | Gets the current state of the Allowed AMIs setting and the list of Allowed AMIs criteria at the account level in the specified Region |
get_associated_enclave_certificate_iam_roles | Returns the IAM roles that are associated with the specified ACM (ACM) certificate |
get_associated_ipv_6_pool_cidrs | Gets information about the IPv6 CIDR block associations for a specified IPv6 address pool |
get_aws_network_performance_data | Gets network performance data |
get_capacity_reservation_usage | Gets usage information about a Capacity Reservation |
get_coip_pool_usage | Describes the allocations from the specified customer-owned address pool |
get_console_output | Gets the console output for the specified instance |
get_console_screenshot | Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with troubleshooting |
get_declarative_policies_report_summary | Retrieves a summary of the account status report |
get_default_credit_specification | Describes the default credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance instance family |
get_ebs_default_kms_key_id | Describes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region |
get_ebs_encryption_by_default | Describes whether EBS encryption by default is enabled for your account in the current Region |
get_flow_logs_integration_template | Generates a CloudFormation template that streamlines and automates the integration of VPC flow logs with Amazon Athena |
get_groups_for_capacity_reservation | Lists the resource groups to which a Capacity Reservation has been added |
get_host_reservation_purchase_preview | Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host |
get_image_block_public_access_state | Gets the current state of block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
get_instance_metadata_defaults | Gets the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings that are set at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
get_instance_tpm_ek_pub | Gets the public endorsement key associated with the Nitro Trusted Platform Module (NitroTPM) for the specified instance |
get_instance_types_from_instance_requirements | Returns a list of instance types with the specified instance attributes |
get_instance_uefi_data | A binary representation of the UEFI variable store |
get_ipam_address_history | Retrieve historical information about a CIDR within an IPAM scope |
get_ipam_discovered_accounts | Gets IPAM discovered accounts |
get_ipam_discovered_public_addresses | Gets the public IP addresses that have been discovered by IPAM |
get_ipam_discovered_resource_cidrs | Returns the resource CIDRs that are monitored as part of a resource discovery |
get_ipam_pool_allocations | Get a list of all the CIDR allocations in an IPAM pool |
get_ipam_pool_cidrs | Get the CIDRs provisioned to an IPAM pool |
get_ipam_resource_cidrs | Returns resource CIDRs managed by IPAM in a given scope |
get_launch_template_data | Retrieves the configuration data of the specified instance |
get_managed_prefix_list_associations | Gets information about the resources that are associated with the specified managed prefix list |
get_managed_prefix_list_entries | Gets information about the entries for a specified managed prefix list |
get_network_insights_access_scope_analysis_findings | Gets the findings for the specified Network Access Scope analysis |
get_network_insights_access_scope_content | Gets the content for the specified Network Access Scope |
get_password_data | Retrieves the encrypted administrator password for a running Windows instance |
get_reserved_instances_exchange_quote | Returns a quote and exchange information for exchanging one or more specified Convertible Reserved Instances for a new Convertible Reserved Instance |
get_security_groups_for_vpc | Gets security groups that can be associated by the Amazon Web Services account making the request with network interfaces in the specified VPC |
get_serial_console_access_status | Retrieves the access status of your account to the EC2 serial console of all instances |
get_snapshot_block_public_access_state | Gets the current state of block public access for snapshots setting for the account and Region |
get_spot_placement_scores | Calculates the Spot placement score for a Region or Availability Zone based on the specified target capacity and compute requirements |
get_subnet_cidr_reservations | Gets information about the subnet CIDR reservations |
get_transit_gateway_attachment_propagations | Lists the route tables to which the specified resource attachment propagates routes |
get_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations | Gets information about the associations for the transit gateway multicast domain |
get_transit_gateway_policy_table_associations | Gets a list of the transit gateway policy table associations |
get_transit_gateway_policy_table_entries | Returns a list of transit gateway policy table entries |
get_transit_gateway_prefix_list_references | Gets information about the prefix list references in a specified transit gateway route table |
get_transit_gateway_route_table_associations | Gets information about the associations for the specified transit gateway route table |
get_transit_gateway_route_table_propagations | Gets information about the route table propagations for the specified transit gateway route table |
get_verified_access_endpoint_policy | Get the Verified Access policy associated with the endpoint |
get_verified_access_endpoint_targets | Gets the targets for the specified network CIDR endpoint for Verified Access |
get_verified_access_group_policy | Shows the contents of the Verified Access policy associated with the group |
get_vpn_connection_device_sample_configuration | Download an Amazon Web Services-provided sample configuration file to be used with the customer gateway device specified for your Site-to-Site VPN connection |
get_vpn_connection_device_types | Obtain a list of customer gateway devices for which sample configuration files can be provided |
get_vpn_tunnel_replacement_status | Get details of available tunnel endpoint maintenance |
import_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list | Uploads a client certificate revocation list to the specified Client VPN endpoint |
import_image | To import your virtual machines (VMs) with a console-based experience, you can use the Import virtual machine images to Amazon Web Services template in the Migration Hub Orchestrator console |
import_instance | We recommend that you use the ImportImage API instead |
import_key_pair | Imports the public key from an RSA or ED25519 key pair that you created using a third-party tool |
import_snapshot | Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot |
import_volume | This API action supports only single-volume VMs |
list_images_in_recycle_bin | Lists one or more AMIs that are currently in the Recycle Bin |
list_snapshots_in_recycle_bin | Lists one or more snapshots that are currently in the Recycle Bin |
lock_snapshot | Locks an Amazon EBS snapshot in either governance or compliance mode to protect it against accidental or malicious deletions for a specific duration |
modify_address_attribute | Modifies an attribute of the specified Elastic IP address |
modify_availability_zone_group | Changes the opt-in status of the specified zone group for your account |
modify_capacity_reservation | Modifies a Capacity Reservation's capacity, instance eligibility, and the conditions under which it is to be released |
modify_capacity_reservation_fleet | Modifies a Capacity Reservation Fleet |
modify_client_vpn_endpoint | Modifies the specified Client VPN endpoint |
modify_default_credit_specification | Modifies the default credit option for CPU usage of burstable performance instances |
modify_ebs_default_kms_key_id | Changes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region |
modify_fleet | Modifies the specified EC2 Fleet |
modify_fpga_image_attribute | Modifies the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) |
modify_hosts | Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host |
modify_identity_id_format | Modifies the ID format of a resource for a specified IAM user, IAM role, or the root user for an account; or all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user for an account |
modify_id_format | Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-Region basis |
modify_image_attribute | Modifies the specified attribute of the specified AMI |
modify_instance_attribute | Modifies the specified attribute of the specified instance |
modify_instance_capacity_reservation_attributes | Modifies the Capacity Reservation settings for a stopped instance |
modify_instance_cpu_options | By default, all vCPUs for the instance type are active when you launch an instance |
modify_instance_credit_specification | Modifies the credit option for CPU usage on a running or stopped burstable performance instance |
modify_instance_event_start_time | Modifies the start time for a scheduled Amazon EC2 instance event |
modify_instance_event_window | Modifies the specified event window |
modify_instance_maintenance_options | Modifies the recovery behavior of your instance to disable simplified automatic recovery or set the recovery behavior to default |
modify_instance_metadata_defaults | Modifies the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
modify_instance_metadata_options | Modify the instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance |
modify_instance_network_performance_options | Change the configuration of the network performance options for an existing instance |
modify_instance_placement | Modifies the placement attributes for a specified instance |
modify_ipam | Modify the configurations of an IPAM |
modify_ipam_pool | Modify the configurations of an IPAM pool |
modify_ipam_resource_cidr | Modify a resource CIDR |
modify_ipam_resource_discovery | Modifies a resource discovery |
modify_ipam_scope | Modify an IPAM scope |
modify_launch_template | Modifies a launch template |
modify_local_gateway_route | Modifies the specified local gateway route |
modify_managed_prefix_list | Modifies the specified managed prefix list |
modify_network_interface_attribute | Modifies the specified network interface attribute |
modify_private_dns_name_options | Modifies the options for instance hostnames for the specified instance |
modify_reserved_instances | Modifies the configuration of your Reserved Instances, such as the Availability Zone, instance count, or instance type |
modify_security_group_rules | Modifies the rules of a security group |
modify_snapshot_attribute | Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot |
modify_snapshot_tier | Archives an Amazon EBS snapshot |
modify_spot_fleet_request | Modifies the specified Spot Fleet request |
modify_subnet_attribute | Modifies a subnet attribute |
modify_traffic_mirror_filter_network_services | Allows or restricts mirroring network services |
modify_traffic_mirror_filter_rule | Modifies the specified Traffic Mirror rule |
modify_traffic_mirror_session | Modifies a Traffic Mirror session |
modify_transit_gateway | Modifies the specified transit gateway |
modify_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference | Modifies a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table |
modify_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment | Modifies the specified VPC attachment |
modify_verified_access_endpoint | Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint |
modify_verified_access_endpoint_policy | Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint policy |
modify_verified_access_group | Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group configuration |
modify_verified_access_group_policy | Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group policy |
modify_verified_access_instance | Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance |
modify_verified_access_instance_logging_configuration | Modifies the logging configuration for the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance |
modify_verified_access_trust_provider | Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider |
modify_volume | You can modify several parameters of an existing EBS volume, including volume size, volume type, and IOPS capacity |
modify_volume_attribute | Modifies a volume attribute |
modify_vpc_attribute | Modifies the specified attribute of the specified VPC |
modify_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion | Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions |
modify_vpc_block_public_access_options | Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options |
modify_vpc_endpoint | Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint |
modify_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification | Modifies a connection notification for VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service |
modify_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration | Modifies the attributes of the specified VPC endpoint service configuration |
modify_vpc_endpoint_service_payer_responsibility | Modifies the payer responsibility for your VPC endpoint service |
modify_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions | Modifies the permissions for your VPC endpoint service |
modify_vpc_peering_connection_options | Modifies the VPC peering connection options on one side of a VPC peering connection |
modify_vpc_tenancy | Modifies the instance tenancy attribute of the specified VPC |
modify_vpn_connection | Modifies the customer gateway or the target gateway of an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection |
modify_vpn_connection_options | Modifies the connection options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection |
modify_vpn_tunnel_certificate | Modifies the VPN tunnel endpoint certificate |
modify_vpn_tunnel_options | Modifies the options for a VPN tunnel in an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection |
monitor_instances | Enables detailed monitoring for a running instance |
move_address_to_vpc | This action is deprecated |
move_byoip_cidr_to_ipam | Move a BYOIPv4 CIDR to IPAM from a public IPv4 pool |
move_capacity_reservation_instances | Move available capacity from a source Capacity Reservation to a destination Capacity Reservation |
provision_byoip_cidr | Provisions an IPv4 or IPv6 address range for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and creates a corresponding address pool |
provision_ipam_byoasn | Provisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) for use in your Amazon Web Services account |
provision_ipam_pool_cidr | Provision a CIDR to an IPAM pool |
provision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr | Provision a CIDR to a public IPv4 pool |
purchase_capacity_block | Purchase the Capacity Block for use with your account |
purchase_capacity_block_extension | Purchase the Capacity Block extension for use with your account |
purchase_host_reservation | Purchase a reservation with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host |
purchase_reserved_instances_offering | Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account |
purchase_scheduled_instances | You can no longer purchase Scheduled Instances |
reboot_instances | Requests a reboot of the specified instances |
register_image | Registers an AMI |
register_instance_event_notification_attributes | Registers a set of tag keys to include in scheduled event notifications for your resources |
register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members | Registers members (network interfaces) with the transit gateway multicast group |
register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources | Registers sources (network interfaces) with the specified transit gateway multicast group |
reject_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership | Rejects a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account |
reject_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations | Rejects a request to associate cross-account subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain |
reject_transit_gateway_peering_attachment | Rejects a transit gateway peering attachment request |
reject_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment | Rejects a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway |
reject_vpc_endpoint_connections | Rejects VPC endpoint connection requests to your VPC endpoint service |
reject_vpc_peering_connection | Rejects a VPC peering connection request |
release_address | Releases the specified Elastic IP address |
release_hosts | When you no longer want to use an On-Demand Dedicated Host it can be released |
release_ipam_pool_allocation | Release an allocation within an IPAM pool |
replace_iam_instance_profile_association | Replaces an IAM instance profile for the specified running instance |
replace_image_criteria_in_allowed_images_settings | Sets or replaces the criteria for Allowed AMIs |
replace_network_acl_association | Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with |
replace_network_acl_entry | Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL |
replace_route | Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC |
replace_route_table_association | Changes the route table associated with a given subnet, internet gateway, or virtual private gateway in a VPC |
replace_transit_gateway_route | Replaces the specified route in the specified transit gateway route table |
replace_vpn_tunnel | Trigger replacement of specified VPN tunnel |
report_instance_status | Submits feedback about the status of an instance |
request_spot_fleet | Creates a Spot Fleet request |
request_spot_instances | Creates a Spot Instance request |
reset_address_attribute | Resets the attribute of the specified IP address |
reset_ebs_default_kms_key_id | Resets the default KMS key for EBS encryption for your account in this Region to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS |
reset_fpga_image_attribute | Resets the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to its default value |
reset_image_attribute | Resets an attribute of an AMI to its default value |
reset_instance_attribute | Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value |
reset_network_interface_attribute | Resets a network interface attribute |
reset_snapshot_attribute | Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot |
restore_address_to_classic | This action is deprecated |
restore_image_from_recycle_bin | Restores an AMI from the Recycle Bin |
restore_managed_prefix_list_version | Restores the entries from a previous version of a managed prefix list to a new version of the prefix list |
restore_snapshot_from_recycle_bin | Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin |
restore_snapshot_tier | Restores an archived Amazon EBS snapshot for use temporarily or permanently, or modifies the restore period or restore type for a snapshot that was previously temporarily restored |
revoke_client_vpn_ingress | Removes an ingress authorization rule from a Client VPN endpoint |
revoke_security_group_egress | Removes the specified outbound (egress) rules from the specified security group |
revoke_security_group_ingress | Removes the specified inbound (ingress) rules from a security group |
run_instances | Launches the specified number of instances using an AMI for which you have permissions |
run_scheduled_instances | Launches the specified Scheduled Instances |
search_local_gateway_routes | Searches for routes in the specified local gateway route table |
search_transit_gateway_multicast_groups | Searches one or more transit gateway multicast groups and returns the group membership information |
search_transit_gateway_routes | Searches for routes in the specified transit gateway route table |
send_diagnostic_interrupt | Sends a diagnostic interrupt to the specified Amazon EC2 instance to trigger a kernel panic (on Linux instances), or a blue screen/stop error (on Windows instances) |
start_declarative_policies_report | Generates an account status report |
start_instances | Starts an Amazon EBS-backed instance that you've previously stopped |
start_network_insights_access_scope_analysis | Starts analyzing the specified Network Access Scope |
start_network_insights_analysis | Starts analyzing the specified path |
start_vpc_endpoint_service_private_dns_verification | Initiates the verification process to prove that the service provider owns the private DNS name domain for the endpoint service |
stop_instances | Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance |
terminate_client_vpn_connections | Terminates active Client VPN endpoint connections |
terminate_instances | Shuts down the specified instances |
unassign_ipv_6_addresses | Unassigns the specified IPv6 addresses or Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface |
unassign_private_ip_addresses | Unassigns the specified secondary private IP addresses or IPv4 Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface |
unassign_private_nat_gateway_address | Unassigns secondary private IPv4 addresses from a private NAT gateway |
unlock_snapshot | Unlocks a snapshot that is locked in governance mode or that is locked in compliance mode but still in the cooling-off period |
unmonitor_instances | Disables detailed monitoring for a running instance |
update_security_group_rule_descriptions_egress | Updates the description of an egress (outbound) security group rule |
update_security_group_rule_descriptions_ingress | Updates the description of an ingress (inbound) security group rule |
withdraw_byoip_cidr | Stops advertising an address range that is provisioned as an address pool |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- ec2()
# This example allocates an Elastic IP address to use with an instance in
# a VPC.
svc$allocate_address(
Domain = "vpc"
)
## End(Not run)
Accepts an Elastic IP address transfer
Description
Accepts an Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Accept a transferred Elastic IP address in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_address_transfer/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_accept_address_transfer(Address, TagSpecifications = NULL, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Address |
[required] The Elastic IP address you are accepting for transfer. |
TagSpecifications |
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Accepts a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account
Description
Accepts a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account. For more information, see Billing assignment for shared Amazon EC2 Capacity Reservations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_accept_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership(
DryRun = NULL,
CapacityReservationId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
CapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation for which to accept the request. |
Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote call
Description
Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the get_reserved_instances_exchange_quote
call.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_reserved_instances_exchange_quote/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_accept_reserved_instances_exchange_quote(
DryRun = NULL,
ReservedInstanceIds,
TargetConfigurations = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ReservedInstanceIds |
[required] The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange for another Convertible Reserved Instance of the same or higher value. |
TargetConfigurations |
The configuration of the target Convertible Reserved Instance to exchange for your current Convertible Reserved Instances. |
Accepts a request to associate subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain
Description
Accepts a request to associate subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_accept_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId = NULL,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
SubnetIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId |
The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
The ID of the transit gateway attachment. |
SubnetIds |
The IDs of the subnets to associate with the transit gateway multicast domain. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Accepts a transit gateway peering attachment request
Description
Accepts a transit gateway peering attachment request. The peering attachment must be in the pendingAcceptance
state.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_transit_gateway_peering_attachment/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_accept_transit_gateway_peering_attachment(
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Accepts a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway
Description
Accepts a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_accept_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment(
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Accepts connection requests to your VPC endpoint service
Description
Accepts connection requests to your VPC endpoint service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_vpc_endpoint_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_accept_vpc_endpoint_connections(DryRun = NULL, ServiceId, VpcEndpointIds)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ServiceId |
[required] The ID of the VPC endpoint service. |
VpcEndpointIds |
[required] The IDs of the interface VPC endpoints. |
Accept a VPC peering connection request
Description
Accept a VPC peering connection request. To accept a request, the VPC peering connection must be in the pending-acceptance
state, and you must be the owner of the peer VPC. Use describe_vpc_peering_connections
to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_accept_vpc_peering_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_accept_vpc_peering_connection(DryRun = NULL, VpcPeeringConnectionId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcPeeringConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the VPC peering connection. You must specify this parameter in the request. |
Advertises an IPv4 or IPv6 address range that is provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP)
Description
Advertises an IPv4 or IPv6 address range that is provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_advertise_byoip_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_advertise_byoip_cidr(
Cidr,
Asn = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkBorderGroup = NULL
)
Arguments
Cidr |
[required] The address range, in CIDR notation. This must be the exact range that you provisioned. You can't advertise only a portion of the provisioned range. |
Asn |
The public 2-byte or 4-byte ASN that you want to advertise. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkBorderGroup |
If you have Local Zones enabled, you can choose a network border group for Local Zones when you provision and advertise a BYOIPv4 CIDR. Choose the network border group carefully as the EIP and the Amazon Web Services resource it is associated with must reside in the same network border group. You can provision BYOIP address ranges to and advertise them in the following Local Zone network border groups:
You cannot provision or advertise BYOIPv6 address ranges in Local Zones at this time. |
Allocates an Elastic IP address to your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Allocates an Elastic IP address to your Amazon Web Services account. After you allocate the Elastic IP address you can associate it with an instance or network interface. After you release an Elastic IP address, it is released to the IP address pool and can be allocated to a different Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_allocate_address/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_allocate_address(
Domain = NULL,
Address = NULL,
PublicIpv4Pool = NULL,
NetworkBorderGroup = NULL,
CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
IpamPoolId = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Domain |
The network ( |
Address |
The Elastic IP address to recover or an IPv4 address from an address pool. |
PublicIpv4Pool |
The ID of an address pool that you own. Use this parameter to let Amazon
EC2 select an address from the address pool. To specify a specific
address from the address pool, use the |
NetworkBorderGroup |
A unique set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or Wavelength Zones from which Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses. Use this parameter to limit the IP address to this location. IP addresses cannot move between network border groups. |
CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool |
The ID of a customer-owned address pool. Use this parameter to let Amazon EC2 select an address from the address pool. Alternatively, specify a specific address from the address pool. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the Elastic IP address. |
IpamPoolId |
The ID of an IPAM pool which has an Amazon-provided or BYOIP public IPv4 CIDR provisioned to it. For more information, see Allocate sequential Elastic IP addresses from an IPAM pool in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account
Description
Allocates a Dedicated Host to your account. At a minimum, specify the supported instance type or instance family, the Availability Zone in which to allocate the host, and the number of hosts to allocate.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_allocate_hosts/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_allocate_hosts(
InstanceFamily = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
HostRecovery = NULL,
OutpostArn = NULL,
HostMaintenance = NULL,
AssetIds = NULL,
AutoPlacement = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
InstanceType = NULL,
Quantity = NULL,
AvailabilityZone
)
Arguments
InstanceFamily |
Specifies the instance family to be supported by the Dedicated Hosts. If you specify an instance family, the Dedicated Hosts support multiple instance types within that instance family. If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support a specific instance type only, omit this parameter and specify InstanceType instead. You cannot specify InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the same request. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the Dedicated Host during creation. |
HostRecovery |
Indicates whether to enable or disable host recovery for the Dedicated Host. Host recovery is disabled by default. For more information, see Host recovery in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: |
OutpostArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Web Services Outpost on which to allocate the Dedicated Host. If you specify OutpostArn, you can optionally specify AssetIds. If you are allocating the Dedicated Host in a Region, omit this parameter. |
HostMaintenance |
Indicates whether to enable or disable host maintenance for the Dedicated Host. For more information, see Host maintenance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
AssetIds |
The IDs of the Outpost hardware assets on which to allocate the Dedicated Hosts. Targeting specific hardware assets on an Outpost can help to minimize latency between your workloads. This parameter is supported only if you specify OutpostArn. If you are allocating the Dedicated Hosts in a Region, omit this parameter.
|
AutoPlacement |
Indicates whether the host accepts any untargeted instance launches that match its instance type configuration, or if it only accepts Host tenancy instance launches that specify its unique host ID. For more information, see Understanding auto-placement and affinity in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency. |
InstanceType |
Specifies the instance type to be supported by the Dedicated Hosts. If you specify an instance type, the Dedicated Hosts support instances of the specified instance type only. If you want the Dedicated Hosts to support multiple instance types in a specific instance family, omit this parameter and specify InstanceFamily instead. You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in the same request. |
Quantity |
The number of Dedicated Hosts to allocate to your account with these parameters. If you are allocating the Dedicated Hosts on an Outpost, and you specify AssetIds, you can omit this parameter. In this case, Amazon EC2 allocates a Dedicated Host on each specified hardware asset. If you specify both AssetIds and Quantity, then the value that you specify for Quantity must be equal to the number of asset IDs specified. |
AvailabilityZone |
[required] The Availability Zone in which to allocate the Dedicated Host. |
Allocate a CIDR from an IPAM pool
Description
Allocate a CIDR from an IPAM pool. The Region you use should be the IPAM pool locale. The locale is the Amazon Web Services Region where this IPAM pool is available for allocations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_allocate_ipam_pool_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_allocate_ipam_pool_cidr(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamPoolId,
Cidr = NULL,
NetmaskLength = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
Description = NULL,
PreviewNextCidr = NULL,
AllowedCidrs = NULL,
DisallowedCidrs = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamPoolId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM pool from which you would like to allocate a CIDR. |
Cidr |
The CIDR you would like to allocate from the IPAM pool. Note the following:
Possible values: Any available IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR. |
NetmaskLength |
The netmask length of the CIDR you would like to allocate from the IPAM pool. Note the following:
Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
Description |
A description for the allocation. |
PreviewNextCidr |
A preview of the next available CIDR in a pool. |
AllowedCidrs |
Include a particular CIDR range that can be returned by the pool. Allowed CIDRs are only allowed if using netmask length for allocation. |
DisallowedCidrs |
Exclude a particular CIDR range from being returned by the pool. Disallowed CIDRs are only allowed if using netmask length for allocation. |
Applies a security group to the association between the target network and the Client VPN endpoint
Description
Applies a security group to the association between the target network and the Client VPN endpoint. This action replaces the existing security groups with the specified security groups.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_apply_security_groups_to_client_vpn_target_network/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_apply_security_groups_to_client_vpn_target_network(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
VpcId,
SecurityGroupIds,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC in which the associated target network is located. |
SecurityGroupIds |
[required] The IDs of the security groups to apply to the associated target network. Up to 5 security groups can be applied to an associated target network. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Assigns the specified IPv6 addresses to the specified network interface
Description
Assigns the specified IPv6 addresses to the specified network interface. You can specify specific IPv6 addresses, or you can specify the number of IPv6 addresses to be automatically assigned from the subnet's IPv6 CIDR block range. You can assign as many IPv6 addresses to a network interface as you can assign private IPv4 addresses, and the limit varies by instance type.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_assign_ipv_6_addresses/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_assign_ipv_6_addresses(
Ipv6PrefixCount = NULL,
Ipv6Prefixes = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId,
Ipv6Addresses = NULL,
Ipv6AddressCount = NULL
)
Arguments
Ipv6PrefixCount |
The number of IPv6 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically
assigns to the network interface. You cannot use this option if you use
the |
Ipv6Prefixes |
One or more IPv6 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You can't
use this option if you use the |
NetworkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the network interface. |
Ipv6Addresses |
The IPv6 addresses to be assigned to the network interface. You can't use this option if you're specifying a number of IPv6 addresses. |
Ipv6AddressCount |
The number of additional IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. The specified number of IPv6 addresses are assigned in addition to the existing IPv6 addresses that are already assigned to the network interface. Amazon EC2 automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't use this option if specifying specific IPv6 addresses. |
Assigns the specified secondary private IP addresses to the specified network interface
Description
Assigns the specified secondary private IP addresses to the specified network interface.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_assign_private_ip_addresses/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_assign_private_ip_addresses(
Ipv4Prefixes = NULL,
Ipv4PrefixCount = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId,
PrivateIpAddresses = NULL,
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = NULL,
AllowReassignment = NULL
)
Arguments
Ipv4Prefixes |
One or more IPv4 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You can't
use this option if you use the |
Ipv4PrefixCount |
The number of IPv4 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically
assigns to the network interface. You can't use this option if you use
the |
NetworkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the network interface. |
PrivateIpAddresses |
The IP addresses to be assigned as a secondary private IP address to the network interface. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying a number of secondary IP addresses. If you don't specify an IP address, Amazon EC2 automatically selects an IP address within the subnet range. |
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount |
The number of secondary IP addresses to assign to the network interface. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying private IP addresses. |
AllowReassignment |
Indicates whether to allow an IP address that is already assigned to another network interface or instance to be reassigned to the specified network interface. |
Assigns private IPv4 addresses to a private NAT gateway
Description
Assigns private IPv4 addresses to a private NAT gateway. For more information, see Work with NAT gateways in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_assign_private_nat_gateway_address/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_assign_private_nat_gateway_address(
NatGatewayId,
PrivateIpAddresses = NULL,
PrivateIpAddressCount = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
NatGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the NAT gateway. |
PrivateIpAddresses |
The private IPv4 addresses you want to assign to the private NAT gateway. |
PrivateIpAddressCount |
The number of private IP addresses to assign to the NAT gateway. You can't specify this parameter when also specifying private IP addresses. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Associates an Elastic IP address, or carrier IP address (for instances that are in subnets in Wavelength Zones) with an instance or a network interface
Description
Associates an Elastic IP address, or carrier IP address (for instances that are in subnets in Wavelength Zones) with an instance or a network interface. Before you can use an Elastic IP address, you must allocate it to your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_address/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_address(
AllocationId = NULL,
InstanceId = NULL,
PublicIp = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
PrivateIpAddress = NULL,
AllowReassociation = NULL
)
Arguments
AllocationId |
The allocation ID. This is required. |
InstanceId |
The ID of the instance. The instance must have exactly one attached network interface. You can specify either the instance ID or the network interface ID, but not both. |
PublicIp |
Deprecated. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkInterfaceId |
The ID of the network interface. If the instance has more than one network interface, you must specify a network interface ID. You can specify either the instance ID or the network interface ID, but not both. |
PrivateIpAddress |
The primary or secondary private IP address to associate with the Elastic IP address. If no private IP address is specified, the Elastic IP address is associated with the primary private IP address. |
AllowReassociation |
Reassociation is automatic, but you can specify false to ensure the operation fails if the Elastic IP address is already associated with another resource. |
Initiates a request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to a consumer account that is consolidated under the same Amazon Web Services organizations payer account
Description
Initiates a request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to a consumer account that is consolidated under the same Amazon Web Services organizations payer account. For more information, see Billing assignment for shared Amazon EC2 Capacity Reservations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner(
DryRun = NULL,
CapacityReservationId,
UnusedReservationBillingOwnerId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
CapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation. |
UnusedReservationBillingOwnerId |
[required] The ID of the consumer account to which to assign billing. |
Associates a target network with a Client VPN endpoint
Description
Associates a target network with a Client VPN endpoint. A target network is a subnet in a VPC. You can associate multiple subnets from the same VPC with a Client VPN endpoint. You can associate only one subnet in each Availability Zone. We recommend that you associate at least two subnets to provide Availability Zone redundancy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_client_vpn_target_network/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_client_vpn_target_network(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
SubnetId,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint. |
SubnetId |
[required] The ID of the subnet to associate with the Client VPN endpoint. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Associates a set of DHCP options (that you've previously created) with the specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC
Description
Associates a set of DHCP options (that you've previously created) with the specified VPC, or associates no DHCP options with the VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_dhcp_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_dhcp_options(DhcpOptionsId, VpcId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DhcpOptionsId |
[required] The ID of the DHCP options set, or |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate
Description
Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate. This enables the certificate to be used by the ACM for Nitro Enclaves application inside an enclave. For more information, see Certificate Manager for Nitro Enclaves in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_enclave_certificate_iam_role/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_enclave_certificate_iam_role(
CertificateArn,
RoleArn,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CertificateArn |
[required] The ARN of the ACM certificate with which to associate the IAM role. |
RoleArn |
[required] The ARN of the IAM role to associate with the ACM certificate. You can associate up to 16 IAM roles with an ACM certificate. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Associates an IAM instance profile with a running or stopped instance
Description
Associates an IAM instance profile with a running or stopped instance. You cannot associate more than one IAM instance profile with an instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_iam_instance_profile/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_iam_instance_profile(IamInstanceProfile, InstanceId)
Arguments
IamInstanceProfile |
[required] The IAM instance profile. |
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
Associates one or more targets with an event window
Description
Associates one or more targets with an event window. Only one type of target (instance IDs, Dedicated Host IDs, or tags) can be specified with an event window.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_instance_event_window/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_instance_event_window(
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceEventWindowId,
AssociationTarget
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceEventWindowId |
[required] The ID of the event window. |
AssociationTarget |
[required] One or more targets associated with the specified event window. |
Associates your Autonomous System Number (ASN) with a BYOIP CIDR that you own in the same Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Associates your Autonomous System Number (ASN) with a BYOIP CIDR that you own in the same Amazon Web Services Region. For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_ipam_byoasn/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_ipam_byoasn(DryRun = NULL, Asn, Cidr)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Asn |
[required] A public 2-byte or 4-byte ASN. |
Cidr |
[required] The BYOIP CIDR you want to associate with an ASN. |
Associates an IPAM resource discovery with an Amazon VPC IPAM
Description
Associates an IPAM resource discovery with an Amazon VPC IPAM. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_ipam_resource_discovery/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_ipam_resource_discovery(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamId,
IpamResourceDiscoveryId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamId |
[required] An IPAM ID. |
IpamResourceDiscoveryId |
[required] A resource discovery ID. |
TagSpecifications |
Tag specifications. |
ClientToken |
A client token. |
Associates Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) and private IPv4 addresses with a public NAT gateway
Description
Associates Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) and private IPv4 addresses with a public NAT gateway. For more information, see Work with NAT gateways in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_nat_gateway_address/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_nat_gateway_address(
NatGatewayId,
AllocationIds,
PrivateIpAddresses = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
NatGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the NAT gateway. |
AllocationIds |
[required] The allocation IDs of EIPs that you want to associate with your NAT gateway. |
PrivateIpAddresses |
The private IPv4 addresses that you want to assign to the NAT gateway. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Associates a subnet in your VPC or an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your VPC with a route table in your VPC
Description
Associates a subnet in your VPC or an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your VPC with a route table in your VPC. This association causes traffic from the subnet or gateway to be routed according to the routes in the route table. The action returns an association ID, which you need in order to disassociate the route table later. A route table can be associated with multiple subnets.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_route_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_route_table(
GatewayId = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
SubnetId = NULL,
RouteTableId
)
Arguments
GatewayId |
The ID of the internet gateway or virtual private gateway. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SubnetId |
The ID of the subnet. |
RouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the route table. |
Associates a security group with another VPC in the same Region
Description
Associates a security group with another VPC in the same Region. This enables you to use the same security group with network interfaces and instances in the specified VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_security_group_vpc/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_security_group_vpc(GroupId, VpcId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
GroupId |
[required] A security group ID. |
VpcId |
[required] A VPC ID. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Associates a CIDR block with your subnet
Description
Associates a CIDR block with your subnet. You can only associate a single IPv6 CIDR block with your subnet.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_subnet_cidr_block/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_subnet_cidr_block(
Ipv6IpamPoolId = NULL,
Ipv6NetmaskLength = NULL,
SubnetId,
Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL
)
Arguments
Ipv6IpamPoolId |
An IPv6 IPAM pool ID. |
Ipv6NetmaskLength |
An IPv6 netmask length. |
SubnetId |
[required] The ID of your subnet. |
Ipv6CidrBlock |
The IPv6 CIDR block for your subnet. |
Associates the specified subnets and transit gateway attachments with the specified transit gateway multicast domain
Description
Associates the specified subnets and transit gateway attachments with the specified transit gateway multicast domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
SubnetIds,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway attachment to associate with the transit gateway multicast domain. |
SubnetIds |
[required] The IDs of the subnets to associate with the transit gateway multicast domain. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Associates the specified transit gateway attachment with a transit gateway policy table
Description
Associates the specified transit gateway attachment with a transit gateway policy table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_transit_gateway_policy_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_transit_gateway_policy_table(
TransitGatewayPolicyTableId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayPolicyTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway policy table to associate with the transit gateway attachment. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway attachment to associate with the policy table. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Associates the specified attachment with the specified transit gateway route table
Description
Associates the specified attachment with the specified transit gateway route table. You can associate only one route table with an attachment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_transit_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_transit_gateway_route_table(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Associates a branch network interface with a trunk network interface
Description
Associates a branch network interface with a trunk network interface.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_trunk_interface/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_trunk_interface(
BranchInterfaceId,
TrunkInterfaceId,
VlanId = NULL,
GreKey = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
BranchInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the branch network interface. |
TrunkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the trunk network interface. |
VlanId |
The ID of the VLAN. This applies to the VLAN protocol. |
GreKey |
The application key. This applies to the GRE protocol. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Associates a CIDR block with your VPC
Description
Associates a CIDR block with your VPC. You can associate a secondary IPv4 CIDR block, an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block, or an IPv6 CIDR block from an IPv6 address pool that you provisioned through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_associate_vpc_cidr_block/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_associate_vpc_cidr_block(
CidrBlock = NULL,
Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup = NULL,
Ipv6Pool = NULL,
Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL,
Ipv4IpamPoolId = NULL,
Ipv4NetmaskLength = NULL,
Ipv6IpamPoolId = NULL,
Ipv6NetmaskLength = NULL,
VpcId,
AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock = NULL
)
Arguments
CidrBlock |
An IPv4 CIDR block to associate with the VPC. |
Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup |
The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. Use this parameter to limit the CIDR block to this location. You must set You can have one IPv6 CIDR block association per network border group. |
Ipv6Pool |
The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate the IPv6 CIDR block. |
Ipv6CidrBlock |
An IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You must also specify
To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this parameter. |
Ipv4IpamPoolId |
Associate a CIDR allocated from an IPv4 IPAM pool to a VPC. For more information about Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM), see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
Ipv4NetmaskLength |
The netmask length of the IPv4 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
Ipv6IpamPoolId |
Associates a CIDR allocated from an IPv6 IPAM pool to a VPC. For more information about Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM), see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
Ipv6NetmaskLength |
The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you would like to associate from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock |
Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IPv6 addresses or the size of the CIDR block. |
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_classic_link_vpc/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_attach_classic_link_vpc(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId, VpcId, Groups)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the EC2-Classic instance. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the ClassicLink-enabled VPC. |
Groups |
[required] The IDs of the security groups. You cannot specify security groups from a different VPC. |
Attaches an internet gateway or a virtual private gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC
Description
Attaches an internet gateway or a virtual private gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC. For more information, see Internet gateways in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_attach_internet_gateway(DryRun = NULL, InternetGatewayId, VpcId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InternetGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the internet gateway. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
Attaches a network interface to an instance
Description
Attaches a network interface to an instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_network_interface/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_attach_network_interface(
NetworkCardIndex = NULL,
EnaSrdSpecification = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId,
InstanceId,
DeviceIndex
)
Arguments
NetworkCardIndex |
The index of the network card. Some instance types support multiple network cards. The primary network interface must be assigned to network card index 0. The default is network card index 0. |
EnaSrdSpecification |
Configures ENA Express for the network interface that this action attaches to the instance. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the network interface. |
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
DeviceIndex |
[required] The index of the device for the network interface attachment. |
Attaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider to the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance
Description
Attaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider to the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_verified_access_trust_provider/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_attach_verified_access_trust_provider(
VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessInstanceId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance. |
VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access trust provider. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified device name
Description
Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified device name.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_volume/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_attach_volume(Device, InstanceId, VolumeId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Device |
[required] The device name (for example, |
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
VolumeId |
[required] The ID of the EBS volume. The volume and instance must be within the same Availability Zone. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Attaches an available virtual private gateway to a VPC
Description
Attaches an available virtual private gateway to a VPC. You can attach one virtual private gateway to one VPC at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_attach_vpn_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_attach_vpn_gateway(VpcId, VpnGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
VpnGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the virtual private gateway. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Adds an ingress authorization rule to a Client VPN endpoint
Description
Adds an ingress authorization rule to a Client VPN endpoint. Ingress authorization rules act as firewall rules that grant access to networks. You must configure ingress authorization rules to enable clients to access resources in Amazon Web Services or on-premises networks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_authorize_client_vpn_ingress/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_authorize_client_vpn_ingress(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
TargetNetworkCidr,
AccessGroupId = NULL,
AuthorizeAllGroups = NULL,
Description = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint. |
TargetNetworkCidr |
[required] The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the network for which access is being authorized. |
AccessGroupId |
The ID of the group to grant access to, for example, the Active
Directory group or identity provider (IdP) group. Required if
|
AuthorizeAllGroups |
Indicates whether to grant access to all clients. Specify |
Description |
A brief description of the authorization rule. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group
Description
Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_authorize_security_group_egress/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_authorize_security_group_egress(
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
GroupId,
SourceSecurityGroupName = NULL,
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = NULL,
IpProtocol = NULL,
FromPort = NULL,
ToPort = NULL,
CidrIp = NULL,
IpPermissions = NULL
)
Arguments
TagSpecifications |
The tags applied to the security group rule. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
GroupId |
[required] The ID of the security group. |
SourceSecurityGroupName |
Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. |
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId |
Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. |
IpProtocol |
Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. |
FromPort |
Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. |
ToPort |
Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. |
CidrIp |
Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. |
IpPermissions |
The permissions for the security group rules. |
Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group
Description
Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_authorize_security_group_ingress/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_authorize_security_group_ingress(
CidrIp = NULL,
FromPort = NULL,
GroupId = NULL,
GroupName = NULL,
IpPermissions = NULL,
IpProtocol = NULL,
SourceSecurityGroupName = NULL,
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = NULL,
ToPort = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CidrIp |
The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format. Amazon Web Services canonicalizes IPv4 and IPv6 CIDRs. For example, if you specify 100.68.0.18/18 for the CIDR block, Amazon Web Services canonicalizes the CIDR block to 100.68.0.0/18. Any subsequent DescribeSecurityGroups and DescribeSecurityGroupRules calls will return the canonicalized form of the CIDR block. Additionally, if you attempt to add another rule with the non-canonical form of the CIDR (such as 100.68.0.18/18) and there is already a rule for the canonicalized form of the CIDR block (such as 100.68.0.0/18), the API throws an duplicate rule error. To specify an IPv6 address range, use IP permissions instead. To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead. |
FromPort |
If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead. |
GroupId |
The ID of the security group. |
GroupName |
[Default VPC] The name of the security group. For security groups for a default VPC you can specify either the ID or the name of the security group. For security groups for a nondefault VPC, you must specify the ID of the security group. |
IpPermissions |
The permissions for the security group rules. |
IpProtocol |
The IP protocol name ( To specify If you specify a protocol other than one of the supported values, traffic is allowed on all ports, regardless of any ports that you specify. To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead. |
SourceSecurityGroupName |
[Default VPC] The name of the source security group. The rule grants full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific protocol and port range, specify a set of IP permissions instead. |
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID for the source security group, if the source security group is in a different account. The rule grants full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific protocol and port range, use IP permissions instead. |
ToPort |
If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). If the start port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all ICMP codes). To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags applied to the security group rule. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance
Description
Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_bundle_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_bundle_instance(InstanceId, Storage, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance to bundle. Default: None |
Storage |
[required] The bucket in which to store the AMI. You can specify a bucket that you already own or a new bucket that Amazon EC2 creates on your behalf. If you specify a bucket that belongs to someone else, Amazon EC2 returns an error. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Cancels a bundling operation for an instance store-backed Windows instance
Description
Cancels a bundling operation for an instance store-backed Windows instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_bundle_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_cancel_bundle_task(BundleId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
BundleId |
[required] The ID of the bundle task. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Cancels the specified Capacity Reservation, releases the reserved capacity, and changes the Capacity Reservation's state to cancelled
Description
Cancels the specified Capacity Reservation, releases the reserved capacity, and changes the Capacity Reservation's state to cancelled
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_cancel_capacity_reservation(CapacityReservationId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
CapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation to be cancelled. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Cancels one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets
Description
Cancels one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets. When you cancel a Capacity Reservation Fleet, the following happens:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_capacity_reservation_fleets/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_cancel_capacity_reservation_fleets(
DryRun = NULL,
CapacityReservationFleetIds
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
CapacityReservationFleetIds |
[required] The IDs of the Capacity Reservation Fleets to cancel. |
Cancels an active conversion task
Description
Cancels an active conversion task. The task can be the import of an instance or volume. The action removes all artifacts of the conversion, including a partially uploaded volume or instance. If the conversion is complete or is in the process of transferring the final disk image, the command fails and returns an exception.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_conversion_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_cancel_conversion_task(
DryRun = NULL,
ConversionTaskId,
ReasonMessage = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ConversionTaskId |
[required] The ID of the conversion task. |
ReasonMessage |
The reason for canceling the conversion task. |
Cancels the generation of an account status report
Description
Cancels the generation of an account status report.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_declarative_policies_report/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_cancel_declarative_policies_report(DryRun = NULL, ReportId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ReportId |
[required] The ID of the report. |
Cancels an active export task
Description
Cancels an active export task. The request removes all artifacts of the export, including any partially-created Amazon S3 objects. If the export task is complete or is in the process of transferring the final disk image, the command fails and returns an error.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_export_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_cancel_export_task(ExportTaskId)
Arguments
ExportTaskId |
[required] The ID of the export task. This is the ID returned by the
|
Removes your Amazon Web Services account from the launch permissions for the specified AMI
Description
Removes your Amazon Web Services account from the launch permissions for the specified AMI. For more information, see Cancel having an AMI shared with your Amazon Web Services account in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_image_launch_permission/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_cancel_image_launch_permission(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI that was shared with your Amazon Web Services account. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Cancels an in-process import virtual machine or import snapshot task
Description
Cancels an in-process import virtual machine or import snapshot task.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_import_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_cancel_import_task(CancelReason = NULL, DryRun = NULL, ImportTaskId = NULL)
Arguments
CancelReason |
The reason for canceling the task. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ImportTaskId |
The ID of the import image or import snapshot task to be canceled. |
Cancels the specified Reserved Instance listing in the Reserved Instance Marketplace
Description
Cancels the specified Reserved Instance listing in the Reserved Instance Marketplace.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_reserved_instances_listing/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_cancel_reserved_instances_listing(ReservedInstancesListingId)
Arguments
ReservedInstancesListingId |
[required] The ID of the Reserved Instance listing. |
Cancels the specified Spot Fleet requests
Description
Cancels the specified Spot Fleet requests.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_spot_fleet_requests/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_cancel_spot_fleet_requests(
DryRun = NULL,
SpotFleetRequestIds,
TerminateInstances
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SpotFleetRequestIds |
[required] The IDs of the Spot Fleet requests. Constraint: You can specify up to 100 IDs in a single request. |
TerminateInstances |
[required] Indicates whether to terminate the associated instances when the Spot Fleet request is canceled. The default is to terminate the instances. To let the instances continue to run after the Spot Fleet request is
canceled, specify |
Cancels one or more Spot Instance requests
Description
Cancels one or more Spot Instance requests.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_cancel_spot_instance_requests/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_cancel_spot_instance_requests(DryRun = NULL, SpotInstanceRequestIds)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SpotInstanceRequestIds |
[required] The IDs of the Spot Instance requests. |
Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance
Description
Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance. This action can only be used by the owner of the product code. It is useful when a product code owner must verify whether another user's instance is eligible for support.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_confirm_product_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_confirm_product_instance(InstanceId, ProductCode, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
ProductCode |
[required] The product code. This must be a product code that you own. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Copies the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to the current Region
Description
Copies the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to the current Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_copy_fpga_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_copy_fpga_image(
DryRun = NULL,
SourceFpgaImageId,
Description = NULL,
Name = NULL,
SourceRegion,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SourceFpgaImageId |
[required] The ID of the source AFI. |
Description |
The description for the new AFI. |
Name |
The name for the new AFI. The default is the name of the source AFI. |
SourceRegion |
[required] The Region that contains the source AFI. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
Initiates an AMI copy operation
Description
Initiates an AMI copy operation. You can copy an AMI from one Region to another, or from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy an AMI from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. To copy an AMI to another partition, see create_store_image_task
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_copy_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_copy_image(
ClientToken = NULL,
Description = NULL,
Encrypted = NULL,
KmsKeyId = NULL,
Name,
SourceImageId,
SourceRegion,
DestinationOutpostArn = NULL,
CopyImageTags = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Description |
A description for the new AMI in the destination Region. |
Encrypted |
Specifies whether the destination snapshots of the copied image should
be encrypted. You can encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot, but you
cannot create an unencrypted copy of an encrypted snapshot. The default
KMS key for Amazon EBS is used unless you specify a non-default Key
Management Service (KMS) KMS key using |
KmsKeyId |
The identifier of the symmetric Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to
use when creating encrypted volumes. If this parameter is not specified,
your Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for Amazon EBS is used. If you
specify a KMS key, you must also set the encrypted state to You can specify a KMS key using any of the following:
Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an identifier that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but eventually fails. The specified KMS key must exist in the destination Region. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys. |
Name |
[required] The name of the new AMI in the destination Region. |
SourceImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI to copy. |
SourceRegion |
[required] The name of the Region that contains the AMI to copy. |
DestinationOutpostArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost to which to copy the AMI. Only specify this parameter when copying an AMI from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost. The AMI must be in the Region of the destination Outpost. You cannot copy an AMI from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. For more information, see Copy AMIs from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide. |
CopyImageTags |
Indicates whether to include your user-defined AMI tags when copying the AMI. The following tags will not be copied:
Default: Your user-defined AMI tags are not copied. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the new AMI and new snapshots. You can tag the AMI, the snapshots, or both.
If you specify other values for To tag an AMI or snapshot after it has been created, see
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3
Description
Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can copy a snapshot within the same Region, from one Region to another, or from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_copy_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_copy_snapshot(
Description = NULL,
DestinationOutpostArn = NULL,
DestinationRegion = NULL,
Encrypted = NULL,
KmsKeyId = NULL,
PresignedUrl = NULL,
SourceRegion,
SourceSnapshotId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
CompletionDurationMinutes = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Description |
A description for the EBS snapshot. |
DestinationOutpostArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost to which to copy the snapshot. Only specify this parameter when copying a snapshot from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost. The snapshot must be in the Region for the destination Outpost. You cannot copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. For more information, see Copy snapshots from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide. |
DestinationRegion |
The destination Region to use in the The snapshot copy is sent to the regional endpoint that you sent the
HTTP request to (for example, |
Encrypted |
To encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot if encryption by default is not enabled, enable encryption using this parameter. Otherwise, omit this parameter. Encrypted snapshots are encrypted, even if you omit this parameter and encryption by default is not enabled. You cannot set this parameter to false. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide. |
KmsKeyId |
The identifier of the KMS key to use for Amazon EBS encryption. If this
parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS is used. If
You can specify the KMS key using any of the following:
Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an ID, alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but eventually fails. |
PresignedUrl |
When you copy an encrypted source snapshot using the Amazon EC2 Query API, you must supply a pre-signed URL. This parameter is optional for unencrypted snapshots. For more information, see Query requests. The |
SourceRegion |
[required] The ID of the Region that contains the snapshot to be copied. |
SourceSnapshotId |
[required] The ID of the EBS snapshot to copy. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the new snapshot. |
CompletionDurationMinutes |
Specify a completion duration, in 15 minute increments, to initiate a time-based snapshot copy. Time-based snapshot copy operations complete within the specified duration. For more information, see Time-based copies. If you do not specify a value, the snapshot copy operation is completed on a best-effort basis. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a new Capacity Reservation with the specified attributes
Description
Creates a new Capacity Reservation with the specified attributes. Capacity Reservations enable you to reserve capacity for your Amazon EC2 instances in a specific Availability Zone for any duration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_capacity_reservation(
ClientToken = NULL,
InstanceType,
InstancePlatform,
AvailabilityZone = NULL,
AvailabilityZoneId = NULL,
Tenancy = NULL,
InstanceCount,
EbsOptimized = NULL,
EphemeralStorage = NULL,
EndDate = NULL,
EndDateType = NULL,
InstanceMatchCriteria = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
OutpostArn = NULL,
PlacementGroupArn = NULL,
StartDate = NULL,
CommitmentDuration = NULL,
DeliveryPreference = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency. |
InstanceType |
[required] The instance type for which to reserve capacity. You can request future-dated Capacity Reservations for instance types in the C, M, R, I, and T instance families only. For more information, see Instance types in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
InstancePlatform |
[required] The type of operating system for which to reserve capacity. |
AvailabilityZone |
The Availability Zone in which to create the Capacity Reservation. |
AvailabilityZoneId |
The ID of the Availability Zone in which to create the Capacity Reservation. |
Tenancy |
Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation. A Capacity Reservation can have one of the following tenancy settings:
|
InstanceCount |
[required] The number of instances for which to reserve capacity. You can request future-dated Capacity Reservations for an instance count
with a minimum of 100 vCPUs. For example, if you request a future-dated
Capacity Reservation for Valid range: 1 - 1000 |
EbsOptimized |
Indicates whether the Capacity Reservation supports EBS-optimized instances. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS- optimized instance. |
EphemeralStorage |
Deprecated. |
EndDate |
The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation expires. When a
Capacity Reservation expires, the reserved capacity is released and you
can no longer launch instances into it. The Capacity Reservation's state
changes to You must provide an If the If you are requesting a future-dated Capacity Reservation, you can't specify an end date and time that is within the commitment duration. |
EndDateType |
Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A Capacity Reservation can have one of the following end types:
|
InstanceMatchCriteria |
Indicates the type of instance launches that the Capacity Reservation accepts. The options include:
If you are requesting a future-dated Capacity Reservation, you must
specify Default: |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the Capacity Reservation during launch. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
OutpostArn |
Not supported for future-dated Capacity Reservations. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create the Capacity Reservation. |
PlacementGroupArn |
Not supported for future-dated Capacity Reservations. The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster placement group in which to create the Capacity Reservation. For more information, see Capacity Reservations for cluster placement groups in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
StartDate |
Required for future-dated Capacity Reservations only. To create a Capacity Reservation for immediate use, omit this parameter. The date and time at which the future-dated Capacity Reservation should
become available for use, in the ISO8601 format in the UTC time zone
( You can request a future-dated Capacity Reservation between 5 and 120 days in advance. |
CommitmentDuration |
Required for future-dated Capacity Reservations only. To create a Capacity Reservation for immediate use, omit this parameter. Specify a commitment duration, in seconds, for the future-dated Capacity Reservation. The commitment duration is a minimum duration for which you commit to
having the future-dated Capacity Reservation in the For more information, see Commitment duration. |
DeliveryPreference |
Required for future-dated Capacity Reservations only. To create a Capacity Reservation for immediate use, omit this parameter. Indicates that the requested capacity will be delivered in addition to any running instances or reserved capacity that you have in your account at the requested date and time. The only supported value is |
Create a new Capacity Reservation by splitting the capacity of the source Capacity Reservation
Description
Create a new Capacity Reservation by splitting the capacity of the source Capacity Reservation. The new Capacity Reservation will have the same attributes as the source Capacity Reservation except for tags. The source Capacity Reservation must be active
and owned by your Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_capacity_reservation_by_splitting/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_capacity_reservation_by_splitting(
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
SourceCapacityReservationId,
InstanceCount,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency. |
SourceCapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation from which you want to split the capacity. |
InstanceCount |
[required] The number of instances to split from the source Capacity Reservation. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the new Capacity Reservation. |
Creates a Capacity Reservation Fleet
Description
Creates a Capacity Reservation Fleet. For more information, see Create a Capacity Reservation Fleet in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_capacity_reservation_fleet/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_capacity_reservation_fleet(
AllocationStrategy = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
InstanceTypeSpecifications,
Tenancy = NULL,
TotalTargetCapacity,
EndDate = NULL,
InstanceMatchCriteria = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
AllocationStrategy |
The strategy used by the Capacity Reservation Fleet to determine which
of the specified instance types to use. Currently, only the
Valid values: |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency. |
InstanceTypeSpecifications |
[required] Information about the instance types for which to reserve the capacity. |
Tenancy |
Indicates the tenancy of the Capacity Reservation Fleet. All Capacity Reservations in the Fleet inherit this tenancy. The Capacity Reservation Fleet can have one of the following tenancy settings:
|
TotalTargetCapacity |
[required] The total number of capacity units to be reserved by the Capacity Reservation Fleet. This value, together with the instance type weights that you assign to each instance type used by the Fleet determine the number of instances for which the Fleet reserves capacity. Both values are based on units that make sense for your workload. For more information, see Total target capacity in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
EndDate |
The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires. When
the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires, its state changes to The Capacity Reservation Fleet expires within an hour after the
specified time. For example, if you specify |
InstanceMatchCriteria |
Indicates the type of instance launches that the Capacity Reservation Fleet accepts. All Capacity Reservations in the Fleet inherit this instance matching criteria. Currently, Capacity Reservation Fleets support |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the Capacity Reservation Fleet. The tags are automatically assigned to the Capacity Reservations in the Fleet. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a carrier gateway
Description
Creates a carrier gateway. For more information about carrier gateways, see Carrier gateways in the Amazon Web Services Wavelength Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_carrier_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_carrier_gateway(
VpcId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC to associate with the carrier gateway. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to associate with the carrier gateway. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
Creates a Client VPN endpoint
Description
Creates a Client VPN endpoint. A Client VPN endpoint is the resource you create and configure to enable and manage client VPN sessions. It is the destination endpoint at which all client VPN sessions are terminated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_client_vpn_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_client_vpn_endpoint(
ClientCidrBlock,
ServerCertificateArn,
AuthenticationOptions,
ConnectionLogOptions,
DnsServers = NULL,
TransportProtocol = NULL,
VpnPort = NULL,
Description = NULL,
SplitTunnel = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
VpcId = NULL,
SelfServicePortal = NULL,
ClientConnectOptions = NULL,
SessionTimeoutHours = NULL,
ClientLoginBannerOptions = NULL,
DisconnectOnSessionTimeout = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientCidrBlock |
[required] The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, from which to assign client IP addresses. The address range cannot overlap with the local CIDR of the VPC in which the associated subnet is located, or the routes that you add manually. The address range cannot be changed after the Client VPN endpoint has been created. Client CIDR range must have a size of at least /22 and must not be greater than /12. |
ServerCertificateArn |
[required] The ARN of the server certificate. For more information, see the Certificate Manager User Guide. |
AuthenticationOptions |
[required] Information about the authentication method to be used to authenticate clients. |
ConnectionLogOptions |
[required] Information about the client connection logging options. If you enable client connection logging, data about client connections is sent to a Cloudwatch Logs log stream. The following information is logged:
|
DnsServers |
Information about the DNS servers to be used for DNS resolution. A Client VPN endpoint can have up to two DNS servers. If no DNS server is specified, the DNS address configured on the device is used for the DNS server. |
TransportProtocol |
The transport protocol to be used by the VPN session. Default value: |
VpnPort |
The port number to assign to the Client VPN endpoint for TCP and UDP traffic. Valid Values: Default Value: |
Description |
A brief description of the Client VPN endpoint. |
SplitTunnel |
Indicates whether split-tunnel is enabled on the Client VPN endpoint. By default, split-tunnel on a VPN endpoint is disabled. For information about split-tunnel VPN endpoints, see Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint in the Client VPN Administrator Guide. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the Client VPN endpoint during creation. |
SecurityGroupIds |
The IDs of one or more security groups to apply to the target network. You must also specify the ID of the VPC that contains the security groups. |
VpcId |
The ID of the VPC to associate with the Client VPN endpoint. If no security group IDs are specified in the request, the default security group for the VPC is applied. |
SelfServicePortal |
Specify whether to enable the self-service portal for the Client VPN endpoint. Default Value: |
ClientConnectOptions |
The options for managing connection authorization for new client connections. |
SessionTimeoutHours |
The maximum VPN session duration time in hours. Valid values: Default value: |
ClientLoginBannerOptions |
Options for enabling a customizable text banner that will be displayed on Amazon Web Services provided clients when a VPN session is established. |
DisconnectOnSessionTimeout |
Indicates whether the client VPN session is disconnected after the
maximum timeout specified in |
Adds a route to a network to a Client VPN endpoint
Description
Adds a route to a network to a Client VPN endpoint. Each Client VPN endpoint has a route table that describes the available destination network routes. Each route in the route table specifies the path for traffic to specific resources or networks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_client_vpn_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_client_vpn_route(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
DestinationCidrBlock,
TargetVpcSubnetId,
Description = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to which to add the route. |
DestinationCidrBlock |
[required] The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the route destination. For example:
|
TargetVpcSubnetId |
[required] The ID of the subnet through which you want to route traffic. The specified subnet must be an existing target network of the Client VPN endpoint. Alternatively, if you're adding a route for the local network, specify
|
Description |
A brief description of the route. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a range of customer-owned IP addresses
Description
Creates a range of customer-owned IP addresses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_coip_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_coip_cidr(Cidr, CoipPoolId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Cidr |
[required] A customer-owned IP address range to create. |
CoipPoolId |
[required] The ID of the address pool. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses
Description
Creates a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_coip_pool/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_coip_pool(
LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the local gateway route table. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the CoIP address pool. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Provides information to Amazon Web Services about your customer gateway device
Description
Provides information to Amazon Web Services about your customer gateway device. The customer gateway device is the appliance at your end of the VPN connection. You must provide the IP address of the customer gateway device’s external interface. The IP address must be static and can be behind a device performing network address translation (NAT).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_customer_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_customer_gateway(
BgpAsn = NULL,
PublicIp = NULL,
CertificateArn = NULL,
Type,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DeviceName = NULL,
IpAddress = NULL,
BgpAsnExtended = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
BgpAsn |
For customer gateway devices that support BGP, specify the device's ASN.
You must specify either Default: 65000 Valid values: |
PublicIp |
This member has been deprecated. The Internet-routable IP address for the customer gateway's outside interface. The address must be static. |
CertificateArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the customer gateway certificate. |
Type |
[required] The type of VPN connection that this customer gateway supports
( |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the customer gateway. |
DeviceName |
A name for the customer gateway device. Length Constraints: Up to 255 characters. |
IpAddress |
IPv4 address for the customer gateway device's outside interface. The
address must be static. If |
BgpAsnExtended |
For customer gateway devices that support BGP, specify the device's ASN.
You must specify either Valid values: |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a default subnet with a size /20 IPv4 CIDR block in the specified Availability Zone in your default VPC
Description
Creates a default subnet with a size /20
IPv4 CIDR block in the specified Availability Zone in your default VPC. You can have only one default subnet per Availability Zone. For more information, see Create a default subnet in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_default_subnet/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_default_subnet(AvailabilityZone, DryRun = NULL, Ipv6Native = NULL)
Arguments
AvailabilityZone |
[required] The Availability Zone in which to create the default subnet. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Ipv6Native |
Indicates whether to create an IPv6 only subnet. If you already have a default subnet for this Availability Zone, you must delete it before you can create an IPv6 only subnet. |
Creates a default VPC with a size /16 IPv4 CIDR block and a default subnet in each Availability Zone
Description
Creates a default VPC with a size /16
IPv4 CIDR block and a default subnet in each Availability Zone. For more information about the components of a default VPC, see Default VPCs in the Amazon VPC User Guide. You cannot specify the components of the default VPC yourself.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_default_vpc/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_default_vpc(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a custom set of DHCP options
Description
Creates a custom set of DHCP options. After you create a DHCP option set, you associate it with a VPC. After you associate a DHCP option set with a VPC, all existing and newly launched instances in the VPC use this set of DHCP options.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_dhcp_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_dhcp_options(
DhcpConfigurations,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
DhcpConfigurations |
[required] A DHCP configuration option. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the DHCP option. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
[IPv6 only] Creates an egress-only internet gateway for your VPC
Description
[IPv6 only] Creates an egress-only internet gateway for your VPC. An egress-only internet gateway is used to enable outbound communication over IPv6 from instances in your VPC to the internet, and prevents hosts outside of your VPC from initiating an IPv6 connection with your instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_egress_only_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_egress_only_internet_gateway(
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
VpcId,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC for which to create the egress-only internet gateway. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the egress-only internet gateway. |
Creates an EC2 Fleet that contains the configuration information for On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances
Description
Creates an EC2 Fleet that contains the configuration information for On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances. Instances are launched immediately if there is available capacity.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_fleet/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_fleet(
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
SpotOptions = NULL,
OnDemandOptions = NULL,
ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = NULL,
LaunchTemplateConfigs,
TargetCapacitySpecification,
TerminateInstancesWithExpiration = NULL,
Type = NULL,
ValidFrom = NULL,
ValidUntil = NULL,
ReplaceUnhealthyInstances = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
Context = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify a client token, a randomly generated token is used for the request to ensure idempotency. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
SpotOptions |
Describes the configuration of Spot Instances in an EC2 Fleet. |
OnDemandOptions |
Describes the configuration of On-Demand Instances in an EC2 Fleet. |
ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy |
Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the total target capacity of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the EC2 Fleet. Supported only for fleets of type |
LaunchTemplateConfigs |
[required] The configuration for the EC2 Fleet. |
TargetCapacitySpecification |
[required] The number of units to request. |
TerminateInstancesWithExpiration |
Indicates whether running instances should be terminated when the EC2 Fleet expires. |
Type |
The fleet type. The default value is
For more information, see EC2 Fleet request types in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
ValidFrom |
The start date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). The default is to start fulfilling the request immediately. |
ValidUntil |
The end date and time of the request, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). At this point, no new EC2 Fleet requests are placed or able to fulfill the request. If no value is specified, the request remains until you cancel it. |
ReplaceUnhealthyInstances |
Indicates whether EC2 Fleet should replace unhealthy Spot Instances.
Supported only for fleets of type |
TagSpecifications |
The key-value pair for tagging the EC2 Fleet request on creation. For more information, see Tag your resources. If the fleet type is If the fleet type is |
Context |
Reserved. |
Creates one or more flow logs to capture information about IP traffic for a specific network interface, subnet, or VPC
Description
Creates one or more flow logs to capture information about IP traffic for a specific network interface, subnet, or VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_flow_logs/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_flow_logs(
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DeliverLogsPermissionArn = NULL,
DeliverCrossAccountRole = NULL,
LogGroupName = NULL,
ResourceIds,
ResourceType,
TrafficType = NULL,
LogDestinationType = NULL,
LogDestination = NULL,
LogFormat = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
MaxAggregationInterval = NULL,
DestinationOptions = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
DeliverLogsPermissionArn |
The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs to the log destination. This parameter is required if the destination type is
|
DeliverCrossAccountRole |
The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs across accounts. |
LogGroupName |
The name of a new or existing CloudWatch Logs log group where Amazon EC2 publishes your flow logs. This parameter is valid only if the destination type is
|
ResourceIds |
[required] The IDs of the resources to monitor. For example, if the resource type
is Constraints: Maximum of 25 for transit gateway resource types. Maximum of 1000 for the other resource types. |
ResourceType |
[required] The type of resource to monitor. |
TrafficType |
The type of traffic to monitor (accepted traffic, rejected traffic, or all traffic). This parameter is not supported for transit gateway resource types. It is required for the other resource types. |
LogDestinationType |
The type of destination for the flow log data. Default: |
LogDestination |
The destination for the flow log data. The meaning of this parameter depends on the destination type.
|
LogFormat |
The fields to include in the flow log record. List the fields in the order in which they should appear. If you omit this parameter, the flow log is created using the default format. If you specify this parameter, you must include at least one field. For more information about the available fields, see Flow log records in the Amazon VPC User Guide or Transit Gateway Flow Log records in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. Specify the fields using the |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the flow logs. |
MaxAggregationInterval |
The maximum interval of time during which a flow of packets is captured and aggregated into a flow log record. The possible values are 60 seconds (1 minute) or 600 seconds (10 minutes). This parameter must be 60 seconds for transit gateway resource types. When a network interface is attached to a Nitro-based instance, the aggregation interval is always 60 seconds or less, regardless of the value that you specify. Default: 600 |
DestinationOptions |
The destination options. |
Creates an Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) from the specified design checkpoint (DCP)
Description
Creates an Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) from the specified design checkpoint (DCP).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_fpga_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_fpga_image(
DryRun = NULL,
InputStorageLocation,
LogsStorageLocation = NULL,
Description = NULL,
Name = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InputStorageLocation |
[required] The location of the encrypted design checkpoint in Amazon S3. The input must be a tarball. |
LogsStorageLocation |
The location in Amazon S3 for the output logs. |
Description |
A description for the AFI. |
Name |
A name for the AFI. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the FPGA image during creation. |
Creates an Amazon EBS-backed AMI from an Amazon EBS-backed instance that is either running or stopped
Description
Creates an Amazon EBS-backed AMI from an Amazon EBS-backed instance that is either running or stopped.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_image(
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceId,
Name,
Description = NULL,
NoReboot = NULL,
BlockDeviceMappings = NULL
)
Arguments
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the AMI and snapshots on creation. You can tag the AMI, the snapshots, or both.
If you specify other values for To tag an AMI or snapshot after it has been created, see
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
Name |
[required] A name for the new image. Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_) |
Description |
A description for the new image. |
NoReboot |
Indicates whether or not the instance should be automatically rebooted before creating the image. Specify one of the following values:
Default: |
BlockDeviceMappings |
The block device mappings. When using the CreateImage action:
|
Creates an EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint
Description
Creates an EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_instance_connect_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_instance_connect_endpoint(
DryRun = NULL,
SubnetId,
SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
PreserveClientIp = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SubnetId |
[required] The ID of the subnet in which to create the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint. |
SecurityGroupIds |
One or more security groups to associate with the endpoint. If you don't specify a security group, the default security group for your VPC will be associated with the endpoint. |
PreserveClientIp |
Indicates whether the client IP address is preserved as the source. The following are the possible values.
Default: |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint during creation. |
Creates an event window in which scheduled events for the associated Amazon EC2 instances can run
Description
Creates an event window in which scheduled events for the associated Amazon EC2 instances can run.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_instance_event_window/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_instance_event_window(
DryRun = NULL,
Name = NULL,
TimeRanges = NULL,
CronExpression = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Name |
The name of the event window. |
TimeRanges |
The time range for the event window. If you specify a time range, you can't specify a cron expression. |
CronExpression |
The cron expression for the event window, for example,
Constraints:
For more information about cron expressions, see cron on the Wikipedia website. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the event window. |
Exports a running or stopped instance to an Amazon S3 bucket
Description
Exports a running or stopped instance to an Amazon S3 bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_instance_export_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_instance_export_task(
TagSpecifications = NULL,
Description = NULL,
InstanceId,
TargetEnvironment,
ExportToS3Task
)
Arguments
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the export instance task during creation. |
Description |
A description for the conversion task or the resource being exported. The maximum length is 255 characters. |
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
TargetEnvironment |
[required] The target virtualization environment. |
ExportToS3Task |
[required] The format and location for an export instance task. |
Creates an internet gateway for use with a VPC
Description
Creates an internet gateway for use with a VPC. After creating the internet gateway, you attach it to a VPC using attach_internet_gateway
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_internet_gateway(TagSpecifications = NULL, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the internet gateway. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Create an IPAM
Description
Create an IPAM. Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) is a VPC feature that you can use to automate your IP address management workflows including assigning, tracking, troubleshooting, and auditing IP addresses across Amazon Web Services Regions and accounts throughout your Amazon Web Services Organization.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_ipam/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_ipam(
DryRun = NULL,
Description = NULL,
OperatingRegions = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
Tier = NULL,
EnablePrivateGua = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Description |
A description for the IPAM. |
OperatingRegions |
The operating Regions for the IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select as operating Regions. For more information about operating Regions, see Create an IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
TagSpecifications |
The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag
key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For
example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
Tier |
IPAM is offered in a Free Tier and an Advanced Tier. For more information about the features available in each tier and the costs associated with the tiers, see Amazon VPC pricing \> IPAM tab. |
EnablePrivateGua |
Enable this option to use your own GUA ranges as private IPv6 addresses. This option is disabled by default. |
Create a verification token
Description
Create a verification token. A verification token is an Amazon Web Services-generated random value that you can use to prove ownership of an external resource. For example, you can use a verification token to validate that you control a public IP address range when you bring an IP address range to Amazon Web Services (BYOIP).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_ipam_external_resource_verification_token/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_ipam_external_resource_verification_token(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM that will create the token. |
TagSpecifications |
Token tags. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
Create an IP address pool for Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM)
Description
Create an IP address pool for Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM). In IPAM, a pool is a collection of contiguous IP addresses CIDRs. Pools enable you to organize your IP addresses according to your routing and security needs. For example, if you have separate routing and security needs for development and production applications, you can create a pool for each.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_ipam_pool/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_ipam_pool(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamScopeId,
Locale = NULL,
SourceIpamPoolId = NULL,
Description = NULL,
AddressFamily,
AutoImport = NULL,
PubliclyAdvertisable = NULL,
AllocationMinNetmaskLength = NULL,
AllocationMaxNetmaskLength = NULL,
AllocationDefaultNetmaskLength = NULL,
AllocationResourceTags = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
AwsService = NULL,
PublicIpSource = NULL,
SourceResource = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamScopeId |
[required] The ID of the scope in which you would like to create the IPAM pool. |
Locale |
The locale for the pool should be one of the following:
Possible values: Any Amazon Web Services Region or supported Amazon Web
Services Local Zone. Default is |
SourceIpamPoolId |
The ID of the source IPAM pool. Use this option to create a pool within an existing pool. Note that the CIDR you provision for the pool within the source pool must be available in the source pool's CIDR range. |
Description |
A description for the IPAM pool. |
AddressFamily |
[required] The IP protocol assigned to this IPAM pool. You must choose either IPv4 or IPv6 protocol for a pool. |
AutoImport |
If selected, IPAM will continuously look for resources within the CIDR range of this pool and automatically import them as allocations into your IPAM. The CIDRs that will be allocated for these resources must not already be allocated to other resources in order for the import to succeed. IPAM will import a CIDR regardless of its compliance with the pool's allocation rules, so a resource might be imported and subsequently marked as noncompliant. If IPAM discovers multiple CIDRs that overlap, IPAM will import the largest CIDR only. If IPAM discovers multiple CIDRs with matching CIDRs, IPAM will randomly import one of them only. A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work. |
PubliclyAdvertisable |
Determines if the pool is publicly advertisable. The request can only
contain |
AllocationMinNetmaskLength |
The minimum netmask length required for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be compliant. The minimum netmask length must be less than the maximum netmask length. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128. |
AllocationMaxNetmaskLength |
The maximum netmask length possible for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be compliant. The maximum netmask length must be greater than the minimum netmask length. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128. |
AllocationDefaultNetmaskLength |
The default netmask length for allocations added to this pool. If, for example, the CIDR assigned to this pool is 10.0.0.0/8 and you enter 16 here, new allocations will default to 10.0.0.0/16. |
AllocationResourceTags |
Tags that are required for resources that use CIDRs from this IPAM pool. Resources that do not have these tags will not be allowed to allocate space from the pool. If the resources have their tags changed after they have allocated space or if the allocation tagging requirements are changed on the pool, the resource may be marked as noncompliant. |
TagSpecifications |
The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag
key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For
example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
AwsService |
Limits which service in Amazon Web Services that the pool can be used in. "ec2", for example, allows users to use space for Elastic IP addresses and VPCs. |
PublicIpSource |
The IP address source for pools in the public scope. Only used for
provisioning IP address CIDRs to pools in the public scope. Default is
|
SourceResource |
The resource used to provision CIDRs to a resource planning pool. |
Creates an IPAM resource discovery
Description
Creates an IPAM resource discovery. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_ipam_resource_discovery/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_ipam_resource_discovery(
DryRun = NULL,
Description = NULL,
OperatingRegions = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Description |
A description for the IPAM resource discovery. |
OperatingRegions |
Operating Regions for the IPAM resource discovery. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select as operating Regions. |
TagSpecifications |
Tag specifications for the IPAM resource discovery. |
ClientToken |
A client token for the IPAM resource discovery. |
Create an IPAM scope
Description
Create an IPAM scope. In IPAM, a scope is the highest-level container within IPAM. An IPAM contains two default scopes. Each scope represents the IP space for a single network. The private scope is intended for all private IP address space. The public scope is intended for all public IP address space. Scopes enable you to reuse IP addresses across multiple unconnected networks without causing IP address overlap or conflict.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_ipam_scope/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_ipam_scope(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamId,
Description = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM for which you're creating this scope. |
Description |
A description for the scope you're creating. |
TagSpecifications |
The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag
key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For
example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
Creates an ED25519 or 2048-bit RSA key pair with the specified name and in the specified format
Description
Creates an ED25519 or 2048-bit RSA key pair with the specified name and in the specified format. Amazon EC2 stores the public key and displays the private key for you to save to a file. The private key is returned as an unencrypted PEM encoded PKCS#1 private key or an unencrypted PPK formatted private key for use with PuTTY. If a key with the specified name already exists, Amazon EC2 returns an error.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_key_pair/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_key_pair(
KeyName,
KeyType = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
KeyFormat = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
KeyName |
[required] A unique name for the key pair. Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters |
KeyType |
The type of key pair. Note that ED25519 keys are not supported for Windows instances. Default: |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the new key pair. |
KeyFormat |
The format of the key pair. Default: |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a launch template
Description
Creates a launch template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_launch_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_launch_template(
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
LaunchTemplateName,
VersionDescription = NULL,
LaunchTemplateData,
Operator = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters. |
LaunchTemplateName |
[required] A name for the launch template. |
VersionDescription |
A description for the first version of the launch template. |
LaunchTemplateData |
[required] The information for the launch template. |
Operator |
Reserved for internal use. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the launch template on creation. To tag the launch
template, the resource type must be To specify the tags for the resources that are created when an instance
is launched, you must use the |
Creates a new version of a launch template
Description
Creates a new version of a launch template. You must specify an existing launch template, either by name or ID. You can determine whether the new version inherits parameters from a source version, and add or overwrite parameters as needed.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_launch_template_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_launch_template_version(
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
LaunchTemplateId = NULL,
LaunchTemplateName = NULL,
SourceVersion = NULL,
VersionDescription = NULL,
LaunchTemplateData,
ResolveAlias = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters. |
LaunchTemplateId |
The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both. |
LaunchTemplateName |
The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both. |
SourceVersion |
The version of the launch template on which to base the new version. Snapshots applied to the block device mapping are ignored when creating a new version unless they are explicitly included. If you specify this parameter, the new version inherits the launch parameters from the source version. If you specify additional launch parameters for the new version, they overwrite any corresponding launch parameters inherited from the source version. If you omit this parameter, the new version contains only the launch parameters that you specify for the new version. |
VersionDescription |
A description for the version of the launch template. |
LaunchTemplateData |
[required] The information for the launch template. |
ResolveAlias |
If Default: |
Creates a static route for the specified local gateway route table
Description
Creates a static route for the specified local gateway route table. You must specify one of the following targets:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_local_gateway_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_local_gateway_route(
DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
DestinationPrefixListId = NULL
)
Arguments
DestinationCidrBlock |
The CIDR range used for destination matches. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. |
LocalGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the local gateway route table. |
LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId |
The ID of the virtual interface group. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkInterfaceId |
The ID of the network interface. |
DestinationPrefixListId |
The ID of the prefix list. Use a prefix list in place of
|
Creates a local gateway route table
Description
Creates a local gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table(
LocalGatewayId,
Mode = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the local gateway. |
Mode |
The mode of the local gateway route table. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags assigned to the local gateway route table. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a local gateway route table virtual interface group association
Description
Creates a local gateway route table virtual interface group association.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association(
LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the local gateway route table. |
LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId |
[required] The ID of the local gateway route table virtual interface group association. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags assigned to the local gateway route table virtual interface group association. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Associates the specified VPC with the specified local gateway route table
Description
Associates the specified VPC with the specified local gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association(
LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
VpcId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the local gateway route table. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the local gateway route table VPC association. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a managed prefix list
Description
Creates a managed prefix list. You can specify entries for the prefix list. Each entry consists of a CIDR block and an optional description.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_managed_prefix_list/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_managed_prefix_list(
DryRun = NULL,
PrefixListName,
Entries = NULL,
MaxEntries,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
AddressFamily,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
PrefixListName |
[required] A name for the prefix list. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. The name cannot start with
|
Entries |
One or more entries for the prefix list. |
MaxEntries |
[required] The maximum number of entries for the prefix list. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the prefix list during creation. |
AddressFamily |
[required] The IP address type. Valid Values: |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. Constraints: Up to 255 UTF-8 characters in length. |
Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet
Description
Creates a NAT gateway in the specified subnet. This action creates a network interface in the specified subnet with a private IP address from the IP address range of the subnet. You can create either a public NAT gateway or a private NAT gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_nat_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_nat_gateway(
AllocationId = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
SubnetId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ConnectivityType = NULL,
PrivateIpAddress = NULL,
SecondaryAllocationIds = NULL,
SecondaryPrivateIpAddresses = NULL,
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = NULL
)
Arguments
AllocationId |
[Public NAT gateways only] The allocation ID of an Elastic IP address to associate with the NAT gateway. You cannot specify an Elastic IP address with a private NAT gateway. If the Elastic IP address is associated with another resource, you must first disassociate it. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. Constraint: Maximum 64 ASCII characters. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SubnetId |
[required] The ID of the subnet in which to create the NAT gateway. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the NAT gateway. |
ConnectivityType |
Indicates whether the NAT gateway supports public or private connectivity. The default is public connectivity. |
PrivateIpAddress |
The private IPv4 address to assign to the NAT gateway. If you don't provide an address, a private IPv4 address will be automatically assigned. |
SecondaryAllocationIds |
Secondary EIP allocation IDs. For more information, see Create a NAT gateway in the Amazon VPC User Guide. |
SecondaryPrivateIpAddresses |
Secondary private IPv4 addresses. For more information about secondary addresses, see Create a NAT gateway in the Amazon VPC User Guide. |
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount |
[Private NAT gateway only] The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses you want to assign to the NAT gateway. For more information about secondary addresses, see Create a NAT gateway in the Amazon VPC User Guide. |
Creates a network ACL in a VPC
Description
Creates a network ACL in a VPC. Network ACLs provide an optional layer of security (in addition to security groups) for the instances in your VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_acl/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_network_acl(
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
VpcId
)
Arguments
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the network ACL. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
Creates an entry (a rule) in a network ACL with the specified rule number
Description
Creates an entry (a rule) in a network ACL with the specified rule number. Each network ACL has a set of numbered ingress rules and a separate set of numbered egress rules. When determining whether a packet should be allowed in or out of a subnet associated with the ACL, we process the entries in the ACL according to the rule numbers, in ascending order. Each network ACL has a set of ingress rules and a separate set of egress rules.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_acl_entry/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_network_acl_entry(
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkAclId,
RuleNumber,
Protocol,
RuleAction,
Egress,
CidrBlock = NULL,
Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL,
IcmpTypeCode = NULL,
PortRange = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkAclId |
[required] The ID of the network ACL. |
RuleNumber |
[required] The rule number for the entry (for example, 100). ACL entries are processed in ascending order by rule number. Constraints: Positive integer from 1 to 32766. The range 32767 to 65535 is reserved for internal use. |
Protocol |
[required] The protocol number. A value of "-1" means all protocols. If you specify "-1" or a protocol number other than "6" (TCP), "17" (UDP), or "1" (ICMP), traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes that you specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block, traffic for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block, you must specify an ICMP type and code. |
RuleAction |
[required] Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule. |
Egress |
[required] Indicates whether this is an egress rule (rule is applied to traffic leaving the subnet). |
CidrBlock |
The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example
|
Ipv6CidrBlock |
The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example
|
IcmpTypeCode |
ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying protocol 1 (ICMP) or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block. |
PortRange |
TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. Required if specifying protocol 6 (TCP) or 17 (UDP). |
Creates a Network Access Scope
Description
Creates a Network Access Scope.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_insights_access_scope/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_network_insights_access_scope(
MatchPaths = NULL,
ExcludePaths = NULL,
ClientToken,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
MatchPaths |
The paths to match. |
ExcludePaths |
The paths to exclude. |
ClientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a path to analyze for reachability
Description
Creates a path to analyze for reachability.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_insights_path/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_network_insights_path(
SourceIp = NULL,
DestinationIp = NULL,
Source,
Destination = NULL,
Protocol,
DestinationPort = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken,
FilterAtSource = NULL,
FilterAtDestination = NULL
)
Arguments
SourceIp |
The IP address of the source. |
DestinationIp |
The IP address of the destination. |
Source |
[required] The ID or ARN of the source. If the resource is in another account, you must specify an ARN. |
Destination |
The ID or ARN of the destination. If the resource is in another account, you must specify an ARN. |
Protocol |
[required] The protocol. |
DestinationPort |
The destination port. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to add to the path. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
FilterAtSource |
Scopes the analysis to network paths that match specific filters at the source. If you specify this parameter, you can't specify the parameters for the source IP address or the destination port. |
FilterAtDestination |
Scopes the analysis to network paths that match specific filters at the destination. If you specify this parameter, you can't specify the parameter for the destination IP address. |
Creates a network interface in the specified subnet
Description
Creates a network interface in the specified subnet.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_interface/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_network_interface(
Ipv4Prefixes = NULL,
Ipv4PrefixCount = NULL,
Ipv6Prefixes = NULL,
Ipv6PrefixCount = NULL,
InterfaceType = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
EnablePrimaryIpv6 = NULL,
ConnectionTrackingSpecification = NULL,
Operator = NULL,
SubnetId,
Description = NULL,
PrivateIpAddress = NULL,
Groups = NULL,
PrivateIpAddresses = NULL,
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount = NULL,
Ipv6Addresses = NULL,
Ipv6AddressCount = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Ipv4Prefixes |
The IPv4 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You can't specify IPv4 prefixes if you've specified one of the following: a count of IPv4 prefixes, specific private IPv4 addresses, or a count of private IPv4 addresses. |
Ipv4PrefixCount |
The number of IPv4 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to the network interface. You can't specify a count of IPv4 prefixes if you've specified one of the following: specific IPv4 prefixes, specific private IPv4 addresses, or a count of private IPv4 addresses. |
Ipv6Prefixes |
The IPv6 prefixes assigned to the network interface. You can't specify IPv6 prefixes if you've specified one of the following: a count of IPv6 prefixes, specific IPv6 addresses, or a count of IPv6 addresses. |
Ipv6PrefixCount |
The number of IPv6 prefixes that Amazon Web Services automatically assigns to the network interface. You can't specify a count of IPv6 prefixes if you've specified one of the following: specific IPv6 prefixes, specific IPv6 addresses, or a count of IPv6 addresses. |
InterfaceType |
The type of network interface. The default is If you specify The only supported values are |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the new network interface. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
EnablePrimaryIpv6 |
If you’re creating a network interface in a dual-stack or IPv6-only subnet, you have the option to assign a primary IPv6 IP address. A primary IPv6 address is an IPv6 GUA address associated with an ENI that you have enabled to use a primary IPv6 address. Use this option if the instance that this ENI will be attached to relies on its IPv6 address not changing. Amazon Web Services will automatically assign an IPv6 address associated with the ENI attached to your instance to be the primary IPv6 address. Once you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, you cannot disable it. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. If you have multiple IPv6 addresses associated with an ENI attached to your instance and you enable a primary IPv6 address, the first IPv6 GUA address associated with the ENI becomes the primary IPv6 address. |
ConnectionTrackingSpecification |
A connection tracking specification for the network interface. |
Operator |
Reserved for internal use. |
SubnetId |
[required] The ID of the subnet to associate with the network interface. |
Description |
A description for the network interface. |
PrivateIpAddress |
The primary private IPv4 address of the network interface. If you don't
specify an IPv4 address, Amazon EC2 selects one for you from the
subnet's IPv4 CIDR range. If you specify an IP address, you cannot
indicate any IP addresses specified in |
Groups |
The IDs of the security groups. |
PrivateIpAddresses |
The private IPv4 addresses. You can't specify private IPv4 addresses if you've specified one of the following: a count of private IPv4 addresses, specific IPv4 prefixes, or a count of IPv4 prefixes. |
SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount |
The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses to assign to a network
interface. When you specify a number of secondary IPv4 addresses, Amazon
EC2 selects these IP addresses within the subnet's IPv4 CIDR range. You
can't specify this option and specify more than one private IP address
using You can't specify a count of private IPv4 addresses if you've specified one of the following: specific private IPv4 addresses, specific IPv4 prefixes, or a count of IPv4 prefixes. |
Ipv6Addresses |
The IPv6 addresses from the IPv6 CIDR block range of your subnet. You can't specify IPv6 addresses using this parameter if you've specified one of the following: a count of IPv6 addresses, specific IPv6 prefixes, or a count of IPv6 prefixes. |
Ipv6AddressCount |
The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to a network interface. Amazon EC2 automatically selects the IPv6 addresses from the subnet range. You can't specify a count of IPv6 addresses using this parameter if you've specified one of the following: specific IPv6 addresses, specific IPv6 prefixes, or a count of IPv6 prefixes. If your subnet has the |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Grants an Amazon Web Services-authorized account permission to attach the specified network interface to an instance in their account
Description
Grants an Amazon Web Services-authorized account permission to attach the specified network interface to an instance in their account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_network_interface_permission/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_network_interface_permission(
NetworkInterfaceId,
AwsAccountId = NULL,
AwsService = NULL,
Permission,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the network interface. |
AwsAccountId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID. |
AwsService |
The Amazon Web Services service. Currently not supported. |
Permission |
[required] The type of permission to grant. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a placement group in which to launch instances
Description
Creates a placement group in which to launch instances. The strategy of the placement group determines how the instances are organized within the group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_placement_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_placement_group(
PartitionCount = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
SpreadLevel = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
GroupName = NULL,
Strategy = NULL
)
Arguments
PartitionCount |
The number of partitions. Valid only when Strategy is set to
|
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the new placement group. |
SpreadLevel |
Determines how placement groups spread instances.
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
GroupName |
A name for the placement group. Must be unique within the scope of your account for the Region. Constraints: Up to 255 ASCII characters |
Strategy |
The placement strategy. |
Creates a public IPv4 address pool
Description
Creates a public IPv4 address pool. A public IPv4 pool is an EC2 IP address pool required for the public IPv4 CIDRs that you own and bring to Amazon Web Services to manage with IPAM. IPv6 addresses you bring to Amazon Web Services, however, use IPAM pools only. To monitor the status of pool creation, use describe_public_ipv_4_pools
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_public_ipv_4_pool/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_public_ipv_4_pool(
DryRun = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
NetworkBorderGroup = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
TagSpecifications |
The key/value combination of a tag assigned to the resource. Use the tag
key in the filter name and the tag value as the filter value. For
example, to find all resources that have a tag with the key |
NetworkBorderGroup |
The Availability Zone (AZ) or Local Zone (LZ) network border group that the resource that the IP address is assigned to is in. Defaults to an AZ network border group. For more information on available Local Zones, see Local Zone availability in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
Replaces the EBS-backed root volume for a running instance with a new volume that is restored to the original root volume's launch state, that is restored to a specific snapshot taken from the original root volume, or that is restored from an AMI that has the same key characteristics as that of the instance
Description
Replaces the EBS-backed root volume for a running
instance with a new volume that is restored to the original root volume's launch state, that is restored to a specific snapshot taken from the original root volume, or that is restored from an AMI that has the same key characteristics as that of the instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_replace_root_volume_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_replace_root_volume_task(
InstanceId,
SnapshotId = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ImageId = NULL,
DeleteReplacedRootVolume = NULL
)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance for which to replace the root volume. |
SnapshotId |
The ID of the snapshot from which to restore the replacement root volume. The specified snapshot must be a snapshot that you previously created from the original root volume. If you want to restore the replacement root volume to the initial launch state, or if you want to restore the replacement root volume from an AMI, omit this parameter. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify a client token, a randomly generated token is used for the request to ensure idempotency. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the root volume replacement task. |
ImageId |
The ID of the AMI to use to restore the root volume. The specified AMI must have the same product code, billing information, architecture type, and virtualization type as that of the instance. If you want to restore the replacement volume from a specific snapshot, or if you want to restore it to its launch state, omit this parameter. |
DeleteReplacedRootVolume |
Indicates whether to automatically delete the original root volume after
the root volume replacement task completes. To delete the original root
volume, specify |
Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances to be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace
Description
Creates a listing for Amazon EC2 Standard Reserved Instances to be sold in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. You can submit one Standard Reserved Instance listing at a time. To get a list of your Standard Reserved Instances, you can use the describe_reserved_instances
operation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_reserved_instances_listing/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_reserved_instances_listing(
ReservedInstancesId,
InstanceCount,
PriceSchedules,
ClientToken
)
Arguments
ReservedInstancesId |
[required] The ID of the active Standard Reserved Instance. |
InstanceCount |
[required] The number of instances that are a part of a Reserved Instance account to be listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace. This number should be less than or equal to the instance count associated with the Reserved Instance ID specified in this call. |
PriceSchedules |
[required] A list specifying the price of the Standard Reserved Instance for each month remaining in the Reserved Instance term. |
ClientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of your listings. This helps avoid duplicate listings. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency. |
Starts a task that restores an AMI from an Amazon S3 object that was previously created by using CreateStoreImageTask
Description
Starts a task that restores an AMI from an Amazon S3 object that was previously created by using create_store_image_task
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_restore_image_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_restore_image_task(
Bucket,
ObjectKey,
Name = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Bucket |
[required] The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the stored AMI object. |
ObjectKey |
[required] The name of the stored AMI object in the bucket. |
Name |
The name for the restored AMI. The name must be unique for AMIs in the Region for this account. If you do not provide a name, the new AMI gets the same name as the original AMI. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the AMI and snapshots on restoration. You can tag the AMI, the snapshots, or both.
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a route in a route table within a VPC
Description
Creates a route in a route table within a VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_route(
DestinationPrefixListId = NULL,
VpcEndpointId = NULL,
TransitGatewayId = NULL,
LocalGatewayId = NULL,
CarrierGatewayId = NULL,
CoreNetworkArn = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
RouteTableId,
DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
GatewayId = NULL,
DestinationIpv6CidrBlock = NULL,
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = NULL,
InstanceId = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
VpcPeeringConnectionId = NULL,
NatGatewayId = NULL
)
Arguments
DestinationPrefixListId |
The ID of a prefix list used for the destination match. |
VpcEndpointId |
The ID of a VPC endpoint. Supported for Gateway Load Balancer endpoints only. |
TransitGatewayId |
The ID of a transit gateway. |
LocalGatewayId |
The ID of the local gateway. |
CarrierGatewayId |
The ID of the carrier gateway. You can only use this option when the VPC contains a subnet which is associated with a Wavelength Zone. |
CoreNetworkArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the core network. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
RouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the route table for the route. |
DestinationCidrBlock |
The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. Routing
decisions are based on the most specific match. We modify the specified
CIDR block to its canonical form; for example, if you specify
|
GatewayId |
The ID of an internet gateway or virtual private gateway attached to your VPC. |
DestinationIpv6CidrBlock |
The IPv6 CIDR block used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. |
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId |
[IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only internet gateway. |
InstanceId |
The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. The operation fails if you specify an instance ID unless exactly one network interface is attached. |
NetworkInterfaceId |
The ID of a network interface. |
VpcPeeringConnectionId |
The ID of a VPC peering connection. |
NatGatewayId |
[IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway. |
Creates a route table for the specified VPC
Description
Creates a route table for the specified VPC. After you create a route table, you can add routes and associate the table with a subnet.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_route_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_route_table(
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
VpcId
)
Arguments
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the route table. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
Creates a security group
Description
Creates a security group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_security_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_security_group(
Description,
GroupName,
VpcId = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Description |
[required] A description for the security group. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length Valid characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* |
GroupName |
[required] The name of the security group. Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Cannot start with Valid characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$* |
VpcId |
The ID of the VPC. Required for a nondefault VPC. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the security group. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3
Description
Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can use snapshots for backups, to make copies of EBS volumes, and to save data before shutting down an instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_snapshot(
Description = NULL,
OutpostArn = NULL,
VolumeId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
Location = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Description |
A description for the snapshot. |
OutpostArn |
Only supported for volumes on Outposts. If the source volume is not on an Outpost, omit this parameter.
For more information, see Create local snapshots from volumes on an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide. |
VolumeId |
[required] The ID of the Amazon EBS volume. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the snapshot during creation. |
Location |
Only supported for volumes in Local Zones. If the source volume is not in a Local Zone, omit this parameter.
Default value: |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates crash-consistent snapshots of multiple EBS volumes attached to an Amazon EC2 instance
Description
Creates crash-consistent snapshots of multiple EBS volumes attached to an Amazon EC2 instance. Volumes are chosen by specifying an instance. Each volume attached to the specified instance will produce one snapshot that is crash-consistent across the instance. You can include all of the volumes currently attached to the instance, or you can exclude the root volume or specific data (non-root) volumes from the multi-volume snapshot set.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_snapshots/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_snapshots(
Description = NULL,
InstanceSpecification,
OutpostArn = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
CopyTagsFromSource = NULL,
Location = NULL
)
Arguments
Description |
A description propagated to every snapshot specified by the instance. |
InstanceSpecification |
[required] The instance to specify which volumes should be included in the snapshots. |
OutpostArn |
Only supported for instances on Outposts. If the source instance is not on an Outpost, omit this parameter.
For more information, see Create local snapshots from volumes on an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide. |
TagSpecifications |
Tags to apply to every snapshot specified by the instance. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
CopyTagsFromSource |
Copies the tags from the specified volume to corresponding snapshot. |
Location |
Only supported for instances in Local Zones. If the source instance is not in a Local Zone, omit this parameter.
Default value: |
Creates a data feed for Spot Instances, enabling you to view Spot Instance usage logs
Description
Creates a data feed for Spot Instances, enabling you to view Spot Instance usage logs. You can create one data feed per Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see Spot Instance data feed in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_spot_datafeed_subscription/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_spot_datafeed_subscription(DryRun = NULL, Bucket, Prefix = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Bucket |
[required] The name of the Amazon S3 bucket in which to store the Spot Instance data feed. For more information about bucket names, see Bucket naming rules in the Amazon S3 User Guide. |
Prefix |
The prefix for the data feed file names. |
Stores an AMI as a single object in an Amazon S3 bucket
Description
Stores an AMI as a single object in an Amazon S3 bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_store_image_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_store_image_task(
ImageId,
Bucket,
S3ObjectTags = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI. |
Bucket |
[required] The name of the Amazon S3 bucket in which the AMI object will be stored. The bucket must be in the Region in which the request is being made. The AMI object appears in the bucket only after the upload task has completed. |
S3ObjectTags |
The tags to apply to the AMI object that will be stored in the Amazon S3 bucket. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a subnet in the specified VPC
Description
Creates a subnet in the specified VPC. For an IPv4 only subnet, specify an IPv4 CIDR block. If the VPC has an IPv6 CIDR block, you can create an IPv6 only subnet or a dual stack subnet instead. For an IPv6 only subnet, specify an IPv6 CIDR block. For a dual stack subnet, specify both an IPv4 CIDR block and an IPv6 CIDR block.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_subnet/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_subnet(
TagSpecifications = NULL,
AvailabilityZone = NULL,
AvailabilityZoneId = NULL,
CidrBlock = NULL,
Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL,
OutpostArn = NULL,
VpcId,
Ipv6Native = NULL,
Ipv4IpamPoolId = NULL,
Ipv4NetmaskLength = NULL,
Ipv6IpamPoolId = NULL,
Ipv6NetmaskLength = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the subnet. |
AvailabilityZone |
The Availability Zone or Local Zone for the subnet. Default: Amazon Web Services selects one for you. If you create more than one subnet in your VPC, we do not necessarily select a different zone for each subnet. To create a subnet in a Local Zone, set this value to the Local Zone ID,
for example To create a subnet in an Outpost, set this value to the Availability Zone for the Outpost and specify the Outpost ARN. |
AvailabilityZoneId |
The AZ ID or the Local Zone ID of the subnet. |
CidrBlock |
The IPv4 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. For example,
This parameter is not supported for an IPv6 only subnet. |
Ipv6CidrBlock |
The IPv6 network range for the subnet, in CIDR notation. This parameter is required for an IPv6 only subnet. |
OutpostArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. If you specify an Outpost ARN, you must also specify the Availability Zone of the Outpost subnet. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
Ipv6Native |
Indicates whether to create an IPv6 only subnet. |
Ipv4IpamPoolId |
An IPv4 IPAM pool ID for the subnet. |
Ipv4NetmaskLength |
An IPv4 netmask length for the subnet. |
Ipv6IpamPoolId |
An IPv6 IPAM pool ID for the subnet. |
Ipv6NetmaskLength |
An IPv6 netmask length for the subnet. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a subnet CIDR reservation
Description
Creates a subnet CIDR reservation. For more information, see Subnet CIDR reservations in the Amazon VPC User Guide and Manage prefixes for your network interfaces in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_subnet_cidr_reservation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_subnet_cidr_reservation(
SubnetId,
Cidr,
ReservationType,
Description = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
SubnetId |
[required] The ID of the subnet. |
Cidr |
[required] The IPv4 or IPV6 CIDR range to reserve. |
ReservationType |
[required] The type of reservation. The reservation type determines how the reserved IP addresses are assigned to resources.
|
Description |
The description to assign to the subnet CIDR reservation. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the subnet CIDR reservation. |
Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Amazon EC2 resource or resources
Description
Adds or overwrites only the specified tags for the specified Amazon EC2 resource or resources. When you specify an existing tag key, the value is overwritten with the new value. Each resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a key and optional value. Tag keys must be unique per resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_tags/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_tags(DryRun = NULL, Resources, Tags)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Resources |
[required] The IDs of the resources, separated by spaces. Constraints: Up to 1000 resource IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches. |
Tags |
[required] The tags. The |
Creates a Traffic Mirror filter
Description
Creates a Traffic Mirror filter.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_traffic_mirror_filter/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_traffic_mirror_filter(
Description = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
Description |
The description of the Traffic Mirror filter. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to a Traffic Mirror filter. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
Creates a Traffic Mirror filter rule
Description
Creates a Traffic Mirror filter rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_traffic_mirror_filter_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_traffic_mirror_filter_rule(
TrafficMirrorFilterId,
TrafficDirection,
RuleNumber,
RuleAction,
DestinationPortRange = NULL,
SourcePortRange = NULL,
Protocol = NULL,
DestinationCidrBlock,
SourceCidrBlock,
Description = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorFilterId |
[required] The ID of the filter that this rule is associated with. |
TrafficDirection |
[required] The type of traffic. |
RuleNumber |
[required] The number of the Traffic Mirror rule. This number must be unique for each Traffic Mirror rule in a given direction. The rules are processed in ascending order by rule number. |
RuleAction |
[required] The action to take on the filtered traffic. |
DestinationPortRange |
The destination port range. |
SourcePortRange |
The source port range. |
Protocol |
The protocol, for example UDP, to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule. For information about the protocol value, see Protocol Numbers on the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) website. |
DestinationCidrBlock |
[required] The destination CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule. |
SourceCidrBlock |
[required] The source CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule. |
Description |
The description of the Traffic Mirror rule. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
TagSpecifications |
Traffic Mirroring tags specifications. |
Creates a Traffic Mirror session
Description
Creates a Traffic Mirror session.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_traffic_mirror_session/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_traffic_mirror_session(
NetworkInterfaceId,
TrafficMirrorTargetId,
TrafficMirrorFilterId,
PacketLength = NULL,
SessionNumber,
VirtualNetworkId = NULL,
Description = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the source network interface. |
TrafficMirrorTargetId |
[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror target. |
TrafficMirrorFilterId |
[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter. |
PacketLength |
The number of bytes in each packet to mirror. These are bytes after the VXLAN header. Do not specify this parameter when you want to mirror the entire packet. To mirror a subset of the packet, set this to the length (in bytes) that you want to mirror. For example, if you set this value to 100, then the first 100 bytes that meet the filter criteria are copied to the target. If you do not want to mirror the entire packet, use the For sessions with Network Load Balancer (NLB) Traffic Mirror targets the
default |
SessionNumber |
[required] The session number determines the order in which sessions are evaluated when an interface is used by multiple sessions. The first session with a matching filter is the one that mirrors the packets. Valid values are 1-32766. |
VirtualNetworkId |
The VXLAN ID for the Traffic Mirror session. For more information about
the VXLAN protocol, see RFC 7348. If you do not
specify a |
Description |
The description of the Traffic Mirror session. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to a Traffic Mirror session. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
Creates a target for your Traffic Mirror session
Description
Creates a target for your Traffic Mirror session.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_traffic_mirror_target/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_traffic_mirror_target(
NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
NetworkLoadBalancerArn = NULL,
Description = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
GatewayLoadBalancerEndpointId = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInterfaceId |
The network interface ID that is associated with the target. |
NetworkLoadBalancerArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Network Load Balancer that is associated with the target. |
Description |
The description of the Traffic Mirror target. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the Traffic Mirror target. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
GatewayLoadBalancerEndpointId |
The ID of the Gateway Load Balancer endpoint. |
Creates a transit gateway
Description
Creates a transit gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_transit_gateway(
Description = NULL,
Options = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Description |
A description of the transit gateway. |
Options |
The transit gateway options. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the transit gateway. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a Connect attachment from a specified transit gateway attachment
Description
Creates a Connect attachment from a specified transit gateway attachment. A Connect attachment is a GRE-based tunnel attachment that you can use to establish a connection between a transit gateway and an appliance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_connect/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_transit_gateway_connect(
TransportTransitGatewayAttachmentId,
Options,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransportTransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway attachment. You can specify a VPC attachment or Amazon Web Services Direct Connect attachment. |
Options |
[required] The Connect attachment options. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the Connect attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a Connect peer for a specified transit gateway Connect attachment between a transit gateway and an appliance
Description
Creates a Connect peer for a specified transit gateway Connect attachment between a transit gateway and an appliance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_connect_peer/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_transit_gateway_connect_peer(
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
TransitGatewayAddress = NULL,
PeerAddress,
BgpOptions = NULL,
InsideCidrBlocks,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the Connect attachment. |
TransitGatewayAddress |
The peer IP address (GRE outer IP address) on the transit gateway side of the Connect peer, which must be specified from a transit gateway CIDR block. If not specified, Amazon automatically assigns the first available IP address from the transit gateway CIDR block. |
PeerAddress |
[required] The peer IP address (GRE outer IP address) on the appliance side of the Connect peer. |
BgpOptions |
The BGP options for the Connect peer. |
InsideCidrBlocks |
[required] The range of inside IP addresses that are used for BGP peering. You must
specify a size /29 IPv4 CIDR block from the |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the Connect peer. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a multicast domain using the specified transit gateway
Description
Creates a multicast domain using the specified transit gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_multicast_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_transit_gateway_multicast_domain(
TransitGatewayId,
Options = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway. |
Options |
The options for the transit gateway multicast domain. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags for the transit gateway multicast domain. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Requests a transit gateway peering attachment between the specified transit gateway (requester) and a peer transit gateway (accepter)
Description
Requests a transit gateway peering attachment between the specified transit gateway (requester) and a peer transit gateway (accepter). The peer transit gateway can be in your account or a different Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_peering_attachment/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_transit_gateway_peering_attachment(
TransitGatewayId,
PeerTransitGatewayId,
PeerAccountId,
PeerRegion,
Options = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway. |
PeerTransitGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the peer transit gateway with which to create the peering attachment. |
PeerAccountId |
[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the peer transit gateway. |
PeerRegion |
[required] The Region where the peer transit gateway is located. |
Options |
Requests a transit gateway peering attachment. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the transit gateway peering attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a transit gateway policy table
Description
Creates a transit gateway policy table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_policy_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_transit_gateway_policy_table(
TransitGatewayId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway used for the policy table. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags specification for the transit gateway policy table created during the request. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table
Description
Creates a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
PrefixListId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
Blackhole = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
PrefixListId |
[required] The ID of the prefix list that is used for destination matches. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
The ID of the attachment to which traffic is routed. |
Blackhole |
Indicates whether to drop traffic that matches this route. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a static route for the specified transit gateway route table
Description
Creates a static route for the specified transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_transit_gateway_route(
DestinationCidrBlock,
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
Blackhole = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
DestinationCidrBlock |
[required] The CIDR range used for destination matches. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. |
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
The ID of the attachment. |
Blackhole |
Indicates whether to drop traffic that matches this route. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a route table for the specified transit gateway
Description
Creates a route table for the specified transit gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_transit_gateway_route_table(
TransitGatewayId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the transit gateway route table. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Advertises a new transit gateway route table
Description
Advertises a new transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
PeeringAttachmentId,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
PeeringAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the peering attachment. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags specifications applied to the transit gateway route table announcement. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Attaches the specified VPC to the specified transit gateway
Description
Attaches the specified VPC to the specified transit gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment(
TransitGatewayId,
VpcId,
SubnetIds,
Options = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
SubnetIds |
[required] The IDs of one or more subnets. You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone. You must specify at least one subnet, but we recommend that you specify two subnets for better availability. The transit gateway uses one IP address from each specified subnet. |
Options |
The VPC attachment options. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the VPC attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
An Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint is where you define your application along with an optional endpoint-level access policy
Description
An Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint is where you define your application along with an optional endpoint-level access policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_verified_access_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_verified_access_endpoint(
VerifiedAccessGroupId,
EndpointType,
AttachmentType,
DomainCertificateArn = NULL,
ApplicationDomain = NULL,
EndpointDomainPrefix = NULL,
SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
LoadBalancerOptions = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceOptions = NULL,
Description = NULL,
PolicyDocument = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
SseSpecification = NULL,
RdsOptions = NULL,
CidrOptions = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessGroupId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access group to associate the endpoint with. |
EndpointType |
[required] The type of Verified Access endpoint to create. |
AttachmentType |
[required] The type of attachment. |
DomainCertificateArn |
The ARN of the public TLS/SSL certificate in Amazon Web Services Certificate Manager to associate with the endpoint. The CN in the certificate must match the DNS name your end users will use to reach your application. |
ApplicationDomain |
The DNS name for users to reach your application. |
EndpointDomainPrefix |
A custom identifier that is prepended to the DNS name that is generated for the endpoint. |
SecurityGroupIds |
The IDs of the security groups to associate with the Verified Access
endpoint. Required if |
LoadBalancerOptions |
The load balancer details. This parameter is required if the endpoint
type is |
NetworkInterfaceOptions |
The network interface details. This parameter is required if the
endpoint type is |
Description |
A description for the Verified Access endpoint. |
PolicyDocument |
The Verified Access policy document. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the Verified Access endpoint. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SseSpecification |
The options for server side encryption. |
RdsOptions |
The RDS details. This parameter is required if the endpoint type is
|
CidrOptions |
The CIDR options. This parameter is required if the endpoint type is
|
An Amazon Web Services Verified Access group is a collection of Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints who's associated applications have similar security requirements
Description
An Amazon Web Services Verified Access group is a collection of Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints who's associated applications have similar security requirements. Each instance within a Verified Access group shares an Verified Access policy. For example, you can group all Verified Access instances associated with "sales" applications together and use one common Verified Access policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_verified_access_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_verified_access_group(
VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
Description = NULL,
PolicyDocument = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
SseSpecification = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessInstanceId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance. |
Description |
A description for the Verified Access group. |
PolicyDocument |
The Verified Access policy document. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the Verified Access group. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SseSpecification |
The options for server side encryption. |
An Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance is a regional entity that evaluates application requests and grants access only when your security requirements are met
Description
An Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance is a regional entity that evaluates application requests and grants access only when your security requirements are met.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_verified_access_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_verified_access_instance(
Description = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
FIPSEnabled = NULL,
CidrEndpointsCustomSubDomain = NULL
)
Arguments
Description |
A description for the Verified Access instance. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the Verified Access instance. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
FIPSEnabled |
Enable or disable support for Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) on the instance. |
CidrEndpointsCustomSubDomain |
The custom subdomain. |
A trust provider is a third-party entity that creates, maintains, and manages identity information for users and devices
Description
A trust provider is a third-party entity that creates, maintains, and manages identity information for users and devices. When an application request is made, the identity information sent by the trust provider is evaluated by Verified Access before allowing or denying the application request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_verified_access_trust_provider/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_verified_access_trust_provider(
TrustProviderType,
UserTrustProviderType = NULL,
DeviceTrustProviderType = NULL,
OidcOptions = NULL,
DeviceOptions = NULL,
PolicyReferenceName,
Description = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
SseSpecification = NULL,
NativeApplicationOidcOptions = NULL
)
Arguments
TrustProviderType |
[required] The type of trust provider. |
UserTrustProviderType |
The type of user-based trust provider. This parameter is required when
the provider type is |
DeviceTrustProviderType |
The type of device-based trust provider. This parameter is required when
the provider type is |
OidcOptions |
The options for a OpenID Connect-compatible user-identity trust
provider. This parameter is required when the provider type is |
DeviceOptions |
The options for a device-based trust provider. This parameter is
required when the provider type is |
PolicyReferenceName |
[required] The identifier to be used when working with policy rules. |
Description |
A description for the Verified Access trust provider. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the Verified Access trust provider. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SseSpecification |
The options for server side encryption. |
NativeApplicationOidcOptions |
The OpenID Connect (OIDC) options. |
Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone
Description
Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_volume/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_volume(
AvailabilityZone,
Encrypted = NULL,
Iops = NULL,
KmsKeyId = NULL,
OutpostArn = NULL,
Size = NULL,
SnapshotId = NULL,
VolumeType = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
MultiAttachEnabled = NULL,
Throughput = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
Operator = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
AvailabilityZone |
[required] The ID of the Availability Zone in which to create the volume. For
example, |
Encrypted |
Indicates whether the volume should be encrypted. The effect of setting
the encryption state to Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types. |
Iops |
The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For The following are the supported values for each volume type:
For This parameter is required for |
KmsKeyId |
The identifier of the KMS key to use for Amazon EBS encryption. If this
parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS is used. If
You can specify the KMS key using any of the following:
Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an ID, alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but eventually fails. |
OutpostArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create the volume. If you intend to use a volume with an instance running on an outpost, then you must create the volume on the same outpost as the instance. You can't use a volume created in an Amazon Web Services Region with an instance on an Amazon Web Services outpost, or the other way around. |
Size |
The size of the volume, in GiBs. You must specify either a snapshot ID or a volume size. If you specify a snapshot, the default is the snapshot size. You can specify a volume size that is equal to or larger than the snapshot size. The following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type:
|
SnapshotId |
The snapshot from which to create the volume. You must specify either a snapshot ID or a volume size. |
VolumeType |
The volume type. This parameter can be one of the following values:
Throughput Optimized HDD ( For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon EBS User Guide. Default: |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the volume during creation. |
MultiAttachEnabled |
Indicates whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable
Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 Instances built on the Nitro System
in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with |
Throughput |
The throughput to provision for a volume, with a maximum of 1,000 MiB/s. This parameter is valid only for Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency. |
Operator |
Reserved for internal use. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Creates a VPC with the specified CIDR blocks
Description
Creates a VPC with the specified CIDR blocks. For more information, see IP addressing for your VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_vpc(
CidrBlock = NULL,
Ipv6Pool = NULL,
Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL,
Ipv4IpamPoolId = NULL,
Ipv4NetmaskLength = NULL,
Ipv6IpamPoolId = NULL,
Ipv6NetmaskLength = NULL,
Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceTenancy = NULL,
AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock = NULL
)
Arguments
CidrBlock |
The IPv4 network range for the VPC, in CIDR notation. For example,
|
Ipv6Pool |
The ID of an IPv6 address pool from which to allocate the IPv6 CIDR block. |
Ipv6CidrBlock |
The IPv6 CIDR block from the IPv6 address pool. You must also specify
To let Amazon choose the IPv6 CIDR block for you, omit this parameter. |
Ipv4IpamPoolId |
The ID of an IPv4 IPAM pool you want to use for allocating this VPC's CIDR. For more information, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
Ipv4NetmaskLength |
The netmask length of the IPv4 CIDR you want to allocate to this VPC from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
Ipv6IpamPoolId |
The ID of an IPv6 IPAM pool which will be used to allocate this VPC an IPv6 CIDR. IPAM is a VPC feature that you can use to automate your IP address management workflows including assigning, tracking, troubleshooting, and auditing IP addresses across Amazon Web Services Regions and accounts throughout your Amazon Web Services Organization. For more information, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
Ipv6NetmaskLength |
The netmask length of the IPv6 CIDR you want to allocate to this VPC from an Amazon VPC IP Address Manager (IPAM) pool. For more information about IPAM, see What is IPAM? in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
Ipv6CidrBlockNetworkBorderGroup |
The name of the location from which we advertise the IPV6 CIDR block. Use this parameter to limit the address to this location. You must set |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the VPC. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceTenancy |
The tenancy options for instances launched into the VPC. For Important: The Default: |
AmazonProvidedIpv6CidrBlock |
Requests an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block with a /56 prefix length for the VPC. You cannot specify the range of IP addresses, or the size of the CIDR block. |
Create a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion
Description
Create a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion. A VPC BPA exclusion is a mode that can be applied to a single VPC or subnet that exempts it from the account’s BPA mode and will allow bidirectional or egress-only access. You can create BPA exclusions for VPCs and subnets even when BPA is not enabled on the account to ensure that there is no traffic disruption to the exclusions when VPC BPA is turned on. To learn more about VPC BPA, see Block public access to VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion(
DryRun = NULL,
SubnetId = NULL,
VpcId = NULL,
InternetGatewayExclusionMode,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SubnetId |
A subnet ID. |
VpcId |
A VPC ID. |
InternetGatewayExclusionMode |
[required] The exclusion mode for internet gateway traffic.
|
TagSpecifications |
|
Creates a VPC endpoint
Description
Creates a VPC endpoint. A VPC endpoint provides a private connection between the specified VPC and the specified endpoint service. You can use an endpoint service provided by Amazon Web Services, an Amazon Web Services Marketplace Partner, or another Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services PrivateLink User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_vpc_endpoint(
DryRun = NULL,
VpcEndpointType = NULL,
VpcId,
ServiceName = NULL,
PolicyDocument = NULL,
RouteTableIds = NULL,
SubnetIds = NULL,
SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
IpAddressType = NULL,
DnsOptions = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
PrivateDnsEnabled = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
SubnetConfigurations = NULL,
ServiceNetworkArn = NULL,
ResourceConfigurationArn = NULL,
ServiceRegion = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcEndpointType |
The type of endpoint. Default: Gateway |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
ServiceName |
The name of the endpoint service. |
PolicyDocument |
(Interface and gateway endpoints) A policy to attach to the endpoint that controls access to the service. The policy must be in valid JSON format. If this parameter is not specified, we attach a default policy that allows full access to the service. |
RouteTableIds |
(Gateway endpoint) The route table IDs. |
SubnetIds |
(Interface and Gateway Load Balancer endpoints) The IDs of the subnets in which to create endpoint network interfaces. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify only one subnet. |
SecurityGroupIds |
(Interface endpoint) The IDs of the security groups to associate with the endpoint network interfaces. If this parameter is not specified, we use the default security group for the VPC. |
IpAddressType |
The IP address type for the endpoint. |
DnsOptions |
The DNS options for the endpoint. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
PrivateDnsEnabled |
(Interface endpoint) Indicates whether to associate a private hosted
zone with the specified VPC. The private hosted zone contains a record
set for the default public DNS name for the service for the Region (for
example, To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes
to Default: |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to associate with the endpoint. |
SubnetConfigurations |
The subnet configurations for the endpoint. |
ServiceNetworkArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a service network that will be associated with the VPC endpoint of type service-network. |
ResourceConfigurationArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a resource configuration that will be associated with the VPC endpoint of type resource. |
ServiceRegion |
The Region where the service is hosted. The default is the current Region. |
Creates a connection notification for a specified VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service
Description
Creates a connection notification for a specified VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service. A connection notification notifies you of specific endpoint events. You must create an SNS topic to receive notifications. For more information, see Creating an Amazon SNS topic in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification(
DryRun = NULL,
ServiceId = NULL,
VpcEndpointId = NULL,
ConnectionNotificationArn,
ConnectionEvents,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ServiceId |
The ID of the endpoint service. |
VpcEndpointId |
The ID of the endpoint. |
ConnectionNotificationArn |
[required] The ARN of the SNS topic for the notifications. |
ConnectionEvents |
[required] The endpoint events for which to receive notifications. Valid values are
|
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
Creates a VPC endpoint service to which service consumers (Amazon Web Services accounts, users, and IAM roles) can connect
Description
Creates a VPC endpoint service to which service consumers (Amazon Web Services accounts, users, and IAM roles) can connect.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration(
DryRun = NULL,
AcceptanceRequired = NULL,
PrivateDnsName = NULL,
NetworkLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
GatewayLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
SupportedIpAddressTypes = NULL,
SupportedRegions = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
AcceptanceRequired |
Indicates whether requests from service consumers to create an endpoint to your service must be accepted manually. |
PrivateDnsName |
(Interface endpoint configuration) The private DNS name to assign to the VPC endpoint service. |
NetworkLoadBalancerArns |
The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Network Load Balancers. |
GatewayLoadBalancerArns |
The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the Gateway Load Balancers. |
SupportedIpAddressTypes |
The supported IP address types. The possible values are |
SupportedRegions |
The Regions from which service consumers can access the service. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to associate with the service. |
Requests a VPC peering connection between two VPCs: a requester VPC that you own and an accepter VPC with which to create the connection
Description
Requests a VPC peering connection between two VPCs: a requester VPC that you own and an accepter VPC with which to create the connection. The accepter VPC can belong to another Amazon Web Services account and can be in a different Region to the requester VPC. The requester VPC and accepter VPC cannot have overlapping CIDR blocks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpc_peering_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_vpc_peering_connection(
PeerRegion = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
VpcId,
PeerVpcId = NULL,
PeerOwnerId = NULL
)
Arguments
PeerRegion |
The Region code for the accepter VPC, if the accepter VPC is located in a Region other than the Region in which you make the request. Default: The Region in which you make the request. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to assign to the peering connection. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the requester VPC. You must specify this parameter in the request. |
PeerVpcId |
The ID of the VPC with which you are creating the VPC peering connection. You must specify this parameter in the request. |
PeerOwnerId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the accepter VPC. Default: Your Amazon Web Services account ID |
Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway or transit gateway and a customer gateway
Description
Creates a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway or transit gateway and a customer gateway. The supported connection type is ipsec.1
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpn_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_vpn_connection(
CustomerGatewayId,
Type,
VpnGatewayId = NULL,
TransitGatewayId = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Options = NULL
)
Arguments
CustomerGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the customer gateway. |
Type |
[required] The type of VPN connection ( |
VpnGatewayId |
The ID of the virtual private gateway. If you specify a virtual private gateway, you cannot specify a transit gateway. |
TransitGatewayId |
The ID of the transit gateway. If you specify a transit gateway, you cannot specify a virtual private gateway. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the VPN connection. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Options |
The options for the VPN connection. |
Creates a static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway
Description
Creates a static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static route allows traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the VPN customer gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpn_connection_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_vpn_connection_route(DestinationCidrBlock, VpnConnectionId)
Arguments
DestinationCidrBlock |
[required] The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network. |
VpnConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the VPN connection. |
Creates a virtual private gateway
Description
Creates a virtual private gateway. A virtual private gateway is the endpoint on the VPC side of your VPN connection. You can create a virtual private gateway before creating the VPC itself.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_create_vpn_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_create_vpn_gateway(
AvailabilityZone = NULL,
Type,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
AmazonSideAsn = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
AvailabilityZone |
The Availability Zone for the virtual private gateway. |
Type |
[required] The type of VPN connection this virtual private gateway supports. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the virtual private gateway. |
AmazonSideAsn |
A private Autonomous System Number (ASN) for the Amazon side of a BGP session. If you're using a 16-bit ASN, it must be in the 64512 to 65534 range. If you're using a 32-bit ASN, it must be in the 4200000000 to 4294967294 range. Default: 64512 |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes a carrier gateway
Description
Deletes a carrier gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_carrier_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_carrier_gateway(CarrierGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
CarrierGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the carrier gateway. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified Client VPN endpoint
Description
Deletes the specified Client VPN endpoint. You must disassociate all target networks before you can delete a Client VPN endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_client_vpn_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_client_vpn_endpoint(ClientVpnEndpointId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN to be deleted. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes a route from a Client VPN endpoint
Description
Deletes a route from a Client VPN endpoint. You can only delete routes that you manually added using the CreateClientVpnRoute action. You cannot delete routes that were automatically added when associating a subnet. To remove routes that have been automatically added, disassociate the target subnet from the Client VPN endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_client_vpn_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_client_vpn_route(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
TargetVpcSubnetId = NULL,
DestinationCidrBlock,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint from which the route is to be deleted. |
TargetVpcSubnetId |
The ID of the target subnet used by the route. |
DestinationCidrBlock |
[required] The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the route to be deleted. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes a range of customer-owned IP addresses
Description
Deletes a range of customer-owned IP addresses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_coip_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_coip_cidr(Cidr, CoipPoolId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Cidr |
[required] A customer-owned IP address range that you want to delete. |
CoipPoolId |
[required] The ID of the customer-owned address pool. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses
Description
Deletes a pool of customer-owned IP (CoIP) addresses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_coip_pool/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_coip_pool(CoipPoolId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
CoipPoolId |
[required] The ID of the CoIP pool that you want to delete. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified customer gateway
Description
Deletes the specified customer gateway. You must delete the VPN connection before you can delete the customer gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_customer_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_customer_gateway(CustomerGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
CustomerGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the customer gateway. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified set of DHCP options
Description
Deletes the specified set of DHCP options. You must disassociate the set of DHCP options before you can delete it. You can disassociate the set of DHCP options by associating either a new set of options or the default set of options with the VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_dhcp_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_dhcp_options(DhcpOptionsId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DhcpOptionsId |
[required] The ID of the DHCP options set. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes an egress-only internet gateway
Description
Deletes an egress-only internet gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_egress_only_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_egress_only_internet_gateway(
DryRun = NULL,
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the egress-only internet gateway. |
Deletes the specified EC2 Fleets
Description
Deletes the specified EC2 Fleets.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_fleets/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_fleets(DryRun = NULL, FleetIds, TerminateInstances)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
FleetIds |
[required] The IDs of the EC2 Fleets. Constraints: In a single request, you can specify up to 25 |
TerminateInstances |
[required] Indicates whether to terminate the associated instances when the EC2 Fleet is deleted. The default is to terminate the instances. To let the instances continue to run after the EC2 Fleet is deleted,
specify For |
Deletes one or more flow logs
Description
Deletes one or more flow logs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_flow_logs/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_flow_logs(DryRun = NULL, FlowLogIds)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
FlowLogIds |
[required] One or more flow log IDs. Constraint: Maximum of 1000 flow log IDs. |
Deletes the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI)
Description
Deletes the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_fpga_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_fpga_image(DryRun = NULL, FpgaImageId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
FpgaImageId |
[required] The ID of the AFI. |
Deletes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint
Description
Deletes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_instance_connect_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_instance_connect_endpoint(DryRun = NULL, InstanceConnectEndpointId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceConnectEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint to delete. |
Deletes the specified event window
Description
Deletes the specified event window.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_instance_event_window/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_instance_event_window(
DryRun = NULL,
ForceDelete = NULL,
InstanceEventWindowId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ForceDelete |
Specify |
InstanceEventWindowId |
[required] The ID of the event window. |
Deletes the specified internet gateway
Description
Deletes the specified internet gateway. You must detach the internet gateway from the VPC before you can delete it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_internet_gateway(DryRun = NULL, InternetGatewayId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InternetGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the internet gateway. |
Delete an IPAM
Description
Delete an IPAM. Deleting an IPAM removes all monitored data associated with the IPAM including the historical data for CIDRs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_ipam/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_ipam(DryRun = NULL, IpamId, Cascade = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM to delete. |
Cascade |
Enables you to quickly delete an IPAM, private scopes, pools in private scopes, and any allocations in the pools in private scopes. You cannot delete the IPAM with this option if there is a pool in your public scope. If you use this option, IPAM does the following:
|
Delete a verification token
Description
Delete a verification token. A verification token is an Amazon Web Services-generated random value that you can use to prove ownership of an external resource. For example, you can use a verification token to validate that you control a public IP address range when you bring an IP address range to Amazon Web Services (BYOIP).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_ipam_external_resource_verification_token/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_ipam_external_resource_verification_token(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenId |
[required] The token ID. |
Delete an IPAM pool
Description
Delete an IPAM pool.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_ipam_pool/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_ipam_pool(DryRun = NULL, IpamPoolId, Cascade = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamPoolId |
[required] The ID of the pool to delete. |
Cascade |
Enables you to quickly delete an IPAM pool and all resources within that pool, including provisioned CIDRs, allocations, and other pools. You can only use this option to delete pools in the private scope or pools in the public scope with a source resource. A source resource is a resource used to provision CIDRs to a resource planning pool. |
Deletes an IPAM resource discovery
Description
Deletes an IPAM resource discovery. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_ipam_resource_discovery/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_ipam_resource_discovery(DryRun = NULL, IpamResourceDiscoveryId)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamResourceDiscoveryId |
[required] The IPAM resource discovery ID. |
Delete the scope for an IPAM
Description
Delete the scope for an IPAM. You cannot delete the default scopes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_ipam_scope/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_ipam_scope(DryRun = NULL, IpamScopeId)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamScopeId |
[required] The ID of the scope to delete. |
Deletes the specified key pair, by removing the public key from Amazon EC2
Description
Deletes the specified key pair, by removing the public key from Amazon EC2.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_key_pair/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_key_pair(KeyName = NULL, KeyPairId = NULL, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
KeyName |
The name of the key pair. |
KeyPairId |
The ID of the key pair. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes a launch template
Description
Deletes a launch template. Deleting a launch template deletes all of its versions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_launch_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_launch_template(
DryRun = NULL,
LaunchTemplateId = NULL,
LaunchTemplateName = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
LaunchTemplateId |
The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both. |
LaunchTemplateName |
The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both. |
Deletes one or more versions of a launch template
Description
Deletes one or more versions of a launch template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_launch_template_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_launch_template_versions(
DryRun = NULL,
LaunchTemplateId = NULL,
LaunchTemplateName = NULL,
Versions
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
LaunchTemplateId |
The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both. |
LaunchTemplateName |
The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both. |
Versions |
[required] The version numbers of one or more launch template versions to delete. You can specify up to 200 launch template version numbers. |
Deletes the specified route from the specified local gateway route table
Description
Deletes the specified route from the specified local gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_local_gateway_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_local_gateway_route(
DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
DryRun = NULL,
DestinationPrefixListId = NULL
)
Arguments
DestinationCidrBlock |
The CIDR range for the route. This must match the CIDR for the route exactly. |
LocalGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the local gateway route table. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
DestinationPrefixListId |
Use a prefix list in place of |
Deletes a local gateway route table
Description
Deletes a local gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table(LocalGatewayRouteTableId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
LocalGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the local gateway route table. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes a local gateway route table virtual interface group association
Description
Deletes a local gateway route table virtual interface group association.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_association(
LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationId |
[required] The ID of the local gateway route table virtual interface group association. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified association between a VPC and local gateway route table
Description
Deletes the specified association between a VPC and local gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_association(
LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationId |
[required] The ID of the association. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified managed prefix list
Description
Deletes the specified managed prefix list. You must first remove all references to the prefix list in your resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_managed_prefix_list/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_managed_prefix_list(DryRun = NULL, PrefixListId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
PrefixListId |
[required] The ID of the prefix list. |
Deletes the specified NAT gateway
Description
Deletes the specified NAT gateway. Deleting a public NAT gateway disassociates its Elastic IP address, but does not release the address from your account. Deleting a NAT gateway does not delete any NAT gateway routes in your route tables.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_nat_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_nat_gateway(DryRun = NULL, NatGatewayId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NatGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the NAT gateway. |
Deletes the specified network ACL
Description
Deletes the specified network ACL. You can't delete the ACL if it's associated with any subnets. You can't delete the default network ACL.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_acl/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_network_acl(DryRun = NULL, NetworkAclId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkAclId |
[required] The ID of the network ACL. |
Deletes the specified ingress or egress entry (rule) from the specified network ACL
Description
Deletes the specified ingress or egress entry (rule) from the specified network ACL.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_acl_entry/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_network_acl_entry(DryRun = NULL, NetworkAclId, RuleNumber, Egress)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkAclId |
[required] The ID of the network ACL. |
RuleNumber |
[required] The rule number of the entry to delete. |
Egress |
[required] Indicates whether the rule is an egress rule. |
Deletes the specified Network Access Scope
Description
Deletes the specified Network Access Scope.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_insights_access_scope/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_network_insights_access_scope(
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId |
[required] The ID of the Network Access Scope. |
Deletes the specified Network Access Scope analysis
Description
Deletes the specified Network Access Scope analysis.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_insights_access_scope_analysis/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_network_insights_access_scope_analysis(
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId |
[required] The ID of the Network Access Scope analysis. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified network insights analysis
Description
Deletes the specified network insights analysis.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_insights_analysis/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_network_insights_analysis(DryRun = NULL, NetworkInsightsAnalysisId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkInsightsAnalysisId |
[required] The ID of the network insights analysis. |
Deletes the specified path
Description
Deletes the specified path.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_insights_path/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_network_insights_path(DryRun = NULL, NetworkInsightsPathId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkInsightsPathId |
[required] The ID of the path. |
Deletes the specified network interface
Description
Deletes the specified network interface. You must detach the network interface before you can delete it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_interface/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_network_interface(DryRun = NULL, NetworkInterfaceId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the network interface. |
Deletes a permission for a network interface
Description
Deletes a permission for a network interface. By default, you cannot delete the permission if the account for which you're removing the permission has attached the network interface to an instance. However, you can force delete the permission, regardless of any attachment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_network_interface_permission/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_network_interface_permission(
NetworkInterfacePermissionId,
Force = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInterfacePermissionId |
[required] The ID of the network interface permission. |
Force |
Specify |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified placement group
Description
Deletes the specified placement group. You must terminate all instances in the placement group before you can delete the placement group. For more information, see Placement groups in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_placement_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_placement_group(DryRun = NULL, GroupName)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
GroupName |
[required] The name of the placement group. |
Delete a public IPv4 pool
Description
Delete a public IPv4 pool. A public IPv4 pool is an EC2 IP address pool required for the public IPv4 CIDRs that you own and bring to Amazon Web Services to manage with IPAM. IPv6 addresses you bring to Amazon Web Services, however, use IPAM pools only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_public_ipv_4_pool/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_public_ipv_4_pool(DryRun = NULL, PoolId, NetworkBorderGroup = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
PoolId |
[required] The ID of the public IPv4 pool you want to delete. |
NetworkBorderGroup |
The Availability Zone (AZ) or Local Zone (LZ) network border group that the resource that the IP address is assigned to is in. Defaults to an AZ network border group. For more information on available Local Zones, see Local Zone availability in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
Deletes the queued purchases for the specified Reserved Instances
Description
Deletes the queued purchases for the specified Reserved Instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_queued_reserved_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_queued_reserved_instances(DryRun = NULL, ReservedInstancesIds)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ReservedInstancesIds |
[required] The IDs of the Reserved Instances. |
Deletes the specified route from the specified route table
Description
Deletes the specified route from the specified route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_route(
DestinationPrefixListId = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
RouteTableId,
DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
DestinationIpv6CidrBlock = NULL
)
Arguments
DestinationPrefixListId |
The ID of the prefix list for the route. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
RouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the route table. |
DestinationCidrBlock |
The IPv4 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for the route exactly. |
DestinationIpv6CidrBlock |
The IPv6 CIDR range for the route. The value you specify must match the CIDR for the route exactly. |
Deletes the specified route table
Description
Deletes the specified route table. You must disassociate the route table from any subnets before you can delete it. You can't delete the main route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_route_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_route_table(DryRun = NULL, RouteTableId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
RouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the route table. |
Deletes a security group
Description
Deletes a security group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_security_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_security_group(GroupId = NULL, GroupName = NULL, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
GroupId |
The ID of the security group. |
GroupName |
[Default VPC] The name of the security group. You can specify either the security group name or the security group ID. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified snapshot
Description
Deletes the specified snapshot.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_snapshot(SnapshotId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
SnapshotId |
[required] The ID of the EBS snapshot. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the data feed for Spot Instances
Description
Deletes the data feed for Spot Instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_spot_datafeed_subscription/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_spot_datafeed_subscription(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified subnet
Description
Deletes the specified subnet. You must terminate all running instances in the subnet before you can delete the subnet.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_subnet/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_subnet(SubnetId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
SubnetId |
[required] The ID of the subnet. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes a subnet CIDR reservation
Description
Deletes a subnet CIDR reservation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_subnet_cidr_reservation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_subnet_cidr_reservation(SubnetCidrReservationId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
SubnetCidrReservationId |
[required] The ID of the subnet CIDR reservation. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources
Description
Deletes the specified set of tags from the specified set of resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_tags/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_tags(DryRun = NULL, Resources, Tags = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Resources |
[required] The IDs of the resources, separated by spaces. Constraints: Up to 1000 resource IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches. |
Tags |
The tags to delete. Specify a tag key and an optional tag value to delete specific tags. If you specify a tag key without a tag value, we delete any tag with this key regardless of its value. If you specify a tag key with an empty string as the tag value, we delete the tag only if its value is an empty string. If you omit this parameter, we delete all user-defined tags for the
specified resources. We do not delete Amazon Web Services-generated tags
(tags that have the Constraints: Up to 1000 tags. |
Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror filter
Description
Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror filter.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_filter/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_filter(TrafficMirrorFilterId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorFilterId |
[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror rule
Description
Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_filter_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_filter_rule(TrafficMirrorFilterRuleId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorFilterRuleId |
[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror rule. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror session
Description
Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror session.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_session/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_session(TrafficMirrorSessionId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorSessionId |
[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror session. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror target
Description
Deletes the specified Traffic Mirror target.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_target/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_traffic_mirror_target(TrafficMirrorTargetId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorTargetId |
[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror target. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified transit gateway
Description
Deletes the specified transit gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_transit_gateway(TransitGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
TransitGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified Connect attachment
Description
Deletes the specified Connect attachment. You must first delete any Connect peers for the attachment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_connect/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_transit_gateway_connect(TransitGatewayAttachmentId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the Connect attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified Connect peer
Description
Deletes the specified Connect peer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_connect_peer/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_transit_gateway_connect_peer(
TransitGatewayConnectPeerId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayConnectPeerId |
[required] The ID of the Connect peer. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified transit gateway multicast domain
Description
Deletes the specified transit gateway multicast domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_multicast_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_transit_gateway_multicast_domain(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes a transit gateway peering attachment
Description
Deletes a transit gateway peering attachment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_peering_attachment/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_transit_gateway_peering_attachment(
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway peering attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified transit gateway policy table
Description
Deletes the specified transit gateway policy table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_policy_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_transit_gateway_policy_table(
TransitGatewayPolicyTableId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayPolicyTableId |
[required] The transit gateway policy table to delete. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table
Description
Deletes a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
PrefixListId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the route table. |
PrefixListId |
[required] The ID of the prefix list. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified route from the specified transit gateway route table
Description
Deletes the specified route from the specified transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
DestinationCidrBlock,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
DestinationCidrBlock |
[required] The CIDR range for the route. This must match the CIDR for the route exactly. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified transit gateway route table
Description
Deletes the specified transit gateway route table. If there are any route tables associated with the transit gateway route table, you must first run disassociate_route_table
before you can delete the transit gateway route table. This removes any route tables associated with the transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route_table(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Advertises to the transit gateway that a transit gateway route table is deleted
Description
Advertises to the transit gateway that a transit gateway route table is deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_transit_gateway_route_table_announcement(
TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId |
[required] The transit gateway route table ID that's being deleted. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified VPC attachment
Description
Deletes the specified VPC attachment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment(
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint
Description
Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_verified_access_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_verified_access_endpoint(
VerifiedAccessEndpointId,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access endpoint. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access group
Description
Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_verified_access_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_verified_access_group(
VerifiedAccessGroupId,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessGroupId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access group. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance
Description
Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_verified_access_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_verified_access_instance(
VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessInstanceId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider
Description
Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_verified_access_trust_provider/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_verified_access_trust_provider(
VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access trust provider. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
Deletes the specified EBS volume
Description
Deletes the specified EBS volume. The volume must be in the available
state (not attached to an instance).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_volume/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_volume(VolumeId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
VolumeId |
[required] The ID of the volume. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified VPC
Description
Deletes the specified VPC. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the VPC before you can delete it. For example, you must terminate all instances running in the VPC, delete all security groups associated with the VPC (except the default one), delete all route tables associated with the VPC (except the default one), and so on. When you delete the VPC, it deletes the default security group, network ACL, and route table for the VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_vpc(VpcId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Delete a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion
Description
Delete a VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusion. A VPC BPA exclusion is a mode that can be applied to a single VPC or subnet that exempts it from the account’s BPA mode and will allow bidirectional or egress-only access. You can create BPA exclusions for VPCs and subnets even when BPA is not enabled on the account to ensure that there is no traffic disruption to the exclusions when VPC BPA is turned on. To learn more about VPC BPA, see Block public access to VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion(DryRun = NULL, ExclusionId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ExclusionId |
[required] The ID of the exclusion. |
Deletes the specified VPC endpoint connection notifications
Description
Deletes the specified VPC endpoint connection notifications.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications(
DryRun = NULL,
ConnectionNotificationIds
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ConnectionNotificationIds |
[required] The IDs of the notifications. |
Deletes the specified VPC endpoint service configurations
Description
Deletes the specified VPC endpoint service configurations. Before you can delete an endpoint service configuration, you must reject any Available
or PendingAcceptance
interface endpoint connections that are attached to the service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations(DryRun = NULL, ServiceIds)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ServiceIds |
[required] The IDs of the services. |
Deletes the specified VPC endpoints
Description
Deletes the specified VPC endpoints.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc_endpoints/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_vpc_endpoints(DryRun = NULL, VpcEndpointIds)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcEndpointIds |
[required] The IDs of the VPC endpoints. |
Deletes a VPC peering connection
Description
Deletes a VPC peering connection. Either the owner of the requester VPC or the owner of the accepter VPC can delete the VPC peering connection if it's in the active
state. The owner of the requester VPC can delete a VPC peering connection in the pending-acceptance
state. You cannot delete a VPC peering connection that's in the failed
or rejected
state.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpc_peering_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_vpc_peering_connection(DryRun = NULL, VpcPeeringConnectionId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcPeeringConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the VPC peering connection. |
Deletes the specified VPN connection
Description
Deletes the specified VPN connection.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpn_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_vpn_connection(VpnConnectionId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
VpnConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the VPN connection. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deletes the specified static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway
Description
Deletes the specified static route associated with a VPN connection between an existing virtual private gateway and a VPN customer gateway. The static route allows traffic to be routed from the virtual private gateway to the VPN customer gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpn_connection_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_vpn_connection_route(DestinationCidrBlock, VpnConnectionId)
Arguments
DestinationCidrBlock |
[required] The CIDR block associated with the local subnet of the customer network. |
VpnConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the VPN connection. |
Deletes the specified virtual private gateway
Description
Deletes the specified virtual private gateway. You must first detach the virtual private gateway from the VPC. Note that you don't need to delete the virtual private gateway if you plan to delete and recreate the VPN connection between your VPC and your network.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_delete_vpn_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_delete_vpn_gateway(VpnGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
VpnGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the virtual private gateway. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Releases the specified address range that you provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and deletes the corresponding address pool
Description
Releases the specified address range that you provisioned for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and deletes the corresponding address pool.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deprovision_byoip_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_deprovision_byoip_cidr(Cidr, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Cidr |
[required] The address range, in CIDR notation. The prefix must be the same prefix that you specified when you provisioned the address range. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deprovisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) from your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Deprovisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) from your Amazon Web Services account. This action can only be called after any BYOIP CIDR associations are removed from your Amazon Web Services account with disassociate_ipam_byoasn
. For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deprovision_ipam_byoasn/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_deprovision_ipam_byoasn(DryRun = NULL, IpamId, Asn)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
IpamId |
[required] The IPAM ID. |
Asn |
[required] An ASN. |
Deprovision a CIDR provisioned from an IPAM pool
Description
Deprovision a CIDR provisioned from an IPAM pool. If you deprovision a CIDR from a pool that has a source pool, the CIDR is recycled back into the source pool. For more information, see Deprovision pool CIDRs in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deprovision_ipam_pool_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_deprovision_ipam_pool_cidr(DryRun = NULL, IpamPoolId, Cidr = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamPoolId |
[required] The ID of the pool that has the CIDR you want to deprovision. |
Cidr |
The CIDR which you want to deprovision from the pool. |
Deprovision a CIDR from a public IPv4 pool
Description
Deprovision a CIDR from a public IPv4 pool.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deprovision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_deprovision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr(DryRun = NULL, PoolId, Cidr)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
PoolId |
[required] The ID of the pool that you want to deprovision the CIDR from. |
Cidr |
[required] The CIDR you want to deprovision from the pool. Enter the CIDR you want
to deprovision with a netmask of |
Deregisters the specified AMI
Description
Deregisters the specified AMI. After you deregister an AMI, it can't be used to launch new instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deregister_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_deregister_image(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deregisters tag keys to prevent tags that have the specified tag keys from being included in scheduled event notifications for resources in the Region
Description
Deregisters tag keys to prevent tags that have the specified tag keys from being included in scheduled event notifications for resources in the Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deregister_instance_event_notification_attributes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_deregister_instance_event_notification_attributes(
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceTagAttribute
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceTagAttribute |
[required] Information about the tag keys to deregister. |
Deregisters the specified members (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group
Description
Deregisters the specified members (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId = NULL,
GroupIpAddress = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId |
The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
GroupIpAddress |
The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group. |
NetworkInterfaceIds |
The IDs of the group members' network interfaces. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Deregisters the specified sources (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group
Description
Deregisters the specified sources (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_deregister_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId = NULL,
GroupIpAddress = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId |
The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
GroupIpAddress |
The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group. |
NetworkInterfaceIds |
The IDs of the group sources' network interfaces. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes attributes of your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Describes attributes of your Amazon Web Services account. The following are the supported account attributes:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_account_attributes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_account_attributes(DryRun = NULL, AttributeNames = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
AttributeNames |
The account attribute names. |
Describes an Elastic IP address transfer
Description
Describes an Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer Elastic IP addresses in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_address_transfers/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_address_transfers(
AllocationIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
AllocationIds |
The allocation IDs of Elastic IP addresses. |
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token from a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of address transfers to return in one page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified Elastic IP addresses or all of your Elastic IP addresses
Description
Describes the specified Elastic IP addresses or all of your Elastic IP addresses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_addresses/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_addresses(
PublicIps = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
AllocationIds = NULL
)
Arguments
PublicIps |
One or more Elastic IP addresses. Default: Describes all your Elastic IP addresses. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
|
AllocationIds |
Information about the allocation IDs. |
Describes the attributes of the specified Elastic IP addresses
Description
Describes the attributes of the specified Elastic IP addresses. For requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_addresses_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_addresses_attribute(
AllocationIds = NULL,
Attribute = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
AllocationIds |
[EC2-VPC] The allocation IDs. |
Attribute |
The attribute of the IP address. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the longer ID format settings for all resource types in a specific Region
Description
Describes the longer ID format settings for all resource types in a specific Region. This request is useful for performing a quick audit to determine whether a specific Region is fully opted in for longer IDs (17-character IDs).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_aggregate_id_format/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_aggregate_id_format(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones that are available to you
Description
Describes the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones that are available to you. If there is an event impacting a zone, you can use this request to view the state and any provided messages for that zone.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_availability_zones/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_availability_zones(
ZoneNames = NULL,
ZoneIds = NULL,
AllAvailabilityZones = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
ZoneNames |
The names of the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones. |
ZoneIds |
The IDs of the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones. |
AllAvailabilityZones |
Include all Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones regardless of your opt-in status. If you do not use this parameter, the results include only the zones for the Regions where you have chosen the option to opt in. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes the current Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions
Description
Describes the current Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_aws_network_performance_metric_subscriptions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_aws_network_performance_metric_subscriptions(
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Filters |
One or more filters. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified bundle tasks or all of your bundle tasks
Description
Describes the specified bundle tasks or all of your bundle tasks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_bundle_tasks/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_bundle_tasks(BundleIds = NULL, DryRun = NULL, Filters = NULL)
Arguments
BundleIds |
The bundle task IDs. Default: Describes all your bundle tasks. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes the IP address ranges that were specified in calls to ProvisionByoipCidr
Description
Describes the IP address ranges that were specified in calls to provision_byoip_cidr
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_byoip_cidrs/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_byoip_cidrs(DryRun = NULL, MaxResults, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
MaxResults |
[required] The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Describes the events for the specified Capacity Block extension during the specified time
Description
Describes the events for the specified Capacity Block extension during the specified time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_block_extension_history/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_capacity_block_extension_history(
CapacityReservationIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CapacityReservationIds |
The IDs of Capacity Block reservations that you want to display the history for. |
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Filters |
One or more filters
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes Capacity Block extension offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using
Description
Describes Capacity Block extension offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_block_extension_offerings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_capacity_block_extension_offerings(
DryRun = NULL,
CapacityBlockExtensionDurationHours,
CapacityReservationId,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
CapacityBlockExtensionDurationHours |
[required] The duration of the Capacity Block extension offering in hours. |
CapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity reservation to be extended. |
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Describes Capacity Block offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using
Description
Describes Capacity Block offerings available for purchase in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using. With Capacity Blocks, you purchase a specific instance type for a period of time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_block_offerings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_capacity_block_offerings(
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceType = NULL,
InstanceCount = NULL,
StartDateRange = NULL,
EndDateRange = NULL,
CapacityDurationHours,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceType |
The type of instance for which the Capacity Block offering reserves capacity. |
InstanceCount |
The number of instances for which to reserve capacity. |
StartDateRange |
The earliest start date for the Capacity Block offering. |
EndDateRange |
The latest end date for the Capacity Block offering. |
CapacityDurationHours |
[required] The number of hours for which to reserve Capacity Block. |
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Describes a request to assign the billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation
Description
Describes a request to assign the billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation. For more information, see Billing assignment for shared Amazon EC2 Capacity Reservations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_reservation_billing_requests/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_capacity_reservation_billing_requests(
CapacityReservationIds = NULL,
Role,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CapacityReservationIds |
The ID of the Capacity Reservation. |
Role |
[required] Specify one of the following:
|
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets
Description
Describes one or more Capacity Reservation Fleets.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_reservation_fleets/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_capacity_reservation_fleets(
CapacityReservationFleetIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CapacityReservationFleetIds |
The IDs of the Capacity Reservation Fleets to describe. |
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more of your Capacity Reservations
Description
Describes one or more of your Capacity Reservations. The results describe only the Capacity Reservations in the Amazon Web Services Region that you're currently using.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_capacity_reservations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_capacity_reservations(
CapacityReservationIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CapacityReservationIds |
The ID of the Capacity Reservation. |
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more of your carrier gateways
Description
Describes one or more of your carrier gateways.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_carrier_gateways/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_carrier_gateways(
CarrierGatewayIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CarrierGatewayIds |
One or more carrier gateway IDs. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_classic_link_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_classic_link_instances(
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceIds |
The instance IDs. Must be instances linked to a VPC through ClassicLink. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. Constraint: If the value is greater than 1000, we return only 1000 items. |
Describes the authorization rules for a specified Client VPN endpoint
Description
Describes the authorization rules for a specified Client VPN endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_client_vpn_authorization_rules/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_client_vpn_authorization_rules(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
DryRun = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NextToken |
The token to retrieve the next page of results. |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken value. |
Describes active client connections and connections that have been terminated within the last 60 minutes for the specified Client VPN endpoint
Description
Describes active client connections and connections that have been terminated within the last 60 minutes for the specified Client VPN endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_client_vpn_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_client_vpn_connections(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint. |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
|
NextToken |
The token to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken value. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more Client VPN endpoints in the account
Description
Describes one or more Client VPN endpoints in the account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_client_vpn_endpoints/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_client_vpn_endpoints(
ClientVpnEndpointIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointIds |
The ID of the Client VPN endpoint. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken value. |
NextToken |
The token to retrieve the next page of results. |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the routes for the specified Client VPN endpoint
Description
Describes the routes for the specified Client VPN endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_client_vpn_routes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_client_vpn_routes(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint. |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken value. |
NextToken |
The token to retrieve the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the target networks associated with the specified Client VPN endpoint
Description
Describes the target networks associated with the specified Client VPN endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_client_vpn_target_networks/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_client_vpn_target_networks(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
AssociationIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint. |
AssociationIds |
The IDs of the target network associations. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with the nextToken value. |
NextToken |
The token to retrieve the next page of results. |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified customer-owned address pools or all of your customer-owned address pools
Description
Describes the specified customer-owned address pools or all of your customer-owned address pools.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_coip_pools/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_coip_pools(
PoolIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
PoolIds |
The IDs of the address pools. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified conversion tasks or all your conversion tasks
Description
Describes the specified conversion tasks or all your conversion tasks. For more information, see the VM Import/Export User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_conversion_tasks/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_conversion_tasks(DryRun = NULL, ConversionTaskIds = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ConversionTaskIds |
The conversion task IDs. |
Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways
Description
Describes one or more of your VPN customer gateways.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_customer_gateways/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_customer_gateways(
CustomerGatewayIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CustomerGatewayIds |
One or more customer gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your customer gateways. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the metadata of an account status report, including the status of the report
Description
Describes the metadata of an account status report, including the status of the report.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_declarative_policies_reports/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_declarative_policies_reports(
DryRun = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
ReportIds = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
ReportIds |
One or more report IDs. |
Describes your DHCP option sets
Description
Describes your DHCP option sets. The default is to describe all your DHCP option sets. Alternatively, you can specify specific DHCP option set IDs or filter the results to include only the DHCP option sets that match specific criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_dhcp_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_dhcp_options(
DhcpOptionsIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
DhcpOptionsIds |
The IDs of DHCP option sets. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes your egress-only internet gateways
Description
Describes your egress-only internet gateways. The default is to describe all your egress-only internet gateways. Alternatively, you can specify specific egress-only internet gateway IDs or filter the results to include only the egress-only internet gateways that match specific criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_egress_only_internet_gateways/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_egress_only_internet_gateways(
DryRun = NULL,
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayIds |
The IDs of the egress-only internet gateways. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024
Description
Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_elastic_gpus/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_elastic_gpus(
ElasticGpuIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ElasticGpuIds |
The Elastic Graphics accelerator IDs. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token to request the next page of results. |
Describes the specified export image tasks or all of your export image tasks
Description
Describes the specified export image tasks or all of your export image tasks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_export_image_tasks/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_export_image_tasks(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
ExportImageTaskIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
Filter tasks using the |
ExportImageTaskIds |
The IDs of the export image tasks. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. |
NextToken |
A token that indicates the next page of results. |
Describes the specified export instance tasks or all of your export instance tasks
Description
Describes the specified export instance tasks or all of your export instance tasks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_export_tasks/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_export_tasks(Filters = NULL, ExportTaskIds = NULL)
Arguments
Filters |
the filters for the export tasks. |
ExportTaskIds |
The export task IDs. |
Describe details for Windows AMIs that are configured for Windows fast launch
Description
Describe details for Windows AMIs that are configured for Windows fast launch.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fast_launch_images/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_fast_launch_images(
ImageIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ImageIds |
Specify one or more Windows AMI image IDs for the request. |
Filters |
Use the following filters to streamline results.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the state of fast snapshot restores for your snapshots
Description
Describes the state of fast snapshot restores for your snapshots.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fast_snapshot_restores/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_fast_snapshot_restores(
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
The filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the events for the specified EC2 Fleet during the specified time
Description
Describes the events for the specified EC2 Fleet during the specified time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fleet_history/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_fleet_history(
DryRun = NULL,
EventType = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
FleetId,
StartTime
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
EventType |
The type of events to describe. By default, all events are described. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
FleetId |
[required] The ID of the EC2 Fleet. |
StartTime |
[required] The start date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). |
Describes the running instances for the specified EC2 Fleet
Description
Describes the running instances for the specified EC2 Fleet.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fleet_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_fleet_instances(
DryRun = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
FleetId,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
FleetId |
[required] The ID of the EC2 Fleet. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes the specified EC2 Fleet or all of your EC2 Fleets
Description
Describes the specified EC2 Fleet or all of your EC2 Fleets.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fleets/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_fleets(
DryRun = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
FleetIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
FleetIds |
The IDs of the EC2 Fleets. If a fleet is of type |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes one or more flow logs
Description
Describes one or more flow logs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_flow_logs/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_flow_logs(
DryRun = NULL,
Filter = NULL,
FlowLogIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filter |
One or more filters.
|
FlowLogIds |
One or more flow log IDs. Constraint: Maximum of 1000 flow log IDs. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token to request the next page of items. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Describes the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI)
Description
Describes the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fpga_image_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_fpga_image_attribute(DryRun = NULL, FpgaImageId, Attribute)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
FpgaImageId |
[required] The ID of the AFI. |
Attribute |
[required] The AFI attribute. |
Describes the Amazon FPGA Images (AFIs) available to you
Description
Describes the Amazon FPGA Images (AFIs) available to you. These include public AFIs, private AFIs that you own, and AFIs owned by other Amazon Web Services accounts for which you have load permissions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_fpga_images/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_fpga_images(
DryRun = NULL,
FpgaImageIds = NULL,
Owners = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
FpgaImageIds |
The AFI IDs. |
Owners |
Filters the AFI by owner. Specify an Amazon Web Services account ID,
|
Filters |
The filters.
|
NextToken |
The token to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. |
Describes the Dedicated Host reservations that are available to purchase
Description
Describes the Dedicated Host reservations that are available to purchase.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_host_reservation_offerings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_host_reservation_offerings(
Filter = NULL,
MaxDuration = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
MinDuration = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
OfferingId = NULL
)
Arguments
Filter |
The filters.
|
MaxDuration |
This is the maximum duration of the reservation to purchase, specified in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms. The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60) times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 94608000 for three years. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single
page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with
the returned |
MinDuration |
This is the minimum duration of the reservation you'd like to purchase, specified in seconds. Reservations are available in one-year and three-year terms. The number of seconds specified must be the number of seconds in a year (365x24x60x60) times one of the supported durations (1 or 3). For example, specify 31536000 for one year. |
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
OfferingId |
The ID of the reservation offering. |
Describes reservations that are associated with Dedicated Hosts in your account
Description
Describes reservations that are associated with Dedicated Hosts in your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_host_reservations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_host_reservations(
Filter = NULL,
HostReservationIdSet = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
Filter |
The filters.
|
HostReservationIdSet |
The host reservation IDs. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single
page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with
the returned |
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
Describes the specified Dedicated Hosts or all your Dedicated Hosts
Description
Describes the specified Dedicated Hosts or all your Dedicated Hosts.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_hosts/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_hosts(
HostIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Filter = NULL
)
Arguments
HostIds |
The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts. The IDs are used for targeted instance launches. |
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single
page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with
the returned You cannot specify this parameter and the host IDs parameter in the same request. |
Filter |
The filters.
|
Describes your IAM instance profile associations
Description
Describes your IAM instance profile associations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_iam_instance_profile_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_iam_instance_profile_associations(
AssociationIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
AssociationIds |
The IAM instance profile associations. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Describes the ID format settings for your resources on a per-Region basis, for example, to view which resource types are enabled for longer IDs
Description
Describes the ID format settings for your resources on a per-Region basis, for example, to view which resource types are enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can be modified; it does not return information about other resource types.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_id_format/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_id_format(Resource = NULL)
Arguments
Resource |
The type of resource: |
Describes the ID format settings for resources for the specified IAM user, IAM role, or root user
Description
Describes the ID format settings for resources for the specified IAM user, IAM role, or root user. For example, you can view the resource types that are enabled for longer IDs. This request only returns information about resource types whose ID formats can be modified; it does not return information about other resource types. For more information, see Resource IDs in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_identity_id_format/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_identity_id_format(Resource = NULL, PrincipalArn)
Arguments
Resource |
The type of resource: |
PrincipalArn |
[required] The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM role, IAM user, or the root user. |
Describes the specified attribute of the specified AMI
Description
Describes the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only one attribute at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_image_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_image_attribute(Attribute, ImageId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Attribute |
[required] The AMI attribute. Note: The |
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified images (AMIs, AKIs, and ARIs) available to you or all of the images available to you
Description
Describes the specified images (AMIs, AKIs, and ARIs) available to you or all of the images available to you.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_images/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_images(
ExecutableUsers = NULL,
ImageIds = NULL,
Owners = NULL,
IncludeDeprecated = NULL,
IncludeDisabled = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
ExecutableUsers |
Scopes the images by users with explicit launch permissions. Specify an
Amazon Web Services account ID,
|
ImageIds |
The image IDs. Default: Describes all images available to you. |
Owners |
Scopes the results to images with the specified owners. You can specify
a combination of Amazon Web Services account IDs, |
IncludeDeprecated |
Specifies whether to include deprecated AMIs. Default: No deprecated AMIs are included in the response. If you are the AMI owner, all deprecated AMIs appear in the response regardless of what you specify for this parameter. |
IncludeDisabled |
Specifies whether to include disabled AMIs. Default: No disabled AMIs are included in the response. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Displays details about an import virtual machine or import snapshot tasks that are already created
Description
Displays details about an import virtual machine or import snapshot tasks that are already created.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_import_image_tasks/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_import_image_tasks(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
ImportTaskIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
Filter tasks using the |
ImportTaskIds |
The IDs of the import image tasks. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. |
NextToken |
A token that indicates the next page of results. |
Describes your import snapshot tasks
Description
Describes your import snapshot tasks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_import_snapshot_tasks/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_import_snapshot_tasks(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
ImportTaskIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters. |
ImportTaskIds |
A list of import snapshot task IDs. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
A token that indicates the next page of results. |
Describes the specified attribute of the specified instance
Description
Describes the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify only one attribute at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_instance_attribute(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId, Attribute)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
Attribute |
[required] The instance attribute. Note that the |
Describes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints or all EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints
Description
Describes the specified EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints or all EC2 Instance Connect Endpoints.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_connect_endpoints/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_instance_connect_endpoints(
DryRun = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
InstanceConnectEndpointIds = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
InstanceConnectEndpointIds |
One or more EC2 Instance Connect Endpoint IDs. |
Describes the credit option for CPU usage of the specified burstable performance instances
Description
Describes the credit option for CPU usage of the specified burstable performance instances. The credit options are standard
and unlimited
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_credit_specifications/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_instance_credit_specifications(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
InstanceIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Filters |
The filters.
|
InstanceIds |
The instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. Constraints: Maximum 1000 explicitly specified instance IDs. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same call. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Describes the tag keys that are registered to appear in scheduled event notifications for resources in the current Region
Description
Describes the tag keys that are registered to appear in scheduled event notifications for resources in the current Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_event_notification_attributes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_instance_event_notification_attributes(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified event windows or all event windows
Description
Describes the specified event windows or all event windows.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_event_windows/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_instance_event_windows(
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceEventWindowIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceEventWindowIds |
The IDs of the event windows. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token to request the next page of results. |
Describes the AMI that was used to launch an instance, even if the AMI is deprecated, deregistered, made private (no longer public or shared with your account), or not allowed
Description
Describes the AMI that was used to launch an instance, even if the AMI is deprecated, deregistered, made private (no longer public or shared with your account), or not allowed.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_image_metadata/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_instance_image_metadata(
Filters = NULL,
InstanceIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
The filters.
|
InstanceIds |
The instance IDs. If you don't specify an instance ID or filters, the output includes information for all instances. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. Default: 1000 |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the status of the specified instances or all of your instances
Description
Describes the status of the specified instances or all of your instances. By default, only running instances are described, unless you specifically indicate to return the status of all instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_instance_status(
InstanceIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
IncludeAllInstances = NULL
)
Arguments
InstanceIds |
The instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified instance IDs. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same request. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Filters |
The filters.
|
IncludeAllInstances |
When Default: |
Describes a tree-based hierarchy that represents the physical host placement of your EC2 instances within an Availability Zone or Local Zone
Description
Describes a tree-based hierarchy that represents the physical host placement of your EC2 instances within an Availability Zone or Local Zone. You can use this information to determine the relative proximity of your EC2 instances within the Amazon Web Services network to support your tightly coupled workloads.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_topology/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_instance_topology(
DryRun = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
InstanceIds = NULL,
GroupNames = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. You can't specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same request. Default: |
InstanceIds |
The instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified instance IDs. |
GroupNames |
The name of the placement group that each instance is in. Constraints: Maximum 100 explicitly specified placement group names. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Lists the instance types that are offered for the specified location
Description
Lists the instance types that are offered for the specified location. If no location is specified, the default is to list the instance types that are offered in the current Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_type_offerings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_instance_type_offerings(
DryRun = NULL,
LocationType = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
LocationType |
The location type.
|
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Describes the specified instance types
Description
Describes the specified instance types. By default, all instance types for the current Region are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instance_types/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_instance_types(
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceTypes = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceTypes |
The instance types. |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Describes the specified instances or all instances
Description
Describes the specified instances or all instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_instances(
InstanceIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
InstanceIds |
The instance IDs. Default: Describes all your instances. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Filters |
The filters.
|
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. You cannot specify this parameter and the instance IDs parameter in the same request. |
Describes your internet gateways
Description
Describes your internet gateways. The default is to describe all your internet gateways. Alternatively, you can specify specific internet gateway IDs or filter the results to include only the internet gateways that match specific criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_internet_gateways/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_internet_gateways(
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
InternetGatewayIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InternetGatewayIds |
The IDs of the internet gateways. Default: Describes all your internet gateways. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes your Autonomous System Numbers (ASNs), their provisioning statuses, and the BYOIP CIDRs with which they are associated
Description
Describes your Autonomous System Numbers (ASNs), their provisioning statuses, and the BYOIP CIDRs with which they are associated. For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_byoasn/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_ipam_byoasn(DryRun = NULL, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Describe verification tokens
Description
Describe verification tokens. A verification token is an Amazon Web Services-generated random value that you can use to prove ownership of an external resource. For example, you can use a verification token to validate that you control a public IP address range when you bring an IP address range to Amazon Web Services (BYOIP).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_external_resource_verification_tokens/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_ipam_external_resource_verification_tokens(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenIds = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Filters |
One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output. Available filters:
|
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of tokens to return in one page of results. |
IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenIds |
Verification token IDs. |
Get information about your IPAM pools
Description
Get information about your IPAM pools.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_pools/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_ipam_pools(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
IpamPoolIds = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Filters |
One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in the request. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
IpamPoolIds |
The IDs of the IPAM pools you would like information on. |
Describes IPAM resource discoveries
Description
Describes IPAM resource discoveries. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_resource_discoveries/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_ipam_resource_discoveries(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamResourceDiscoveryIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamResourceDiscoveryIds |
The IPAM resource discovery IDs. |
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token from a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of resource discoveries to return in one page of results. |
Filters |
The resource discovery filters. |
Describes resource discovery association with an Amazon VPC IPAM
Description
Describes resource discovery association with an Amazon VPC IPAM. An associated resource discovery is a resource discovery that has been associated with an IPAM..
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_resource_discovery_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_ipam_resource_discovery_associations(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationIds |
The resource discovery association IDs. |
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token from a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of resource discovery associations to return in one page of results. |
Filters |
The resource discovery association filters. |
Get information about your IPAM scopes
Description
Get information about your IPAM scopes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipam_scopes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_ipam_scopes(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
IpamScopeIds = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Filters |
One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in the request. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
IpamScopeIds |
The IDs of the scopes you want information on. |
Get information about your IPAM pools
Description
Get information about your IPAM pools.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipams/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_ipams(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
IpamIds = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Filters |
One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in the request. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
IpamIds |
The IDs of the IPAMs you want information on. |
Describes your IPv6 address pools
Description
Describes your IPv6 address pools.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_ipv_6_pools/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_ipv_6_pools(
PoolIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
PoolIds |
The IDs of the IPv6 address pools. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
Describes the specified key pairs or all of your key pairs
Description
Describes the specified key pairs or all of your key pairs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_key_pairs/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_key_pairs(
KeyNames = NULL,
KeyPairIds = NULL,
IncludePublicKey = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
KeyNames |
The key pair names. Default: Describes all of your key pairs. |
KeyPairIds |
The IDs of the key pairs. |
IncludePublicKey |
If Default: |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes one or more versions of a specified launch template
Description
Describes one or more versions of a specified launch template. You can describe all versions, individual versions, or a range of versions. You can also describe all the latest versions or all the default versions of all the launch templates in your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_launch_template_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_launch_template_versions(
DryRun = NULL,
LaunchTemplateId = NULL,
LaunchTemplateName = NULL,
Versions = NULL,
MinVersion = NULL,
MaxVersion = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
ResolveAlias = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
LaunchTemplateId |
The ID of the launch template. To describe one or more versions of a specified launch template, you must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both. To describe all the latest or default launch template versions in your account, you must omit this parameter. |
LaunchTemplateName |
The name of the launch template. To describe one or more versions of a specified launch template, you must specify either the launch template name or the launch template ID, but not both. To describe all the latest or default launch template versions in your account, you must omit this parameter. |
Versions |
One or more versions of the launch template. Valid values depend on whether you are describing a specified launch template (by ID or name) or all launch templates in your account. To describe one or more versions of a specified launch template, valid
values are To describe all launch templates in your account that are defined as the
latest version, the valid value is |
MinVersion |
The version number after which to describe launch template versions. |
MaxVersion |
The version number up to which to describe launch template versions. |
NextToken |
The token to request the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
ResolveAlias |
If If For more information, see Use a Systems Manager parameter instead of an AMI ID in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: |
Describes one or more launch templates
Description
Describes one or more launch templates.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_launch_templates/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_launch_templates(
DryRun = NULL,
LaunchTemplateIds = NULL,
LaunchTemplateNames = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
LaunchTemplateIds |
One or more launch template IDs. |
LaunchTemplateNames |
One or more launch template names. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
NextToken |
The token to request the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
Describes the associations between virtual interface groups and local gateway route tables
Description
Describes the associations between virtual interface groups and local gateway route tables.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_table_virtual_interface_group_associations(
LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayRouteTableVirtualInterfaceGroupAssociationIds |
The IDs of the associations. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified associations between VPCs and local gateway route tables
Description
Describes the specified associations between VPCs and local gateway route tables.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_table_vpc_associations(
LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayRouteTableVpcAssociationIds |
The IDs of the associations. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more local gateway route tables
Description
Describes one or more local gateway route tables. By default, all local gateway route tables are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_tables/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_local_gateway_route_tables(
LocalGatewayRouteTableIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayRouteTableIds |
The IDs of the local gateway route tables. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified local gateway virtual interface groups
Description
Describes the specified local gateway virtual interface groups.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateway_virtual_interface_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_local_gateway_virtual_interface_groups(
LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupIds |
The IDs of the virtual interface groups. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified local gateway virtual interfaces
Description
Describes the specified local gateway virtual interfaces.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateway_virtual_interfaces/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_local_gateway_virtual_interfaces(
LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceIds |
The IDs of the virtual interfaces. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more local gateways
Description
Describes one or more local gateways. By default, all local gateways are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_local_gateways/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_local_gateways(
LocalGatewayIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayIds |
The IDs of the local gateways. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the lock status for a snapshot
Description
Describes the lock status for a snapshot.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_locked_snapshots/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_locked_snapshots(
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
SnapshotIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
SnapshotIds |
The IDs of the snapshots for which to view the lock status. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified EC2 Mac Dedicated Host or all of your EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts
Description
Describes the specified EC2 Mac Dedicated Host or all of your EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_mac_hosts/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_mac_hosts(
Filters = NULL,
HostIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
The filters.
|
HostIds |
The IDs of the EC2 Mac Dedicated Hosts. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single
page. The remaining results can be seen by sending another request with
the returned |
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
Describes your managed prefix lists and any Amazon Web Services-managed prefix lists
Description
Describes your managed prefix lists and any Amazon Web Services-managed prefix lists.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_managed_prefix_lists/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_managed_prefix_lists(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
PrefixListIds = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
PrefixListIds |
One or more prefix list IDs. |
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_moving_addresses/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_moving_addresses(
DryRun = NULL,
PublicIps = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
PublicIps |
One or more Elastic IP addresses. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single
page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by
sending another request with the returned Default: If no value is provided, the default is 1000. |
Describes your NAT gateways
Description
Describes your NAT gateways. The default is to describe all your NAT gateways. Alternatively, you can specify specific NAT gateway IDs or filter the results to include only the NAT gateways that match specific criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_nat_gateways/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_nat_gateways(
DryRun = NULL,
Filter = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NatGatewayIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filter |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NatGatewayIds |
The IDs of the NAT gateways. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Describes your network ACLs
Description
Describes your network ACLs. The default is to describe all your network ACLs. Alternatively, you can specify specific network ACL IDs or filter the results to include only the network ACLs that match specific criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_acls/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_network_acls(
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkAclIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkAclIds |
The IDs of the network ACLs. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes the specified Network Access Scope analyses
Description
Describes the specified Network Access Scope analyses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_insights_access_scope_analyses/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_network_insights_access_scope_analyses(
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisIds = NULL,
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId = NULL,
AnalysisStartTimeBegin = NULL,
AnalysisStartTimeEnd = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisIds |
The IDs of the Network Access Scope analyses. |
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId |
The ID of the Network Access Scope. |
AnalysisStartTimeBegin |
Filters the results based on the start time. The analysis must have started on or after this time. |
AnalysisStartTimeEnd |
Filters the results based on the start time. The analysis must have started on or before this time. |
Filters |
There are no supported filters. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Describes the specified Network Access Scopes
Description
Describes the specified Network Access Scopes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_insights_access_scopes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_network_insights_access_scopes(
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeIds |
The IDs of the Network Access Scopes. |
Filters |
There are no supported filters. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Describes one or more of your network insights analyses
Description
Describes one or more of your network insights analyses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_insights_analyses/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_network_insights_analyses(
NetworkInsightsAnalysisIds = NULL,
NetworkInsightsPathId = NULL,
AnalysisStartTime = NULL,
AnalysisEndTime = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInsightsAnalysisIds |
The ID of the network insights analyses. You must specify either analysis IDs or a path ID. |
NetworkInsightsPathId |
The ID of the path. You must specify either a path ID or analysis IDs. |
AnalysisStartTime |
The time when the network insights analyses started. |
AnalysisEndTime |
The time when the network insights analyses ended. |
Filters |
The filters. The following are the possible values:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Describes one or more of your paths
Description
Describes one or more of your paths.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_insights_paths/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_network_insights_paths(
NetworkInsightsPathIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInsightsPathIds |
The IDs of the paths. |
Filters |
The filters. The following are the possible values:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Describes a network interface attribute
Description
Describes a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_interface_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_network_interface_attribute(
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId,
Attribute = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the network interface. |
Attribute |
The attribute of the network interface. This parameter is required. |
Describes the permissions for your network interfaces
Description
Describes the permissions for your network interfaces.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_interface_permissions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_network_interface_permissions(
NetworkInterfacePermissionIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInterfacePermissionIds |
The network interface permission IDs. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. If this parameter is not specified, up to 50 results are returned by default. For more information, see Pagination. |
Describes the specified network interfaces or all your network interfaces
Description
Describes the specified network interfaces or all your network interfaces.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_network_interfaces/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_network_interfaces(
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. You cannot specify this parameter and the network interface IDs parameter in the same request. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkInterfaceIds |
The network interface IDs. Default: Describes all your network interfaces. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
Describes the specified placement groups or all of your placement groups
Description
Describes the specified placement groups or all of your placement groups.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_placement_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_placement_groups(
GroupIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
GroupNames = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
GroupIds |
The IDs of the placement groups. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
GroupNames |
The names of the placement groups. Constraints:
|
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes available Amazon Web Services services in a prefix list format, which includes the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP address range for the service
Description
Describes available Amazon Web Services services in a prefix list format, which includes the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP address range for the service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_prefix_lists/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_prefix_lists(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
PrefixListIds = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
PrefixListIds |
One or more prefix list IDs. |
Describes the ID format settings for the root user and all IAM roles and IAM users that have explicitly specified a longer ID (17-character ID) preference
Description
Describes the ID format settings for the root user and all IAM roles and IAM users that have explicitly specified a longer ID (17-character ID) preference.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_principal_id_format/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_principal_id_format(
DryRun = NULL,
Resources = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Resources |
The type of resource: |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve the remaining results, make another call with the returned NextToken value. |
NextToken |
The token to request the next page of results. |
Describes the specified IPv4 address pools
Description
Describes the specified IPv4 address pools.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_public_ipv_4_pools/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_public_ipv_4_pools(
PoolIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
PoolIds |
The IDs of the address pools. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
Describes the Regions that are enabled for your account, or all Regions
Description
Describes the Regions that are enabled for your account, or all Regions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_regions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_regions(
RegionNames = NULL,
AllRegions = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
RegionNames |
The names of the Regions. You can specify any Regions, whether they are enabled and disabled for your account. |
AllRegions |
Indicates whether to display all Regions, including Regions that are disabled for your account. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes a root volume replacement task
Description
Describes a root volume replacement task. For more information, see Replace a root volume in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_replace_root_volume_tasks/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_replace_root_volume_tasks(
ReplaceRootVolumeTaskIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ReplaceRootVolumeTaskIds |
The ID of the root volume replacement task to view. |
Filters |
Filter to use:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased
Description
Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_reserved_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_reserved_instances(
OfferingClass = NULL,
ReservedInstancesIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
OfferingType = NULL
)
Arguments
OfferingClass |
Describes whether the Reserved Instance is Standard or Convertible. |
ReservedInstancesIds |
One or more Reserved Instance IDs. Default: Describes all your Reserved Instances, or only those otherwise specified. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
OfferingType |
The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate
the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the
|
Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance Marketplace
Description
Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance Marketplace.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_reserved_instances_listings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_reserved_instances_listings(
ReservedInstancesId = NULL,
ReservedInstancesListingId = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
ReservedInstancesId |
One or more Reserved Instance IDs. |
ReservedInstancesListingId |
One or more Reserved Instance listing IDs. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
Describes the modifications made to your Reserved Instances
Description
Describes the modifications made to your Reserved Instances. If no parameter is specified, information about all your Reserved Instances modification requests is returned. If a modification ID is specified, only information about the specific modification is returned.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_reserved_instances_modifications/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_reserved_instances_modifications(
ReservedInstancesModificationIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
ReservedInstancesModificationIds |
IDs for the submitted modification request. |
NextToken |
The token to retrieve the next page of results. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
Describes Reserved Instance offerings that are available for purchase
Description
Describes Reserved Instance offerings that are available for purchase. With Reserved Instances, you purchase the right to launch instances for a period of time. During that time period, you do not receive insufficient capacity errors, and you pay a lower usage rate than the rate charged for On-Demand instances for the actual time used.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_reserved_instances_offerings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_reserved_instances_offerings(
AvailabilityZone = NULL,
IncludeMarketplace = NULL,
InstanceType = NULL,
MaxDuration = NULL,
MaxInstanceCount = NULL,
MinDuration = NULL,
OfferingClass = NULL,
ProductDescription = NULL,
ReservedInstancesOfferingIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
InstanceTenancy = NULL,
OfferingType = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
AvailabilityZone |
The Availability Zone in which the Reserved Instance can be used. |
IncludeMarketplace |
Include Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings in the response. |
InstanceType |
The instance type that the reservation will cover (for example,
|
MaxDuration |
The maximum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings. Default: 94608000 (3 years) |
MaxInstanceCount |
The maximum number of instances to filter when searching for offerings. Default: 20 |
MinDuration |
The minimum duration (in seconds) to filter when searching for offerings. Default: 2592000 (1 month) |
OfferingClass |
The offering class of the Reserved Instance. Can be |
ProductDescription |
The Reserved Instance product platform description. Instances that
include |
ReservedInstancesOfferingIds |
One or more Reserved Instances offering IDs. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
InstanceTenancy |
The tenancy of the instances covered by the reservation. A Reserved
Instance with a tenancy of Important: The Default: |
OfferingType |
The Reserved Instance offering type. If you are using tools that predate
the 2011-11-01 API version, you only have access to the
|
NextToken |
The token to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single
page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by
sending another request with the returned Default: 100 |
Describes your route tables
Description
Describes your route tables. The default is to describe all your route tables. Alternatively, you can specify specific route table IDs or filter the results to include only the route tables that match specific criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_route_tables/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_route_tables(
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
RouteTableIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
RouteTableIds |
The IDs of the route tables. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria
Description
Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_scheduled_instance_availability/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_scheduled_instance_availability(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
FirstSlotStartTimeRange,
MaxResults = NULL,
MaxSlotDurationInHours = NULL,
MinSlotDurationInHours = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Recurrence
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
FirstSlotStartTimeRange |
[required] The time period for the first schedule to start. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can
be between 5 and 300. The default value is 300. To retrieve the
remaining results, make another call with the returned |
MaxSlotDurationInHours |
The maximum available duration, in hours. This value must be greater
than |
MinSlotDurationInHours |
The minimum available duration, in hours. The minimum required duration is 1,200 hours per year. For example, the minimum daily schedule is 4 hours, the minimum weekly schedule is 24 hours, and the minimum monthly schedule is 100 hours. |
NextToken |
The token for the next set of results. |
Recurrence |
[required] The schedule recurrence. |
Describes the specified Scheduled Instances or all your Scheduled Instances
Description
Describes the specified Scheduled Instances or all your Scheduled Instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_scheduled_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_scheduled_instances(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
ScheduledInstanceIds = NULL,
SlotStartTimeRange = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. This value can
be between 5 and 300. The default value is 100. To retrieve the
remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next set of results. |
ScheduledInstanceIds |
The Scheduled Instance IDs. |
SlotStartTimeRange |
The time period for the first schedule to start. |
Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering or Transit Gateway connection that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request
Description
Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering or Transit Gateway connection that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_security_group_references/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_security_group_references(DryRun = NULL, GroupId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
GroupId |
[required] The IDs of the security groups in your account. |
Describes one or more of your security group rules
Description
Describes one or more of your security group rules.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_security_group_rules/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_security_group_rules(
Filters = NULL,
SecurityGroupRuleIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
SecurityGroupRuleIds |
The IDs of the security group rules. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. This value can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all items are returned. For more information, see Pagination. |
Describes security group VPC associations made with AssociateSecurityGroupVpc
Description
Describes security group VPC associations made with associate_security_group_vpc
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_security_group_vpc_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_security_group_vpc_associations(
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
Security group VPC association filters.
|
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified security groups or all of your security groups
Description
Describes the specified security groups or all of your security groups.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_security_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_security_groups(
GroupIds = NULL,
GroupNames = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
GroupIds |
The IDs of the security groups. Required for security groups in a nondefault VPC. Default: Describes all of your security groups. |
GroupNames |
[Default VPC] The names of the security groups. You can specify either the security group name or the security group ID. Default: Describes all of your security groups. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. This value can be between 5 and 1000. If this parameter is not specified, then all items are returned. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters. If using multiple filters for rules, the results include security groups for which any combination of rules - not necessarily a single rule - match all filters.
|
Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot
Description
Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot. You can specify only one attribute at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_snapshot_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_snapshot_attribute(Attribute, SnapshotId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Attribute |
[required] The snapshot attribute you would like to view. |
SnapshotId |
[required] The ID of the EBS snapshot. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the storage tier status of one or more Amazon EBS snapshots
Description
Describes the storage tier status of one or more Amazon EBS snapshots.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_snapshot_tier_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_snapshot_tier_status(
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
The filters.
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Describes the specified EBS snapshots available to you or all of the EBS snapshots available to you
Description
Describes the specified EBS snapshots available to you or all of the EBS snapshots available to you.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_snapshots/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_snapshots(
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
OwnerIds = NULL,
RestorableByUserIds = NULL,
SnapshotIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
OwnerIds |
Scopes the results to snapshots with the specified owners. You can
specify a combination of Amazon Web Services account IDs, |
RestorableByUserIds |
The IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that can create volumes from the snapshot. |
SnapshotIds |
The snapshot IDs. Default: Describes the snapshots for which you have create volume permissions. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes the data feed for Spot Instances
Description
Describes the data feed for Spot Instances. For more information, see Spot Instance data feed in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_datafeed_subscription/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_spot_datafeed_subscription(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the running instances for the specified Spot Fleet
Description
Describes the running instances for the specified Spot Fleet.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_fleet_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_spot_fleet_instances(
DryRun = NULL,
SpotFleetRequestId,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SpotFleetRequestId |
[required] The ID of the Spot Fleet request. |
NextToken |
The token to include in another request to get the next page of items.
This value is |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Describes the events for the specified Spot Fleet request during the specified time
Description
Describes the events for the specified Spot Fleet request during the specified time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_fleet_request_history/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_spot_fleet_request_history(
DryRun = NULL,
SpotFleetRequestId,
EventType = NULL,
StartTime,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SpotFleetRequestId |
[required] The ID of the Spot Fleet request. |
EventType |
The type of events to describe. By default, all events are described. |
StartTime |
[required] The starting date and time for the events, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). |
NextToken |
The token to include in another request to get the next page of items.
This value is |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Describes your Spot Fleet requests
Description
Describes your Spot Fleet requests.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_fleet_requests/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_spot_fleet_requests(
DryRun = NULL,
SpotFleetRequestIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SpotFleetRequestIds |
The IDs of the Spot Fleet requests. |
NextToken |
The token to include in another request to get the next page of items.
This value is |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Describes the specified Spot Instance requests
Description
Describes the specified Spot Instance requests.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_instance_requests/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_spot_instance_requests(
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
SpotInstanceRequestIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SpotInstanceRequestIds |
The IDs of the Spot Instance requests. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes the Spot price history
Description
Describes the Spot price history. For more information, see Spot Instance pricing history in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_spot_price_history/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_spot_price_history(
DryRun = NULL,
StartTime = NULL,
EndTime = NULL,
InstanceTypes = NULL,
ProductDescriptions = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
AvailabilityZone = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
StartTime |
The date and time, up to the past 90 days, from which to start retrieving the price history data, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). |
EndTime |
The date and time, up to the current date, from which to stop retrieving the price history data, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). |
InstanceTypes |
Filters the results by the specified instance types. |
ProductDescriptions |
Filters the results by the specified basic product descriptions. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
AvailabilityZone |
Filters the results by the specified Availability Zone. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Describes the stale security group rules for security groups referenced across a VPC peering connection, transit gateway connection, or with a security group VPC association
Description
Describes the stale security group rules for security groups referenced across a VPC peering connection, transit gateway connection, or with a security group VPC association. Rules are stale when they reference a deleted security group. Rules can also be stale if they reference a security group in a peer VPC for which the VPC peering connection has been deleted, across a transit gateway where the transit gateway has been deleted (or the transit gateway security group referencing feature has been disabled), or if a security group VPC association has been disassociated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_stale_security_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_stale_security_groups(
DryRun = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
VpcId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
Describes the progress of the AMI store tasks
Description
Describes the progress of the AMI store tasks. You can describe the store tasks for specified AMIs. If you don't specify the AMIs, you get a paginated list of store tasks from the last 31 days.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_store_image_tasks/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_store_image_tasks(
ImageIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
ImageIds |
The AMI IDs for which to show progress. Up to 20 AMI IDs can be included in a request. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
When you specify the |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. You cannot specify this parameter and the |
Describes your subnets
Description
Describes your subnets. The default is to describe all your subnets. Alternatively, you can specify specific subnet IDs or filter the results to include only the subnets that match specific criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_subnets/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_subnets(
Filters = NULL,
SubnetIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
The filters.
|
SubnetIds |
The IDs of the subnets. Default: Describes all your subnets. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified tags for your EC2 resources
Description
Describes the specified tags for your EC2 resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_tags/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_tags(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. This value can be between 5 and 1000. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Describe traffic mirror filters that determine the traffic that is mirrored
Description
Describe traffic mirror filters that determine the traffic that is mirrored.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_filter_rules/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_filter_rules(
TrafficMirrorFilterRuleIds = NULL,
TrafficMirrorFilterId = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorFilterRuleIds |
Traffic filter rule IDs. |
TrafficMirrorFilterId |
Traffic filter ID. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
Traffic mirror filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Describes one or more Traffic Mirror filters
Description
Describes one or more Traffic Mirror filters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_filters/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_filters(
TrafficMirrorFilterIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorFilterIds |
The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Describes one or more Traffic Mirror sessions
Description
Describes one or more Traffic Mirror sessions. By default, all Traffic Mirror sessions are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_sessions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_sessions(
TrafficMirrorSessionIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorSessionIds |
The ID of the Traffic Mirror session. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Information about one or more Traffic Mirror targets
Description
Information about one or more Traffic Mirror targets.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_targets/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_traffic_mirror_targets(
TrafficMirrorTargetIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorTargetIds |
The ID of the Traffic Mirror targets. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Describes one or more attachments between resources and transit gateways
Description
Describes one or more attachments between resources and transit gateways. By default, all attachments are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results by attachment ID, attachment state, resource ID, or resource owner.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_attachments/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_transit_gateway_attachments(
TransitGatewayAttachmentIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentIds |
The IDs of the attachments. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more Connect peers
Description
Describes one or more Connect peers.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_connect_peers/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_transit_gateway_connect_peers(
TransitGatewayConnectPeerIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayConnectPeerIds |
The IDs of the Connect peers. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more Connect attachments
Description
Describes one or more Connect attachments.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_connects/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_transit_gateway_connects(
TransitGatewayAttachmentIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentIds |
The IDs of the attachments. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more transit gateway multicast domains
Description
Describes one or more transit gateway multicast domains.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_multicast_domains/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_transit_gateway_multicast_domains(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainIds |
The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes your transit gateway peering attachments
Description
Describes your transit gateway peering attachments.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_peering_attachments/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_transit_gateway_peering_attachments(
TransitGatewayAttachmentIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentIds |
One or more IDs of the transit gateway peering attachments. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more transit gateway route policy tables
Description
Describes one or more transit gateway route policy tables.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_policy_tables/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_transit_gateway_policy_tables(
TransitGatewayPolicyTableIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayPolicyTableIds |
The IDs of the transit gateway policy tables. |
Filters |
The filters associated with the transit gateway policy table. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more transit gateway route table advertisements
Description
Describes one or more transit gateway route table advertisements.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_route_table_announcements/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_transit_gateway_route_table_announcements(
TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementIds |
The IDs of the transit gateway route tables that are being advertised. |
Filters |
The filters associated with the transit gateway policy table. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more transit gateway route tables
Description
Describes one or more transit gateway route tables. By default, all transit gateway route tables are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_route_tables/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_transit_gateway_route_tables(
TransitGatewayRouteTableIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableIds |
The IDs of the transit gateway route tables. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more VPC attachments
Description
Describes one or more VPC attachments. By default, all VPC attachments are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateway_vpc_attachments/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_transit_gateway_vpc_attachments(
TransitGatewayAttachmentIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentIds |
The IDs of the attachments. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more transit gateways
Description
Describes one or more transit gateways. By default, all transit gateways are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_transit_gateways/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_transit_gateways(
TransitGatewayIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayIds |
The IDs of the transit gateways. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more network interface trunk associations
Description
Describes one or more network interface trunk associations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_trunk_interface_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_trunk_interface_associations(
AssociationIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
AssociationIds |
The IDs of the associations. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints
Description
Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_verified_access_endpoints/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_verified_access_endpoints(
VerifiedAccessEndpointIds = NULL,
VerifiedAccessInstanceId = NULL,
VerifiedAccessGroupId = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessEndpointIds |
The ID of the Verified Access endpoint. |
VerifiedAccessInstanceId |
The ID of the Verified Access instance. |
VerifiedAccessGroupId |
The ID of the Verified Access group. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified Verified Access groups
Description
Describes the specified Verified Access groups.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_verified_access_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_verified_access_groups(
VerifiedAccessGroupIds = NULL,
VerifiedAccessInstanceId = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessGroupIds |
The ID of the Verified Access groups. |
VerifiedAccessInstanceId |
The ID of the Verified Access instance. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances
Description
Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_verified_access_instance_logging_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_verified_access_instance_logging_configurations(
VerifiedAccessInstanceIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessInstanceIds |
The IDs of the Verified Access instances. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances
Description
Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_verified_access_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_verified_access_instances(
VerifiedAccessInstanceIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessInstanceIds |
The IDs of the Verified Access instances. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust providers
Description
Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust providers.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_verified_access_trust_providers/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_verified_access_trust_providers(
VerifiedAccessTrustProviderIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessTrustProviderIds |
The IDs of the Verified Access trust providers. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Filters |
One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume
Description
Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume. You can specify only one attribute at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_volume_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_volume_attribute(Attribute, VolumeId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Attribute |
[required] The attribute of the volume. This parameter is required. |
VolumeId |
[required] The ID of the volume. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the status of the specified volumes
Description
Describes the status of the specified volumes. Volume status provides the result of the checks performed on your volumes to determine events that can impair the performance of your volumes. The performance of a volume can be affected if an issue occurs on the volume's underlying host. If the volume's underlying host experiences a power outage or system issue, after the system is restored, there could be data inconsistencies on the volume. Volume events notify you if this occurs. Volume actions notify you if any action needs to be taken in response to the event.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_volume_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_volume_status(
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
VolumeIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
VolumeIds |
The IDs of the volumes. Default: Describes all your volumes. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes the specified EBS volumes or all of your EBS volumes
Description
Describes the specified EBS volumes or all of your EBS volumes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_volumes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_volumes(
VolumeIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
VolumeIds |
The volume IDs. If not specified, then all volumes are included in the response. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Describes the most recent volume modification request for the specified EBS volumes
Description
Describes the most recent volume modification request for the specified EBS volumes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_volumes_modifications/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_volumes_modifications(
DryRun = NULL,
VolumeIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VolumeIds |
The IDs of the volumes. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results (up to a limit of 500) to be returned in a paginated request. For more information, see Pagination. |
Describes the specified attribute of the specified VPC
Description
Describes the specified attribute of the specified VPC. You can specify only one attribute at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_attribute(Attribute, VpcId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Attribute |
[required] The VPC attribute. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions
Description
Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions. A VPC BPA exclusion is a mode that can be applied to a single VPC or subnet that exempts it from the account’s BPA mode and will allow bidirectional or egress-only access. You can create BPA exclusions for VPCs and subnets even when BPA is not enabled on the account to ensure that there is no traffic disruption to the exclusions when VPC BPA is turned on. To learn more about VPC BPA, see Block public access to VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_block_public_access_exclusions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_block_public_access_exclusions(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
ExclusionIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
Filters for the request:
|
ExclusionIds |
IDs of exclusions. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options
Description
Describe VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options. VPC Block Public Access (BPA) enables you to block resources in VPCs and subnets that you own in a Region from reaching or being reached from the internet through internet gateways and egress-only internet gateways. To learn more about VPC BPA, see Block public access to VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_block_public_access_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_block_public_access_options(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_classic_link/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_classic_link(DryRun = NULL, VpcIds = NULL, Filters = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcIds |
The VPCs for which you want to describe the ClassicLink status. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_classic_link_dns_support/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_classic_link_dns_support(
VpcIds = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
VpcIds |
The IDs of the VPCs. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Describes the VPC resources, VPC endpoint services, Amazon Lattice services, or service networks associated with the VPC endpoint
Description
Describes the VPC resources, VPC endpoint services, Amazon Lattice services, or service networks associated with the VPC endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_associations(
DryRun = NULL,
VpcEndpointIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcEndpointIds |
The IDs of the VPC endpoints. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum page size. |
NextToken |
The pagination token. |
Describes the connection notifications for VPC endpoints and VPC endpoint services
Description
Describes the connection notifications for VPC endpoints and VPC endpoint services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_connection_notifications(
DryRun = NULL,
ConnectionNotificationId = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ConnectionNotificationId |
The ID of the notification. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another request with the returned
|
NextToken |
The token to request the next page of results. |
Describes the VPC endpoint connections to your VPC endpoint services, including any endpoints that are pending your acceptance
Description
Describes the VPC endpoint connections to your VPC endpoint services, including any endpoints that are pending your acceptance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_connections(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single
page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by
sending another request with the returned |
NextToken |
The token to retrieve the next page of results. |
Describes the VPC endpoint service configurations in your account (your services)
Description
Describes the VPC endpoint service configurations in your account (your services).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_service_configurations(
DryRun = NULL,
ServiceIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ServiceIds |
The IDs of the endpoint services. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single
page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by
sending another request with the returned |
NextToken |
The token to retrieve the next page of results. |
Describes the principals (service consumers) that are permitted to discover your VPC endpoint service
Description
Describes the principals (service consumers) that are permitted to discover your VPC endpoint service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions(
DryRun = NULL,
ServiceId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ServiceId |
[required] The ID of the service. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return for the request in a single
page. The remaining results of the initial request can be seen by
sending another request with the returned |
NextToken |
The token to retrieve the next page of results. |
Describes available services to which you can create a VPC endpoint
Description
Describes available services to which you can create a VPC endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_services/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_endpoint_services(
DryRun = NULL,
ServiceNames = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
ServiceRegions = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ServiceNames |
The service names. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. Constraint: If the value is greater than 1,000, we return only 1,000 items. |
NextToken |
The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a prior call.) |
ServiceRegions |
The service Regions. |
Describes your VPC endpoints
Description
Describes your VPC endpoints. The default is to describe all your VPC endpoints. Alternatively, you can specify specific VPC endpoint IDs or filter the results to include only the VPC endpoints that match specific criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_endpoints/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_endpoints(
DryRun = NULL,
VpcEndpointIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcEndpointIds |
The IDs of the VPC endpoints. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. The request returns a token that you can specify in a subsequent call to get the next set of results. Constraint: If the value is greater than 1,000, we return only 1,000 items. |
NextToken |
The token for the next set of items to return. (You received this token from a prior call.) |
Describes your VPC peering connections
Description
Describes your VPC peering connections. The default is to describe all your VPC peering connections. Alternatively, you can specify specific VPC peering connection IDs or filter the results to include only the VPC peering connections that match specific criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpc_peering_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpc_peering_connections(
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
VpcPeeringConnectionIds = NULL,
Filters = NULL
)
Arguments
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcPeeringConnectionIds |
The IDs of the VPC peering connections. Default: Describes all your VPC peering connections. |
Filters |
The filters.
|
Describes your VPCs
Description
Describes your VPCs. The default is to describe all your VPCs. Alternatively, you can specify specific VPC IDs or filter the results to include only the VPCs that match specific criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpcs/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpcs(
Filters = NULL,
VpcIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
The filters.
|
VpcIds |
The IDs of the VPCs. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more of your VPN connections
Description
Describes one or more of your VPN connections.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpn_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpn_connections(
Filters = NULL,
VpnConnectionIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
VpnConnectionIds |
One or more VPN connection IDs. Default: Describes your VPN connections. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways
Description
Describes one or more of your virtual private gateways.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_describe_vpn_gateways/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_describe_vpn_gateways(Filters = NULL, VpnGatewayIds = NULL, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
VpnGatewayIds |
One or more virtual private gateway IDs. Default: Describes all your virtual private gateways. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_classic_link_vpc/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_detach_classic_link_vpc(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId, VpcId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance to unlink from the VPC. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC to which the instance is linked. |
Detaches an internet gateway from a VPC, disabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC
Description
Detaches an internet gateway from a VPC, disabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC. The VPC must not contain any running instances with Elastic IP addresses or public IPv4 addresses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_internet_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_detach_internet_gateway(DryRun = NULL, InternetGatewayId, VpcId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InternetGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the internet gateway. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
Detaches a network interface from an instance
Description
Detaches a network interface from an instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_network_interface/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_detach_network_interface(DryRun = NULL, AttachmentId, Force = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
AttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the attachment. |
Force |
Specifies whether to force a detachment.
|
Detaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider from the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance
Description
Detaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider from the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_verified_access_trust_provider/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_detach_verified_access_trust_provider(
VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessInstanceId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance. |
VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access trust provider. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Detaches an EBS volume from an instance
Description
Detaches an EBS volume from an instance. Make sure to unmount any file systems on the device within your operating system before detaching the volume. Failure to do so can result in the volume becoming stuck in the busy
state while detaching. If this happens, detachment can be delayed indefinitely until you unmount the volume, force detachment, reboot the instance, or all three. If an EBS volume is the root device of an instance, it can't be detached while the instance is running. To detach the root volume, stop the instance first.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_volume/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_detach_volume(
Device = NULL,
Force = NULL,
InstanceId = NULL,
VolumeId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Device |
The device name. |
Force |
Forces detachment if the previous detachment attempt did not occur cleanly (for example, logging into an instance, unmounting the volume, and detaching normally). This option can lead to data loss or a corrupted file system. Use this option only as a last resort to detach a volume from a failed instance. The instance won't have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair procedures. |
InstanceId |
The ID of the instance. If you are detaching a Multi-Attach enabled volume, you must specify an instance ID. |
VolumeId |
[required] The ID of the volume. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC
Description
Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC. You do this if you're planning to turn off the VPC and not use it anymore. You can confirm a virtual private gateway has been completely detached from a VPC by describing the virtual private gateway (any attachments to the virtual private gateway are also described).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_detach_vpn_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_detach_vpn_gateway(VpcId, VpnGatewayId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
VpnGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the virtual private gateway. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disables Elastic IP address transfer
Description
Disables Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer Elastic IP addresses in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_address_transfer/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_address_transfer(AllocationId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
AllocationId |
[required] The allocation ID of an Elastic IP address. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Disables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. When set to disabled
, the image criteria in your Allowed AMIs settings do not apply, and no restrictions are placed on AMI discoverability or usage. Users in your account can launch instances using any public AMI or AMI shared with your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_allowed_images_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_allowed_images_settings(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disables Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions
Description
Disables Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription(
Source = NULL,
Destination = NULL,
Metric = NULL,
Statistic = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Source |
The source Region or Availability Zone that the metric subscription is
disabled for. For example, |
Destination |
The target Region or Availability Zone that the metric subscription is
disabled for. For example, |
Metric |
The metric used for the disabled subscription. |
Statistic |
The statistic used for the disabled subscription. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region
Description
Disables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_ebs_encryption_by_default/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_ebs_encryption_by_default(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Discontinue Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, and clean up existing pre-provisioned snapshots
Description
Discontinue Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, and clean up existing pre-provisioned snapshots. After you disable Windows fast launch, the AMI uses the standard launch process for each new instance. Amazon EC2 must remove all pre-provisioned snapshots before you can enable Windows fast launch again.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_fast_launch/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_fast_launch(ImageId, Force = NULL, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] Specify the ID of the image for which to disable Windows fast launch. |
Force |
Forces the image settings to turn off Windows fast launch for your Windows AMI. This parameter overrides any errors that are encountered while cleaning up resources in your account. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones
Description
Disables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_fast_snapshot_restores/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_fast_snapshot_restores(
AvailabilityZones,
SourceSnapshotIds,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
AvailabilityZones |
[required] One or more Availability Zones. For example, |
SourceSnapshotIds |
[required] The IDs of one or more snapshots. For example, |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Sets the AMI state to disabled and removes all launch permissions from the AMI
Description
Sets the AMI state to disabled
and removes all launch permissions from the AMI. A disabled AMI can't be used for instance launches.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_image(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Disables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. This removes the block public access restriction from your account. With the restriction removed, you can publicly share your AMIs in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_image_block_public_access/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_image_block_public_access(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Cancels the deprecation of the specified AMI
Description
Cancels the deprecation of the specified AMI.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_image_deprecation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_image_deprecation(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disables deregistration protection for an AMI
Description
Disables deregistration protection for an AMI. When deregistration protection is disabled, the AMI can be deregistered.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_image_deregistration_protection/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_image_deregistration_protection(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disable the IPAM account
Description
Disable the IPAM account. For more information, see Enable integration with Organizations in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_ipam_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_ipam_organization_admin_account(
DryRun = NULL,
DelegatedAdminAccountId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
DelegatedAdminAccountId |
[required] The Organizations member account ID that you want to disable as IPAM account. |
Disables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account
Description
Disables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_serial_console_access/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_serial_console_access(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disables the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Disables the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region. After you disable block public access for snapshots in a Region, users can publicly share snapshots in that Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_snapshot_block_public_access/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_snapshot_block_public_access(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disables the specified resource attachment from propagating routes to the specified propagation route table
Description
Disables the specified resource attachment from propagating routes to the specified propagation route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the propagation route table. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
The ID of the attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId |
The ID of the route table announcement. |
Disables a virtual private gateway (VGW) from propagating routes to a specified route table of a VPC
Description
Disables a virtual private gateway (VGW) from propagating routes to a specified route table of a VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_vgw_route_propagation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_vgw_route_propagation(GatewayId, RouteTableId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
GatewayId |
[required] The ID of the virtual private gateway. |
RouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the route table. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_vpc_classic_link/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_vpc_classic_link(DryRun = NULL, VpcId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support(VpcId = NULL)
Arguments
VpcId |
The ID of the VPC. |
Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface it's associated with
Description
Disassociates an Elastic IP address from the instance or network interface it's associated with.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_address/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_address(AssociationId = NULL, PublicIp = NULL, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
AssociationId |
The association ID. This parameter is required. |
PublicIp |
Deprecated. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Cancels a pending request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation to a consumer account, or revokes a request that has already been accepted
Description
Cancels a pending request to assign billing of the unused capacity of a Capacity Reservation to a consumer account, or revokes a request that has already been accepted. For more information, see Billing assignment for shared Amazon EC2 Capacity Reservations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_capacity_reservation_billing_owner(
DryRun = NULL,
CapacityReservationId,
UnusedReservationBillingOwnerId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
CapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation. |
UnusedReservationBillingOwnerId |
[required] The ID of the consumer account to which the request was sent. |
Disassociates a target network from the specified Client VPN endpoint
Description
Disassociates a target network from the specified Client VPN endpoint. When you disassociate the last target network from a Client VPN, the following happens:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_client_vpn_target_network/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_client_vpn_target_network(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
AssociationId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint from which to disassociate the target network. |
AssociationId |
[required] The ID of the target network association. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disassociates an IAM role from an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate
Description
Disassociates an IAM role from an Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate. Disassociating an IAM role from an ACM certificate removes the Amazon S3 object that contains the certificate, certificate chain, and encrypted private key from the Amazon S3 bucket. It also revokes the IAM role's permission to use the KMS key used to encrypt the private key. This effectively revokes the role's permission to use the certificate.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_enclave_certificate_iam_role/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_enclave_certificate_iam_role(
CertificateArn,
RoleArn,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CertificateArn |
[required] The ARN of the ACM certificate from which to disassociate the IAM role. |
RoleArn |
[required] The ARN of the IAM role to disassociate. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disassociates an IAM instance profile from a running or stopped instance
Description
Disassociates an IAM instance profile from a running or stopped instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_iam_instance_profile/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_iam_instance_profile(AssociationId)
Arguments
AssociationId |
[required] The ID of the IAM instance profile association. |
Disassociates one or more targets from an event window
Description
Disassociates one or more targets from an event window.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_instance_event_window/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_instance_event_window(
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceEventWindowId,
AssociationTarget
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceEventWindowId |
[required] The ID of the event window. |
AssociationTarget |
[required] One or more targets to disassociate from the specified event window. |
Remove the association between your Autonomous System Number (ASN) and your BYOIP CIDR
Description
Remove the association between your Autonomous System Number (ASN) and your BYOIP CIDR. You may want to use this action to disassociate an ASN from a CIDR or if you want to swap ASNs. For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_ipam_byoasn/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_ipam_byoasn(DryRun = NULL, Asn, Cidr)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Asn |
[required] A public 2-byte or 4-byte ASN. |
Cidr |
[required] A BYOIP CIDR. |
Disassociates a resource discovery from an Amazon VPC IPAM
Description
Disassociates a resource discovery from an Amazon VPC IPAM. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_ipam_resource_discovery/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_ipam_resource_discovery(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamResourceDiscoveryAssociationId |
[required] A resource discovery association ID. |
Disassociates secondary Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) from a public NAT gateway
Description
Disassociates secondary Elastic IP addresses (EIPs) from a public NAT gateway. You cannot disassociate your primary EIP. For more information, see Edit secondary IP address associations in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_nat_gateway_address/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_nat_gateway_address(
NatGatewayId,
AssociationIds,
MaxDrainDurationSeconds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
NatGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the NAT gateway. |
AssociationIds |
[required] The association IDs of EIPs that have been associated with the NAT gateway. |
MaxDrainDurationSeconds |
The maximum amount of time to wait (in seconds) before forcibly releasing the IP addresses if connections are still in progress. Default value is 350 seconds. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disassociates a subnet or gateway from a route table
Description
Disassociates a subnet or gateway from a route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_route_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_route_table(DryRun = NULL, AssociationId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
AssociationId |
[required] The association ID representing the current association between the route table and subnet or gateway. |
Disassociates a security group from a VPC
Description
Disassociates a security group from a VPC. You cannot disassociate the security group if any Elastic network interfaces in the associated VPC are still associated with the security group. Note that the disassociation is asynchronous and you can check the status of the request with describe_security_group_vpc_associations
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_security_group_vpc/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_security_group_vpc(GroupId, VpcId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
GroupId |
[required] A security group ID. |
VpcId |
[required] A VPC ID. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disassociates a CIDR block from a subnet
Description
Disassociates a CIDR block from a subnet. Currently, you can disassociate an IPv6 CIDR block only. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the CIDR block before you can disassociate it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_subnet_cidr_block/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_subnet_cidr_block(AssociationId)
Arguments
AssociationId |
[required] The association ID for the CIDR block. |
Disassociates the specified subnets from the transit gateway multicast domain
Description
Disassociates the specified subnets from the transit gateway multicast domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_multicast_domain(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
SubnetIds,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the attachment. |
SubnetIds |
[required] The IDs of the subnets; |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Removes the association between an an attachment and a policy table
Description
Removes the association between an an attachment and a policy table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_policy_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_policy_table(
TransitGatewayPolicyTableId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayPolicyTableId |
[required] The ID of the disassociated policy table. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway attachment to disassociate from the policy table. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disassociates a resource attachment from a transit gateway route table
Description
Disassociates a resource attachment from a transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_route_table/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_transit_gateway_route_table(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Removes an association between a branch network interface with a trunk network interface
Description
Removes an association between a branch network interface with a trunk network interface.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_trunk_interface/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_trunk_interface(
AssociationId,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
AssociationId |
[required] The ID of the association |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disassociates a CIDR block from a VPC
Description
Disassociates a CIDR block from a VPC. To disassociate the CIDR block, you must specify its association ID. You can get the association ID by using describe_vpcs
. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the CIDR block before you can disassociate it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_disassociate_vpc_cidr_block/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_disassociate_vpc_cidr_block(AssociationId)
Arguments
AssociationId |
[required] The association ID for the CIDR block. |
Enables Elastic IP address transfer
Description
Enables Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer Elastic IP addresses in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_address_transfer/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_address_transfer(AllocationId, TransferAccountId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
AllocationId |
[required] The allocation ID of an Elastic IP address. |
TransferAccountId |
[required] The ID of the account that you want to transfer the Elastic IP address to. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Enables Allowed AMIs for your account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. Two values are accepted:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_allowed_images_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_allowed_images_settings(AllowedImagesSettingsState, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
AllowedImagesSettingsState |
[required] Specify |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enables Infrastructure Performance subscriptions
Description
Enables Infrastructure Performance subscriptions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_aws_network_performance_metric_subscription(
Source = NULL,
Destination = NULL,
Metric = NULL,
Statistic = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Source |
The source Region (like |
Destination |
The target Region (like |
Metric |
The metric used for the enabled subscription. |
Statistic |
The statistic used for the enabled subscription. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region
Description
Enables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_ebs_encryption_by_default/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_ebs_encryption_by_default(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
When you enable Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, images are pre-provisioned, using snapshots to launch instances up to 65% faster
Description
When you enable Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, images are pre-provisioned, using snapshots to launch instances up to 65% faster. To create the optimized Windows image, Amazon EC2 launches an instance and runs through Sysprep steps, rebooting as required. Then it creates a set of reserved snapshots that are used for subsequent launches. The reserved snapshots are automatically replenished as they are used, depending on your settings for launch frequency.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_fast_launch/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_fast_launch(
ImageId,
ResourceType = NULL,
SnapshotConfiguration = NULL,
LaunchTemplate = NULL,
MaxParallelLaunches = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] Specify the ID of the image for which to enable Windows fast launch. |
ResourceType |
The type of resource to use for pre-provisioning the AMI for Windows
fast launch. Supported values include: |
SnapshotConfiguration |
Configuration settings for creating and managing the snapshots that are
used for pre-provisioning the AMI for Windows fast launch. The
associated |
LaunchTemplate |
The launch template to use when launching Windows instances from pre-provisioned snapshots. Launch template parameters can include either the name or ID of the launch template, but not both. |
MaxParallelLaunches |
The maximum number of instances that Amazon EC2 can launch at the same
time to create pre-provisioned snapshots for Windows fast launch. Value
must be |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones
Description
Enables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_fast_snapshot_restores/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_fast_snapshot_restores(
AvailabilityZones,
SourceSnapshotIds,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
AvailabilityZones |
[required] One or more Availability Zones. For example, |
SourceSnapshotIds |
[required] The IDs of one or more snapshots. For example, |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Re-enables a disabled AMI
Description
Re-enables a disabled AMI. The re-enabled AMI is marked as available
and can be used for instance launches, appears in describe operations, and can be shared. Amazon Web Services accounts, organizations, and Organizational Units that lost access to the AMI when it was disabled do not regain access automatically. Once the AMI is available, it can be shared with them again.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_image(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Enables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. This prevents the public sharing of your AMIs. However, if you already have public AMIs, they will remain publicly available.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_image_block_public_access/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_image_block_public_access(
ImageBlockPublicAccessState,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ImageBlockPublicAccessState |
[required] Specify |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enables deprecation of the specified AMI at the specified date and time
Description
Enables deprecation of the specified AMI at the specified date and time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_image_deprecation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_image_deprecation(ImageId, DeprecateAt, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI. |
DeprecateAt |
[required] The date and time to deprecate the AMI, in UTC, in the following format: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ. If you specify a value for seconds, Amazon EC2 rounds the seconds to the nearest minute. You can’t specify a date in the past. The upper limit for |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enables deregistration protection for an AMI
Description
Enables deregistration protection for an AMI. When deregistration protection is enabled, the AMI can't be deregistered.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_image_deregistration_protection/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_image_deregistration_protection(
ImageId,
WithCooldown = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI. |
WithCooldown |
If |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enable an Organizations member account as the IPAM admin account
Description
Enable an Organizations member account as the IPAM admin account. You cannot select the Organizations management account as the IPAM admin account. For more information, see Enable integration with Organizations in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_ipam_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_ipam_organization_admin_account(
DryRun = NULL,
DelegatedAdminAccountId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
DelegatedAdminAccountId |
[required] The Organizations member account ID that you want to enable as the IPAM account. |
Establishes a trust relationship between Reachability Analyzer and Organizations
Description
Establishes a trust relationship between Reachability Analyzer and Organizations. This operation must be performed by the management account for the organization.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_reachability_analyzer_organization_sharing/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_reachability_analyzer_organization_sharing(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account
Description
Enables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_serial_console_access/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_serial_console_access(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enables or modifies the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Enables or modifies the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region. After you enable block public access for snapshots in a Region, users can no longer request public sharing for snapshots in that Region. Snapshots that are already publicly shared are either treated as private or they remain publicly shared, depending on the State that you specify.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_snapshot_block_public_access/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_snapshot_block_public_access(State, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
State |
[required] The mode in which to enable block public access for snapshots for the Region. Specify one of the following values:
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enables the specified attachment to propagate routes to the specified propagation route table
Description
Enables the specified attachment to propagate routes to the specified propagation route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_transit_gateway_route_table_propagation(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the propagation route table. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
The ID of the attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
TransitGatewayRouteTableAnnouncementId |
The ID of the transit gateway route table announcement. |
Enables a virtual private gateway (VGW) to propagate routes to the specified route table of a VPC
Description
Enables a virtual private gateway (VGW) to propagate routes to the specified route table of a VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_vgw_route_propagation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_vgw_route_propagation(GatewayId, RouteTableId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
GatewayId |
[required] The ID of the virtual private gateway that is attached to a VPC. The virtual private gateway must be attached to the same VPC that the routing tables are associated with. |
RouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the route table. The routing table must be associated with the same VPC that the virtual private gateway is attached to. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Enables I/O operations for a volume that had I/O operations disabled because the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent
Description
Enables I/O operations for a volume that had I/O operations disabled because the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_volume_io/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_volume_io(DryRun = NULL, VolumeId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VolumeId |
[required] The ID of the volume. |
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_vpc_classic_link/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_vpc_classic_link(DryRun = NULL, VpcId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_enable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_enable_vpc_classic_link_dns_support(VpcId = NULL)
Arguments
VpcId |
The ID of the VPC. |
Downloads the client certificate revocation list for the specified Client VPN endpoint
Description
Downloads the client certificate revocation list for the specified Client VPN endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_export_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_export_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Downloads the contents of the Client VPN endpoint configuration file for the specified Client VPN endpoint
Description
Downloads the contents of the Client VPN endpoint configuration file for the specified Client VPN endpoint. The Client VPN endpoint configuration file includes the Client VPN endpoint and certificate information clients need to establish a connection with the Client VPN endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_export_client_vpn_client_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_export_client_vpn_client_configuration(ClientVpnEndpointId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Exports an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to a VM file
Description
Exports an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to a VM file. For more information, see Exporting a VM directly from an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) in the VM Import/Export User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_export_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_export_image(
ClientToken = NULL,
Description = NULL,
DiskImageFormat,
DryRun = NULL,
ImageId,
S3ExportLocation,
RoleName = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientToken |
Token to enable idempotency for export image requests. |
Description |
A description of the image being exported. The maximum length is 255 characters. |
DiskImageFormat |
[required] The disk image format. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the image. |
S3ExportLocation |
[required] The Amazon S3 bucket for the destination image. The destination bucket must exist. |
RoleName |
The name of the role that grants VM Import/Export permission to export images to your Amazon S3 bucket. If this parameter is not specified, the default role is named 'vmimport'. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the export image task during creation. |
Exports routes from the specified transit gateway route table to the specified S3 bucket
Description
Exports routes from the specified transit gateway route table to the specified S3 bucket. By default, all routes are exported. Alternatively, you can filter by CIDR range.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_export_transit_gateway_routes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_export_transit_gateway_routes(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
Filters = NULL,
S3Bucket,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the route table. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
S3Bucket |
[required] The name of the S3 bucket. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Exports the client configuration for a Verified Access instance
Description
Exports the client configuration for a Verified Access instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_export_verified_access_instance_client_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_export_verified_access_instance_client_configuration(
VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessInstanceId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets the current state of the Allowed AMIs setting and the list of Allowed AMIs criteria at the account level in the specified Region
Description
Gets the current state of the Allowed AMIs setting and the list of Allowed AMIs criteria at the account level in the specified Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_allowed_images_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_allowed_images_settings(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Returns the IAM roles that are associated with the specified ACM (ACM) certificate
Description
Returns the IAM roles that are associated with the specified ACM (ACM) certificate. It also returns the name of the Amazon S3 bucket and the Amazon S3 object key where the certificate, certificate chain, and encrypted private key bundle are stored, and the ARN of the KMS key that's used to encrypt the private key.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_associated_enclave_certificate_iam_roles/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_associated_enclave_certificate_iam_roles(CertificateArn, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
CertificateArn |
[required] The ARN of the ACM certificate for which to view the associated IAM roles, encryption keys, and Amazon S3 object information. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets information about the IPv6 CIDR block associations for a specified IPv6 address pool
Description
Gets information about the IPv6 CIDR block associations for a specified IPv6 address pool.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_associated_ipv_6_pool_cidrs/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_associated_ipv_6_pool_cidrs(
PoolId,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
PoolId |
[required] The ID of the IPv6 address pool. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets network performance data
Description
Gets network performance data.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_aws_network_performance_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_aws_network_performance_data(
DataQueries = NULL,
StartTime = NULL,
EndTime = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
DataQueries |
A list of network performance data queries. |
StartTime |
The starting time for the performance data request. The starting time
must be formatted as |
EndTime |
The ending time for the performance data request. The end time must be
formatted as |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets usage information about a Capacity Reservation
Description
Gets usage information about a Capacity Reservation. If the Capacity Reservation is shared, it shows usage information for the Capacity Reservation owner and each Amazon Web Services account that is currently using the shared capacity. If the Capacity Reservation is not shared, it shows only the Capacity Reservation owner's usage.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_capacity_reservation_usage/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_capacity_reservation_usage(
CapacityReservationId,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation. |
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes the allocations from the specified customer-owned address pool
Description
Describes the allocations from the specified customer-owned address pool.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_coip_pool_usage/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_coip_pool_usage(
PoolId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
PoolId |
[required] The ID of the address pool. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets the console output for the specified instance
Description
Gets the console output for the specified instance. For Linux instances, the instance console output displays the exact console output that would normally be displayed on a physical monitor attached to a computer. For Windows instances, the instance console output includes the last three system event log errors.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_console_output/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_console_output(InstanceId, Latest = NULL, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
Latest |
When enabled, retrieves the latest console output for the instance. Default: disabled ( |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with troubleshooting
Description
Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with troubleshooting.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_console_screenshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_console_screenshot(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId, WakeUp = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
WakeUp |
When set to |
Retrieves a summary of the account status report
Description
Retrieves a summary of the account status report.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_declarative_policies_report_summary/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_declarative_policies_report_summary(DryRun = NULL, ReportId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ReportId |
[required] The ID of the report. |
Describes the default credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance instance family
Description
Describes the default credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance instance family.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_default_credit_specification/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_default_credit_specification(DryRun = NULL, InstanceFamily)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
InstanceFamily |
[required] The instance family. |
Describes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region
Description
Describes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region. You can change the default KMS key for encryption by default using modify_ebs_default_kms_key_id
or reset_ebs_default_kms_key_id
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ebs_default_kms_key_id/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_ebs_default_kms_key_id(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Describes whether EBS encryption by default is enabled for your account in the current Region
Description
Describes whether EBS encryption by default is enabled for your account in the current Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ebs_encryption_by_default/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_ebs_encryption_by_default(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Generates a CloudFormation template that streamlines and automates the integration of VPC flow logs with Amazon Athena
Description
Generates a CloudFormation template that streamlines and automates the integration of VPC flow logs with Amazon Athena. This make it easier for you to query and gain insights from VPC flow logs data. Based on the information that you provide, we configure resources in the template to do the following:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_flow_logs_integration_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_flow_logs_integration_template(
DryRun = NULL,
FlowLogId,
ConfigDeliveryS3DestinationArn,
IntegrateServices
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
FlowLogId |
[required] The ID of the flow log. |
ConfigDeliveryS3DestinationArn |
[required] To store the CloudFormation template in Amazon S3, specify the location in Amazon S3. |
IntegrateServices |
[required] Information about the service integration. |
Lists the resource groups to which a Capacity Reservation has been added
Description
Lists the resource groups to which a Capacity Reservation has been added.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_groups_for_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_groups_for_capacity_reservation(
CapacityReservationId,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation. If you specify a Capacity Reservation that is shared with you, the operation returns only Capacity Reservation groups that you own. |
NextToken |
The token to use to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host
Description
Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you purchase a reservation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_host_reservation_purchase_preview/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_host_reservation_purchase_preview(HostIdSet, OfferingId)
Arguments
HostIdSet |
[required] The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts with which the reservation is associated. |
OfferingId |
[required] The offering ID of the reservation. |
Gets the current state of block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Gets the current state of block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_image_block_public_access_state/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_image_block_public_access_state(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings that are set at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Gets the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings that are set at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_instance_metadata_defaults/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_instance_metadata_defaults(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Gets the public endorsement key associated with the Nitro Trusted Platform Module (NitroTPM) for the specified instance
Description
Gets the public endorsement key associated with the Nitro Trusted Platform Module (NitroTPM) for the specified instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_instance_tpm_ek_pub/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_instance_tpm_ek_pub(InstanceId, KeyType, KeyFormat, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance for which to get the public endorsement key. |
KeyType |
[required] The required public endorsement key type. |
KeyFormat |
[required] The required public endorsement key format. Specify |
DryRun |
Specify this parameter to verify whether the request will succeed,
without actually making the request. If the request will succeed, the
response is |
Returns a list of instance types with the specified instance attributes
Description
Returns a list of instance types with the specified instance attributes. You can use the response to preview the instance types without launching instances. Note that the response does not consider capacity.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_instance_types_from_instance_requirements/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_instance_types_from_instance_requirements(
DryRun = NULL,
ArchitectureTypes,
VirtualizationTypes,
InstanceRequirements,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ArchitectureTypes |
[required] The processor architecture type. |
VirtualizationTypes |
[required] The virtualization type. |
InstanceRequirements |
[required] The attributes required for the instance types. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
A binary representation of the UEFI variable store
Description
A binary representation of the UEFI variable store. Only non-volatile variables are stored. This is a base64 encoded and zlib compressed binary value that must be properly encoded.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_instance_uefi_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_instance_uefi_data(InstanceId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance from which to retrieve the UEFI data. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Retrieve historical information about a CIDR within an IPAM scope
Description
Retrieve historical information about a CIDR within an IPAM scope. For more information, see View the history of IP addresses in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_address_history/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_ipam_address_history(
DryRun = NULL,
Cidr,
IpamScopeId,
VpcId = NULL,
StartTime = NULL,
EndTime = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Cidr |
[required] The CIDR you want the history of. The CIDR can be an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address range. If you enter a /16 IPv4 CIDR, you will get records that match it exactly. You will not get records for any subnets within the /16 CIDR. |
IpamScopeId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM scope that the CIDR is in. |
VpcId |
The ID of the VPC you want your history records filtered by. |
StartTime |
The start of the time period for which you are looking for history. If you omit this option, it will default to the value of EndTime. |
EndTime |
The end of the time period for which you are looking for history. If you omit this option, it will default to the current time. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of historical results you would like returned per page. Defaults to 100. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Gets IPAM discovered accounts
Description
Gets IPAM discovered accounts. A discovered account is an Amazon Web Services account that is monitored under a resource discovery. If you have integrated IPAM with Amazon Web Services Organizations, all accounts in the organization are discovered accounts. Only the IPAM account can get all discovered accounts in the organization.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_discovered_accounts/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_ipam_discovered_accounts(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamResourceDiscoveryId,
DiscoveryRegion,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamResourceDiscoveryId |
[required] A resource discovery ID. |
DiscoveryRegion |
[required] The Amazon Web Services Region that the account information is returned from. |
Filters |
Discovered account filters. |
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token from a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of discovered accounts to return in one page of results. |
Gets the public IP addresses that have been discovered by IPAM
Description
Gets the public IP addresses that have been discovered by IPAM.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_discovered_public_addresses/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_ipam_discovered_public_addresses(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamResourceDiscoveryId,
AddressRegion,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamResourceDiscoveryId |
[required] An IPAM resource discovery ID. |
AddressRegion |
[required] The Amazon Web Services Region for the IP address. |
Filters |
Filters. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of IPAM discovered public addresses to return in one page of results. |
Returns the resource CIDRs that are monitored as part of a resource discovery
Description
Returns the resource CIDRs that are monitored as part of a resource discovery. A discovered resource is a resource CIDR monitored under a resource discovery. The following resources can be discovered: VPCs, Public IPv4 pools, VPC subnets, and Elastic IP addresses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_discovered_resource_cidrs/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_ipam_discovered_resource_cidrs(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamResourceDiscoveryId,
ResourceRegion,
Filters = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamResourceDiscoveryId |
[required] A resource discovery ID. |
ResourceRegion |
[required] A resource Region. |
Filters |
Filters. |
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token from a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of discovered resource CIDRs to return in one page of results. |
Get a list of all the CIDR allocations in an IPAM pool
Description
Get a list of all the CIDR allocations in an IPAM pool. The Region you use should be the IPAM pool locale. The locale is the Amazon Web Services Region where this IPAM pool is available for allocations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_pool_allocations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_ipam_pool_allocations(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamPoolId,
IpamPoolAllocationId = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamPoolId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM pool you want to see the allocations for. |
IpamPoolAllocationId |
The ID of the allocation. |
Filters |
One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results you would like returned per page. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Get the CIDRs provisioned to an IPAM pool
Description
Get the CIDRs provisioned to an IPAM pool.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_pool_cidrs/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_ipam_pool_cidrs(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamPoolId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamPoolId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM pool you want the CIDR for. |
Filters |
One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in the request. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Returns resource CIDRs managed by IPAM in a given scope
Description
Returns resource CIDRs managed by IPAM in a given scope. If an IPAM is associated with more than one resource discovery, the resource CIDRs across all of the resource discoveries is returned. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_ipam_resource_cidrs/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_ipam_resource_cidrs(
DryRun = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
IpamScopeId,
IpamPoolId = NULL,
ResourceId = NULL,
ResourceType = NULL,
ResourceTag = NULL,
ResourceOwner = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Filters |
One or more filters for the request. For more information about filtering, see Filtering CLI output. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return in the request. |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
IpamScopeId |
[required] The ID of the scope that the resource is in. |
IpamPoolId |
The ID of the IPAM pool that the resource is in. |
ResourceId |
The ID of the resource. |
ResourceType |
The resource type. |
ResourceTag |
The resource tag. |
ResourceOwner |
The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource. |
Retrieves the configuration data of the specified instance
Description
Retrieves the configuration data of the specified instance. You can use this data to create a launch template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_launch_template_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_launch_template_data(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
Gets information about the resources that are associated with the specified managed prefix list
Description
Gets information about the resources that are associated with the specified managed prefix list.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_managed_prefix_list_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_managed_prefix_list_associations(
DryRun = NULL,
PrefixListId,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
PrefixListId |
[required] The ID of the prefix list. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Gets information about the entries for a specified managed prefix list
Description
Gets information about the entries for a specified managed prefix list.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_managed_prefix_list_entries/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_managed_prefix_list_entries(
DryRun = NULL,
PrefixListId,
TargetVersion = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
PrefixListId |
[required] The ID of the prefix list. |
TargetVersion |
The version of the prefix list for which to return the entries. The default is the current version. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
Gets the findings for the specified Network Access Scope analysis
Description
Gets the findings for the specified Network Access Scope analysis.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_network_insights_access_scope_analysis_findings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_network_insights_access_scope_analysis_findings(
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeAnalysisId |
[required] The ID of the Network Access Scope analysis. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets the content for the specified Network Access Scope
Description
Gets the content for the specified Network Access Scope.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_network_insights_access_scope_content/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_network_insights_access_scope_content(
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId |
[required] The ID of the Network Access Scope. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Retrieves the encrypted administrator password for a running Windows instance
Description
Retrieves the encrypted administrator password for a running Windows instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_password_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_password_data(InstanceId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the Windows instance. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Returns a quote and exchange information for exchanging one or more specified Convertible Reserved Instances for a new Convertible Reserved Instance
Description
Returns a quote and exchange information for exchanging one or more specified Convertible Reserved Instances for a new Convertible Reserved Instance. If the exchange cannot be performed, the reason is returned in the response. Use accept_reserved_instances_exchange_quote
to perform the exchange.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_reserved_instances_exchange_quote/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_reserved_instances_exchange_quote(
DryRun = NULL,
ReservedInstanceIds,
TargetConfigurations = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ReservedInstanceIds |
[required] The IDs of the Convertible Reserved Instances to exchange. |
TargetConfigurations |
The configuration of the target Convertible Reserved Instance to exchange for your current Convertible Reserved Instances. |
Gets security groups that can be associated by the Amazon Web Services account making the request with network interfaces in the specified VPC
Description
Gets security groups that can be associated by the Amazon Web Services account making the request with network interfaces in the specified VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_security_groups_for_vpc/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_security_groups_for_vpc(
VpcId,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
Filters = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VpcId |
[required] The VPC ID where the security group can be used. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
Filters |
The filters. If using multiple filters, the results include security groups which match all filters.
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Retrieves the access status of your account to the EC2 serial console of all instances
Description
Retrieves the access status of your account to the EC2 serial console of all instances. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_serial_console_access_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_serial_console_access_status(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets the current state of block public access for snapshots setting for the account and Region
Description
Gets the current state of block public access for snapshots setting for the account and Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_snapshot_block_public_access_state/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_snapshot_block_public_access_state(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Calculates the Spot placement score for a Region or Availability Zone based on the specified target capacity and compute requirements
Description
Calculates the Spot placement score for a Region or Availability Zone based on the specified target capacity and compute requirements.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_spot_placement_scores/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_spot_placement_scores(
InstanceTypes = NULL,
TargetCapacity,
TargetCapacityUnitType = NULL,
SingleAvailabilityZone = NULL,
RegionNames = NULL,
InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
InstanceTypes |
The instance types. We recommend that you specify at least three
instance types. If you specify one or two instance types, or specify
variations of a single instance type (for example, an If you specify |
TargetCapacity |
[required] The target capacity. |
TargetCapacityUnitType |
The unit for the target capacity. |
SingleAvailabilityZone |
Specify A list of scored Availability Zones is useful if you want to launch all of your Spot capacity into a single Availability Zone. |
RegionNames |
The Regions used to narrow down the list of Regions to be scored. Enter
the Region code, for example, |
InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata |
The attributes for the instance types. When you specify instance attributes, Amazon EC2 will identify instance types with those attributes. If you specify |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
Gets information about the subnet CIDR reservations
Description
Gets information about the subnet CIDR reservations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_subnet_cidr_reservations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_subnet_cidr_reservations(
Filters = NULL,
SubnetId,
DryRun = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
SubnetId |
[required] The ID of the subnet. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
Lists the route tables to which the specified resource attachment propagates routes
Description
Lists the route tables to which the specified resource attachment propagates routes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_attachment_propagations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_transit_gateway_attachment_propagations(
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the attachment. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets information about the associations for the transit gateway multicast domain
Description
Gets information about the associations for the transit gateway multicast domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets a list of the transit gateway policy table associations
Description
Gets a list of the transit gateway policy table associations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_policy_table_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_transit_gateway_policy_table_associations(
TransitGatewayPolicyTableId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayPolicyTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway policy table. |
Filters |
The filters associated with the transit gateway policy table. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Returns a list of transit gateway policy table entries
Description
Returns a list of transit gateway policy table entries.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_policy_table_entries/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_transit_gateway_policy_table_entries(
TransitGatewayPolicyTableId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayPolicyTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway policy table. |
Filters |
The filters associated with the transit gateway policy table. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets information about the prefix list references in a specified transit gateway route table
Description
Gets information about the prefix list references in a specified transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_prefix_list_references/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_transit_gateway_prefix_list_references(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets information about the associations for the specified transit gateway route table
Description
Gets information about the associations for the specified transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_route_table_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_transit_gateway_route_table_associations(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets information about the route table propagations for the specified transit gateway route table
Description
Gets information about the route table propagations for the specified transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_transit_gateway_route_table_propagations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_transit_gateway_route_table_propagations(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Get the Verified Access policy associated with the endpoint
Description
Get the Verified Access policy associated with the endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_verified_access_endpoint_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_verified_access_endpoint_policy(
VerifiedAccessEndpointId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access endpoint. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Gets the targets for the specified network CIDR endpoint for Verified Access
Description
Gets the targets for the specified network CIDR endpoint for Verified Access.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_verified_access_endpoint_targets/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_verified_access_endpoint_targets(
VerifiedAccessEndpointId,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the network CIDR endpoint. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Shows the contents of the Verified Access policy associated with the group
Description
Shows the contents of the Verified Access policy associated with the group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_verified_access_group_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_verified_access_group_policy(VerifiedAccessGroupId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessGroupId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access group. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Download an Amazon Web Services-provided sample configuration file to be used with the customer gateway device specified for your Site-to-Site VPN connection
Description
Download an Amazon Web Services-provided sample configuration file to be used with the customer gateway device specified for your Site-to-Site VPN connection.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_vpn_connection_device_sample_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_vpn_connection_device_sample_configuration(
VpnConnectionId,
VpnConnectionDeviceTypeId,
InternetKeyExchangeVersion = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VpnConnectionId |
[required] The |
VpnConnectionDeviceTypeId |
[required] Device identifier provided by the
|
InternetKeyExchangeVersion |
The IKE version to be used in the sample configuration file for your
customer gateway device. You can specify one of the following versions:
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Obtain a list of customer gateway devices for which sample configuration files can be provided
Description
Obtain a list of customer gateway devices for which sample configuration files can be provided. The request has no additional parameters. You can also see the list of device types with sample configuration files available under Your customer gateway device in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_vpn_connection_device_types/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_vpn_connection_device_types(
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results returned by
|
NextToken |
The |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Get details of available tunnel endpoint maintenance
Description
Get details of available tunnel endpoint maintenance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_get_vpn_tunnel_replacement_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_get_vpn_tunnel_replacement_status(
VpnConnectionId,
VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VpnConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the Site-to-Site VPN connection. |
VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress |
[required] The external IP address of the VPN tunnel. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Uploads a client certificate revocation list to the specified Client VPN endpoint
Description
Uploads a client certificate revocation list to the specified Client VPN endpoint. Uploading a client certificate revocation list overwrites the existing client certificate revocation list.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_import_client_vpn_client_certificate_revocation_list(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
CertificateRevocationList,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to which the client certificate revocation list applies. |
CertificateRevocationList |
[required] The client certificate revocation list file. For more information, see Generate a Client Certificate Revocation List in the Client VPN Administrator Guide. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
To import your virtual machines (VMs) with a console-based experience, you can use the Import virtual machine images to Amazon Web Services template in the Migration Hub Orchestrator console
Description
To import your virtual machines (VMs) with a console-based experience, you can use the Import virtual machine images to Amazon Web Services template in the Migration Hub Orchestrator console. For more information, see the Migration Hub Orchestrator User Guide .
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_import_image(
Architecture = NULL,
ClientData = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
Description = NULL,
DiskContainers = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Encrypted = NULL,
Hypervisor = NULL,
KmsKeyId = NULL,
LicenseType = NULL,
Platform = NULL,
RoleName = NULL,
LicenseSpecifications = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
UsageOperation = NULL,
BootMode = NULL
)
Arguments
Architecture |
The architecture of the virtual machine. Valid values: |
ClientData |
The client-specific data. |
ClientToken |
The token to enable idempotency for VM import requests. |
Description |
A description string for the import image task. |
DiskContainers |
Information about the disk containers. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Encrypted |
Specifies whether the destination AMI of the imported image should be
encrypted. The default KMS key for EBS is used unless you specify a
non-default KMS key using |
Hypervisor |
The target hypervisor platform. Valid values: |
KmsKeyId |
An identifier for the symmetric KMS key to use when creating the
encrypted AMI. This parameter is only required if you want to use a
non-default KMS key; if this parameter is not specified, the default KMS
key for EBS is used. If a The KMS key identifier may be provided in any of the following formats:
Amazon Web Services parses The specified KMS key must exist in the Region that the AMI is being copied to. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys. |
LicenseType |
The license type to be used for the Amazon Machine Image (AMI) after importing. Specify To use |
Platform |
The operating system of the virtual machine. If you import a VM that is compatible with Unified Extensible Firmware Interface (UEFI) using an EBS snapshot, you must specify a value for the platform. Valid values: |
RoleName |
The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'. |
LicenseSpecifications |
The ARNs of the license configurations. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the import image task during creation. |
UsageOperation |
The usage operation value. For more information, see Licensing options in the VM Import/Export User Guide. |
BootMode |
The boot mode of the virtual machine. The |
We recommend that you use the ImportImage API instead
Description
We recommend that you use the import_image
API instead. For more information, see Importing a VM as an image using VM Import/Export in the VM Import/Export User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_import_instance(
DryRun = NULL,
Description = NULL,
LaunchSpecification = NULL,
DiskImages = NULL,
Platform
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Description |
A description for the instance being imported. |
LaunchSpecification |
The launch specification. |
DiskImages |
The disk image. |
Platform |
[required] The instance operating system. |
Imports the public key from an RSA or ED25519 key pair that you created using a third-party tool
Description
Imports the public key from an RSA or ED25519 key pair that you created using a third-party tool. You give Amazon Web Services only the public key. The private key is never transferred between you and Amazon Web Services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_key_pair/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_import_key_pair(
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
KeyName,
PublicKeyMaterial
)
Arguments
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the imported key pair. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
KeyName |
[required] A unique name for the key pair. |
PublicKeyMaterial |
[required] The public key. |
Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot
Description
Imports a disk into an EBS snapshot.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_import_snapshot(
ClientData = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
Description = NULL,
DiskContainer = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Encrypted = NULL,
KmsKeyId = NULL,
RoleName = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientData |
The client-specific data. |
ClientToken |
Token to enable idempotency for VM import requests. |
Description |
The description string for the import snapshot task. |
DiskContainer |
Information about the disk container. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Encrypted |
Specifies whether the destination snapshot of the imported image should
be encrypted. The default KMS key for EBS is used unless you specify a
non-default KMS key using |
KmsKeyId |
An identifier for the symmetric KMS key to use when creating the
encrypted snapshot. This parameter is only required if you want to use a
non-default KMS key; if this parameter is not specified, the default KMS
key for EBS is used. If a The KMS key identifier may be provided in any of the following formats:
Amazon Web Services parses The specified KMS key must exist in the Region that the snapshot is being copied to. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys. |
RoleName |
The name of the role to use when not using the default role, 'vmimport'. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the import snapshot task during creation. |
This API action supports only single-volume VMs
Description
This API action supports only single-volume VMs. To import multi-volume VMs, use import_image
instead. To import a disk to a snapshot, use import_snapshot
instead.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_import_volume/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_import_volume(
DryRun = NULL,
AvailabilityZone,
Image,
Description = NULL,
Volume
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
AvailabilityZone |
[required] The Availability Zone for the resulting EBS volume. |
Image |
[required] The disk image. |
Description |
A description of the volume. |
Volume |
[required] The volume size. |
Lists one or more AMIs that are currently in the Recycle Bin
Description
Lists one or more AMIs that are currently in the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Recycle Bin in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_list_images_in_recycle_bin/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_list_images_in_recycle_bin(
ImageIds = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ImageIds |
The IDs of the AMIs to list. Omit this parameter to list all of the AMIs that are in the Recycle Bin. You can specify up to 20 IDs in a single request. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Lists one or more snapshots that are currently in the Recycle Bin
Description
Lists one or more snapshots that are currently in the Recycle Bin.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_list_snapshots_in_recycle_bin/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_list_snapshots_in_recycle_bin(
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
SnapshotIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
MaxResults |
The maximum number of items to return for this request. To get the next page of items, make another request with the token returned in the output. For more information, see Pagination. |
NextToken |
The token returned from a previous paginated request. Pagination continues from the end of the items returned by the previous request. |
SnapshotIds |
The IDs of the snapshots to list. Omit this parameter to list all of the snapshots that are in the Recycle Bin. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Locks an Amazon EBS snapshot in either governance or compliance mode to protect it against accidental or malicious deletions for a specific duration
Description
Locks an Amazon EBS snapshot in either governance or compliance mode to protect it against accidental or malicious deletions for a specific duration. A locked snapshot can't be deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_lock_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_lock_snapshot(
SnapshotId,
DryRun = NULL,
LockMode,
CoolOffPeriod = NULL,
LockDuration = NULL,
ExpirationDate = NULL
)
Arguments
SnapshotId |
[required] The ID of the snapshot to lock. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
LockMode |
[required] The mode in which to lock the snapshot. Specify one of the following:
|
CoolOffPeriod |
The cooling-off period during which you can unlock the snapshot or modify the lock settings after locking the snapshot in compliance mode, in hours. After the cooling-off period expires, you can't unlock or delete the snapshot, decrease the lock duration, or change the lock mode. You can increase the lock duration after the cooling-off period expires. The cooling-off period is optional when locking a snapshot in compliance mode. If you are locking the snapshot in governance mode, omit this parameter. To lock the snapshot in compliance mode immediately without a cooling-off period, omit this parameter. If you are extending the lock duration for a snapshot that is locked in compliance mode after the cooling-off period has expired, omit this parameter. If you specify a cooling-period in a such a request, the request fails. Allowed values: Min 1, max 72. |
LockDuration |
The period of time for which to lock the snapshot, in days. The snapshot lock will automatically expire after this period lapses. You must specify either this parameter or ExpirationDate, but not both. Allowed values: Min: 1, max 36500 |
ExpirationDate |
The date and time at which the snapshot lock is to automatically expire,
in the UTC time zone ( You must specify either this parameter or LockDuration, but not both. |
Modifies an attribute of the specified Elastic IP address
Description
Modifies an attribute of the specified Elastic IP address. For requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_address_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_address_attribute(AllocationId, DomainName = NULL, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
AllocationId |
[required] [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID. |
DomainName |
The domain name to modify for the IP address. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Changes the opt-in status of the specified zone group for your account
Description
Changes the opt-in status of the specified zone group for your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_availability_zone_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_availability_zone_group(GroupName, OptInStatus, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
GroupName |
[required] The name of the Availability Zone group, Local Zone group, or Wavelength Zone group. |
OptInStatus |
[required] Indicates whether to opt in to the zone group. The only valid value is
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies a Capacity Reservation's capacity, instance eligibility, and the conditions under which it is to be released
Description
Modifies a Capacity Reservation's capacity, instance eligibility, and the conditions under which it is to be released. You can't modify a Capacity Reservation's instance type, EBS optimization, platform, instance store settings, Availability Zone, or tenancy. If you need to modify any of these attributes, we recommend that you cancel the Capacity Reservation, and then create a new one with the required attributes. For more information, see Modify an active Capacity Reservation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_capacity_reservation(
CapacityReservationId,
InstanceCount = NULL,
EndDate = NULL,
EndDateType = NULL,
Accept = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
AdditionalInfo = NULL,
InstanceMatchCriteria = NULL
)
Arguments
CapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation. |
InstanceCount |
The number of instances for which to reserve capacity. The number of
instances can't be increased or decreased by more than |
EndDate |
The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation expires. When a
Capacity Reservation expires, the reserved capacity is released and you
can no longer launch instances into it. The Capacity Reservation's state
changes to The Capacity Reservation is cancelled within an hour from the specified time. For example, if you specify 5/31/2019, 13:30:55, the Capacity Reservation is guaranteed to end between 13:30:55 and 14:30:55 on 5/31/2019. You must provide an |
EndDateType |
Indicates the way in which the Capacity Reservation ends. A Capacity Reservation can have one of the following end types:
|
Accept |
Reserved. Capacity Reservations you have created are accepted by default. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
AdditionalInfo |
Reserved for future use. |
InstanceMatchCriteria |
The matching criteria (instance eligibility) that you want to use in the
modified Capacity Reservation. If you change the instance eligibility of
an existing Capacity Reservation from To modify the instance eligibility, the Capacity Reservation must be completely idle (zero usage). |
Modifies a Capacity Reservation Fleet
Description
Modifies a Capacity Reservation Fleet.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_capacity_reservation_fleet/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_capacity_reservation_fleet(
CapacityReservationFleetId,
TotalTargetCapacity = NULL,
EndDate = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
RemoveEndDate = NULL
)
Arguments
CapacityReservationFleetId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation Fleet to modify. |
TotalTargetCapacity |
The total number of capacity units to be reserved by the Capacity Reservation Fleet. This value, together with the instance type weights that you assign to each instance type used by the Fleet determine the number of instances for which the Fleet reserves capacity. Both values are based on units that make sense for your workload. For more information, see Total target capacity in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
EndDate |
The date and time at which the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires. When
the Capacity Reservation Fleet expires, its state changes to The Capacity Reservation Fleet expires within an hour after the
specified time. For example, if you specify You can't specify EndDate and RemoveEndDate in the same request. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
RemoveEndDate |
Indicates whether to remove the end date from the Capacity Reservation Fleet. If you remove the end date, the Capacity Reservation Fleet does not expire and it remains active until you explicitly cancel it using the CancelCapacityReservationFleet action. You can't specify RemoveEndDate and EndDate in the same request. |
Modifies the specified Client VPN endpoint
Description
Modifies the specified Client VPN endpoint. Modifying the DNS server resets existing client connections.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_client_vpn_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_client_vpn_endpoint(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
ServerCertificateArn = NULL,
ConnectionLogOptions = NULL,
DnsServers = NULL,
VpnPort = NULL,
Description = NULL,
SplitTunnel = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
VpcId = NULL,
SelfServicePortal = NULL,
ClientConnectOptions = NULL,
SessionTimeoutHours = NULL,
ClientLoginBannerOptions = NULL,
DisconnectOnSessionTimeout = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to modify. |
ServerCertificateArn |
The ARN of the server certificate to be used. The server certificate must be provisioned in Certificate Manager (ACM). |
ConnectionLogOptions |
Information about the client connection logging options. If you enable client connection logging, data about client connections is sent to a Cloudwatch Logs log stream. The following information is logged:
|
DnsServers |
Information about the DNS servers to be used by Client VPN connections. A Client VPN endpoint can have up to two DNS servers. |
VpnPort |
The port number to assign to the Client VPN endpoint for TCP and UDP traffic. Valid Values: Default Value: |
Description |
A brief description of the Client VPN endpoint. |
SplitTunnel |
Indicates whether the VPN is split-tunnel. For information about split-tunnel VPN endpoints, see Split-tunnel Client VPN endpoint in the Client VPN Administrator Guide. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SecurityGroupIds |
The IDs of one or more security groups to apply to the target network. |
VpcId |
The ID of the VPC to associate with the Client VPN endpoint. |
SelfServicePortal |
Specify whether to enable the self-service portal for the Client VPN endpoint. |
ClientConnectOptions |
The options for managing connection authorization for new client connections. |
SessionTimeoutHours |
The maximum VPN session duration time in hours. Valid values: Default value: |
ClientLoginBannerOptions |
Options for enabling a customizable text banner that will be displayed on Amazon Web Services provided clients when a VPN session is established. |
DisconnectOnSessionTimeout |
Indicates whether the client VPN session is disconnected after the
maximum timeout specified in |
Modifies the default credit option for CPU usage of burstable performance instances
Description
Modifies the default credit option for CPU usage of burstable performance instances. The default credit option is set at the account level per Amazon Web Services Region, and is specified per instance family. All new burstable performance instances in the account launch using the default credit option.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_default_credit_specification/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_default_credit_specification(
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceFamily,
CpuCredits
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
InstanceFamily |
[required] The instance family. |
CpuCredits |
[required] The credit option for CPU usage of the instance family. Valid Values: |
Changes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region
Description
Changes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ebs_default_kms_key_id/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_ebs_default_kms_key_id(KmsKeyId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
KmsKeyId |
[required] The identifier of the KMS key to use for Amazon EBS encryption. If this
parameter is not specified, your KMS key for Amazon EBS is used. If
You can specify the KMS key using any of the following:
Amazon Web Services authenticates the KMS key asynchronously. Therefore, if you specify an ID, alias, or ARN that is not valid, the action can appear to complete, but eventually fails. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the specified EC2 Fleet
Description
Modifies the specified EC2 Fleet.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_fleet/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_fleet(
DryRun = NULL,
ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = NULL,
LaunchTemplateConfigs = NULL,
FleetId,
TargetCapacitySpecification = NULL,
Context = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy |
Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the total target capacity of the EC2 Fleet is decreased below the current size of the EC2 Fleet. Supported only for fleets of type |
LaunchTemplateConfigs |
The launch template and overrides. |
FleetId |
[required] The ID of the EC2 Fleet. |
TargetCapacitySpecification |
The size of the EC2 Fleet. |
Context |
Reserved. |
Modifies the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI)
Description
Modifies the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_fpga_image_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_fpga_image_attribute(
DryRun = NULL,
FpgaImageId,
Attribute = NULL,
OperationType = NULL,
UserIds = NULL,
UserGroups = NULL,
ProductCodes = NULL,
LoadPermission = NULL,
Description = NULL,
Name = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
FpgaImageId |
[required] The ID of the AFI. |
Attribute |
The name of the attribute. |
OperationType |
The operation type. |
UserIds |
The Amazon Web Services account IDs. This parameter is valid only when
modifying the |
UserGroups |
The user groups. This parameter is valid only when modifying the
|
ProductCodes |
The product codes. After you add a product code to an AFI, it can't be
removed. This parameter is valid only when modifying the |
LoadPermission |
The load permission for the AFI. |
Description |
A description for the AFI. |
Name |
A name for the AFI. |
Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host
Description
Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host. When auto-placement is enabled, any instances that you launch with a tenancy of host
but without a specific host ID are placed onto any available Dedicated Host in your account that has auto-placement enabled. When auto-placement is disabled, you need to provide a host ID to have the instance launch onto a specific host. If no host ID is provided, the instance is launched onto a suitable host with auto-placement enabled.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_hosts/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_hosts(
HostRecovery = NULL,
InstanceType = NULL,
InstanceFamily = NULL,
HostMaintenance = NULL,
HostIds,
AutoPlacement = NULL
)
Arguments
HostRecovery |
Indicates whether to enable or disable host recovery for the Dedicated Host. For more information, see Host recovery in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
InstanceType |
Specifies the instance type to be supported by the Dedicated Host. Specify this parameter to modify a Dedicated Host to support only a specific instance type. If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to support multiple instance types in its current instance family, omit this parameter and specify InstanceFamily instead. You cannot specify InstanceType and InstanceFamily in the same request. |
InstanceFamily |
Specifies the instance family to be supported by the Dedicated Host. Specify this parameter to modify a Dedicated Host to support multiple instance types within its current instance family. If you want to modify a Dedicated Host to support a specific instance type only, omit this parameter and specify InstanceType instead. You cannot specify InstanceFamily and InstanceType in the same request. |
HostMaintenance |
Indicates whether to enable or disable host maintenance for the Dedicated Host. For more information, see Host maintenance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
HostIds |
[required] The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts to modify. |
AutoPlacement |
Specify whether to enable or disable auto-placement. |
Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-Region basis
Description
Modifies the ID format for the specified resource on a per-Region basis. You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs) when they are created.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_id_format/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_id_format(Resource, UseLongIds)
Arguments
Resource |
[required] The type of resource: Alternatively, use the |
UseLongIds |
[required] Indicate whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs). |
Modifies the ID format of a resource for a specified IAM user, IAM role, or the root user for an account; or all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user for an account
Description
Modifies the ID format of a resource for a specified IAM user, IAM role, or the root user for an account; or all IAM users, IAM roles, and the root user for an account. You can specify that resources should receive longer IDs (17-character IDs) when they are created.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_identity_id_format/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_identity_id_format(Resource, UseLongIds, PrincipalArn)
Arguments
Resource |
[required] The type of resource: Alternatively, use the |
UseLongIds |
[required] Indicates whether the resource should use longer IDs (17-character IDs) |
PrincipalArn |
[required] The ARN of the principal, which can be an IAM user, IAM role, or the
root user. Specify |
Modifies the specified attribute of the specified AMI
Description
Modifies the specified attribute of the specified AMI. You can specify only one attribute at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_image_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_image_attribute(
Attribute = NULL,
Description = NULL,
ImageId,
LaunchPermission = NULL,
OperationType = NULL,
ProductCodes = NULL,
UserGroups = NULL,
UserIds = NULL,
Value = NULL,
OrganizationArns = NULL,
OrganizationalUnitArns = NULL,
ImdsSupport = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Attribute |
The name of the attribute to modify. Valid values: |
Description |
A new description for the AMI. |
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI. |
LaunchPermission |
A new launch permission for the AMI. |
OperationType |
The operation type. This parameter can be used only when the |
ProductCodes |
Not supported. |
UserGroups |
The user groups. This parameter can be used only when the |
UserIds |
The Amazon Web Services account IDs. This parameter can be used only
when the |
Value |
The value of the attribute being modified. This parameter can be used
only when the |
OrganizationArns |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an organization. This parameter can be
used only when the |
OrganizationalUnitArns |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an organizational unit (OU). This
parameter can be used only when the |
ImdsSupport |
Set to Do not use this parameter unless your AMI software supports IMDSv2.
After you set the value to |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the specified attribute of the specified instance
Description
Modifies the specified attribute of the specified instance. You can specify only one attribute at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_instance_attribute(
SourceDestCheck = NULL,
DisableApiStop = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceId,
Attribute = NULL,
Value = NULL,
BlockDeviceMappings = NULL,
DisableApiTermination = NULL,
InstanceType = NULL,
Kernel = NULL,
Ramdisk = NULL,
UserData = NULL,
InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = NULL,
Groups = NULL,
EbsOptimized = NULL,
SriovNetSupport = NULL,
EnaSupport = NULL
)
Arguments
SourceDestCheck |
Enable or disable source/destination checks, which ensure that the
instance is either the source or the destination of any traffic that it
receives. If the value is |
DisableApiStop |
Indicates whether an instance is enabled for stop protection. For more information, see Enable stop protection for your instance. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
Attribute |
The name of the attribute to modify. You can modify the following attributes only: |
Value |
A new value for the attribute. Use only with the |
BlockDeviceMappings |
Modifies the To add instance store volumes to an Amazon EBS-backed instance, you must add them when you launch the instance. For more information, see Update the block device mapping when launching an instance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
DisableApiTermination |
Enable or disable termination protection for the instance. If the value
is |
InstanceType |
Changes the instance type to the specified value. For more information,
see Instance types
in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. If the instance type is not valid, the
error returned is |
Kernel |
Changes the instance's kernel to the specified value. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB. |
Ramdisk |
Changes the instance's RAM disk to the specified value. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB. |
UserData |
Changes the instance's user data to the specified value. User data must be base64-encoded. Depending on the tool or SDK that you're using, the base64-encoding might be performed for you. For more information, see Work with instance user data. |
InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior |
Specifies whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). |
Groups |
Replaces the security groups of the instance with the specified security groups. You must specify the ID of at least one security group, even if it's just the default security group for the VPC. |
EbsOptimized |
Specifies whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS Optimized instance. |
SriovNetSupport |
Set to There is no way to disable enhanced networking with the Intel 82599 Virtual Function interface at this time. This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV instance can make it unreachable. |
EnaSupport |
Set to This option is supported only for HVM instances. Specifying this option with a PV instance can make it unreachable. |
Modifies the Capacity Reservation settings for a stopped instance
Description
Modifies the Capacity Reservation settings for a stopped instance. Use this action to configure an instance to target a specific Capacity Reservation, run in any open
Capacity Reservation with matching attributes, run in On-Demand Instance capacity, or only run in a Capacity Reservation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_capacity_reservation_attributes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_instance_capacity_reservation_attributes(
InstanceId,
CapacityReservationSpecification,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance to be modified. |
CapacityReservationSpecification |
[required] Information about the Capacity Reservation targeting option. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
By default, all vCPUs for the instance type are active when you launch an instance
Description
By default, all vCPUs for the instance type are active when you launch an instance. When you configure the number of active vCPUs for the instance, it can help you save on licensing costs and optimize performance. The base cost of the instance remains unchanged.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_cpu_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_instance_cpu_options(
InstanceId,
CoreCount,
ThreadsPerCore,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance to update. |
CoreCount |
[required] The number of CPU cores to activate for the specified instance. |
ThreadsPerCore |
[required] The number of threads to run for each CPU core. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Modifies the credit option for CPU usage on a running or stopped burstable performance instance
Description
Modifies the credit option for CPU usage on a running or stopped burstable performance instance. The credit options are standard
and unlimited
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_credit_specification/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_instance_credit_specification(
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
InstanceCreditSpecifications
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency. |
InstanceCreditSpecifications |
[required] Information about the credit option for CPU usage. |
Modifies the start time for a scheduled Amazon EC2 instance event
Description
Modifies the start time for a scheduled Amazon EC2 instance event.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_event_start_time/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_instance_event_start_time(
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceId,
InstanceEventId,
NotBefore
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance with the scheduled event. |
InstanceEventId |
[required] The ID of the event whose date and time you are modifying. |
NotBefore |
[required] The new date and time when the event will take place. |
Modifies the specified event window
Description
Modifies the specified event window.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_event_window/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_instance_event_window(
DryRun = NULL,
Name = NULL,
InstanceEventWindowId,
TimeRanges = NULL,
CronExpression = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Name |
The name of the event window. |
InstanceEventWindowId |
[required] The ID of the event window. |
TimeRanges |
The time ranges of the event window. |
CronExpression |
The cron expression of the event window, for example,
Constraints:
For more information about cron expressions, see cron on the Wikipedia website. |
Modifies the recovery behavior of your instance to disable simplified automatic recovery or set the recovery behavior to default
Description
Modifies the recovery behavior of your instance to disable simplified automatic recovery or set the recovery behavior to default. The default configuration will not enable simplified automatic recovery for an unsupported instance type. For more information, see Simplified automatic recovery.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_maintenance_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_instance_maintenance_options(
InstanceId,
AutoRecovery = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
AutoRecovery |
Disables the automatic recovery behavior of your instance or sets it to default. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Modifies the default instance metadata service (IMDS) settings at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_metadata_defaults/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_instance_metadata_defaults(
HttpTokens = NULL,
HttpPutResponseHopLimit = NULL,
HttpEndpoint = NULL,
InstanceMetadataTags = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
HttpTokens |
Indicates whether IMDSv2 is required.
|
HttpPutResponseHopLimit |
The maximum number of hops that the metadata token can travel. To
indicate no preference, specify Possible values: Integers from |
HttpEndpoint |
Enables or disables the IMDS endpoint on an instance. When disabled, the instance metadata can't be accessed. |
InstanceMetadataTags |
Enables or disables access to an instance's tags from the instance metadata. For more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Modify the instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance
Description
Modify the instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance. When you modify the parameters on a stopped instance, they are applied when the instance is started. When you modify the parameters on a running instance, the API responds with a state of “pending”. After the parameter modifications are successfully applied to the instance, the state of the modifications changes from “pending” to “applied” in subsequent describe-instances API calls. For more information, see Instance metadata and user data in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_metadata_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_instance_metadata_options(
InstanceId,
HttpTokens = NULL,
HttpPutResponseHopLimit = NULL,
HttpEndpoint = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
HttpProtocolIpv6 = NULL,
InstanceMetadataTags = NULL
)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
HttpTokens |
Indicates whether IMDSv2 is required.
Default:
The default value can also be affected by other combinations of parameters. For more information, see Order of precedence for instance metadata options in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
HttpPutResponseHopLimit |
The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel. If no parameter is specified, the existing state is maintained. Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64 |
HttpEndpoint |
Enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. If this parameter is not specified, the existing state is maintained. If you specify a value of |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
HttpProtocolIpv6 |
Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service. Applies only if you enabled the HTTP metadata endpoint. |
InstanceMetadataTags |
Set to |
Change the configuration of the network performance options for an existing instance
Description
Change the configuration of the network performance options for an existing instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_network_performance_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_instance_network_performance_options(
InstanceId,
BandwidthWeighting,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance to update. |
BandwidthWeighting |
[required] Specify the bandwidth weighting option to boost the associated type of baseline bandwidth, as follows: default This option uses the standard bandwidth configuration for your instance type. vpc-1 This option boosts your networking baseline bandwidth and reduces your EBS baseline bandwidth. ebs-1 This option boosts your EBS baseline bandwidth and reduces your networking baseline bandwidth. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Modifies the placement attributes for a specified instance
Description
Modifies the placement attributes for a specified instance. You can do the following:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_instance_placement/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_instance_placement(
GroupName = NULL,
PartitionNumber = NULL,
HostResourceGroupArn = NULL,
GroupId = NULL,
InstanceId,
Tenancy = NULL,
Affinity = NULL,
HostId = NULL
)
Arguments
GroupName |
The name of the placement group in which to place the instance. For
spread placement groups, the instance must have a tenancy of To remove an instance from a placement group, specify an empty string (""). |
PartitionNumber |
The number of the partition in which to place the instance. Valid only
if the placement group strategy is set to |
HostResourceGroupArn |
The ARN of the host resource group in which to place the instance. The
instance must have a tenancy of |
GroupId |
The Group Id of a placement group. You must specify the Placement Group Group Id to launch an instance in a shared placement group. |
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance that you are modifying. |
Tenancy |
The tenancy for the instance. For T3 instances, you must launch the instance on a Dedicated Host to
use a tenancy of |
Affinity |
The affinity setting for the instance. For more information, see Host affinity in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
HostId |
The ID of the Dedicated Host with which to associate the instance. |
Modify the configurations of an IPAM
Description
Modify the configurations of an IPAM.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ipam/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_ipam(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamId,
Description = NULL,
AddOperatingRegions = NULL,
RemoveOperatingRegions = NULL,
Tier = NULL,
EnablePrivateGua = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM you want to modify. |
Description |
The description of the IPAM you want to modify. |
AddOperatingRegions |
Choose the operating Regions for the IPAM. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select as operating Regions. For more information about operating Regions, see Create an IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
RemoveOperatingRegions |
The operating Regions to remove. |
Tier |
IPAM is offered in a Free Tier and an Advanced Tier. For more information about the features available in each tier and the costs associated with the tiers, see Amazon VPC pricing \> IPAM tab. |
EnablePrivateGua |
Enable this option to use your own GUA ranges as private IPv6 addresses. This option is disabled by default. |
Modify the configurations of an IPAM pool
Description
Modify the configurations of an IPAM pool.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ipam_pool/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_ipam_pool(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamPoolId,
Description = NULL,
AutoImport = NULL,
AllocationMinNetmaskLength = NULL,
AllocationMaxNetmaskLength = NULL,
AllocationDefaultNetmaskLength = NULL,
ClearAllocationDefaultNetmaskLength = NULL,
AddAllocationResourceTags = NULL,
RemoveAllocationResourceTags = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamPoolId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM pool you want to modify. |
Description |
The description of the IPAM pool you want to modify. |
AutoImport |
If true, IPAM will continuously look for resources within the CIDR range of this pool and automatically import them as allocations into your IPAM. The CIDRs that will be allocated for these resources must not already be allocated to other resources in order for the import to succeed. IPAM will import a CIDR regardless of its compliance with the pool's allocation rules, so a resource might be imported and subsequently marked as noncompliant. If IPAM discovers multiple CIDRs that overlap, IPAM will import the largest CIDR only. If IPAM discovers multiple CIDRs with matching CIDRs, IPAM will randomly import one of them only. A locale must be set on the pool for this feature to work. |
AllocationMinNetmaskLength |
The minimum netmask length required for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be compliant. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128. The minimum netmask length must be less than the maximum netmask length. |
AllocationMaxNetmaskLength |
The maximum netmask length possible for CIDR allocations in this IPAM pool to be compliant. Possible netmask lengths for IPv4 addresses are 0 - 32. Possible netmask lengths for IPv6 addresses are 0 - 128.The maximum netmask length must be greater than the minimum netmask length. |
AllocationDefaultNetmaskLength |
The default netmask length for allocations added to this pool. If, for example, the CIDR assigned to this pool is 10.0.0.0/8 and you enter 16 here, new allocations will default to 10.0.0.0/16. |
ClearAllocationDefaultNetmaskLength |
Clear the default netmask length allocation rule for this pool. |
AddAllocationResourceTags |
Add tag allocation rules to a pool. For more information about allocation rules, see Create a top-level pool in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. |
RemoveAllocationResourceTags |
Remove tag allocation rules from a pool. |
Modify a resource CIDR
Description
Modify a resource CIDR. You can use this action to transfer resource CIDRs between scopes and ignore resource CIDRs that you do not want to manage. If set to false, the resource will not be tracked for overlap, it cannot be auto-imported into a pool, and it will be removed from any pool it has an allocation in.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ipam_resource_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_ipam_resource_cidr(
DryRun = NULL,
ResourceId,
ResourceCidr,
ResourceRegion,
CurrentIpamScopeId,
DestinationIpamScopeId = NULL,
Monitored
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
ResourceId |
[required] The ID of the resource you want to modify. |
ResourceCidr |
[required] The CIDR of the resource you want to modify. |
ResourceRegion |
[required] The Amazon Web Services Region of the resource you want to modify. |
CurrentIpamScopeId |
[required] The ID of the current scope that the resource CIDR is in. |
DestinationIpamScopeId |
The ID of the scope you want to transfer the resource CIDR to. |
Monitored |
[required] Determines if the resource is monitored by IPAM. If a resource is monitored, the resource is discovered by IPAM and you can view details about the resource’s CIDR. |
Modifies a resource discovery
Description
Modifies a resource discovery. A resource discovery is an IPAM component that enables IPAM to manage and monitor resources that belong to the owning account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ipam_resource_discovery/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_ipam_resource_discovery(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamResourceDiscoveryId,
Description = NULL,
AddOperatingRegions = NULL,
RemoveOperatingRegions = NULL,
AddOrganizationalUnitExclusions = NULL,
RemoveOrganizationalUnitExclusions = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamResourceDiscoveryId |
[required] A resource discovery ID. |
Description |
A resource discovery description. |
AddOperatingRegions |
Add operating Regions to the resource discovery. Operating Regions are Amazon Web Services Regions where the IPAM is allowed to manage IP address CIDRs. IPAM only discovers and monitors resources in the Amazon Web Services Regions you select as operating Regions. |
RemoveOperatingRegions |
Remove operating Regions. |
AddOrganizationalUnitExclusions |
Add an Organizational Unit (OU) exclusion to your IPAM. If your IPAM is integrated with Amazon Web Services Organizations and you add an organizational unit (OU) exclusion, IPAM will not manage the IP addresses in accounts in that OU exclusion. There is a limit on the number of exclusions you can create. For more information, see Quotas for your IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. The resulting set of exclusions must not result in "overlap", meaning two or more OU exclusions must not exclude the same OU. For more information and examples, see the Amazon Web Services CLI request process in Add or remove OU exclusions in the Amazon VPC User Guide. |
RemoveOrganizationalUnitExclusions |
Remove an Organizational Unit (OU) exclusion to your IPAM. If your IPAM is integrated with Amazon Web Services Organizations and you add an organizational unit (OU) exclusion, IPAM will not manage the IP addresses in accounts in that OU exclusion. There is a limit on the number of exclusions you can create. For more information, see Quotas for your IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide. The resulting set of exclusions must not result in "overlap", meaning two or more OU exclusions must not exclude the same OU. For more information and examples, see the Amazon Web Services CLI request process in Add or remove OU exclusions in the Amazon VPC User Guide. |
Modify an IPAM scope
Description
Modify an IPAM scope.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_ipam_scope/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_ipam_scope(DryRun = NULL, IpamScopeId, Description = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamScopeId |
[required] The ID of the scope you want to modify. |
Description |
The description of the scope you want to modify. |
Modifies a launch template
Description
Modifies a launch template. You can specify which version of the launch template to set as the default version. When launching an instance, the default version applies when a launch template version is not specified.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_launch_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_launch_template(
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
LaunchTemplateId = NULL,
LaunchTemplateName = NULL,
DefaultVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. Constraint: Maximum 128 ASCII characters. |
LaunchTemplateId |
The ID of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both. |
LaunchTemplateName |
The name of the launch template. You must specify either the launch template ID or the launch template name, but not both. |
DefaultVersion |
The version number of the launch template to set as the default version. |
Modifies the specified local gateway route
Description
Modifies the specified local gateway route.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_local_gateway_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_local_gateway_route(
DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
DestinationPrefixListId = NULL
)
Arguments
DestinationCidrBlock |
The CIDR block used for destination matches. The value that you provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table. |
LocalGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the local gateway route table. |
LocalGatewayVirtualInterfaceGroupId |
The ID of the virtual interface group. |
NetworkInterfaceId |
The ID of the network interface. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
DestinationPrefixListId |
The ID of the prefix list. Use a prefix list in place of
|
Modifies the specified managed prefix list
Description
Modifies the specified managed prefix list.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_managed_prefix_list/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_managed_prefix_list(
DryRun = NULL,
PrefixListId,
CurrentVersion = NULL,
PrefixListName = NULL,
AddEntries = NULL,
RemoveEntries = NULL,
MaxEntries = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
PrefixListId |
[required] The ID of the prefix list. |
CurrentVersion |
The current version of the prefix list. |
PrefixListName |
A name for the prefix list. |
AddEntries |
One or more entries to add to the prefix list. |
RemoveEntries |
One or more entries to remove from the prefix list. |
MaxEntries |
The maximum number of entries for the prefix list. You cannot modify the entries of a prefix list and modify the size of a prefix list at the same time. If any of the resources that reference the prefix list cannot support the new maximum size, the modify operation fails. Check the state message for the IDs of the first ten resources that do not support the new maximum size. |
Modifies the specified network interface attribute
Description
Modifies the specified network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time. You can use this action to attach and detach security groups from an existing EC2 instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_network_interface_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_network_interface_attribute(
EnaSrdSpecification = NULL,
EnablePrimaryIpv6 = NULL,
ConnectionTrackingSpecification = NULL,
AssociatePublicIpAddress = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId,
Description = NULL,
SourceDestCheck = NULL,
Groups = NULL,
Attachment = NULL
)
Arguments
EnaSrdSpecification |
Updates the ENA Express configuration for the network interface that’s attached to the instance. |
EnablePrimaryIpv6 |
If you’re modifying a network interface in a dual-stack or IPv6-only subnet, you have the option to assign a primary IPv6 IP address. A primary IPv6 address is an IPv6 GUA address associated with an ENI that you have enabled to use a primary IPv6 address. Use this option if the instance that this ENI will be attached to relies on its IPv6 address not changing. Amazon Web Services will automatically assign an IPv6 address associated with the ENI attached to your instance to be the primary IPv6 address. Once you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, you cannot disable it. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. If you have multiple IPv6 addresses associated with an ENI attached to your instance and you enable a primary IPv6 address, the first IPv6 GUA address associated with the ENI becomes the primary IPv6 address. |
ConnectionTrackingSpecification |
A connection tracking specification. |
AssociatePublicIpAddress |
Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to a network interface. This option can be enabled for any network interface but will only apply to the primary network interface (eth0). |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the network interface. |
Description |
A description for the network interface. |
SourceDestCheck |
Enable or disable source/destination checks, which ensure that the
instance is either the source or the destination of any traffic that it
receives. If the value is |
Groups |
Changes the security groups for the network interface. The new set of groups you specify replaces the current set. You must specify at least one group, even if it's just the default security group in the VPC. You must specify the ID of the security group, not the name. |
Attachment |
Information about the interface attachment. If modifying the
|
Modifies the options for instance hostnames for the specified instance
Description
Modifies the options for instance hostnames for the specified instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_private_dns_name_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_private_dns_name_options(
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceId,
PrivateDnsHostnameType = NULL,
EnableResourceNameDnsARecord = NULL,
EnableResourceNameDnsAAAARecord = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
PrivateDnsHostnameType |
The type of hostname for EC2 instances. For IPv4 only subnets, an instance DNS name must be based on the instance IPv4 address. For IPv6 only subnets, an instance DNS name must be based on the instance ID. For dual-stack subnets, you can specify whether DNS names use the instance IPv4 address or the instance ID. |
EnableResourceNameDnsARecord |
Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A records. |
EnableResourceNameDnsAAAARecord |
Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS AAAA records. |
Modifies the configuration of your Reserved Instances, such as the Availability Zone, instance count, or instance type
Description
Modifies the configuration of your Reserved Instances, such as the Availability Zone, instance count, or instance type. The Reserved Instances to be modified must be identical, except for Availability Zone, network platform, and instance type.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_reserved_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_reserved_instances(
ReservedInstancesIds,
ClientToken = NULL,
TargetConfigurations
)
Arguments
ReservedInstancesIds |
[required] The IDs of the Reserved Instances to modify. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency. |
TargetConfigurations |
[required] The configuration settings for the Reserved Instances to modify. |
Modifies the rules of a security group
Description
Modifies the rules of a security group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_security_group_rules/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_security_group_rules(GroupId, SecurityGroupRules, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
GroupId |
[required] The ID of the security group. |
SecurityGroupRules |
[required] Information about the security group properties to update. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot
Description
Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot. You may add or remove specified Amazon Web Services account IDs from a snapshot's list of create volume permissions, but you cannot do both in a single operation. If you need to both add and remove account IDs for a snapshot, you must use multiple operations. You can make up to 500 modifications to a snapshot in a single operation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_snapshot_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_snapshot_attribute(
Attribute = NULL,
CreateVolumePermission = NULL,
GroupNames = NULL,
OperationType = NULL,
SnapshotId,
UserIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
Attribute |
The snapshot attribute to modify. Only volume creation permissions can be modified. |
CreateVolumePermission |
A JSON representation of the snapshot attribute modification. |
GroupNames |
The group to modify for the snapshot. |
OperationType |
The type of operation to perform to the attribute. |
SnapshotId |
[required] The ID of the snapshot. |
UserIds |
The account ID to modify for the snapshot. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Archives an Amazon EBS snapshot
Description
Archives an Amazon EBS snapshot. When you archive a snapshot, it is converted to a full snapshot that includes all of the blocks of data that were written to the volume at the time the snapshot was created, and moved from the standard tier to the archive tier. For more information, see Archive Amazon EBS snapshots in the Amazon EBS User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_snapshot_tier/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_snapshot_tier(SnapshotId, StorageTier = NULL, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
SnapshotId |
[required] The ID of the snapshot. |
StorageTier |
The name of the storage tier. You must specify |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the specified Spot Fleet request
Description
Modifies the specified Spot Fleet request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_spot_fleet_request/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_spot_fleet_request(
LaunchTemplateConfigs = NULL,
OnDemandTargetCapacity = NULL,
Context = NULL,
SpotFleetRequestId,
TargetCapacity = NULL,
ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy = NULL
)
Arguments
LaunchTemplateConfigs |
The launch template and overrides. You can only use this parameter if
you specified a launch template ( |
OnDemandTargetCapacity |
The number of On-Demand Instances in the fleet. |
Context |
Reserved. |
SpotFleetRequestId |
[required] The ID of the Spot Fleet request. |
TargetCapacity |
The size of the fleet. |
ExcessCapacityTerminationPolicy |
Indicates whether running instances should be terminated if the target capacity of the Spot Fleet request is decreased below the current size of the Spot Fleet. Supported only for fleets of type |
Modifies a subnet attribute
Description
Modifies a subnet attribute. You can only modify one attribute at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_subnet_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_subnet_attribute(
AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation = NULL,
MapPublicIpOnLaunch = NULL,
SubnetId,
MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch = NULL,
CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool = NULL,
EnableDns64 = NULL,
PrivateDnsHostnameTypeOnLaunch = NULL,
EnableResourceNameDnsARecordOnLaunch = NULL,
EnableResourceNameDnsAAAARecordOnLaunch = NULL,
EnableLniAtDeviceIndex = NULL,
DisableLniAtDeviceIndex = NULL
)
Arguments
AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation |
Specify If you enable the IPv6 addressing feature for your subnet, your network
interface or instance only receives an IPv6 address if it's created
using version |
MapPublicIpOnLaunch |
Specify Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page. |
SubnetId |
[required] The ID of the subnet. |
MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch |
Specify When this value is |
CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool |
The customer-owned IPv4 address pool associated with the subnet. You must set this value when you specify |
EnableDns64 |
Indicates whether DNS queries made to the Amazon-provided DNS Resolver in this subnet should return synthetic IPv6 addresses for IPv4-only destinations. You must first configure a NAT gateway in a public subnet (separate from
the subnet containing the IPv6-only workloads). For example, the subnet
containing the NAT gateway should have a |
PrivateDnsHostnameTypeOnLaunch |
The type of hostname to assign to instances in the subnet at launch. For IPv4-only and dual-stack (IPv4 and IPv6) subnets, an instance DNS name can be based on the instance IPv4 address (ip-name) or the instance ID (resource-name). For IPv6 only subnets, an instance DNS name must be based on the instance ID (resource-name). |
EnableResourceNameDnsARecordOnLaunch |
Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A records. |
EnableResourceNameDnsAAAARecordOnLaunch |
Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS AAAA records. |
EnableLniAtDeviceIndex |
Indicates the device position for local network interfaces in this
subnet. For example, |
DisableLniAtDeviceIndex |
Specify |
Allows or restricts mirroring network services
Description
Allows or restricts mirroring network services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_filter_network_services/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_filter_network_services(
TrafficMirrorFilterId,
AddNetworkServices = NULL,
RemoveNetworkServices = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorFilterId |
[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter. |
AddNetworkServices |
The network service, for example Amazon DNS, that you want to mirror. |
RemoveNetworkServices |
The network service, for example Amazon DNS, that you no longer want to mirror. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the specified Traffic Mirror rule
Description
Modifies the specified Traffic Mirror rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_filter_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_filter_rule(
TrafficMirrorFilterRuleId,
TrafficDirection = NULL,
RuleNumber = NULL,
RuleAction = NULL,
DestinationPortRange = NULL,
SourcePortRange = NULL,
Protocol = NULL,
DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
SourceCidrBlock = NULL,
Description = NULL,
RemoveFields = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorFilterRuleId |
[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror rule. |
TrafficDirection |
The type of traffic to assign to the rule. |
RuleNumber |
The number of the Traffic Mirror rule. This number must be unique for each Traffic Mirror rule in a given direction. The rules are processed in ascending order by rule number. |
RuleAction |
The action to assign to the rule. |
DestinationPortRange |
The destination ports that are associated with the Traffic Mirror rule. |
SourcePortRange |
The port range to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule. |
Protocol |
The protocol, for example TCP, to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule. |
DestinationCidrBlock |
The destination CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule. |
SourceCidrBlock |
The source CIDR block to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule. |
Description |
The description to assign to the Traffic Mirror rule. |
RemoveFields |
The properties that you want to remove from the Traffic Mirror filter rule. When you remove a property from a Traffic Mirror filter rule, the property is set to the default. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies a Traffic Mirror session
Description
Modifies a Traffic Mirror session.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_session/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_traffic_mirror_session(
TrafficMirrorSessionId,
TrafficMirrorTargetId = NULL,
TrafficMirrorFilterId = NULL,
PacketLength = NULL,
SessionNumber = NULL,
VirtualNetworkId = NULL,
Description = NULL,
RemoveFields = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TrafficMirrorSessionId |
[required] The ID of the Traffic Mirror session. |
TrafficMirrorTargetId |
The Traffic Mirror target. The target must be in the same VPC as the source, or have a VPC peering connection with the source. |
TrafficMirrorFilterId |
The ID of the Traffic Mirror filter. |
PacketLength |
The number of bytes in each packet to mirror. These are bytes after the VXLAN header. To mirror a subset, set this to the length (in bytes) to mirror. For example, if you set this value to 100, then the first 100 bytes that meet the filter criteria are copied to the target. Do not specify this parameter when you want to mirror the entire packet. For sessions with Network Load Balancer (NLB) traffic mirror targets,
the default |
SessionNumber |
The session number determines the order in which sessions are evaluated when an interface is used by multiple sessions. The first session with a matching filter is the one that mirrors the packets. Valid values are 1-32766. |
VirtualNetworkId |
The virtual network ID of the Traffic Mirror session. |
Description |
The description to assign to the Traffic Mirror session. |
RemoveFields |
The properties that you want to remove from the Traffic Mirror session. When you remove a property from a Traffic Mirror session, the property is set to the default. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the specified transit gateway
Description
Modifies the specified transit gateway. When you modify a transit gateway, the modified options are applied to new transit gateway attachments only. Your existing transit gateway attachments are not modified.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_transit_gateway/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_transit_gateway(
TransitGatewayId,
Description = NULL,
Options = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway. |
Description |
The description for the transit gateway. |
Options |
The options to modify. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table
Description
Modifies a reference (route) to a prefix list in a specified transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_transit_gateway_prefix_list_reference(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
PrefixListId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
Blackhole = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
PrefixListId |
[required] The ID of the prefix list. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
The ID of the attachment to which traffic is routed. |
Blackhole |
Indicates whether to drop traffic that matches this route. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the specified VPC attachment
Description
Modifies the specified VPC attachment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment(
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
AddSubnetIds = NULL,
RemoveSubnetIds = NULL,
Options = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the attachment. |
AddSubnetIds |
The IDs of one or more subnets to add. You can specify at most one subnet per Availability Zone. |
RemoveSubnetIds |
The IDs of one or more subnets to remove. |
Options |
The new VPC attachment options. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint
Description
Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_verified_access_endpoint(
VerifiedAccessEndpointId,
VerifiedAccessGroupId = NULL,
LoadBalancerOptions = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceOptions = NULL,
Description = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
RdsOptions = NULL,
CidrOptions = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access endpoint. |
VerifiedAccessGroupId |
The ID of the Verified Access group. |
LoadBalancerOptions |
The load balancer details if creating the Verified Access endpoint as
|
NetworkInterfaceOptions |
The network interface options. |
Description |
A description for the Verified Access endpoint. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
RdsOptions |
The RDS options. |
CidrOptions |
The CIDR options. |
Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint policy
Description
Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoint policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_endpoint_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_verified_access_endpoint_policy(
VerifiedAccessEndpointId,
PolicyEnabled = NULL,
PolicyDocument = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
SseSpecification = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access endpoint. |
PolicyEnabled |
The status of the Verified Access policy. |
PolicyDocument |
The Verified Access policy document. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SseSpecification |
The options for server side encryption. |
Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group configuration
Description
Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_group/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_verified_access_group(
VerifiedAccessGroupId,
VerifiedAccessInstanceId = NULL,
Description = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessGroupId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access group. |
VerifiedAccessInstanceId |
The ID of the Verified Access instance. |
Description |
A description for the Verified Access group. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group policy
Description
Modifies the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access group policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_group_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_verified_access_group_policy(
VerifiedAccessGroupId,
PolicyEnabled = NULL,
PolicyDocument = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
SseSpecification = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessGroupId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access group. |
PolicyEnabled |
The status of the Verified Access policy. |
PolicyDocument |
The Verified Access policy document. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SseSpecification |
The options for server side encryption. |
Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance
Description
Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_verified_access_instance(
VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
Description = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
CidrEndpointsCustomSubDomain = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessInstanceId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance. |
Description |
A description for the Verified Access instance. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
CidrEndpointsCustomSubDomain |
The custom subdomain. |
Modifies the logging configuration for the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance
Description
Modifies the logging configuration for the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_instance_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_verified_access_instance_logging_configuration(
VerifiedAccessInstanceId,
AccessLogs,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessInstanceId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access instance. |
AccessLogs |
[required] The configuration options for Verified Access instances. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider
Description
Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_verified_access_trust_provider/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_verified_access_trust_provider(
VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId,
OidcOptions = NULL,
DeviceOptions = NULL,
Description = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
SseSpecification = NULL,
NativeApplicationOidcOptions = NULL
)
Arguments
VerifiedAccessTrustProviderId |
[required] The ID of the Verified Access trust provider. |
OidcOptions |
The options for an OpenID Connect-compatible user-identity trust provider. |
DeviceOptions |
The options for a device-based trust provider. This parameter is
required when the provider type is |
Description |
A description for the Verified Access trust provider. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure idempotency of your modification request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
SseSpecification |
The options for server side encryption. |
NativeApplicationOidcOptions |
The OpenID Connect (OIDC) options. |
You can modify several parameters of an existing EBS volume, including volume size, volume type, and IOPS capacity
Description
You can modify several parameters of an existing EBS volume, including volume size, volume type, and IOPS capacity. If your EBS volume is attached to a current-generation EC2 instance type, you might be able to apply these changes without stopping the instance or detaching the volume from it. For more information about modifying EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes in the Amazon EBS User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_volume/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_volume(
DryRun = NULL,
VolumeId,
Size = NULL,
VolumeType = NULL,
Iops = NULL,
Throughput = NULL,
MultiAttachEnabled = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VolumeId |
[required] The ID of the volume. |
Size |
The target size of the volume, in GiB. The target volume size must be greater than or equal to the existing size of the volume. The following are the supported volumes sizes for each volume type:
Default: The existing size is retained. |
VolumeType |
The target EBS volume type of the volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon EBS User Guide. Default: The existing type is retained. |
Iops |
The target IOPS rate of the volume. This parameter is valid only for
The following are the supported values for each volume type:
For Default: The existing value is retained if you keep the same volume
type. If you change the volume type to |
Throughput |
The target throughput of the volume, in MiB/s. This parameter is valid
only for Default: The existing value is retained if the source and target volume
type is Valid Range: Minimum value of 125. Maximum value of 1000. |
MultiAttachEnabled |
Specifies whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable
Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 Nitro-based instances
in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with |
Modifies a volume attribute
Description
Modifies a volume attribute.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_volume_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_volume_attribute(AutoEnableIO = NULL, VolumeId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
AutoEnableIO |
Indicates whether the volume should be auto-enabled for I/O operations. |
VolumeId |
[required] The ID of the volume. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the specified attribute of the specified VPC
Description
Modifies the specified attribute of the specified VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpc_attribute(
EnableDnsHostnames = NULL,
EnableDnsSupport = NULL,
VpcId,
EnableNetworkAddressUsageMetrics = NULL
)
Arguments
EnableDnsHostnames |
Indicates whether the instances launched in the VPC get DNS hostnames. If enabled, instances in the VPC get DNS hostnames; otherwise, they do not. You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each attribute. You can only enable DNS hostnames if you've enabled DNS support. |
EnableDnsSupport |
Indicates whether the DNS resolution is supported for the VPC. If enabled, queries to the Amazon provided DNS server at the 169.254.169.253 IP address, or the reserved IP address at the base of the VPC network range "plus two" succeed. If disabled, the Amazon provided DNS service in the VPC that resolves public DNS hostnames to IP addresses is not enabled. You cannot modify the DNS resolution and DNS hostnames attributes in the same request. Use separate requests for each attribute. |
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
EnableNetworkAddressUsageMetrics |
Indicates whether Network Address Usage metrics are enabled for your VPC. |
Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions
Description
Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) exclusions. A VPC BPA exclusion is a mode that can be applied to a single VPC or subnet that exempts it from the account’s BPA mode and will allow bidirectional or egress-only access. You can create BPA exclusions for VPCs and subnets even when BPA is not enabled on the account to ensure that there is no traffic disruption to the exclusions when VPC BPA is turned on.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpc_block_public_access_exclusion(
DryRun = NULL,
ExclusionId,
InternetGatewayExclusionMode
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ExclusionId |
[required] The ID of an exclusion. |
InternetGatewayExclusionMode |
[required] The exclusion mode for internet gateway traffic.
|
Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options
Description
Modify VPC Block Public Access (BPA) options. VPC Block Public Access (BPA) enables you to block resources in VPCs and subnets that you own in a Region from reaching or being reached from the internet through internet gateways and egress-only internet gateways. To learn more about VPC BPA, see Block public access to VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_block_public_access_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpc_block_public_access_options(
DryRun = NULL,
InternetGatewayBlockMode
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InternetGatewayBlockMode |
[required] The mode of VPC BPA.
|
Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint
Description
Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint. The attributes that you can modify depend on the type of VPC endpoint (interface, gateway, or Gateway Load Balancer). For more information, see the Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint(
DryRun = NULL,
VpcEndpointId,
ResetPolicy = NULL,
PolicyDocument = NULL,
AddRouteTableIds = NULL,
RemoveRouteTableIds = NULL,
AddSubnetIds = NULL,
RemoveSubnetIds = NULL,
AddSecurityGroupIds = NULL,
RemoveSecurityGroupIds = NULL,
IpAddressType = NULL,
DnsOptions = NULL,
PrivateDnsEnabled = NULL,
SubnetConfigurations = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the endpoint. |
ResetPolicy |
(Gateway endpoint) Specify |
PolicyDocument |
(Interface and gateway endpoints) A policy to attach to the endpoint that controls access to the service. The policy must be in valid JSON format. |
AddRouteTableIds |
(Gateway endpoint) The IDs of the route tables to associate with the endpoint. |
RemoveRouteTableIds |
(Gateway endpoint) The IDs of the route tables to disassociate from the endpoint. |
AddSubnetIds |
(Interface and Gateway Load Balancer endpoints) The IDs of the subnets in which to serve the endpoint. For a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint, you can specify only one subnet. |
RemoveSubnetIds |
(Interface endpoint) The IDs of the subnets from which to remove the endpoint. |
AddSecurityGroupIds |
(Interface endpoint) The IDs of the security groups to associate with the endpoint network interfaces. |
RemoveSecurityGroupIds |
(Interface endpoint) The IDs of the security groups to disassociate from the endpoint network interfaces. |
IpAddressType |
The IP address type for the endpoint. |
DnsOptions |
The DNS options for the endpoint. |
PrivateDnsEnabled |
(Interface endpoint) Indicates whether a private hosted zone is associated with the VPC. |
SubnetConfigurations |
The subnet configurations for the endpoint. |
Modifies a connection notification for VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service
Description
Modifies a connection notification for VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service. You can change the SNS topic for the notification, or the events for which to be notified.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_connection_notification(
DryRun = NULL,
ConnectionNotificationId,
ConnectionNotificationArn = NULL,
ConnectionEvents = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ConnectionNotificationId |
[required] The ID of the notification. |
ConnectionNotificationArn |
The ARN for the SNS topic for the notification. |
ConnectionEvents |
The events for the endpoint. Valid values are |
Modifies the attributes of the specified VPC endpoint service configuration
Description
Modifies the attributes of the specified VPC endpoint service configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_configuration(
DryRun = NULL,
ServiceId,
PrivateDnsName = NULL,
RemovePrivateDnsName = NULL,
AcceptanceRequired = NULL,
AddNetworkLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
RemoveNetworkLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
AddGatewayLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
RemoveGatewayLoadBalancerArns = NULL,
AddSupportedIpAddressTypes = NULL,
RemoveSupportedIpAddressTypes = NULL,
AddSupportedRegions = NULL,
RemoveSupportedRegions = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ServiceId |
[required] The ID of the service. |
PrivateDnsName |
(Interface endpoint configuration) The private DNS name to assign to the endpoint service. |
RemovePrivateDnsName |
(Interface endpoint configuration) Removes the private DNS name of the endpoint service. |
AcceptanceRequired |
Indicates whether requests to create an endpoint to the service must be accepted. |
AddNetworkLoadBalancerArns |
The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Network Load Balancers to add to the service configuration. |
RemoveNetworkLoadBalancerArns |
The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Network Load Balancers to remove from the service configuration. |
AddGatewayLoadBalancerArns |
The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Gateway Load Balancers to add to the service configuration. |
RemoveGatewayLoadBalancerArns |
The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of Gateway Load Balancers to remove from the service configuration. |
AddSupportedIpAddressTypes |
The IP address types to add to the service configuration. |
RemoveSupportedIpAddressTypes |
The IP address types to remove from the service configuration. |
AddSupportedRegions |
The supported Regions to add to the service configuration. |
RemoveSupportedRegions |
The supported Regions to remove from the service configuration. |
Modifies the payer responsibility for your VPC endpoint service
Description
Modifies the payer responsibility for your VPC endpoint service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_payer_responsibility/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_payer_responsibility(
DryRun = NULL,
ServiceId,
PayerResponsibility
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ServiceId |
[required] The ID of the service. |
PayerResponsibility |
[required] The entity that is responsible for the endpoint costs. The default is the endpoint owner. If you set the payer responsibility to the service owner, you cannot set it back to the endpoint owner. |
Modifies the permissions for your VPC endpoint service
Description
Modifies the permissions for your VPC endpoint service. You can add or remove permissions for service consumers (Amazon Web Services accounts, users, and IAM roles) to connect to your endpoint service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpc_endpoint_service_permissions(
DryRun = NULL,
ServiceId,
AddAllowedPrincipals = NULL,
RemoveAllowedPrincipals = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ServiceId |
[required] The ID of the service. |
AddAllowedPrincipals |
The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the principals. Permissions are granted to the principals in this list. To grant permissions to all principals, specify an asterisk (*). |
RemoveAllowedPrincipals |
The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the principals. Permissions are revoked for principals in this list. |
Modifies the VPC peering connection options on one side of a VPC peering connection
Description
Modifies the VPC peering connection options on one side of a VPC peering connection.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_peering_connection_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpc_peering_connection_options(
AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions = NULL,
VpcPeeringConnectionId
)
Arguments
AccepterPeeringConnectionOptions |
The VPC peering connection options for the accepter VPC. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
RequesterPeeringConnectionOptions |
The VPC peering connection options for the requester VPC. |
VpcPeeringConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the VPC peering connection. |
Modifies the instance tenancy attribute of the specified VPC
Description
Modifies the instance tenancy attribute of the specified VPC. You can change the instance tenancy attribute of a VPC to default
only. You cannot change the instance tenancy attribute to dedicated
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpc_tenancy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpc_tenancy(VpcId, InstanceTenancy, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
VpcId |
[required] The ID of the VPC. |
InstanceTenancy |
[required] The instance tenancy attribute for the VPC. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the customer gateway or the target gateway of an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection
Description
Modifies the customer gateway or the target gateway of an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection. To modify the target gateway, the following migration options are available:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpn_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpn_connection(
VpnConnectionId,
TransitGatewayId = NULL,
CustomerGatewayId = NULL,
VpnGatewayId = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VpnConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the VPN connection. |
TransitGatewayId |
The ID of the transit gateway. |
CustomerGatewayId |
The ID of the customer gateway at your end of the VPN connection. |
VpnGatewayId |
The ID of the virtual private gateway at the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the connection options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection
Description
Modifies the connection options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpn_connection_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpn_connection_options(
VpnConnectionId,
LocalIpv4NetworkCidr = NULL,
RemoteIpv4NetworkCidr = NULL,
LocalIpv6NetworkCidr = NULL,
RemoteIpv6NetworkCidr = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VpnConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the Site-to-Site VPN connection. |
LocalIpv4NetworkCidr |
The IPv4 CIDR on the customer gateway (on-premises) side of the VPN connection. Default: |
RemoteIpv4NetworkCidr |
The IPv4 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. Default: |
LocalIpv6NetworkCidr |
The IPv6 CIDR on the customer gateway (on-premises) side of the VPN connection. Default: |
RemoteIpv6NetworkCidr |
The IPv6 CIDR on the Amazon Web Services side of the VPN connection. Default: |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the VPN tunnel endpoint certificate
Description
Modifies the VPN tunnel endpoint certificate.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpn_tunnel_certificate/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpn_tunnel_certificate(
VpnConnectionId,
VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VpnConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection. |
VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress |
[required] The external IP address of the VPN tunnel. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Modifies the options for a VPN tunnel in an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection
Description
Modifies the options for a VPN tunnel in an Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection. You can modify multiple options for a tunnel in a single request, but you can only modify one tunnel at a time. For more information, see Site-to-Site VPN tunnel options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_modify_vpn_tunnel_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_modify_vpn_tunnel_options(
VpnConnectionId,
VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress,
TunnelOptions,
DryRun = NULL,
SkipTunnelReplacement = NULL
)
Arguments
VpnConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN connection. |
VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress |
[required] The external IP address of the VPN tunnel. |
TunnelOptions |
[required] The tunnel options to modify. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SkipTunnelReplacement |
Choose whether or not to trigger immediate tunnel replacement. This is
only applicable when turning on or off Valid values: |
Enables detailed monitoring for a running instance
Description
Enables detailed monitoring for a running instance. Otherwise, basic monitoring is enabled. For more information, see Monitor your instances using CloudWatch in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_monitor_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_monitor_instances(InstanceIds, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceIds |
[required] The IDs of the instances. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_move_address_to_vpc/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_move_address_to_vpc(DryRun = NULL, PublicIp)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
PublicIp |
[required] The Elastic IP address. |
Move a BYOIPv4 CIDR to IPAM from a public IPv4 pool
Description
Move a BYOIPv4 CIDR to IPAM from a public IPv4 pool.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_move_byoip_cidr_to_ipam/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_move_byoip_cidr_to_ipam(DryRun = NULL, Cidr, IpamPoolId, IpamPoolOwner)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Cidr |
[required] The BYOIP CIDR. |
IpamPoolId |
[required] The IPAM pool ID. |
IpamPoolOwner |
[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the IPAM pool. |
Move available capacity from a source Capacity Reservation to a destination Capacity Reservation
Description
Move available capacity from a source Capacity Reservation to a destination Capacity Reservation. The source Capacity Reservation and the destination Capacity Reservation must be active
, owned by your Amazon Web Services account, and share the following:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_move_capacity_reservation_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_move_capacity_reservation_instances(
DryRun = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
SourceCapacityReservationId,
DestinationCapacityReservationId,
InstanceCount
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensure Idempotency. |
SourceCapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation from which you want to move capacity. |
DestinationCapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation that you want to move capacity into. |
InstanceCount |
[required] The number of instances that you want to move from the source Capacity Reservation. |
Provisions an IPv4 or IPv6 address range for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and creates a corresponding address pool
Description
Provisions an IPv4 or IPv6 address range for use with your Amazon Web Services resources through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP) and creates a corresponding address pool. After the address range is provisioned, it is ready to be advertised using advertise_byoip_cidr
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_provision_byoip_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_provision_byoip_cidr(
Cidr,
CidrAuthorizationContext = NULL,
PubliclyAdvertisable = NULL,
Description = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
PoolTagSpecifications = NULL,
MultiRegion = NULL,
NetworkBorderGroup = NULL
)
Arguments
Cidr |
[required] The public IPv4 or IPv6 address range, in CIDR notation. The most specific IPv4 prefix that you can specify is /24. The most specific IPv6 address range that you can bring is /48 for CIDRs that are publicly advertisable and /56 for CIDRs that are not publicly advertisable. The address range cannot overlap with another address range that you've brought to this or another Region. |
CidrAuthorizationContext |
A signed document that proves that you are authorized to bring the specified IP address range to Amazon using BYOIP. |
PubliclyAdvertisable |
(IPv6 only) Indicate whether the address range will be publicly advertised to the internet. Default: true |
Description |
A description for the address range and the address pool. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
PoolTagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the address pool. |
MultiRegion |
Reserved. |
NetworkBorderGroup |
If you have Local Zones enabled, you can choose a network border group for Local Zones when you provision and advertise a BYOIPv4 CIDR. Choose the network border group carefully as the EIP and the Amazon Web Services resource it is associated with must reside in the same network border group. You can provision BYOIP address ranges to and advertise them in the following Local Zone network border groups:
You cannot provision or advertise BYOIPv6 address ranges in Local Zones at this time. |
Provisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) for use in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Provisions your Autonomous System Number (ASN) for use in your Amazon Web Services account. This action requires authorization context for Amazon to bring the ASN to an Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see Tutorial: Bring your ASN to IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_provision_ipam_byoasn/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_provision_ipam_byoasn(DryRun = NULL, IpamId, Asn, AsnAuthorizationContext)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
IpamId |
[required] An IPAM ID. |
Asn |
[required] A public 2-byte or 4-byte ASN. |
AsnAuthorizationContext |
[required] An ASN authorization context. |
Provision a CIDR to an IPAM pool
Description
Provision a CIDR to an IPAM pool. You can use this action to provision new CIDRs to a top-level pool or to transfer a CIDR from a top-level pool to a pool within it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_provision_ipam_pool_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_provision_ipam_pool_cidr(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamPoolId,
Cidr = NULL,
CidrAuthorizationContext = NULL,
NetmaskLength = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
VerificationMethod = NULL,
IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenId = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamPoolId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM pool to which you want to assign a CIDR. |
Cidr |
The CIDR you want to assign to the IPAM pool. Either "NetmaskLength" or "Cidr" is required. This value will be null if you specify "NetmaskLength" and will be filled in during the provisioning process. |
CidrAuthorizationContext |
A signed document that proves that you are authorized to bring a specified IP address range to Amazon using BYOIP. This option only applies to IPv4 and IPv6 pools in the public scope. |
NetmaskLength |
The netmask length of the CIDR you'd like to provision to a pool. Can be used for provisioning Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDRs to top-level pools and for provisioning CIDRs to pools with source pools. Cannot be used to provision BYOIP CIDRs to top-level pools. Either "NetmaskLength" or "Cidr" is required. |
ClientToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
VerificationMethod |
The method for verifying control of a public IP address range. Defaults
to |
IpamExternalResourceVerificationTokenId |
Verification token ID. This option only applies to IPv4 and IPv6 pools in the public scope. |
Provision a CIDR to a public IPv4 pool
Description
Provision a CIDR to a public IPv4 pool.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_provision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_provision_public_ipv_4_pool_cidr(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamPoolId,
PoolId,
NetmaskLength,
NetworkBorderGroup = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamPoolId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM pool you would like to use to allocate this CIDR. |
PoolId |
[required] The ID of the public IPv4 pool you would like to use for this CIDR. |
NetmaskLength |
[required] The netmask length of the CIDR you would like to allocate to the public IPv4 pool. The least specific netmask length you can define is 24. |
NetworkBorderGroup |
The Availability Zone (AZ) or Local Zone (LZ) network border group that the resource that the IP address is assigned to is in. Defaults to an AZ network border group. For more information on available Local Zones, see Local Zone availability in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
Purchase the Capacity Block for use with your account
Description
Purchase the Capacity Block for use with your account. With Capacity Blocks you ensure GPU capacity is available for machine learning (ML) workloads. You must specify the ID of the Capacity Block offering you are purchasing.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_purchase_capacity_block/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_purchase_capacity_block(
DryRun = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
CapacityBlockOfferingId,
InstancePlatform
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the Capacity Block during launch. |
CapacityBlockOfferingId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Block offering. |
InstancePlatform |
[required] The type of operating system for which to reserve capacity. |
Purchase the Capacity Block extension for use with your account
Description
Purchase the Capacity Block extension for use with your account. You must specify the ID of the Capacity Block extension offering you are purchasing.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_purchase_capacity_block_extension/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_purchase_capacity_block_extension(
CapacityBlockExtensionOfferingId,
CapacityReservationId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CapacityBlockExtensionOfferingId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Block extension offering to purchase. |
CapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity reservation to be extended. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Purchase a reservation with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host
Description
Purchase a reservation with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you purchase a reservation. This action results in the specified reservation being purchased and charged to your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_purchase_host_reservation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_purchase_host_reservation(
ClientToken = NULL,
CurrencyCode = NULL,
HostIdSet,
LimitPrice = NULL,
OfferingId,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency. |
CurrencyCode |
The currency in which the |
HostIdSet |
[required] The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts with which the reservation will be associated. |
LimitPrice |
The specified limit is checked against the total upfront cost of the
reservation (calculated as the offering's upfront cost multiplied by the
host count). If the total upfront cost is greater than the specified
price limit, the request fails. This is used to ensure that the purchase
does not exceed the expected upfront cost of the purchase. At this time,
the only supported currency is |
OfferingId |
[required] The ID of the offering. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the Dedicated Host Reservation during purchase. |
Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account
Description
Purchases a Reserved Instance for use with your account. With Reserved Instances, you pay a lower hourly rate compared to On-Demand instance pricing.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_purchase_reserved_instances_offering/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_purchase_reserved_instances_offering(
InstanceCount,
ReservedInstancesOfferingId,
PurchaseTime = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
LimitPrice = NULL
)
Arguments
InstanceCount |
[required] The number of Reserved Instances to purchase. |
ReservedInstancesOfferingId |
[required] The ID of the Reserved Instance offering to purchase. |
PurchaseTime |
The time at which to purchase the Reserved Instance, in UTC format (for example, YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ). |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
LimitPrice |
Specified for Reserved Instance Marketplace offerings to limit the total order and ensure that the Reserved Instances are not purchased at unexpected prices. |
You can no longer purchase Scheduled Instances
Description
You can no longer purchase Scheduled Instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_purchase_scheduled_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_purchase_scheduled_instances(
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
PurchaseRequests
)
Arguments
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
PurchaseRequests |
[required] The purchase requests. |
Requests a reboot of the specified instances
Description
Requests a reboot of the specified instances. This operation is asynchronous; it only queues a request to reboot the specified instances. The operation succeeds if the instances are valid and belong to you. Requests to reboot terminated instances are ignored.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reboot_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reboot_instances(InstanceIds, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceIds |
[required] The instance IDs. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Registers an AMI
Description
Registers an AMI. When you're creating an instance-store backed AMI, registering the AMI is the final step in the creation process. For more information about creating AMIs, see Create an AMI from a snapshot and Create an instance-store backed AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_register_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_register_image(
ImageLocation = NULL,
BillingProducts = NULL,
BootMode = NULL,
TpmSupport = NULL,
UefiData = NULL,
ImdsSupport = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
Name,
Description = NULL,
Architecture = NULL,
KernelId = NULL,
RamdiskId = NULL,
RootDeviceName = NULL,
BlockDeviceMappings = NULL,
VirtualizationType = NULL,
SriovNetSupport = NULL,
EnaSupport = NULL
)
Arguments
ImageLocation |
The full path to your AMI manifest in Amazon S3 storage. The specified
bucket must have the |
BillingProducts |
The billing product codes. Your account must be authorized to specify billing product codes. If your account is not authorized to specify billing product codes, you can publish AMIs that include billable software and list them on the Amazon Web Services Marketplace. You must first register as a seller on the Amazon Web Services Marketplace. For more information, see Getting started as a seller and AMI-based products in the Amazon Web Services Marketplace Seller Guide. |
BootMode |
The boot mode of the AMI. A value of The operating system contained in the AMI must be configured to support the specified boot mode. For more information, see Boot modes in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
TpmSupport |
Set to |
UefiData |
Base64 representation of the non-volatile UEFI variable store. To
retrieve the UEFI data, use the
|
ImdsSupport |
Set to If you set the value to |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the AMI. To tag the AMI, the value for To tag an AMI after it has been registered, see
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Name |
[required] A name for your AMI. Constraints: 3-128 alphanumeric characters, parentheses (()), square brackets ([]), spaces ( ), periods (.), slashes (/), dashes (-), single quotes ('), at-signs (@), or underscores(_) |
Description |
A description for your AMI. |
Architecture |
The architecture of the AMI. Default: For Amazon EBS-backed AMIs, |
KernelId |
The ID of the kernel. |
RamdiskId |
The ID of the RAM disk. |
RootDeviceName |
The device name of the root device volume (for example, |
BlockDeviceMappings |
The block device mapping entries. If you specify an Amazon EBS volume using the ID of an Amazon EBS snapshot, you can't specify the encryption state of the volume. If you create an AMI on an Outpost, then all backing snapshots must be on the same Outpost or in the Region of that Outpost. AMIs on an Outpost that include local snapshots can be used to launch instances on the same Outpost only. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon EBS User Guide. |
VirtualizationType |
The type of virtualization ( Default: |
SriovNetSupport |
Set to There is no way to disable This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable. |
EnaSupport |
Set to This option is supported only for HVM AMIs. Specifying this option with a PV AMI can make instances launched from the AMI unreachable. |
Registers a set of tag keys to include in scheduled event notifications for your resources
Description
Registers a set of tag keys to include in scheduled event notifications for your resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_register_instance_event_notification_attributes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_register_instance_event_notification_attributes(
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceTagAttribute
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceTagAttribute |
[required] Information about the tag keys to register. |
Registers members (network interfaces) with the transit gateway multicast group
Description
Registers members (network interfaces) with the transit gateway multicast group. A member is a network interface associated with a supported EC2 instance that receives multicast traffic. For more information, see Multicast on transit gateways in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateways Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_members(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
GroupIpAddress = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceIds,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
GroupIpAddress |
The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group. |
NetworkInterfaceIds |
[required] The group members' network interface IDs to register with the transit gateway multicast group. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Registers sources (network interfaces) with the specified transit gateway multicast group
Description
Registers sources (network interfaces) with the specified transit gateway multicast group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_register_transit_gateway_multicast_group_sources(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
GroupIpAddress = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceIds,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
GroupIpAddress |
The IP address assigned to the transit gateway multicast group. |
NetworkInterfaceIds |
[required] The group sources' network interface IDs to register with the transit gateway multicast group. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Rejects a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account
Description
Rejects a request to assign billing of the available capacity of a shared Capacity Reservation to your account. For more information, see Billing assignment for shared Amazon EC2 Capacity Reservations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reject_capacity_reservation_billing_ownership(
DryRun = NULL,
CapacityReservationId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
CapacityReservationId |
[required] The ID of the Capacity Reservation for which to reject the request. |
Rejects a request to associate cross-account subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain
Description
Rejects a request to associate cross-account subnets with a transit gateway multicast domain.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reject_transit_gateway_multicast_domain_associations(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId = NULL,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
SubnetIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId |
The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
The ID of the transit gateway attachment. |
SubnetIds |
The IDs of the subnets to associate with the transit gateway multicast domain. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Rejects a transit gateway peering attachment request
Description
Rejects a transit gateway peering attachment request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_transit_gateway_peering_attachment/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reject_transit_gateway_peering_attachment(
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway peering attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Rejects a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway
Description
Rejects a request to attach a VPC to a transit gateway.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reject_transit_gateway_vpc_attachment(
TransitGatewayAttachmentId,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
[required] The ID of the attachment. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Rejects VPC endpoint connection requests to your VPC endpoint service
Description
Rejects VPC endpoint connection requests to your VPC endpoint service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_vpc_endpoint_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reject_vpc_endpoint_connections(DryRun = NULL, ServiceId, VpcEndpointIds)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ServiceId |
[required] The ID of the service. |
VpcEndpointIds |
[required] The IDs of the VPC endpoints. |
Rejects a VPC peering connection request
Description
Rejects a VPC peering connection request. The VPC peering connection must be in the pending-acceptance
state. Use the describe_vpc_peering_connections
request to view your outstanding VPC peering connection requests. To delete an active VPC peering connection, or to delete a VPC peering connection request that you initiated, use delete_vpc_peering_connection
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reject_vpc_peering_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reject_vpc_peering_connection(DryRun = NULL, VpcPeeringConnectionId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
VpcPeeringConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the VPC peering connection. |
Releases the specified Elastic IP address
Description
Releases the specified Elastic IP address.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_release_address/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_release_address(
AllocationId = NULL,
PublicIp = NULL,
NetworkBorderGroup = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
AllocationId |
The allocation ID. This parameter is required. |
PublicIp |
Deprecated. |
NetworkBorderGroup |
The set of Availability Zones, Local Zones, or Wavelength Zones from which Amazon Web Services advertises IP addresses. If you provide an incorrect network border group, you receive an
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
When you no longer want to use an On-Demand Dedicated Host it can be released
Description
When you no longer want to use an On-Demand Dedicated Host it can be released. On-Demand billing is stopped and the host goes into released
state. The host ID of Dedicated Hosts that have been released can no longer be specified in another request, for example, to modify the host. You must stop or terminate all instances on a host before it can be released.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_release_hosts/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_release_hosts(HostIds)
Arguments
HostIds |
[required] The IDs of the Dedicated Hosts to release. |
Release an allocation within an IPAM pool
Description
Release an allocation within an IPAM pool. The Region you use should be the IPAM pool locale. The locale is the Amazon Web Services Region where this IPAM pool is available for allocations. You can only use this action to release manual allocations. To remove an allocation for a resource without deleting the resource, set its monitored state to false using modify_ipam_resource_cidr
. For more information, see Release an allocation in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_release_ipam_pool_allocation/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_release_ipam_pool_allocation(
DryRun = NULL,
IpamPoolId,
Cidr,
IpamPoolAllocationId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
A check for whether you have the required permissions for the action
without actually making the request and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
IpamPoolId |
[required] The ID of the IPAM pool which contains the allocation you want to release. |
Cidr |
[required] The CIDR of the allocation you want to release. |
IpamPoolAllocationId |
[required] The ID of the allocation. |
Replaces an IAM instance profile for the specified running instance
Description
Replaces an IAM instance profile for the specified running instance. You can use this action to change the IAM instance profile that's associated with an instance without having to disassociate the existing IAM instance profile first.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_iam_instance_profile_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_replace_iam_instance_profile_association(IamInstanceProfile, AssociationId)
Arguments
IamInstanceProfile |
[required] The IAM instance profile. |
AssociationId |
[required] The ID of the existing IAM instance profile association. |
Sets or replaces the criteria for Allowed AMIs
Description
Sets or replaces the criteria for Allowed AMIs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_image_criteria_in_allowed_images_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_replace_image_criteria_in_allowed_images_settings(
ImageCriteria = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ImageCriteria |
The list of criteria that are evaluated to determine whether AMIs are discoverable and usable in the account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with
Description
Changes which network ACL a subnet is associated with. By default when you create a subnet, it's automatically associated with the default network ACL. For more information, see Network ACLs in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_network_acl_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_replace_network_acl_association(DryRun = NULL, AssociationId, NetworkAclId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
AssociationId |
[required] The ID of the current association between the original network ACL and the subnet. |
NetworkAclId |
[required] The ID of the new network ACL to associate with the subnet. |
Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL
Description
Replaces an entry (rule) in a network ACL. For more information, see Network ACLs in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_network_acl_entry/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_replace_network_acl_entry(
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkAclId,
RuleNumber,
Protocol,
RuleAction,
Egress,
CidrBlock = NULL,
Ipv6CidrBlock = NULL,
IcmpTypeCode = NULL,
PortRange = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkAclId |
[required] The ID of the ACL. |
RuleNumber |
[required] The rule number of the entry to replace. |
Protocol |
[required] The protocol number. A value of "-1" means all protocols. If you specify "-1" or a protocol number other than "6" (TCP), "17" (UDP), or "1" (ICMP), traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports or ICMP types or codes that you specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv4 CIDR block, traffic for all ICMP types and codes allowed, regardless of any that you specify. If you specify protocol "58" (ICMPv6) and specify an IPv6 CIDR block, you must specify an ICMP type and code. |
RuleAction |
[required] Indicates whether to allow or deny the traffic that matches the rule. |
Egress |
[required] Indicates whether to replace the egress rule. Default: If no value is specified, we replace the ingress rule. |
CidrBlock |
The IPv4 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example
|
Ipv6CidrBlock |
The IPv6 network range to allow or deny, in CIDR notation (for example
|
IcmpTypeCode |
ICMP protocol: The ICMP or ICMPv6 type and code. Required if specifying protocol 1 (ICMP) or protocol 58 (ICMPv6) with an IPv6 CIDR block. |
PortRange |
TCP or UDP protocols: The range of ports the rule applies to. Required if specifying protocol 6 (TCP) or 17 (UDP). |
Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC
Description
Replaces an existing route within a route table in a VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_replace_route(
DestinationPrefixListId = NULL,
VpcEndpointId = NULL,
LocalTarget = NULL,
TransitGatewayId = NULL,
LocalGatewayId = NULL,
CarrierGatewayId = NULL,
CoreNetworkArn = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
RouteTableId,
DestinationCidrBlock = NULL,
GatewayId = NULL,
DestinationIpv6CidrBlock = NULL,
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId = NULL,
InstanceId = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId = NULL,
VpcPeeringConnectionId = NULL,
NatGatewayId = NULL
)
Arguments
DestinationPrefixListId |
The ID of the prefix list for the route. |
VpcEndpointId |
The ID of a VPC endpoint. Supported for Gateway Load Balancer endpoints only. |
LocalTarget |
Specifies whether to reset the local route to its default target
( |
TransitGatewayId |
The ID of a transit gateway. |
LocalGatewayId |
The ID of the local gateway. |
CarrierGatewayId |
[IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a carrier gateway. |
CoreNetworkArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the core network. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
RouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the route table. |
DestinationCidrBlock |
The IPv4 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value that you provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table. |
GatewayId |
The ID of an internet gateway or virtual private gateway. |
DestinationIpv6CidrBlock |
The IPv6 CIDR address block used for the destination match. The value that you provide must match the CIDR of an existing route in the table. |
EgressOnlyInternetGatewayId |
[IPv6 traffic only] The ID of an egress-only internet gateway. |
InstanceId |
The ID of a NAT instance in your VPC. |
NetworkInterfaceId |
The ID of a network interface. |
VpcPeeringConnectionId |
The ID of a VPC peering connection. |
NatGatewayId |
[IPv4 traffic only] The ID of a NAT gateway. |
Changes the route table associated with a given subnet, internet gateway, or virtual private gateway in a VPC
Description
Changes the route table associated with a given subnet, internet gateway, or virtual private gateway in a VPC. After the operation completes, the subnet or gateway uses the routes in the new route table. For more information about route tables, see Route tables in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_route_table_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_replace_route_table_association(DryRun = NULL, AssociationId, RouteTableId)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
AssociationId |
[required] The association ID. |
RouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the new route table to associate with the subnet. |
Replaces the specified route in the specified transit gateway route table
Description
Replaces the specified route in the specified transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_transit_gateway_route/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_replace_transit_gateway_route(
DestinationCidrBlock,
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
TransitGatewayAttachmentId = NULL,
Blackhole = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
DestinationCidrBlock |
[required] The CIDR range used for the destination match. Routing decisions are based on the most specific match. |
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the route table. |
TransitGatewayAttachmentId |
The ID of the attachment. |
Blackhole |
Indicates whether traffic matching this route is to be dropped. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Trigger replacement of specified VPN tunnel
Description
Trigger replacement of specified VPN tunnel.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_replace_vpn_tunnel/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_replace_vpn_tunnel(
VpnConnectionId,
VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress,
ApplyPendingMaintenance = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
VpnConnectionId |
[required] The ID of the Site-to-Site VPN connection. |
VpnTunnelOutsideIpAddress |
[required] The external IP address of the VPN tunnel. |
ApplyPendingMaintenance |
Trigger pending tunnel endpoint maintenance. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Submits feedback about the status of an instance
Description
Submits feedback about the status of an instance. The instance must be in the running
state. If your experience with the instance differs from the instance status returned by describe_instance_status
, use report_instance_status
to report your experience with the instance. Amazon EC2 collects this information to improve the accuracy of status checks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_report_instance_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_report_instance_status(
DryRun = NULL,
Instances,
Status,
StartTime = NULL,
EndTime = NULL,
ReasonCodes,
Description = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Instances |
[required] The instances. |
Status |
[required] The status of all instances listed. |
StartTime |
The time at which the reported instance health state began. |
EndTime |
The time at which the reported instance health state ended. |
ReasonCodes |
[required] The reason codes that describe the health state of your instance.
|
Description |
Descriptive text about the health state of your instance. |
Creates a Spot Fleet request
Description
Creates a Spot Fleet request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_request_spot_fleet/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_request_spot_fleet(DryRun = NULL, SpotFleetRequestConfig)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SpotFleetRequestConfig |
[required] The configuration for the Spot Fleet request. |
Creates a Spot Instance request
Description
Creates a Spot Instance request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_request_spot_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_request_spot_instances(
LaunchSpecification = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
InstanceInterruptionBehavior = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
SpotPrice = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
InstanceCount = NULL,
Type = NULL,
ValidFrom = NULL,
ValidUntil = NULL,
LaunchGroup = NULL,
AvailabilityZoneGroup = NULL,
BlockDurationMinutes = NULL
)
Arguments
LaunchSpecification |
The launch specification. |
TagSpecifications |
The key-value pair for tagging the Spot Instance request on creation.
The value for |
InstanceInterruptionBehavior |
The behavior when a Spot Instance is interrupted. The default is
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
SpotPrice |
The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the current Spot price. If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in Amazon EC2 API requests in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
InstanceCount |
The maximum number of Spot Instances to launch. Default: 1 |
Type |
The Spot Instance request type. Default: |
ValidFrom |
The start date of the request. If this is a one-time request, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active until all instances launch, the request expires, or the request is canceled. If the request is persistent, the request becomes active at this date and time and remains active until it expires or is canceled. The specified start date and time cannot be equal to the current date and time. You must specify a start date and time that occurs after the current date and time. |
ValidUntil |
The end date of the request, in UTC format (YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ).
|
LaunchGroup |
The instance launch group. Launch groups are Spot Instances that launch together and terminate together. Default: Instances are launched and terminated individually |
AvailabilityZoneGroup |
The user-specified name for a logical grouping of requests. When you specify an Availability Zone group in a Spot Instance request, all Spot Instances in the request are launched in the same Availability Zone. Instance proximity is maintained with this parameter, but the choice of Availability Zone is not. The group applies only to requests for Spot Instances of the same instance type. Any additional Spot Instance requests that are specified with the same Availability Zone group name are launched in that same Availability Zone, as long as at least one instance from the group is still active. If there is no active instance running in the Availability Zone group that you specify for a new Spot Instance request (all instances are terminated, the request is expired, or the maximum price you specified falls below current Spot price), then Amazon EC2 launches the instance in any Availability Zone where the constraint can be met. Consequently, the subsequent set of Spot Instances could be placed in a different zone from the original request, even if you specified the same Availability Zone group. Default: Instances are launched in any available Availability Zone. |
BlockDurationMinutes |
Deprecated. |
Resets the attribute of the specified IP address
Description
Resets the attribute of the specified IP address. For requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_address_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reset_address_attribute(AllocationId, Attribute, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
AllocationId |
[required] [EC2-VPC] The allocation ID. |
Attribute |
[required] The attribute of the IP address. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Resets the default KMS key for EBS encryption for your account in this Region to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS
Description
Resets the default KMS key for EBS encryption for your account in this Region to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_ebs_default_kms_key_id/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reset_ebs_default_kms_key_id(DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Resets the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to its default value
Description
Resets the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to its default value. You can only reset the load permission attribute.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_fpga_image_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reset_fpga_image_attribute(DryRun = NULL, FpgaImageId, Attribute = NULL)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
FpgaImageId |
[required] The ID of the AFI. |
Attribute |
The attribute. |
Resets an attribute of an AMI to its default value
Description
Resets an attribute of an AMI to its default value.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_image_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reset_image_attribute(Attribute, ImageId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Attribute |
[required] The attribute to reset (currently you can only reset the launch permission attribute). |
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value
Description
Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value. To reset the kernel
or ramdisk
, the instance must be in a stopped state. To reset the sourceDestCheck
, the instance can be either running or stopped.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_instance_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reset_instance_attribute(DryRun = NULL, InstanceId, Attribute)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
Attribute |
[required] The attribute to reset. You can only reset the following attributes: |
Resets a network interface attribute
Description
Resets a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_network_interface_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reset_network_interface_attribute(
DryRun = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId,
SourceDestCheck = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
NetworkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the network interface. |
SourceDestCheck |
The source/destination checking attribute. Resets the value to |
Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot
Description
Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_reset_snapshot_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_reset_snapshot_attribute(Attribute, SnapshotId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Attribute |
[required] The attribute to reset. Currently, only the attribute for permission to create volumes can be reset. |
SnapshotId |
[required] The ID of the snapshot. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
This action is deprecated
Description
This action is deprecated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_restore_address_to_classic/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_restore_address_to_classic(DryRun = NULL, PublicIp)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
PublicIp |
[required] The Elastic IP address. |
Restores an AMI from the Recycle Bin
Description
Restores an AMI from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Recycle Bin in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_restore_image_from_recycle_bin/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_restore_image_from_recycle_bin(ImageId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
ImageId |
[required] The ID of the AMI to restore. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Restores the entries from a previous version of a managed prefix list to a new version of the prefix list
Description
Restores the entries from a previous version of a managed prefix list to a new version of the prefix list.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_restore_managed_prefix_list_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_restore_managed_prefix_list_version(
DryRun = NULL,
PrefixListId,
PreviousVersion,
CurrentVersion
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
PrefixListId |
[required] The ID of the prefix list. |
PreviousVersion |
[required] The version to restore. |
CurrentVersion |
[required] The current version number for the prefix list. |
Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin
Description
Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Restore snapshots from the Recycle Bin in the Amazon EBS User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_restore_snapshot_from_recycle_bin/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_restore_snapshot_from_recycle_bin(SnapshotId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
SnapshotId |
[required] The ID of the snapshot to restore. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Restores an archived Amazon EBS snapshot for use temporarily or permanently, or modifies the restore period or restore type for a snapshot that was previously temporarily restored
Description
Restores an archived Amazon EBS snapshot for use temporarily or permanently, or modifies the restore period or restore type for a snapshot that was previously temporarily restored.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_restore_snapshot_tier/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_restore_snapshot_tier(
SnapshotId,
TemporaryRestoreDays = NULL,
PermanentRestore = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
SnapshotId |
[required] The ID of the snapshot to restore. |
TemporaryRestoreDays |
Specifies the number of days for which to temporarily restore an archived snapshot. Required for temporary restores only. The snapshot will be automatically re-archived after this period. To temporarily restore an archived snapshot, specify the number of days
and omit the PermanentRestore parameter or set it to |
PermanentRestore |
Indicates whether to permanently restore an archived snapshot. To
permanently restore an archived snapshot, specify |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Removes an ingress authorization rule from a Client VPN endpoint
Description
Removes an ingress authorization rule from a Client VPN endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_revoke_client_vpn_ingress/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_revoke_client_vpn_ingress(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
TargetNetworkCidr,
AccessGroupId = NULL,
RevokeAllGroups = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint with which the authorization rule is associated. |
TargetNetworkCidr |
[required] The IPv4 address range, in CIDR notation, of the network for which access is being removed. |
AccessGroupId |
The ID of the Active Directory group for which to revoke access. |
RevokeAllGroups |
Indicates whether access should be revoked for all groups for a single
|
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Removes the specified outbound (egress) rules from the specified security group
Description
Removes the specified outbound (egress) rules from the specified security group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_revoke_security_group_egress/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_revoke_security_group_egress(
SecurityGroupRuleIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
GroupId,
SourceSecurityGroupName = NULL,
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = NULL,
IpProtocol = NULL,
FromPort = NULL,
ToPort = NULL,
CidrIp = NULL,
IpPermissions = NULL
)
Arguments
SecurityGroupRuleIds |
The IDs of the security group rules. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
GroupId |
[required] The ID of the security group. |
SourceSecurityGroupName |
Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security group. |
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId |
Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security group. |
IpProtocol |
Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the protocol name or number. |
FromPort |
Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port. |
ToPort |
Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port. |
CidrIp |
Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the CIDR. |
IpPermissions |
The sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and a CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions. |
Removes the specified inbound (ingress) rules from a security group
Description
Removes the specified inbound (ingress) rules from a security group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_revoke_security_group_ingress/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_revoke_security_group_ingress(
CidrIp = NULL,
FromPort = NULL,
GroupId = NULL,
GroupName = NULL,
IpPermissions = NULL,
IpProtocol = NULL,
SourceSecurityGroupName = NULL,
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId = NULL,
ToPort = NULL,
SecurityGroupRuleIds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
CidrIp |
The CIDR IP address range. You can't specify this parameter when specifying a source security group. |
FromPort |
If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). |
GroupId |
The ID of the security group. |
GroupName |
[Default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID. |
IpPermissions |
The sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a source security group and a CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions. |
IpProtocol |
The IP protocol name ( |
SourceSecurityGroupName |
[Default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the port range. The source security group must be in the same VPC. To revoke a specific rule for an IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. |
SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId |
Not supported. |
ToPort |
If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). |
SecurityGroupRuleIds |
The IDs of the security group rules. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Launches the specified number of instances using an AMI for which you have permissions
Description
Launches the specified number of instances using an AMI for which you have permissions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_run_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_run_instances(
BlockDeviceMappings = NULL,
ImageId = NULL,
InstanceType = NULL,
Ipv6AddressCount = NULL,
Ipv6Addresses = NULL,
KernelId = NULL,
KeyName = NULL,
MaxCount,
MinCount,
Monitoring = NULL,
Placement = NULL,
RamdiskId = NULL,
SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
SecurityGroups = NULL,
SubnetId = NULL,
UserData = NULL,
ElasticGpuSpecification = NULL,
ElasticInferenceAccelerators = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
LaunchTemplate = NULL,
InstanceMarketOptions = NULL,
CreditSpecification = NULL,
CpuOptions = NULL,
CapacityReservationSpecification = NULL,
HibernationOptions = NULL,
LicenseSpecifications = NULL,
MetadataOptions = NULL,
EnclaveOptions = NULL,
PrivateDnsNameOptions = NULL,
MaintenanceOptions = NULL,
DisableApiStop = NULL,
EnablePrimaryIpv6 = NULL,
NetworkPerformanceOptions = NULL,
Operator = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
DisableApiTermination = NULL,
InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior = NULL,
PrivateIpAddress = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
AdditionalInfo = NULL,
NetworkInterfaces = NULL,
IamInstanceProfile = NULL,
EbsOptimized = NULL
)
Arguments
BlockDeviceMappings |
The block device mapping, which defines the EBS volumes and instance store volumes to attach to the instance at launch. For more information, see Block device mappings in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
ImageId |
The ID of the AMI. An AMI ID is required to launch an instance and must be specified here or in a launch template. |
InstanceType |
The instance type. For more information, see Amazon EC2 instance types in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
Ipv6AddressCount |
The number of IPv6 addresses to associate with the primary network interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of your subnet. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses in the same request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same request. |
Ipv6Addresses |
The IPv6 addresses from the range of the subnet to associate with the primary network interface. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign a number of IPv6 addresses in the same request. You cannot specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch. You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same request. |
KernelId |
The ID of the kernel. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
KeyName |
The name of the key pair. You can create a key pair using
If you do not specify a key pair, you can't connect to the instance unless you choose an AMI that is configured to allow users another way to log in. |
MaxCount |
[required] The maximum number of instances to launch. If you specify a value that is more capacity than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches the largest possible number of instances above the specified minimum count. Constraints: Between 1 and the quota for the specified instance type for your account for this Region. For more information, see Amazon EC2 instance type quotas. |
MinCount |
[required] The minimum number of instances to launch. If you specify a value that is more capacity than Amazon EC2 can provide in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 does not launch any instances. Constraints: Between 1 and the quota for the specified instance type for your account for this Region. For more information, see Amazon EC2 instance type quotas. |
Monitoring |
Specifies whether detailed monitoring is enabled for the instance. |
Placement |
The placement for the instance. |
RamdiskId |
The ID of the RAM disk to select. Some kernels require additional drivers at launch. Check the kernel requirements for information about whether you need to specify a RAM disk. To find kernel requirements, go to the Amazon Web Services Resource Center and search for the kernel ID. We recommend that you use PV-GRUB instead of kernels and RAM disks. For more information, see PV-GRUB in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
SecurityGroupIds |
The IDs of the security groups. You can create a security group using
If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. |
SecurityGroups |
[Default VPC] The names of the security groups. If you specify a network interface, you must specify any security groups as part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. Default: Amazon EC2 uses the default security group. |
SubnetId |
The ID of the subnet to launch the instance into. If you specify a network interface, you must specify any subnets as part of the network interface instead of using this parameter. |
UserData |
The user data to make available to the instance. User data must be base64-encoded. Depending on the tool or SDK that you're using, the base64-encoding might be performed for you. For more information, see Work with instance user data. |
ElasticGpuSpecification |
An elastic GPU to associate with the instance. Amazon Elastic Graphics reached end of life on January 8, 2024. |
ElasticInferenceAccelerators |
An elastic inference accelerator to associate with the instance. Amazon Elastic Inference is no longer available. |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply to the resources that are created during instance launch. You can specify tags for the following resources only:
To tag a resource after it has been created, see
|
LaunchTemplate |
The launch template. Any additional parameters that you specify for the new instance overwrite the corresponding parameters included in the launch template. |
InstanceMarketOptions |
The market (purchasing) option for the instances. For |
CreditSpecification |
The credit option for CPU usage of the burstable performance instance.
Valid values are Default: For T3 instances with |
CpuOptions |
The CPU options for the instance. For more information, see Optimize CPU options in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
CapacityReservationSpecification |
Information about the Capacity Reservation targeting option. If you do
not specify this parameter, the instance's Capacity Reservation
preference defaults to |
HibernationOptions |
Indicates whether an instance is enabled for hibernation. This parameter is valid only if the instance meets the hibernation prerequisites. For more information, see Hibernate your Amazon EC2 instance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. You can't enable hibernation and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves on the same instance. |
LicenseSpecifications |
The license configurations. |
MetadataOptions |
The metadata options for the instance. For more information, see Instance metadata and user data. |
EnclaveOptions |
Indicates whether the instance is enabled for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. For more information, see What is Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves? in the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves User Guide. You can't enable Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves and hibernation on the same instance. |
PrivateDnsNameOptions |
The options for the instance hostname. The default values are inherited from the subnet. Applies only if creating a network interface, not attaching an existing one. |
MaintenanceOptions |
The maintenance and recovery options for the instance. |
DisableApiStop |
Indicates whether an instance is enabled for stop protection. For more information, see Stop protection. |
EnablePrimaryIpv6 |
If you’re launching an instance into a dual-stack or IPv6-only subnet, you can enable assigning a primary IPv6 address. A primary IPv6 address is an IPv6 GUA address associated with an ENI that you have enabled to use a primary IPv6 address. Use this option if an instance relies on its IPv6 address not changing. When you launch the instance, Amazon Web Services will automatically assign an IPv6 address associated with the ENI attached to your instance to be the primary IPv6 address. Once you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, you cannot disable it. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. If you have multiple IPv6 addresses associated with an ENI attached to your instance and you enable a primary IPv6 address, the first IPv6 GUA address associated with the ENI becomes the primary IPv6 address. |
NetworkPerformanceOptions |
Contains settings for the network performance options for the instance. |
Operator |
Reserved for internal use. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
DisableApiTermination |
Indicates whether termination protection is enabled for the instance.
The default is |
InstanceInitiatedShutdownBehavior |
Indicates whether an instance stops or terminates when you initiate shutdown from the instance (using the operating system command for system shutdown). Default: |
PrivateIpAddress |
The primary IPv4 address. You must specify a value from the IPv4 address range of the subnet. Only one private IP address can be designated as primary. You can't specify this option if you've specified the option to designate a private IP address as the primary IP address in a network interface specification. You cannot specify this option if you're launching more than one instance in the request. You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same request. |
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. If you do not specify a client token, a randomly generated token is used for the request to ensure idempotency. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency. Constraints: Maximum 64 ASCII characters |
AdditionalInfo |
Reserved. |
NetworkInterfaces |
The network interfaces to associate with the instance. |
IamInstanceProfile |
The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM instance profile. |
EbsOptimized |
Indicates whether the instance is optimized for Amazon EBS I/O. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal Amazon EBS I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS-optimized instance. Default: |
Launches the specified Scheduled Instances
Description
Launches the specified Scheduled Instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_run_scheduled_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_run_scheduled_instances(
ClientToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
InstanceCount = NULL,
LaunchSpecification,
ScheduledInstanceId
)
Arguments
ClientToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier that ensures the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring Idempotency. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
InstanceCount |
The number of instances. Default: 1 |
LaunchSpecification |
[required] The launch specification. You must match the instance type, Availability Zone, network, and platform of the schedule that you purchased. |
ScheduledInstanceId |
[required] The Scheduled Instance ID. |
Searches for routes in the specified local gateway route table
Description
Searches for routes in the specified local gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_search_local_gateway_routes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_search_local_gateway_routes(
LocalGatewayRouteTableId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
LocalGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the local gateway route table. |
Filters |
One or more filters.
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Searches one or more transit gateway multicast groups and returns the group membership information
Description
Searches one or more transit gateway multicast groups and returns the group membership information.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_search_transit_gateway_multicast_groups/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_search_transit_gateway_multicast_groups(
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId,
Filters = NULL,
MaxResults = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayMulticastDomainId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway multicast domain. |
Filters |
One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of results to return with a single call. To retrieve
the remaining results, make another call with the returned |
NextToken |
The token for the next page of results. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Searches for routes in the specified transit gateway route table
Description
Searches for routes in the specified transit gateway route table.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_search_transit_gateway_routes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_search_transit_gateway_routes(
TransitGatewayRouteTableId,
Filters,
MaxResults = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
TransitGatewayRouteTableId |
[required] The ID of the transit gateway route table. |
Filters |
[required] One or more filters. The possible values are:
|
MaxResults |
The maximum number of routes to return. If a value is not provided, the default is 1000. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Sends a diagnostic interrupt to the specified Amazon EC2 instance to trigger a kernel panic (on Linux instances), or a blue screen/stop error (on Windows instances)
Description
Sends a diagnostic interrupt to the specified Amazon EC2 instance to trigger a kernel panic (on Linux instances), or a blue screen/stop error (on Windows instances). For instances based on Intel and AMD processors, the interrupt is received as a non-maskable interrupt (NMI).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_send_diagnostic_interrupt/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_send_diagnostic_interrupt(InstanceId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the instance. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Generates an account status report
Description
Generates an account status report. The report is generated asynchronously, and can take several hours to complete.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_start_declarative_policies_report/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_start_declarative_policies_report(
DryRun = NULL,
S3Bucket,
S3Prefix = NULL,
TargetId,
TagSpecifications = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
S3Bucket |
[required] The name of the S3 bucket where the report will be saved. The bucket must be in the same Region where the report generation request is made. |
S3Prefix |
The prefix for your S3 object. |
TargetId |
[required] The root ID, organizational unit ID, or account ID. Format:
|
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply. |
Starts an Amazon EBS-backed instance that you've previously stopped
Description
Starts an Amazon EBS-backed instance that you've previously stopped.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_start_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_start_instances(InstanceIds, AdditionalInfo = NULL, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceIds |
[required] The IDs of the instances. |
AdditionalInfo |
Reserved. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Starts analyzing the specified Network Access Scope
Description
Starts analyzing the specified Network Access Scope.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_start_network_insights_access_scope_analysis/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_start_network_insights_access_scope_analysis(
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId,
DryRun = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken
)
Arguments
NetworkInsightsAccessScopeId |
[required] The ID of the Network Access Scope. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply. |
ClientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
Starts analyzing the specified path
Description
Starts analyzing the specified path. If the path is reachable, the operation returns the shortest feasible path.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_start_network_insights_analysis/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_start_network_insights_analysis(
NetworkInsightsPathId,
AdditionalAccounts = NULL,
FilterInArns = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
TagSpecifications = NULL,
ClientToken
)
Arguments
NetworkInsightsPathId |
[required] The ID of the path. |
AdditionalAccounts |
The member accounts that contain resources that the path can traverse. |
FilterInArns |
The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the resources that the path must traverse. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
TagSpecifications |
The tags to apply. |
ClientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency. |
Initiates the verification process to prove that the service provider owns the private DNS name domain for the endpoint service
Description
Initiates the verification process to prove that the service provider owns the private DNS name domain for the endpoint service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_start_vpc_endpoint_service_private_dns_verification/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_start_vpc_endpoint_service_private_dns_verification(
DryRun = NULL,
ServiceId
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
ServiceId |
[required] The ID of the endpoint service. |
Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance
Description
Stops an Amazon EBS-backed instance. For more information, see Stop and start Amazon EC2 instances in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_stop_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_stop_instances(InstanceIds, Hibernate = NULL, DryRun = NULL, Force = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceIds |
[required] The IDs of the instances. |
Hibernate |
Hibernates the instance if the instance was enabled for hibernation at launch. If the instance cannot hibernate successfully, a normal shutdown occurs. For more information, see Hibernate your instance in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. Default: |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Force |
Forces the instances to stop. The instances do not have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair procedures. This option is not recommended for Windows instances. Default: |
Terminates active Client VPN endpoint connections
Description
Terminates active Client VPN endpoint connections. This action can be used to terminate a specific client connection, or up to five connections established by a specific user.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_terminate_client_vpn_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_terminate_client_vpn_connections(
ClientVpnEndpointId,
ConnectionId = NULL,
Username = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
ClientVpnEndpointId |
[required] The ID of the Client VPN endpoint to which the client is connected. |
ConnectionId |
The ID of the client connection to be terminated. |
Username |
The name of the user who initiated the connection. Use this option to terminate all active connections for the specified user. This option can only be used if the user has established up to five connections. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Shuts down the specified instances
Description
Shuts down the specified instances. This operation is idempotent; if you terminate an instance more than once, each call succeeds.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_terminate_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_terminate_instances(InstanceIds, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceIds |
[required] The IDs of the instances. Constraints: Up to 1000 instance IDs. We recommend breaking up this request into smaller batches. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Unassigns the specified IPv6 addresses or Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface
Description
Unassigns the specified IPv6 addresses or Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_unassign_ipv_6_addresses/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_unassign_ipv_6_addresses(
Ipv6Prefixes = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId,
Ipv6Addresses = NULL
)
Arguments
Ipv6Prefixes |
The IPv6 prefixes to unassign from the network interface. |
NetworkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the network interface. |
Ipv6Addresses |
The IPv6 addresses to unassign from the network interface. |
Unassigns the specified secondary private IP addresses or IPv4 Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface
Description
Unassigns the specified secondary private IP addresses or IPv4 Prefix Delegation prefixes from a network interface.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_unassign_private_ip_addresses/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_unassign_private_ip_addresses(
Ipv4Prefixes = NULL,
NetworkInterfaceId,
PrivateIpAddresses = NULL
)
Arguments
Ipv4Prefixes |
The IPv4 prefixes to unassign from the network interface. |
NetworkInterfaceId |
[required] The ID of the network interface. |
PrivateIpAddresses |
The secondary private IP addresses to unassign from the network interface. You can specify this option multiple times to unassign more than one IP address. |
Unassigns secondary private IPv4 addresses from a private NAT gateway
Description
Unassigns secondary private IPv4 addresses from a private NAT gateway. You cannot unassign your primary private IP. For more information, see Edit secondary IP address associations in the Amazon VPC User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_unassign_private_nat_gateway_address/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_unassign_private_nat_gateway_address(
NatGatewayId,
PrivateIpAddresses,
MaxDrainDurationSeconds = NULL,
DryRun = NULL
)
Arguments
NatGatewayId |
[required] The ID of the NAT gateway. |
PrivateIpAddresses |
[required] The private IPv4 addresses you want to unassign. |
MaxDrainDurationSeconds |
The maximum amount of time to wait (in seconds) before forcibly releasing the IP addresses if connections are still in progress. Default value is 350 seconds. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Unlocks a snapshot that is locked in governance mode or that is locked in compliance mode but still in the cooling-off period
Description
Unlocks a snapshot that is locked in governance mode or that is locked in compliance mode but still in the cooling-off period. You can't unlock a snapshot that is locked in compliance mode after the cooling-off period has expired.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_unlock_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_unlock_snapshot(SnapshotId, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
SnapshotId |
[required] The ID of the snapshot to unlock. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
Disables detailed monitoring for a running instance
Description
Disables detailed monitoring for a running instance. For more information, see Monitoring your instances and volumes in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_unmonitor_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_unmonitor_instances(InstanceIds, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
InstanceIds |
[required] The IDs of the instances. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the operation,
without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If
you have the required permissions, the error response is
|
Updates the description of an egress (outbound) security group rule
Description
Updates the description of an egress (outbound) security group rule. You can replace an existing description, or add a description to a rule that did not have one previously. You can remove a description for a security group rule by omitting the description parameter in the request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_update_security_group_rule_descriptions_egress/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_update_security_group_rule_descriptions_egress(
DryRun = NULL,
GroupId = NULL,
GroupName = NULL,
IpPermissions = NULL,
SecurityGroupRuleDescriptions = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
GroupId |
The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID. |
GroupName |
[Default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name. |
IpPermissions |
The IP permissions for the security group rule. You must specify either the IP permissions or the description. |
SecurityGroupRuleDescriptions |
The description for the egress security group rules. You must specify either the description or the IP permissions. |
Updates the description of an ingress (inbound) security group rule
Description
Updates the description of an ingress (inbound) security group rule. You can replace an existing description, or add a description to a rule that did not have one previously. You can remove a description for a security group rule by omitting the description parameter in the request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_update_security_group_rule_descriptions_ingress/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_update_security_group_rule_descriptions_ingress(
DryRun = NULL,
GroupId = NULL,
GroupName = NULL,
IpPermissions = NULL,
SecurityGroupRuleDescriptions = NULL
)
Arguments
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
GroupId |
The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID. |
GroupName |
[Default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID. |
IpPermissions |
The IP permissions for the security group rule. You must specify either IP permissions or a description. |
SecurityGroupRuleDescriptions |
The description for the ingress security group rules. You must specify either a description or IP permissions. |
Stops advertising an address range that is provisioned as an address pool
Description
Stops advertising an address range that is provisioned as an address pool.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2_withdraw_byoip_cidr/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2_withdraw_byoip_cidr(Cidr, DryRun = NULL)
Arguments
Cidr |
[required] The address range, in CIDR notation. |
DryRun |
Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without
actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have
the required permissions, the error response is |
AWS EC2 Instance Connect
Description
This is the Amazon EC2 Instance Connect API Reference. It provides descriptions, syntax, and usage examples for each of the actions for Amazon EC2 Instance Connect. Amazon EC2 Instance Connect enables system administrators to publish one-time use SSH public keys to EC2, providing users a simple and secure way to connect to their instances.
To view the Amazon EC2 Instance Connect content in the Amazon EC2 User Guide, see Connect to your Linux instance using EC2 Instance Connect.
For Amazon EC2 APIs, see the Amazon EC2 API Reference.
Usage
ec2instanceconnect(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- ec2instanceconnect( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
send_serial_console_ssh_public_key | Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance |
send_ssh_public_key | Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance for use by the specified user |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- ec2instanceconnect()
# The following example pushes a sample SSH public key to the EC2 instance
# i-abcd1234 in AZ us-west-2b for use by the instance OS user ec2-user.
svc$send_ssh_public_key(
AvailabilityZone = "us-west-2a",
InstanceId = "i-abcd1234",
InstanceOSUser = "ec2-user",
SSHPublicKey = "ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQC3FlHqj2eqCdrGHuA6d..."
)
## End(Not run)
Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance
Description
Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance. The key remains for 60 seconds, which gives you 60 seconds to establish a serial console connection to the instance using SSH. For more information, see EC2 Serial Console in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2instanceconnect_send_serial_console_ssh_public_key/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2instanceconnect_send_serial_console_ssh_public_key(
InstanceId,
SerialPort = NULL,
SSHPublicKey
)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the EC2 instance. |
SerialPort |
The serial port of the EC2 instance. Currently only port 0 is supported. Default: 0 |
SSHPublicKey |
[required] The public key material. To use the public key, you must have the matching private key. For information about the supported key formats and lengths, see Requirements for key pairs in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. |
Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance for use by the specified user
Description
Pushes an SSH public key to the specified EC2 instance for use by the specified user. The key remains for 60 seconds. For more information, see Connect to your Linux instance using EC2 Instance Connect in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ec2instanceconnect_send_ssh_public_key/ for full documentation.
Usage
ec2instanceconnect_send_ssh_public_key(
InstanceId,
InstanceOSUser,
SSHPublicKey,
AvailabilityZone = NULL
)
Arguments
InstanceId |
[required] The ID of the EC2 instance. |
InstanceOSUser |
[required] The OS user on the EC2 instance for whom the key can be used to authenticate. |
SSHPublicKey |
[required] The public key material. To use the public key, you must have the matching private key. |
AvailabilityZone |
The Availability Zone in which the EC2 instance was launched. |
Amazon Elastic Container Registry
Description
Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR) is a managed container image registry service. Customers can use the familiar Docker CLI, or their preferred client, to push, pull, and manage images. Amazon ECR provides a secure, scalable, and reliable registry for your Docker or Open Container Initiative (OCI) images. Amazon ECR supports private repositories with resource-based permissions using IAM so that specific users or Amazon EC2 instances can access repositories and images.
Amazon ECR has service endpoints in each supported Region. For more information, see Amazon ECR endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
Usage
ecr(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- ecr( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
batch_check_layer_availability | Checks the availability of one or more image layers in a repository |
batch_delete_image | Deletes a list of specified images within a repository |
batch_get_image | Gets detailed information for an image |
batch_get_repository_scanning_configuration | Gets the scanning configuration for one or more repositories |
complete_layer_upload | Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload has completed for a specified registry, repository name, and upload ID |
create_pull_through_cache_rule | Creates a pull through cache rule |
create_repository | Creates a repository |
create_repository_creation_template | Creates a repository creation template |
delete_lifecycle_policy | Deletes the lifecycle policy associated with the specified repository |
delete_pull_through_cache_rule | Deletes a pull through cache rule |
delete_registry_policy | Deletes the registry permissions policy |
delete_repository | Deletes a repository |
delete_repository_creation_template | Deletes a repository creation template |
delete_repository_policy | Deletes the repository policy associated with the specified repository |
describe_image_replication_status | Returns the replication status for a specified image |
describe_images | Returns metadata about the images in a repository |
describe_image_scan_findings | Returns the scan findings for the specified image |
describe_pull_through_cache_rules | Returns the pull through cache rules for a registry |
describe_registry | Describes the settings for a registry |
describe_repositories | Describes image repositories in a registry |
describe_repository_creation_templates | Returns details about the repository creation templates in a registry |
get_account_setting | Retrieves the account setting value for the specified setting name |
get_authorization_token | Retrieves an authorization token |
get_download_url_for_layer | Retrieves the pre-signed Amazon S3 download URL corresponding to an image layer |
get_lifecycle_policy | Retrieves the lifecycle policy for the specified repository |
get_lifecycle_policy_preview | Retrieves the results of the lifecycle policy preview request for the specified repository |
get_registry_policy | Retrieves the permissions policy for a registry |
get_registry_scanning_configuration | Retrieves the scanning configuration for a registry |
get_repository_policy | Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository |
initiate_layer_upload | Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer |
list_images | Lists all the image IDs for the specified repository |
list_tags_for_resource | List the tags for an Amazon ECR resource |
put_account_setting | Allows you to change the basic scan type version or registry policy scope |
put_image | Creates or updates the image manifest and tags associated with an image |
put_image_scanning_configuration | The PutImageScanningConfiguration API is being deprecated, in favor of specifying the image scanning configuration at the registry level |
put_image_tag_mutability | Updates the image tag mutability settings for the specified repository |
put_lifecycle_policy | Creates or updates the lifecycle policy for the specified repository |
put_registry_policy | Creates or updates the permissions policy for your registry |
put_registry_scanning_configuration | Creates or updates the scanning configuration for your private registry |
put_replication_configuration | Creates or updates the replication configuration for a registry |
set_repository_policy | Applies a repository policy to the specified repository to control access permissions |
start_image_scan | Starts a basic image vulnerability scan |
start_lifecycle_policy_preview | Starts a preview of a lifecycle policy for the specified repository |
tag_resource | Adds specified tags to a resource with the specified ARN |
untag_resource | Deletes specified tags from a resource |
update_pull_through_cache_rule | Updates an existing pull through cache rule |
update_repository_creation_template | Updates an existing repository creation template |
upload_layer_part | Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR |
validate_pull_through_cache_rule | Validates an existing pull through cache rule for an upstream registry that requires authentication |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- ecr()
# This example deletes images with the tags precise and trusty in a
# repository called ubuntu in the default registry for an account.
svc$batch_delete_image(
imageIds = list(
list(
imageTag = "precise"
)
),
repositoryName = "ubuntu"
)
## End(Not run)
Checks the availability of one or more image layers in a repository
Description
Checks the availability of one or more image layers in a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_batch_check_layer_availability/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_batch_check_layer_availability(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
layerDigests
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the image layers to check. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that is associated with the image layers to check. |
layerDigests |
[required] The digests of the image layers to check. |
Deletes a list of specified images within a repository
Description
Deletes a list of specified images within a repository. Images are specified with either an imageTag
or imageDigest
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_batch_delete_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_batch_delete_image(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, imageIds)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the image to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository that contains the image to delete. |
imageIds |
[required] A list of image ID references that correspond to images to delete. The
format of the |
Gets detailed information for an image
Description
Gets detailed information for an image. Images are specified with either an imageTag
or imageDigest
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_batch_get_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_batch_get_image(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
imageIds,
acceptedMediaTypes = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the images to describe. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository that contains the images to describe. |
imageIds |
[required] A list of image ID references that correspond to images to describe. The
format of the |
acceptedMediaTypes |
The accepted media types for the request. Valid values: |
Gets the scanning configuration for one or more repositories
Description
Gets the scanning configuration for one or more repositories.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_batch_get_repository_scanning_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_batch_get_repository_scanning_configuration(repositoryNames)
Arguments
repositoryNames |
[required] One or more repository names to get the scanning configuration for. |
Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload has completed for a specified registry, repository name, and upload ID
Description
Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload has completed for a specified registry, repository name, and upload ID. You can optionally provide a sha256
digest of the image layer for data validation purposes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_complete_layer_upload/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_complete_layer_upload(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
uploadId,
layerDigests
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to which to upload layers. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to associate with the image layer. |
uploadId |
[required] The upload ID from a previous
|
layerDigests |
[required] The |
Creates a pull through cache rule
Description
Creates a pull through cache rule. A pull through cache rule provides a way to cache images from an upstream registry source in your Amazon ECR private registry. For more information, see Using pull through cache rules in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_create_pull_through_cache_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_create_pull_through_cache_rule(
ecrRepositoryPrefix,
upstreamRegistryUrl,
registryId = NULL,
upstreamRegistry = NULL,
credentialArn = NULL
)
Arguments
ecrRepositoryPrefix |
[required] The repository name prefix to use when caching images from the source registry. |
upstreamRegistryUrl |
[required] The registry URL of the upstream public registry to use as the source for the pull through cache rule. The following is the syntax to use for each supported upstream registry.
|
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to create the pull through cache rule for. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
upstreamRegistry |
The name of the upstream registry. |
credentialArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager secret that identifies the credentials to authenticate to the upstream registry. |
Creates a repository
Description
Creates a repository. For more information, see Amazon ECR repositories in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_create_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_create_repository(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
tags = NULL,
imageTagMutability = NULL,
imageScanningConfiguration = NULL,
encryptionConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to create the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name to use for the repository. The repository name may be specified
on its own (such as The repository name must start with a letter and can only contain lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens, underscores, and forward slashes. |
tags |
The metadata that you apply to the repository to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters. |
imageTagMutability |
The tag mutability setting for the repository. If this parameter is
omitted, the default setting of |
imageScanningConfiguration |
The image scanning configuration for the repository. This determines whether images are scanned for known vulnerabilities after being pushed to the repository. |
encryptionConfiguration |
The encryption configuration for the repository. This determines how the contents of your repository are encrypted at rest. |
Creates a repository creation template
Description
Creates a repository creation template. This template is used to define the settings for repositories created by Amazon ECR on your behalf. For example, repositories created through pull through cache actions. For more information, see Private repository creation templates in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_create_repository_creation_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_create_repository_creation_template(
prefix,
description = NULL,
encryptionConfiguration = NULL,
resourceTags = NULL,
imageTagMutability = NULL,
repositoryPolicy = NULL,
lifecyclePolicy = NULL,
appliedFor,
customRoleArn = NULL
)
Arguments
prefix |
[required] The repository namespace prefix to associate with the template. All
repositories created using this namespace prefix will have the settings
defined in this template applied. For example, a prefix of To apply a template to all repositories in your registry that don't have
an associated creation template, you can use There is always an assumed |
description |
A description for the repository creation template. |
encryptionConfiguration |
The encryption configuration to use for repositories created using the template. |
resourceTags |
The metadata to apply to the repository to help you categorize and organize. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters. |
imageTagMutability |
The tag mutability setting for the repository. If this parameter is
omitted, the default setting of |
repositoryPolicy |
The repository policy to apply to repositories created using the template. A repository policy is a permissions policy associated with a repository to control access permissions. |
lifecyclePolicy |
The lifecycle policy to use for repositories created using the template. |
appliedFor |
[required] A list of enumerable strings representing the Amazon ECR repository
creation scenarios that this template will apply towards. The two
supported scenarios are |
customRoleArn |
The ARN of the role to be assumed by Amazon ECR. This role must be in the same account as the registry that you are configuring. Amazon ECR will assume your supplied role when the customRoleArn is specified. When this field isn't specified, Amazon ECR will use the service-linked role for the repository creation template. |
Deletes the lifecycle policy associated with the specified repository
Description
Deletes the lifecycle policy associated with the specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_delete_lifecycle_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository. |
Deletes a pull through cache rule
Description
Deletes a pull through cache rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_pull_through_cache_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_delete_pull_through_cache_rule(ecrRepositoryPrefix, registryId = NULL)
Arguments
ecrRepositoryPrefix |
[required] The Amazon ECR repository prefix associated with the pull through cache rule to delete. |
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the pull through cache rule. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
Deletes the registry permissions policy
Description
Deletes the registry permissions policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_registry_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_delete_registry_policy()
Deletes a repository
Description
Deletes a repository. If the repository isn't empty, you must either delete the contents of the repository or use the force
option to delete the repository and have Amazon ECR delete all of its contents on your behalf.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_delete_repository(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, force = NULL)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to delete. |
force |
If true, deleting the repository force deletes the contents of the repository. If false, the repository must be empty before attempting to delete it. |
Deletes a repository creation template
Description
Deletes a repository creation template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_repository_creation_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_delete_repository_creation_template(prefix)
Arguments
prefix |
[required] The repository namespace prefix associated with the repository creation template. |
Deletes the repository policy associated with the specified repository
Description
Deletes the repository policy associated with the specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_delete_repository_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_delete_repository_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository policy to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that is associated with the repository policy to delete. |
Returns the replication status for a specified image
Description
Returns the replication status for a specified image.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_image_replication_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_describe_image_replication_status(
repositoryName,
imageId,
registryId = NULL
)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that the image is in. |
imageId |
[required] |
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
Returns the scan findings for the specified image
Description
Returns the scan findings for the specified image.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_image_scan_findings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_describe_image_scan_findings(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
imageId,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to describe the image scan findings for. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository for the image for which to describe the scan findings. |
imageId |
[required] |
nextToken |
The |
maxResults |
The maximum number of image scan results returned by
|
Returns metadata about the images in a repository
Description
Returns metadata about the images in a repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_images/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_describe_images(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
imageIds = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filter = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to describe images. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository that contains the images to describe. |
imageIds |
The list of image IDs for the requested repository. |
nextToken |
The |
maxResults |
The maximum number of repository results returned by
|
filter |
The filter key and value with which to filter your
|
Returns the pull through cache rules for a registry
Description
Returns the pull through cache rules for a registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_pull_through_cache_rules/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_describe_pull_through_cache_rules(
registryId = NULL,
ecrRepositoryPrefixes = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to return the pull through cache rules for. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
ecrRepositoryPrefixes |
The Amazon ECR repository prefixes associated with the pull through cache rules to return. If no repository prefix value is specified, all pull through cache rules are returned. |
nextToken |
The |
maxResults |
The maximum number of pull through cache rules returned by
|
Describes the settings for a registry
Description
Describes the settings for a registry. The replication configuration for a repository can be created or updated with the put_replication_configuration
API action.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_registry/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_describe_registry()
Describes image repositories in a registry
Description
Describes image repositories in a registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_repositories/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_describe_repositories(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryNames = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repositories to be described. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryNames |
A list of repositories to describe. If this parameter is omitted, then all repositories in a registry are described. |
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of repository results returned by
|
Returns details about the repository creation templates in a registry
Description
Returns details about the repository creation templates in a registry. The prefixes
request parameter can be used to return the details for a specific repository creation template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_describe_repository_creation_templates/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_describe_repository_creation_templates(
prefixes = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
prefixes |
The repository namespace prefixes associated with the repository creation templates to describe. If this value is not specified, all repository creation templates are returned. |
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of repository results returned by
|
Retrieves the account setting value for the specified setting name
Description
Retrieves the account setting value for the specified setting name.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_account_setting/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_get_account_setting(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the account setting, such as |
Retrieves an authorization token
Description
Retrieves an authorization token. An authorization token represents your IAM authentication credentials and can be used to access any Amazon ECR registry that your IAM principal has access to. The authorization token is valid for 12 hours.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_authorization_token/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_get_authorization_token(registryIds = NULL)
Arguments
registryIds |
A list of Amazon Web Services account IDs that are associated with the registries for which to get AuthorizationData objects. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
Retrieves the pre-signed Amazon S3 download URL corresponding to an image layer
Description
Retrieves the pre-signed Amazon S3 download URL corresponding to an image layer. You can only get URLs for image layers that are referenced in an image.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_download_url_for_layer/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_get_download_url_for_layer(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, layerDigest)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the image layer to download. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that is associated with the image layer to download. |
layerDigest |
[required] The digest of the image layer to download. |
Retrieves the lifecycle policy for the specified repository
Description
Retrieves the lifecycle policy for the specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_get_lifecycle_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository. |
Retrieves the results of the lifecycle policy preview request for the specified repository
Description
Retrieves the results of the lifecycle policy preview request for the specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_lifecycle_policy_preview/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_get_lifecycle_policy_preview(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
imageIds = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filter = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository. |
imageIds |
The list of imageIDs to be included. |
nextToken |
The |
maxResults |
The maximum number of repository results returned by
|
filter |
An optional parameter that filters results based on image tag status and all tags, if tagged. |
Retrieves the permissions policy for a registry
Description
Retrieves the permissions policy for a registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_registry_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_get_registry_policy()
Retrieves the scanning configuration for a registry
Description
Retrieves the scanning configuration for a registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_registry_scanning_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_get_registry_scanning_configuration()
Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository
Description
Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_get_repository_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_get_repository_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository with the policy to retrieve. |
Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer
Description
Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_initiate_layer_upload/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_initiate_layer_upload(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to which you intend to upload layers. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to which you intend to upload layers. |
Lists all the image IDs for the specified repository
Description
Lists all the image IDs for the specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_list_images/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_list_images(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
filter = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to list images. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository with image IDs to be listed. |
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of image results returned by
|
filter |
The filter key and value with which to filter your
|
List the tags for an Amazon ECR resource
Description
List the tags for an Amazon ECR resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource for which to list the tags. Currently, the only supported resource is an Amazon ECR repository. |
Allows you to change the basic scan type version or registry policy scope
Description
Allows you to change the basic scan type version or registry policy scope.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_account_setting/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_put_account_setting(name, value)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the account setting, such as |
value |
[required] Setting value that is specified. The following are valid values for the
basic scan type being used: |
Creates or updates the image manifest and tags associated with an image
Description
Creates or updates the image manifest and tags associated with an image.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_put_image(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
imageManifest,
imageManifestMediaType = NULL,
imageTag = NULL,
imageDigest = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to put the image. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository in which to put the image. |
imageManifest |
[required] The image manifest corresponding to the image to be uploaded. |
imageManifestMediaType |
The media type of the image manifest. If you push an image manifest that
does not contain the |
imageTag |
The tag to associate with the image. This parameter is required for images that use the Docker Image Manifest V2 Schema 2 or Open Container Initiative (OCI) formats. |
imageDigest |
The image digest of the image manifest corresponding to the image. |
The PutImageScanningConfiguration API is being deprecated, in favor of specifying the image scanning configuration at the registry level
Description
The put_image_scanning_configuration
API is being deprecated, in favor of specifying the image scanning configuration at the registry level. For more information, see put_registry_scanning_configuration
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_image_scanning_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_put_image_scanning_configuration(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
imageScanningConfiguration
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to update the image scanning configuration setting. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository in which to update the image scanning configuration setting. |
imageScanningConfiguration |
[required] The image scanning configuration for the repository. This setting determines whether images are scanned for known vulnerabilities after being pushed to the repository. |
Updates the image tag mutability settings for the specified repository
Description
Updates the image tag mutability settings for the specified repository. For more information, see Image tag mutability in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_image_tag_mutability/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_put_image_tag_mutability(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
imageTagMutability
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to update the image tag mutability settings. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository in which to update the image tag mutability settings. |
imageTagMutability |
[required] The tag mutability setting for the repository. If |
Creates or updates the lifecycle policy for the specified repository
Description
Creates or updates the lifecycle policy for the specified repository. For more information, see Lifecycle policy template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_put_lifecycle_policy(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
lifecyclePolicyText
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to receive the policy. |
lifecyclePolicyText |
[required] The JSON repository policy text to apply to the repository. |
Creates or updates the permissions policy for your registry
Description
Creates or updates the permissions policy for your registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_registry_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_put_registry_policy(policyText)
Arguments
policyText |
[required] The JSON policy text to apply to your registry. The policy text follows the same format as IAM policy text. For more information, see Registry permissions in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide. |
Creates or updates the scanning configuration for your private registry
Description
Creates or updates the scanning configuration for your private registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_registry_scanning_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_put_registry_scanning_configuration(scanType = NULL, rules = NULL)
Arguments
scanType |
The scanning type to set for the registry. When a registry scanning configuration is not defined, by default the
When the |
rules |
The scanning rules to use for the registry. A scanning rule is used to determine which repository filters are used and at what frequency scanning will occur. |
Creates or updates the replication configuration for a registry
Description
Creates or updates the replication configuration for a registry. The existing replication configuration for a repository can be retrieved with the describe_registry
API action. The first time the PutReplicationConfiguration API is called, a service-linked IAM role is created in your account for the replication process. For more information, see Using service-linked roles for Amazon ECR in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide. For more information on the custom role for replication, see Creating an IAM role for replication.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_put_replication_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_put_replication_configuration(replicationConfiguration)
Arguments
replicationConfiguration |
[required] An object representing the replication configuration for a registry. |
Applies a repository policy to the specified repository to control access permissions
Description
Applies a repository policy to the specified repository to control access permissions. For more information, see Amazon ECR Repository policies in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_set_repository_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_set_repository_policy(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
policyText,
force = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to receive the policy. |
policyText |
[required] The JSON repository policy text to apply to the repository. For more information, see Amazon ECR repository policies in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide. |
force |
If the policy you are attempting to set on a repository policy would
prevent you from setting another policy in the future, you must force
the |
Starts a basic image vulnerability scan
Description
Starts a basic image vulnerability scan.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_start_image_scan/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_start_image_scan(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, imageId)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository in which to start an image scan request. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the images to scan. |
imageId |
[required] |
Starts a preview of a lifecycle policy for the specified repository
Description
Starts a preview of a lifecycle policy for the specified repository. This allows you to see the results before associating the lifecycle policy with the repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_start_lifecycle_policy_preview/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_start_lifecycle_policy_preview(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
lifecyclePolicyText = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to be evaluated. |
lifecyclePolicyText |
The policy to be evaluated against. If you do not specify a policy, the current policy for the repository is used. |
Adds specified tags to a resource with the specified ARN
Description
Adds specified tags to a resource with the specified ARN. Existing tags on a resource are not changed if they are not specified in the request parameters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the the resource to which to add tags. Currently, the only supported resource is an Amazon ECR repository. |
tags |
[required] The tags to add to the resource. A tag is an array of key-value pairs. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters. |
Deletes specified tags from a resource
Description
Deletes specified tags from a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which to remove tags. Currently, the only supported resource is an Amazon ECR repository. |
tagKeys |
[required] The keys of the tags to be removed. |
Updates an existing pull through cache rule
Description
Updates an existing pull through cache rule.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_update_pull_through_cache_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_update_pull_through_cache_rule(
registryId = NULL,
ecrRepositoryPrefix,
credentialArn
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry associated with the pull through cache rule. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
ecrRepositoryPrefix |
[required] The repository name prefix to use when caching images from the source registry. |
credentialArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager secret that identifies the credentials to authenticate to the upstream registry. |
Updates an existing repository creation template
Description
Updates an existing repository creation template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_update_repository_creation_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_update_repository_creation_template(
prefix,
description = NULL,
encryptionConfiguration = NULL,
resourceTags = NULL,
imageTagMutability = NULL,
repositoryPolicy = NULL,
lifecyclePolicy = NULL,
appliedFor = NULL,
customRoleArn = NULL
)
Arguments
prefix |
[required] The repository namespace prefix that matches an existing repository
creation template in the registry. All repositories created using this
namespace prefix will have the settings defined in this template
applied. For example, a prefix of To apply a template to all repositories in your registry that don't have
an associated creation template, you can use |
description |
A description for the repository creation template. |
encryptionConfiguration |
|
resourceTags |
The metadata to apply to the repository to help you categorize and organize. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters. |
imageTagMutability |
Updates the tag mutability setting for the repository. If this parameter
is omitted, the default setting of |
repositoryPolicy |
Updates the repository policy created using the template. A repository policy is a permissions policy associated with a repository to control access permissions. |
lifecyclePolicy |
Updates the lifecycle policy associated with the specified repository creation template. |
appliedFor |
Updates the list of enumerable strings representing the Amazon ECR
repository creation scenarios that this template will apply towards. The
two supported scenarios are |
customRoleArn |
The ARN of the role to be assumed by Amazon ECR. This role must be in the same account as the registry that you are configuring. Amazon ECR will assume your supplied role when the customRoleArn is specified. When this field isn't specified, Amazon ECR will use the service-linked role for the repository creation template. |
Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR
Description
Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_upload_layer_part/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_upload_layer_part(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
uploadId,
partFirstByte,
partLastByte,
layerPartBlob
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with the registry to which you are uploading layer parts. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to which you are uploading layer parts. |
uploadId |
[required] The upload ID from a previous
|
partFirstByte |
[required] The position of the first byte of the layer part witin the overall image layer. |
partLastByte |
[required] The position of the last byte of the layer part within the overall image layer. |
layerPartBlob |
[required] The base64-encoded layer part payload. |
Validates an existing pull through cache rule for an upstream registry that requires authentication
Description
Validates an existing pull through cache rule for an upstream registry that requires authentication. This will retrieve the contents of the Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager secret, verify the syntax, and then validate that authentication to the upstream registry is successful.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecr_validate_pull_through_cache_rule/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecr_validate_pull_through_cache_rule(ecrRepositoryPrefix, registryId = NULL)
Arguments
ecrRepositoryPrefix |
[required] The repository name prefix associated with the pull through cache rule. |
registryId |
The registry ID associated with the pull through cache rule. If you do not specify a registry, the default registry is assumed. |
Amazon Elastic Container Registry Public
Description
Amazon Elastic Container Registry Public (Amazon ECR Public) is a managed container image registry service. Amazon ECR provides both public and private registries to host your container images. You can use the Docker CLI or your preferred client to push, pull, and manage images. Amazon ECR provides a secure, scalable, and reliable registry for your Docker or Open Container Initiative (OCI) images. Amazon ECR supports public repositories with this API. For information about the Amazon ECR API for private repositories, see Amazon Elastic Container Registry API Reference.
Usage
ecrpublic(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- ecrpublic( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
batch_check_layer_availability | Checks the availability of one or more image layers that are within a repository in a public registry |
batch_delete_image | Deletes a list of specified images that are within a repository in a public registry |
complete_layer_upload | Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload is complete for a specified public registry, repository name, and upload ID |
create_repository | Creates a repository in a public registry |
delete_repository | Deletes a repository in a public registry |
delete_repository_policy | Deletes the repository policy that's associated with the specified repository |
describe_images | Returns metadata that's related to the images in a repository in a public registry |
describe_image_tags | Returns the image tag details for a repository in a public registry |
describe_registries | Returns details for a public registry |
describe_repositories | Describes repositories that are in a public registry |
get_authorization_token | Retrieves an authorization token |
get_registry_catalog_data | Retrieves catalog metadata for a public registry |
get_repository_catalog_data | Retrieve catalog metadata for a repository in a public registry |
get_repository_policy | Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository |
initiate_layer_upload | Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer |
list_tags_for_resource | List the tags for an Amazon ECR Public resource |
put_image | Creates or updates the image manifest and tags that are associated with an image |
put_registry_catalog_data | Create or update the catalog data for a public registry |
put_repository_catalog_data | Creates or updates the catalog data for a repository in a public registry |
set_repository_policy | Applies a repository policy to the specified public repository to control access permissions |
tag_resource | Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn |
untag_resource | Deletes specified tags from a resource |
upload_layer_part | Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- ecrpublic()
svc$batch_check_layer_availability(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Checks the availability of one or more image layers that are within a repository in a public registry
Description
Checks the availability of one or more image layers that are within a repository in a public registry. When an image is pushed to a repository, each image layer is checked to verify if it has been uploaded before. If it has been uploaded, then the image layer is skipped.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_batch_check_layer_availability/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_batch_check_layer_availability(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
layerDigests
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, associated with the public registry that contains the image layers to check. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that's associated with the image layers to check. |
layerDigests |
[required] The digests of the image layers to check. |
Deletes a list of specified images that are within a repository in a public registry
Description
Deletes a list of specified images that are within a repository in a public registry. Images are specified with either an imageTag
or imageDigest
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_batch_delete_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_batch_delete_image(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, imageIds)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, that's associated with the registry that contains the image to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository in a public registry that contains the image to delete. |
imageIds |
[required] A list of image ID references that correspond to images to delete. The
format of the |
Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload is complete for a specified public registry, repository name, and upload ID
Description
Informs Amazon ECR that the image layer upload is complete for a specified public registry, repository name, and upload ID. You can optionally provide a sha256
digest of the image layer for data validation purposes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_complete_layer_upload/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_complete_layer_upload(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
uploadId,
layerDigests
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, associated with the registry where layers are uploaded. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository in a public registry to associate with the image layer. |
uploadId |
[required] The upload ID from a previous
|
layerDigests |
[required] The |
Creates a repository in a public registry
Description
Creates a repository in a public registry. For more information, see Amazon ECR repositories in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_create_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_create_repository(repositoryName, catalogData = NULL, tags = NULL)
Arguments
repositoryName |
[required] The name to use for the repository. This appears publicly in the Amazon
ECR Public Gallery. The repository name can be specified on its own (for
example |
catalogData |
The details about the repository that are publicly visible in the Amazon ECR Public Gallery. |
tags |
The metadata that you apply to each repository to help categorize and organize your repositories. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both of them. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters. |
Deletes a repository in a public registry
Description
Deletes a repository in a public registry. If the repository contains images, you must either manually delete all images in the repository or use the force
option. This option deletes all images on your behalf before deleting the repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_delete_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_delete_repository(registryId = NULL, repositoryName, force = NULL)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to delete. |
force |
The force option can be used to delete a repository that contains images. If the force option is not used, the repository must be empty prior to deletion. |
Deletes the repository policy that's associated with the specified repository
Description
Deletes the repository policy that's associated with the specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_delete_repository_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_delete_repository_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository policy to delete. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that's associated with the repository policy to delete. |
Returns the image tag details for a repository in a public registry
Description
Returns the image tag details for a repository in a public registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_describe_image_tags/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_describe_image_tags(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository where images are described. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that contains the image tag details to describe. |
nextToken |
The |
maxResults |
The maximum number of repository results that's returned by
|
Returns metadata that's related to the images in a repository in a public registry
Description
Returns metadata that's related to the images in a repository in a public registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_describe_images/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_describe_images(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
imageIds = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository where images are described. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository that contains the images to describe. |
imageIds |
The list of image IDs for the requested repository. |
nextToken |
The |
maxResults |
The maximum number of repository results that's returned by
|
Returns details for a public registry
Description
Returns details for a public registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_describe_registries/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_describe_registries(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)
Arguments
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of repository results that's returned by
|
Describes repositories that are in a public registry
Description
Describes repositories that are in a public registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_describe_repositories/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_describe_repositories(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryNames = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the registry that contains the repositories to be described. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryNames |
A list of repositories to describe. If this parameter is omitted, then all repositories in a registry are described. |
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of repository results that's returned by
|
Retrieves an authorization token
Description
Retrieves an authorization token. An authorization token represents your IAM authentication credentials. You can use it to access any Amazon ECR registry that your IAM principal has access to. The authorization token is valid for 12 hours. This API requires the ecr-public:GetAuthorizationToken
and sts:GetServiceBearerToken
permissions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_get_authorization_token/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_get_authorization_token()
Retrieves catalog metadata for a public registry
Description
Retrieves catalog metadata for a public registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_get_registry_catalog_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_get_registry_catalog_data()
Retrieve catalog metadata for a repository in a public registry
Description
Retrieve catalog metadata for a repository in a public registry. This metadata is displayed publicly in the Amazon ECR Public Gallery.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_get_repository_catalog_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_get_repository_catalog_data(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the registry that contains the repositories to be described. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to retrieve the catalog metadata for. |
Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository
Description
Retrieves the repository policy for the specified repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_get_repository_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_get_repository_policy(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository with the policy to retrieve. |
Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer
Description
Notifies Amazon ECR that you intend to upload an image layer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_initiate_layer_upload/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_initiate_layer_upload(registryId = NULL, repositoryName)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, that's associated with the registry to which you intend to upload layers. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that you want to upload layers to. |
List the tags for an Amazon ECR Public resource
Description
List the tags for an Amazon ECR Public resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list the tags for. Currently, the supported resource is an Amazon ECR Public repository. |
Creates or updates the image manifest and tags that are associated with an image
Description
Creates or updates the image manifest and tags that are associated with an image.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_put_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_put_image(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
imageManifest,
imageManifestMediaType = NULL,
imageTag = NULL,
imageDigest = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, that's associated with the public registry that contains the repository where the image is put. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where the image is put. |
imageManifest |
[required] The image manifest that corresponds to the image to be uploaded. |
imageManifestMediaType |
The media type of the image manifest. If you push an image manifest that
doesn't contain the |
imageTag |
The tag to associate with the image. This parameter is required for images that use the Docker Image Manifest V2 Schema 2 or Open Container Initiative (OCI) formats. |
imageDigest |
The image digest of the image manifest that corresponds to the image. |
Create or update the catalog data for a public registry
Description
Create or update the catalog data for a public registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_put_registry_catalog_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_put_registry_catalog_data(displayName = NULL)
Arguments
displayName |
The display name for a public registry. The display name is shown as the repository author in the Amazon ECR Public Gallery. The registry display name is only publicly visible in the Amazon ECR Public Gallery for verified accounts. |
Creates or updates the catalog data for a repository in a public registry
Description
Creates or updates the catalog data for a repository in a public registry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_put_repository_catalog_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_put_repository_catalog_data(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
catalogData
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the public registry the repository is in. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to create or update the catalog data for. |
catalogData |
[required] An object containing the catalog data for a repository. This data is publicly visible in the Amazon ECR Public Gallery. |
Applies a repository policy to the specified public repository to control access permissions
Description
Applies a repository policy to the specified public repository to control access permissions. For more information, see Amazon ECR Repository Policies in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_set_repository_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_set_repository_policy(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
policyText,
force = NULL
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID that's associated with the registry that contains the repository. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository to receive the policy. |
policyText |
[required] The JSON repository policy text to apply to the repository. For more information, see Amazon ECR Repository Policies in the Amazon Elastic Container Registry User Guide. |
force |
If the policy that you want to set on a repository policy would prevent
you from setting another policy in the future, you must force the
|
Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn
Description
Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn
. If existing tags on a resource aren't specified in the request parameters, they aren't changed. When a resource is deleted, the tags associated with that resource are also deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to add tags to. Currently, the supported resource is an Amazon ECR Public repository. |
tags |
[required] The tags to add to the resource. A tag is an array of key-value pairs. Tag keys can have a maximum character length of 128 characters, and tag values can have a maximum length of 256 characters. |
Deletes specified tags from a resource
Description
Deletes specified tags from a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to delete tags from. Currently, the supported resource is an Amazon ECR Public repository. |
tagKeys |
[required] The keys of the tags to be removed. |
Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR
Description
Uploads an image layer part to Amazon ECR.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecrpublic_upload_layer_part/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecrpublic_upload_layer_part(
registryId = NULL,
repositoryName,
uploadId,
partFirstByte,
partLastByte,
layerPartBlob
)
Arguments
registryId |
The Amazon Web Services account ID, or registry alias, that's associated with the registry that you're uploading layer parts to. If you do not specify a registry, the default public registry is assumed. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository that you're uploading layer parts to. |
uploadId |
[required] The upload ID from a previous
|
partFirstByte |
[required] The position of the first byte of the layer part witin the overall image layer. |
partLastByte |
[required] The position of the last byte of the layer part within the overall image layer. |
layerPartBlob |
[required] The base64-encoded layer part payload. |
Amazon EC2 Container Service
Description
Amazon Elastic Container Service
Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) is a highly scalable, fast, container management service. It makes it easy to run, stop, and manage Docker containers. You can host your cluster on a serverless infrastructure that's managed by Amazon ECS by launching your services or tasks on Fargate. For more control, you can host your tasks on a cluster of Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) or External (on-premises) instances that you manage.
Amazon ECS makes it easy to launch and stop container-based applications with simple API calls. This makes it easy to get the state of your cluster from a centralized service, and gives you access to many familiar Amazon EC2 features.
You can use Amazon ECS to schedule the placement of containers across your cluster based on your resource needs, isolation policies, and availability requirements. With Amazon ECS, you don't need to operate your own cluster management and configuration management systems. You also don't need to worry about scaling your management infrastructure.
Usage
ecs(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- ecs( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
create_capacity_provider | Creates a new capacity provider |
create_cluster | Creates a new Amazon ECS cluster |
create_service | Runs and maintains your desired number of tasks from a specified task definition |
create_task_set | Create a task set in the specified cluster and service |
delete_account_setting | Disables an account setting for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account |
delete_attributes | Deletes one or more custom attributes from an Amazon ECS resource |
delete_capacity_provider | Deletes the specified capacity provider |
delete_cluster | Deletes the specified cluster |
delete_service | Deletes a specified service within a cluster |
delete_task_definitions | Deletes one or more task definitions |
delete_task_set | Deletes a specified task set within a service |
deregister_container_instance | Deregisters an Amazon ECS container instance from the specified cluster |
deregister_task_definition | Deregisters the specified task definition by family and revision |
describe_capacity_providers | Describes one or more of your capacity providers |
describe_clusters | Describes one or more of your clusters |
describe_container_instances | Describes one or more container instances |
describe_service_deployments | Describes one or more of your service deployments |
describe_service_revisions | Describes one or more service revisions |
describe_services | Describes the specified services running in your cluster |
describe_task_definition | Describes a task definition |
describe_tasks | Describes a specified task or tasks |
describe_task_sets | Describes the task sets in the specified cluster and service |
discover_poll_endpoint | This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent |
execute_command | Runs a command remotely on a container within a task |
get_task_protection | Retrieves the protection status of tasks in an Amazon ECS service |
list_account_settings | Lists the account settings for a specified principal |
list_attributes | Lists the attributes for Amazon ECS resources within a specified target type and cluster |
list_clusters | Returns a list of existing clusters |
list_container_instances | Returns a list of container instances in a specified cluster |
list_service_deployments | This operation lists all the service deployments that meet the specified filter criteria |
list_services | Returns a list of services |
list_services_by_namespace | This operation lists all of the services that are associated with a Cloud Map namespace |
list_tags_for_resource | List the tags for an Amazon ECS resource |
list_task_definition_families | Returns a list of task definition families that are registered to your account |
list_task_definitions | Returns a list of task definitions that are registered to your account |
list_tasks | Returns a list of tasks |
put_account_setting | Modifies an account setting |
put_account_setting_default | Modifies an account setting for all users on an account for whom no individual account setting has been specified |
put_attributes | Create or update an attribute on an Amazon ECS resource |
put_cluster_capacity_providers | Modifies the available capacity providers and the default capacity provider strategy for a cluster |
register_container_instance | This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent |
register_task_definition | Registers a new task definition from the supplied family and containerDefinitions |
run_task | Starts a new task using the specified task definition |
start_task | Starts a new task from the specified task definition on the specified container instance or instances |
stop_task | Stops a running task |
submit_attachment_state_changes | This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent |
submit_container_state_change | This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent |
submit_task_state_change | This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent |
tag_resource | Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn |
untag_resource | Deletes specified tags from a resource |
update_capacity_provider | Modifies the parameters for a capacity provider |
update_cluster | Updates the cluster |
update_cluster_settings | Modifies the settings to use for a cluster |
update_container_agent | Updates the Amazon ECS container agent on a specified container instance |
update_container_instances_state | Modifies the status of an Amazon ECS container instance |
update_service | Modifies the parameters of a service |
update_service_primary_task_set | Modifies which task set in a service is the primary task set |
update_task_protection | Updates the protection status of a task |
update_task_set | Modifies a task set |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- ecs()
# This example creates a cluster in your default region.
svc$create_cluster(
clusterName = "my_cluster"
)
## End(Not run)
Creates a new capacity provider
Description
Creates a new capacity provider. Capacity providers are associated with an Amazon ECS cluster and are used in capacity provider strategies to facilitate cluster auto scaling.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_create_capacity_provider/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_create_capacity_provider(name, autoScalingGroupProvider, tags = NULL)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the capacity provider. Up to 255 characters are allowed.
They include letters (both upper and lowercase letters), numbers,
underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The name can't be prefixed with
" |
autoScalingGroupProvider |
[required] The details of the Auto Scaling group for the capacity provider. |
tags |
The metadata that you apply to the capacity provider to categorize and organize them more conveniently. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both of them. The following basic restrictions apply to tags:
|
Creates a new Amazon ECS cluster
Description
Creates a new Amazon ECS cluster. By default, your account receives a default
cluster when you launch your first container instance. However, you can create your own cluster with a unique name.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_create_cluster/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_create_cluster(
clusterName = NULL,
tags = NULL,
settings = NULL,
configuration = NULL,
capacityProviders = NULL,
defaultCapacityProviderStrategy = NULL,
serviceConnectDefaults = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
The name of your cluster. If you don't specify a name for your cluster,
you create a cluster that's named |
tags |
The metadata that you apply to the cluster to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. The following basic restrictions apply to tags:
|
settings |
The setting to use when creating a cluster. This parameter is used to
turn on CloudWatch Container Insights for a cluster. If this value is
specified, it overrides the |
configuration |
The |
capacityProviders |
The short name of one or more capacity providers to associate with the
cluster. A capacity provider must be associated with a cluster before it
can be included as part of the default capacity provider strategy of the
cluster or used in a capacity provider strategy when calling the
If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto Scaling group, the
capacity provider must be created but not associated with another
cluster. New Auto Scaling group capacity providers can be created with
the To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify either the The PutCapacityProvider API operation is used to update the list of available capacity providers for a cluster after the cluster is created. |
defaultCapacityProviderStrategy |
The capacity provider strategy to set as the default for the cluster.
After a default capacity provider strategy is set for a cluster, when
you call the If a default capacity provider strategy isn't defined for a cluster when
it was created, it can be defined later with the
|
serviceConnectDefaults |
Use this parameter to set a default Service Connect namespace. After you
set a default Service Connect namespace, any new services with Service
Connect turned on that are created in the cluster are added as client
services in the namespace. This setting only applies to new services
that set the Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. |
Runs and maintains your desired number of tasks from a specified task definition
Description
Runs and maintains your desired number of tasks from a specified task definition. If the number of tasks running in a service drops below the desiredCount
, Amazon ECS runs another copy of the task in the specified cluster. To update an existing service, use update_service
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_create_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_create_service(
cluster = NULL,
serviceName,
taskDefinition = NULL,
availabilityZoneRebalancing = NULL,
loadBalancers = NULL,
serviceRegistries = NULL,
desiredCount = NULL,
clientToken = NULL,
launchType = NULL,
capacityProviderStrategy = NULL,
platformVersion = NULL,
role = NULL,
deploymentConfiguration = NULL,
placementConstraints = NULL,
placementStrategy = NULL,
networkConfiguration = NULL,
healthCheckGracePeriodSeconds = NULL,
schedulingStrategy = NULL,
deploymentController = NULL,
tags = NULL,
enableECSManagedTags = NULL,
propagateTags = NULL,
enableExecuteCommand = NULL,
serviceConnectConfiguration = NULL,
volumeConfigurations = NULL,
vpcLatticeConfigurations = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that you run your service on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of your service. Up to 255 letters (uppercase and lowercase), numbers, underscores, and hyphens are allowed. Service names must be unique within a cluster, but you can have similarly named services in multiple clusters within a Region or across multiple Regions. |
taskDefinition |
The A task definition must be specified if the service uses either the For more information about deployment types, see Amazon ECS deployment types. |
availabilityZoneRebalancing |
Indicates whether to use Availability Zone rebalancing for the service. For more information, see Balancing an Amazon ECS service across Availability Zones in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide . |
loadBalancers |
A load balancer object representing the load balancers to use with your service. For more information, see Service load balancing in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. If the service uses the rolling update ( If the service uses the If you use the For Application Load Balancers and Network Load Balancers, this object must contain the load balancer target group ARN, the container name, and the container port to access from the load balancer. The container name must be as it appears in a container definition. The load balancer name parameter must be omitted. When a task from this service is placed on a container instance, the container instance and port combination is registered as a target in the target group that's specified here. For Classic Load Balancers, this object must contain the load balancer name, the container name , and the container port to access from the load balancer. The container name must be as it appears in a container definition. The target group ARN parameter must be omitted. When a task from this service is placed on a container instance, the container instance is registered with the load balancer that's specified here. Services with tasks that use the |
serviceRegistries |
The details of the service discovery registry to associate with this service. For more information, see Service discovery. Each service may be associated with one service registry. Multiple service registries for each service isn't supported. |
desiredCount |
The number of instantiations of the specified task definition to place and keep running in your service. This is required if |
clientToken |
An identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. It must be unique and is case sensitive. Up to 36 ASCII characters in the range of 33-126 (inclusive) are allowed. |
launchType |
The infrastructure that you run your service on. For more information, see Amazon ECS launch types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. The Fargate Spot infrastructure is available for use but a capacity provider strategy must be used. For more information, see Fargate capacity providers in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide. The The A service can use either a launch type or a capacity provider strategy.
If a |
capacityProviderStrategy |
The capacity provider strategy to use for the service. If a A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. |
platformVersion |
The platform version that your tasks in the service are running on. A
platform version is specified only for tasks using the Fargate launch
type. If one isn't specified, the |
role |
The name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that allows
Amazon ECS to make calls to your load balancer on your behalf. This
parameter is only permitted if you are using a load balancer with your
service and your task definition doesn't use the If your account has already created the Amazon ECS service-linked role,
that role is used for your service unless you specify a role here. The
service-linked role is required if your task definition uses the
If your specified role has a path other than |
deploymentConfiguration |
Optional deployment parameters that control how many tasks run during the deployment and the ordering of stopping and starting tasks. |
placementConstraints |
An array of placement constraint objects to use for tasks in your service. You can specify a maximum of 10 constraints for each task. This limit includes constraints in the task definition and those specified at runtime. |
placementStrategy |
The placement strategy objects to use for tasks in your service. You can specify a maximum of 5 strategy rules for each service. |
networkConfiguration |
The network configuration for the service. This parameter is required
for task definitions that use the |
healthCheckGracePeriodSeconds |
The period of time, in seconds, that the Amazon ECS service scheduler
ignores unhealthy Elastic Load Balancing, VPC Lattice, and container
health checks after a task has first started. If you don't specify a
health check grace period value, the default value of If your service's tasks take a while to start and respond to health checks, you can specify a health check grace period of up to 2,147,483,647 seconds (about 69 years). During that time, the Amazon ECS service scheduler ignores health check status. This grace period can prevent the service scheduler from marking tasks as unhealthy and stopping them before they have time to come up. |
schedulingStrategy |
The scheduling strategy to use for the service. For more information, see Services. There are two service scheduler strategies available:
|
deploymentController |
The deployment controller to use for the service. If no deployment
controller is specified, the default value of |
tags |
The metadata that you apply to the service to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. When a service is deleted, the tags are deleted as well. The following basic restrictions apply to tags:
|
enableECSManagedTags |
Specifies whether to turn on Amazon ECS managed tags for the tasks within the service. For more information, see Tagging your Amazon ECS resources in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. When you use Amazon ECS managed tags, you need to set the
|
propagateTags |
Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the task definition to the
task. If no value is specified, the tags aren't propagated. Tags can
only be propagated to the task during task creation. To add tags to a
task after task creation, use the You must set this to a value other than The default is |
enableExecuteCommand |
Determines whether the execute command functionality is turned on for
the service. If |
serviceConnectConfiguration |
The configuration for this service to discover and connect to services, and be discovered by, and connected from, other services within a namespace. Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. |
volumeConfigurations |
The configuration for a volume specified in the task definition as a volume that is configured at launch time. Currently, the only supported volume type is an Amazon EBS volume. |
vpcLatticeConfigurations |
The VPC Lattice configuration for the service being created. |
Create a task set in the specified cluster and service
Description
Create a task set in the specified cluster and service. This is used when a service uses the EXTERNAL
deployment controller type. For more information, see Amazon ECS deployment types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_create_task_set/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_create_task_set(
service,
cluster,
externalId = NULL,
taskDefinition,
networkConfiguration = NULL,
loadBalancers = NULL,
serviceRegistries = NULL,
launchType = NULL,
capacityProviderStrategy = NULL,
platformVersion = NULL,
scale = NULL,
clientToken = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
service |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service to create the task set in. |
cluster |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service to create the task set in. |
externalId |
An optional non-unique tag that identifies this task set in external
systems. If the task set is associated with a service discovery
registry, the tasks in this task set will have the
|
taskDefinition |
[required] The task definition for the tasks in the task set to use. If a revision
isn't specified, the latest |
networkConfiguration |
An object representing the network configuration for a task set. |
loadBalancers |
A load balancer object representing the load balancer to use with the task set. The supported load balancer types are either an Application Load Balancer or a Network Load Balancer. |
serviceRegistries |
The details of the service discovery registries to assign to this task set. For more information, see Service discovery. |
launchType |
The launch type that new tasks in the task set uses. For more information, see Amazon ECS launch types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. If a |
capacityProviderStrategy |
The capacity provider strategy to use for the task set. A capacity provider strategy consists of one or more capacity providers
along with the If a If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto Scaling group, the capacity provider must already be created. New capacity providers can be created with the CreateCapacityProviderProviderAPI operation. To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify either the The
|
platformVersion |
The platform version that the tasks in the task set uses. A platform
version is specified only for tasks using the Fargate launch type. If
one isn't specified, the |
scale |
A floating-point percentage of the desired number of tasks to place and keep running in the task set. |
clientToken |
An identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. It must be unique and is case sensitive. Up to 36 ASCII characters in the range of 33-126 (inclusive) are allowed. |
tags |
The metadata that you apply to the task set to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. When a service is deleted, the tags are deleted. The following basic restrictions apply to tags:
|
Disables an account setting for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account
Description
Disables an account setting for a specified user, role, or the root user for an account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_account_setting/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_delete_account_setting(name, principalArn = NULL)
Arguments
name |
[required] The resource name to disable the account setting for. If
|
principalArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the principal. It can be an user, role, or the root user. If you specify the root user, it disables the account setting for all users, roles, and the root user of the account unless a user or role explicitly overrides these settings. If this field is omitted, the setting is changed only for the authenticated user. |
Deletes one or more custom attributes from an Amazon ECS resource
Description
Deletes one or more custom attributes from an Amazon ECS resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_attributes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_delete_attributes(cluster = NULL, attributes)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that contains the resource to delete attributes. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
attributes |
[required] The attributes to delete from your resource. You can specify up to 10 attributes for each request. For custom attributes, specify the attribute name and target ID, but don't specify the value. If you specify the target ID using the short form, you must also specify the target type. |
Deletes the specified capacity provider
Description
Deletes the specified capacity provider.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_capacity_provider/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_delete_capacity_provider(capacityProvider)
Arguments
capacityProvider |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the capacity provider to delete. |
Deletes the specified cluster
Description
Deletes the specified cluster. The cluster transitions to the INACTIVE
state. Clusters with an INACTIVE
status might remain discoverable in your account for a period of time. However, this behavior is subject to change in the future. We don't recommend that you rely on INACTIVE
clusters persisting.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_cluster/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_delete_cluster(cluster)
Arguments
cluster |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to delete. |
Deletes a specified service within a cluster
Description
Deletes a specified service within a cluster. You can delete a service if you have no running tasks in it and the desired task count is zero. If the service is actively maintaining tasks, you can't delete it, and you must update the service to a desired task count of zero. For more information, see update_service
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_delete_service(cluster = NULL, service, force = NULL)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service to delete. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
service |
[required] The name of the service to delete. |
force |
If |
Deletes one or more task definitions
Description
Deletes one or more task definitions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_task_definitions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_delete_task_definitions(taskDefinitions)
Arguments
taskDefinitions |
[required] The You can specify up to 10 task definitions as a comma separated list. |
Deletes a specified task set within a service
Description
Deletes a specified task set within a service. This is used when a service uses the EXTERNAL
deployment controller type. For more information, see Amazon ECS deployment types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_delete_task_set/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_delete_task_set(cluster, service, taskSet, force = NULL)
Arguments
cluster |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task set found in to delete. |
service |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service that hosts the task set to delete. |
taskSet |
[required] The task set ID or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task set to delete. |
force |
If |
Deregisters an Amazon ECS container instance from the specified cluster
Description
Deregisters an Amazon ECS container instance from the specified cluster. This instance is no longer available to run tasks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_deregister_container_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_deregister_container_instance(
cluster = NULL,
containerInstance,
force = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the container instance to deregister. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
containerInstance |
[required] The container instance ID or full ARN of the container instance to deregister. For more information about the ARN format, see Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide. |
force |
Forces the container instance to be deregistered. If you have tasks
running on the container instance when you deregister it with the
Any containers in orphaned service tasks that are registered with a Classic Load Balancer or an Application Load Balancer target group are deregistered. They begin connection draining according to the settings on the load balancer or target group. |
Deregisters the specified task definition by family and revision
Description
Deregisters the specified task definition by family and revision. Upon deregistration, the task definition is marked as INACTIVE
. Existing tasks and services that reference an INACTIVE
task definition continue to run without disruption. Existing services that reference an INACTIVE
task definition can still scale up or down by modifying the service's desired count. If you want to delete a task definition revision, you must first deregister the task definition revision.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_deregister_task_definition/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_deregister_task_definition(taskDefinition)
Arguments
taskDefinition |
[required] The |
Describes one or more of your capacity providers
Description
Describes one or more of your capacity providers.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_capacity_providers/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_describe_capacity_providers(
capacityProviders = NULL,
include = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
capacityProviders |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of one or more
capacity providers. Up to |
include |
Specifies whether or not you want to see the resource tags for the
capacity provider. If |
maxResults |
The maximum number of account setting results returned by
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Describes one or more of your clusters
Description
Describes one or more of your clusters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_clusters/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_describe_clusters(clusters = NULL, include = NULL)
Arguments
clusters |
A list of up to 100 cluster names or full cluster Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
include |
Determines whether to include additional information about the clusters in the response. If this field is omitted, this information isn't included. If If If If If |
Describes one or more container instances
Description
Describes one or more container instances. Returns metadata about each container instance requested.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_container_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_describe_container_instances(
cluster = NULL,
containerInstances,
include = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the container instances to describe. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. This parameter is required if the container instance or container instances you are describing were launched in any cluster other than the default cluster. |
containerInstances |
[required] A list of up to 100 container instance IDs or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) entries. |
include |
Specifies whether you want to see the resource tags for the container
instance. If |
Describes one or more of your service deployments
Description
Describes one or more of your service deployments.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_service_deployments/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_describe_service_deployments(serviceDeploymentArns)
Arguments
serviceDeploymentArns |
[required] The ARN of the service deployment. You can specify a maximum of 20 ARNs. |
Describes one or more service revisions
Description
Describes one or more service revisions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_service_revisions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_describe_service_revisions(serviceRevisionArns)
Arguments
serviceRevisionArns |
[required] The ARN of the service revision. You can specify a maximum of 20 ARNs. You can call |
Describes the specified services running in your cluster
Description
Describes the specified services running in your cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_services/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_describe_services(cluster = NULL, services, include = NULL)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN)the cluster that hosts the service to describe. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. This parameter is required if the service or services you are describing were launched in any cluster other than the default cluster. |
services |
[required] A list of services to describe. You may specify up to 10 services to describe in a single operation. |
include |
Determines whether you want to see the resource tags for the service. If
|
Describes a task definition
Description
Describes a task definition. You can specify a family
and revision
to find information about a specific task definition, or you can simply specify the family to find the latest ACTIVE
revision in that family.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_task_definition/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_describe_task_definition(taskDefinition, include = NULL)
Arguments
taskDefinition |
[required] The |
include |
Determines whether to see the resource tags for the task definition. If
|
Describes the task sets in the specified cluster and service
Description
Describes the task sets in the specified cluster and service. This is used when a service uses the EXTERNAL
deployment controller type. For more information, see Amazon ECS Deployment Types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_task_sets/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_describe_task_sets(cluster, service, taskSets = NULL, include = NULL)
Arguments
cluster |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task sets exist in. |
service |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service that the task sets exist in. |
taskSets |
The ID or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of task sets to describe. |
include |
Specifies whether to see the resource tags for the task set. If |
Describes a specified task or tasks
Description
Describes a specified task or tasks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_describe_tasks/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_describe_tasks(cluster = NULL, tasks, include = NULL)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that
hosts the task or tasks to describe. If you do not specify a cluster,
the default cluster is assumed. This parameter is required. If you do
not specify a value, the |
tasks |
[required] A list of up to 100 task IDs or full ARN entries. |
include |
Specifies whether you want to see the resource tags for the task. If
|
This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent
Description
This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_discover_poll_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_discover_poll_endpoint(containerInstance = NULL, cluster = NULL)
Arguments
containerInstance |
The container instance ID or full ARN of the container instance. For more information about the ARN format, see Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide. |
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that the container instance belongs to. |
Runs a command remotely on a container within a task
Description
Runs a command remotely on a container within a task.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_execute_command/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_execute_command(
cluster = NULL,
container = NULL,
command,
interactive,
task
)
Arguments
cluster |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or short name of the cluster the task is running in. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
container |
The name of the container to execute the command on. A container name only needs to be specified for tasks containing multiple containers. |
command |
[required] The command to run on the container. |
interactive |
[required] Use this flag to run your command in interactive mode. |
task |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or ID of the task the container is part of. |
Retrieves the protection status of tasks in an Amazon ECS service
Description
Retrieves the protection status of tasks in an Amazon ECS service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_get_task_protection/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_get_task_protection(cluster, tasks = NULL)
Arguments
cluster |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task sets exist in. |
tasks |
A list of up to 100 task IDs or full ARN entries. |
Lists the account settings for a specified principal
Description
Lists the account settings for a specified principal.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_account_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_list_account_settings(
name = NULL,
value = NULL,
principalArn = NULL,
effectiveSettings = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
The name of the account setting you want to list the settings for. |
value |
The value of the account settings to filter results with. You must also specify an account setting name to use this parameter. |
principalArn |
The ARN of the principal, which can be a user, role, or the root user. If this field is omitted, the account settings are listed only for the authenticated user. Federated users assume the account setting of the root user and can't have explicit account settings set for them. |
effectiveSettings |
Determines whether to return the effective settings. If |
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of account setting results returned by
|
Lists the attributes for Amazon ECS resources within a specified target type and cluster
Description
Lists the attributes for Amazon ECS resources within a specified target type and cluster. When you specify a target type and cluster, list_attributes
returns a list of attribute objects, one for each attribute on each resource. You can filter the list of results to a single attribute name to only return results that have that name. You can also filter the results by attribute name and value. You can do this, for example, to see which container instances in a cluster are running a Linux AMI (ecs.os-type=linux
).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_attributes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_list_attributes(
cluster = NULL,
targetType,
attributeName = NULL,
attributeValue = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to list attributes. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
targetType |
[required] The type of the target to list attributes with. |
attributeName |
The name of the attribute to filter the results with. |
attributeValue |
The value of the attribute to filter results with. You must also specify an attribute name to use this parameter. |
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of cluster results that
|
Returns a list of existing clusters
Description
Returns a list of existing clusters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_clusters/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_list_clusters(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)
Arguments
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of cluster results that
|
Returns a list of container instances in a specified cluster
Description
Returns a list of container instances in a specified cluster. You can filter the results of a list_container_instances
operation with cluster query language statements inside the filter
parameter. For more information, see Cluster Query Language in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_container_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_list_container_instances(
cluster = NULL,
filter = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
status = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the container instances to list. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
filter |
You can filter the results of a
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of container instance results that
|
status |
Filters the container instances by status. For example, if you specify
the |
This operation lists all the service deployments that meet the specified filter criteria
Description
This operation lists all the service deployments that meet the specified filter criteria.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_service_deployments/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_list_service_deployments(
service,
cluster = NULL,
status = NULL,
createdAt = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
service |
[required] The ARN or name of the service |
cluster |
The cluster that hosts the service. This can either be the cluster name
or ARN. Starting April 15, 2023, Amazon Web Services will not onboard
new customers to Amazon Elastic Inference (EI), and will help current
customers migrate their workloads to options that offer better price and
performance. If you don't specify a cluster, |
status |
An optional filter you can use to narrow the results. If you do not specify a status, then all status values are included in the result. |
createdAt |
An optional filter you can use to narrow the results by the service creation date. If you do not specify a value, the result includes all services created before the current time. The format is yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss.SSSSSS. |
nextToken |
The |
maxResults |
The maximum number of service deployment results that
|
Returns a list of services
Description
Returns a list of services. You can filter the results by cluster, launch type, and scheduling strategy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_services/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_list_services(
cluster = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
launchType = NULL,
schedulingStrategy = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to use
when filtering the |
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of service results that
|
launchType |
The launch type to use when filtering the
|
schedulingStrategy |
The scheduling strategy to use when filtering the
|
This operation lists all of the services that are associated with a Cloud Map namespace
Description
This operation lists all of the services that are associated with a Cloud Map namespace. This list might include services in different clusters. In contrast, list_services
can only list services in one cluster at a time. If you need to filter the list of services in a single cluster by various parameters, use list_services
. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_services_by_namespace/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_list_services_by_namespace(namespace, nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)
Arguments
namespace |
[required] The namespace name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Cloud Map namespace to list the services in. Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. |
nextToken |
The |
maxResults |
The maximum number of service results that
|
List the tags for an Amazon ECS resource
Description
List the tags for an Amazon ECS resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list the tags for. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon ECS tasks, services, task definitions, clusters, and container instances. |
Returns a list of task definition families that are registered to your account
Description
Returns a list of task definition families that are registered to your account. This list includes task definition families that no longer have any ACTIVE
task definition revisions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_task_definition_families/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_list_task_definition_families(
familyPrefix = NULL,
status = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
familyPrefix |
The |
status |
The task definition family status to filter the
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of task definition family results that
|
Returns a list of task definitions that are registered to your account
Description
Returns a list of task definitions that are registered to your account. You can filter the results by family name with the familyPrefix
parameter or by status with the status
parameter.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_task_definitions/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_list_task_definitions(
familyPrefix = NULL,
status = NULL,
sort = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
familyPrefix |
The full family name to filter the
|
status |
The task definition status to filter the
|
sort |
The order to sort the results in. Valid values are |
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of task definition results that
|
Returns a list of tasks
Description
Returns a list of tasks. You can filter the results by cluster, task definition family, container instance, launch type, what IAM principal started the task, or by the desired status of the task.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_list_tasks/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_list_tasks(
cluster = NULL,
containerInstance = NULL,
family = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
startedBy = NULL,
serviceName = NULL,
desiredStatus = NULL,
launchType = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to use
when filtering the |
containerInstance |
The container instance ID or full ARN of the container instance to use
when filtering the |
family |
The name of the task definition family to use when filtering the
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is only used to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of task results that |
startedBy |
The When you specify |
serviceName |
The name of the service to use when filtering the
|
desiredStatus |
The task desired status to use when filtering the
Although you can filter results based on a desired status of |
launchType |
The launch type to use when filtering the |
Modifies an account setting
Description
Modifies an account setting. Account settings are set on a per-Region basis.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_put_account_setting/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_put_account_setting(name, value, principalArn = NULL)
Arguments
name |
[required] The Amazon ECS account setting name to modify. The following are the valid values for the account setting name.
|
value |
[required] The account setting value for the specified principal ARN. Accepted
values are When you specify
|
principalArn |
The ARN of the principal, which can be a user, role, or the root user. If you specify the root user, it modifies the account setting for all users, roles, and the root user of the account unless a user or role explicitly overrides these settings. If this field is omitted, the setting is changed only for the authenticated user. You must use the root user when you set the Fargate wait time
( Federated users assume the account setting of the root user and can't have explicit account settings set for them. |
Modifies an account setting for all users on an account for whom no individual account setting has been specified
Description
Modifies an account setting for all users on an account for whom no individual account setting has been specified. Account settings are set on a per-Region basis.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_put_account_setting_default/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_put_account_setting_default(name, value)
Arguments
name |
[required] The resource name for which to modify the account setting. The following are the valid values for the account setting name.
|
value |
[required] The account setting value for the specified principal ARN. Accepted
values are When you specify
|
Create or update an attribute on an Amazon ECS resource
Description
Create or update an attribute on an Amazon ECS resource. If the attribute doesn't exist, it's created. If the attribute exists, its value is replaced with the specified value. To delete an attribute, use delete_attributes
. For more information, see Attributes in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_put_attributes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_put_attributes(cluster = NULL, attributes)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that contains the resource to apply attributes. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
attributes |
[required] The attributes to apply to your resource. You can specify up to 10 custom attributes for each resource. You can specify up to 10 attributes in a single call. |
Modifies the available capacity providers and the default capacity provider strategy for a cluster
Description
Modifies the available capacity providers and the default capacity provider strategy for a cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_put_cluster_capacity_providers/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_put_cluster_capacity_providers(
cluster,
capacityProviders,
defaultCapacityProviderStrategy
)
Arguments
cluster |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to modify the capacity provider settings for. If you don't specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
capacityProviders |
[required] The name of one or more capacity providers to associate with the cluster. If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto Scaling group, the
capacity provider must already be created. New capacity providers can be
created with the
To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify either the |
defaultCapacityProviderStrategy |
[required] The capacity provider strategy to use by default for the cluster. When creating a service or running a task on a cluster, if no capacity provider or launch type is specified then the default capacity provider strategy for the cluster is used. A capacity provider strategy consists of one or more capacity providers
along with the If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto Scaling group, the
capacity provider must already be created. New capacity providers can be
created with the
To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify either the |
This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent
Description
This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_register_container_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_register_container_instance(
cluster = NULL,
instanceIdentityDocument = NULL,
instanceIdentityDocumentSignature = NULL,
totalResources = NULL,
versionInfo = NULL,
containerInstanceArn = NULL,
attributes = NULL,
platformDevices = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to register your container instance with. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
instanceIdentityDocument |
The instance identity document for the EC2 instance to register. This
document can be found by running the following command from the
instance:
|
instanceIdentityDocumentSignature |
The instance identity document signature for the EC2 instance to
register. This signature can be found by running the following command
from the instance:
|
totalResources |
The resources available on the instance. |
versionInfo |
The version information for the Amazon ECS container agent and Docker daemon that runs on the container instance. |
containerInstanceArn |
The ARN of the container instance (if it was previously registered). |
attributes |
The container instance attributes that this container instance supports. |
platformDevices |
The devices that are available on the container instance. The only supported device type is a GPU. |
tags |
The metadata that you apply to the container instance to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. The following basic restrictions apply to tags:
|
Registers a new task definition from the supplied family and containerDefinitions
Description
Registers a new task definition from the supplied family
and containerDefinitions
. Optionally, you can add data volumes to your containers with the volumes
parameter. For more information about task definition parameters and defaults, see Amazon ECS Task Definitions in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_register_task_definition/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_register_task_definition(
family,
taskRoleArn = NULL,
executionRoleArn = NULL,
networkMode = NULL,
containerDefinitions,
volumes = NULL,
placementConstraints = NULL,
requiresCompatibilities = NULL,
cpu = NULL,
memory = NULL,
tags = NULL,
pidMode = NULL,
ipcMode = NULL,
proxyConfiguration = NULL,
inferenceAccelerators = NULL,
ephemeralStorage = NULL,
runtimePlatform = NULL,
enableFaultInjection = NULL
)
Arguments
family |
[required] You must specify a |
taskRoleArn |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that containers in this task can assume. All containers in this task are granted the permissions that are specified in this role. For more information, see IAM Roles for Tasks in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. |
executionRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task execution role that grants the Amazon ECS container agent permission to make Amazon Web Services API calls on your behalf. For informationabout the required IAM roles for Amazon ECS, see IAM roles for Amazon ECS in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. |
networkMode |
The Docker networking mode to use for the containers in the task. The
valid values are For Amazon ECS tasks on Fargate, the With the When using the If the network mode is If the network mode is |
containerDefinitions |
[required] A list of container definitions in JSON format that describe the different containers that make up your task. |
volumes |
A list of volume definitions in JSON format that containers in your task might use. |
placementConstraints |
An array of placement constraint objects to use for the task. You can specify a maximum of 10 constraints for each task. This limit includes constraints in the task definition and those specified at runtime. |
requiresCompatibilities |
The task launch type that Amazon ECS validates the task definition against. A client exception is returned if the task definition doesn't validate against the compatibilities specified. If no value is specified, the parameter is omitted from the response. |
cpu |
The number of CPU units used by the task. It can be expressed as an
integer using CPU units (for example, Task-level CPU and memory parameters are ignored for Windows containers. We recommend specifying container-level resources for Windows containers. If you're using the EC2 launch type or external launch type, this field
is optional. Supported values are between If you're using the Fargate launch type, this field is required and you
must use one of the following values, which determines your range of
supported values for the The CPU units cannot be less than 1 vCPU when you use Windows containers on Fargate.
|
memory |
The amount of memory (in MiB) used by the task. It can be expressed as
an integer using MiB (for example , Task-level CPU and memory parameters are ignored for Windows containers. We recommend specifying container-level resources for Windows containers. If using the EC2 launch type, this field is optional. If using the Fargate launch type, this field is required and you must
use one of the following values. This determines your range of supported
values for the The CPU units cannot be less than 1 vCPU when you use Windows containers on Fargate.
|
tags |
The metadata that you apply to the task definition to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both of them. The following basic restrictions apply to tags:
|
pidMode |
The process namespace to use for the containers in the task. The valid
values are If If If no value is specified, the default is a private namespace for each container. If the This parameter is not supported for Windows containers. This parameter is only supported for tasks that are hosted on Fargate if
the tasks are using platform version |
ipcMode |
The IPC resource namespace to use for the containers in the task. The
valid values are If the If you are setting namespaced kernel parameters using
This parameter is not supported for Windows containers or tasks run on Fargate. |
proxyConfiguration |
The configuration details for the App Mesh proxy. For tasks hosted on Amazon EC2 instances, the container instances
require at least version |
inferenceAccelerators |
The Elastic Inference accelerators to use for the containers in the task. |
ephemeralStorage |
The amount of ephemeral storage to allocate for the task. This parameter is used to expand the total amount of ephemeral storage available, beyond the default amount, for tasks hosted on Fargate. For more information, see Using data volumes in tasks in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide. For tasks using the Fargate launch type, the task requires the following platforms:
|
runtimePlatform |
The operating system that your tasks definitions run on. A platform family is specified only for tasks using the Fargate launch type. |
enableFaultInjection |
Enables fault injection when you register your task definition and
allows for fault injection requests to be accepted from the task's
containers. The default value is |
Starts a new task using the specified task definition
Description
Starts a new task using the specified task definition.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_run_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_run_task(
capacityProviderStrategy = NULL,
cluster = NULL,
count = NULL,
enableECSManagedTags = NULL,
enableExecuteCommand = NULL,
group = NULL,
launchType = NULL,
networkConfiguration = NULL,
overrides = NULL,
placementConstraints = NULL,
placementStrategy = NULL,
platformVersion = NULL,
propagateTags = NULL,
referenceId = NULL,
startedBy = NULL,
tags = NULL,
taskDefinition,
clientToken = NULL,
volumeConfigurations = NULL
)
Arguments
capacityProviderStrategy |
The capacity provider strategy to use for the task. If a When you use cluster auto scaling, you must specify
A capacity provider strategy can contain a maximum of 20 capacity providers. |
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to run your task on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
count |
The number of instantiations of the specified task to place on your cluster. You can specify up to 10 tasks for each call. |
enableECSManagedTags |
Specifies whether to use Amazon ECS managed tags for the task. For more information, see Tagging Your Amazon ECS Resources in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. |
enableExecuteCommand |
Determines whether to use the execute command functionality for the
containers in this task. If If |
group |
The name of the task group to associate with the task. The default value
is the family name of the task definition (for example,
|
launchType |
The infrastructure to run your standalone task on. For more information, see Amazon ECS launch types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. The Fargate Spot infrastructure is available for use but a capacity provider strategy must be used. For more information, see Fargate capacity providers in the Amazon ECS Developer Guide. The The A task can use either a launch type or a capacity provider strategy. If
a When you use cluster auto scaling, you must specify
|
networkConfiguration |
The network configuration for the task. This parameter is required for
task definitions that use the |
overrides |
A list of container overrides in JSON format that specify the name of a
container in the specified task definition and the overrides it should
receive. You can override the default command for a container (that's
specified in the task definition or Docker image) with a A total of 8192 characters are allowed for overrides. This limit includes the JSON formatting characters of the override structure. |
placementConstraints |
An array of placement constraint objects to use for the task. You can specify up to 10 constraints for each task (including constraints in the task definition and those specified at runtime). |
placementStrategy |
The placement strategy objects to use for the task. You can specify a maximum of 5 strategy rules for each task. |
platformVersion |
The platform version the task uses. A platform version is only specified
for tasks hosted on Fargate. If one isn't specified, the |
propagateTags |
Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the task definition to the
task. If no value is specified, the tags aren't propagated. Tags can
only be propagated to the task during task creation. To add tags to a
task after task creation, use the An error will be received if you specify the |
referenceId |
This parameter is only used by Amazon ECS. It is not intended for use by customers. |
startedBy |
An optional tag specified when a task is started. For example, if you
automatically trigger a task to run a batch process job, you could apply
a unique identifier for that job to your task with the If a task is started by an Amazon ECS service, then the |
tags |
The metadata that you apply to the task to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. The following basic restrictions apply to tags:
|
taskDefinition |
[required] The The full ARN value must match the value that you specified as the
When you specify a task definition, you must either specify a specific revision, or all revisions in the ARN. To specify a specific revision, include the revision number in the ARN.
For example, to specify revision 2, use
To specify all revisions, use the wildcard (*) in the ARN. For example,
to specify all revisions, use
For more information, see Policy Resources for Amazon ECS in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. |
clientToken |
An identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. It must be unique and is case sensitive. Up to 64 characters are allowed. The valid characters are characters in the range of 33-126, inclusive. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency. |
volumeConfigurations |
The details of the volume that was |
Starts a new task from the specified task definition on the specified container instance or instances
Description
Starts a new task from the specified task definition on the specified container instance or instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_start_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_start_task(
cluster = NULL,
containerInstances,
enableECSManagedTags = NULL,
enableExecuteCommand = NULL,
group = NULL,
networkConfiguration = NULL,
overrides = NULL,
propagateTags = NULL,
referenceId = NULL,
startedBy = NULL,
tags = NULL,
taskDefinition,
volumeConfigurations = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster where to start your task. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
containerInstances |
[required] The container instance IDs or full ARN entries for the container instances where you would like to place your task. You can specify up to 10 container instances. |
enableECSManagedTags |
Specifies whether to use Amazon ECS managed tags for the task. For more information, see Tagging Your Amazon ECS Resources in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. |
enableExecuteCommand |
Whether or not the execute command functionality is turned on for the
task. If |
group |
The name of the task group to associate with the task. The default value is the family name of the task definition (for example, family:my-family-name). |
networkConfiguration |
The VPC subnet and security group configuration for tasks that receive
their own elastic network interface by using the |
overrides |
A list of container overrides in JSON format that specify the name of a
container in the specified task definition and the overrides it
receives. You can override the default command for a container (that's
specified in the task definition or Docker image) with a A total of 8192 characters are allowed for overrides. This limit includes the JSON formatting characters of the override structure. |
propagateTags |
Specifies whether to propagate the tags from the task definition or the service to the task. If no value is specified, the tags aren't propagated. |
referenceId |
This parameter is only used by Amazon ECS. It is not intended for use by customers. |
startedBy |
An optional tag specified when a task is started. For example, if you
automatically trigger a task to run a batch process job, you could apply
a unique identifier for that job to your task with the If a task is started by an Amazon ECS service, the |
tags |
The metadata that you apply to the task to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. The following basic restrictions apply to tags:
|
taskDefinition |
[required] The |
volumeConfigurations |
The details of the volume that was |
Stops a running task
Description
Stops a running task. Any tags associated with the task will be deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_stop_task/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_stop_task(cluster = NULL, task, reason = NULL)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the task to stop. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
task |
[required] Thefull Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task. |
reason |
An optional message specified when a task is stopped. For example, if
you're using a custom scheduler, you can use this parameter to specify
the reason for stopping the task here, and the message appears in
subsequent |
This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent
Description
This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_submit_attachment_state_changes/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_submit_attachment_state_changes(cluster = NULL, attachments)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full ARN of the cluster that hosts the container instance the attachment belongs to. |
attachments |
[required] Any attachments associated with the state change request. |
This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent
Description
This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_submit_container_state_change/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_submit_container_state_change(
cluster = NULL,
task = NULL,
containerName = NULL,
runtimeId = NULL,
status = NULL,
exitCode = NULL,
reason = NULL,
networkBindings = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full ARN of the cluster that hosts the container. |
task |
The task ID or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task that hosts the container. |
containerName |
The name of the container. |
runtimeId |
The ID of the Docker container. |
status |
The status of the state change request. |
exitCode |
The exit code that's returned for the state change request. |
reason |
The reason for the state change request. |
networkBindings |
The network bindings of the container. |
This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent
Description
This action is only used by the Amazon ECS agent, and it is not intended for use outside of the agent.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_submit_task_state_change/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_submit_task_state_change(
cluster = NULL,
task = NULL,
status = NULL,
reason = NULL,
containers = NULL,
attachments = NULL,
managedAgents = NULL,
pullStartedAt = NULL,
pullStoppedAt = NULL,
executionStoppedAt = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the task. |
task |
The task ID or full ARN of the task in the state change request. |
status |
The status of the state change request. |
reason |
The reason for the state change request. |
containers |
Any containers that's associated with the state change request. |
attachments |
Any attachments associated with the state change request. |
managedAgents |
The details for the managed agent that's associated with the task. |
pullStartedAt |
The Unix timestamp for the time when the container image pull started. |
pullStoppedAt |
The Unix timestamp for the time when the container image pull completed. |
executionStoppedAt |
The Unix timestamp for the time when the task execution stopped. |
Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn
Description
Associates the specified tags to a resource with the specified resourceArn
. If existing tags on a resource aren't specified in the request parameters, they aren't changed. When a resource is deleted, the tags that are associated with that resource are deleted as well.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to add tags to. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon ECS capacity providers, tasks, services, task definitions, clusters, and container instances. In order to tag a service that has the following ARN format, you need to migrate the service to the long ARN. For more information, see Migrate an Amazon ECS short service ARN to a long ARN in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
After the migration is complete, the service has the long ARN format, as shown below. Use this ARN to tag the service.
If you try to tag a service with a short ARN, you receive an
|
tags |
[required] The tags to add to the resource. A tag is an array of key-value pairs. The following basic restrictions apply to tags:
|
Deletes specified tags from a resource
Description
Deletes specified tags from a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to delete tags from. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon ECS capacity providers, tasks, services, task definitions, clusters, and container instances. |
tagKeys |
[required] The keys of the tags to be removed. |
Modifies the parameters for a capacity provider
Description
Modifies the parameters for a capacity provider.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_capacity_provider/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_update_capacity_provider(name, autoScalingGroupProvider)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the capacity provider to update. |
autoScalingGroupProvider |
[required] An object that represent the parameters to update for the Auto Scaling group capacity provider. |
Updates the cluster
Description
Updates the cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_cluster/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_update_cluster(
cluster,
settings = NULL,
configuration = NULL,
serviceConnectDefaults = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
[required] The name of the cluster to modify the settings for. |
settings |
The cluster settings for your cluster. |
configuration |
The execute command configuration for the cluster. |
serviceConnectDefaults |
Use this parameter to set a default Service Connect namespace. After you
set a default Service Connect namespace, any new services with Service
Connect turned on that are created in the cluster are added as client
services in the namespace. This setting only applies to new services
that set the Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. |
Modifies the settings to use for a cluster
Description
Modifies the settings to use for a cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_cluster_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_update_cluster_settings(cluster, settings)
Arguments
cluster |
[required] The name of the cluster to modify the settings for. |
settings |
[required] The setting to use by default for a cluster. This parameter is used to
turn on CloudWatch Container Insights for a cluster. If this value is
specified, it overrides the Currently, if you delete an existing cluster that does not have Container Insights turned on, and then create a new cluster with the same name with Container Insights tuned on, Container Insights will not actually be turned on. If you want to preserve the same name for your existing cluster and turn on Container Insights, you must wait 7 days before you can re-create it. |
Updates the Amazon ECS container agent on a specified container instance
Description
Updates the Amazon ECS container agent on a specified container instance. Updating the Amazon ECS container agent doesn't interrupt running tasks or services on the container instance. The process for updating the agent differs depending on whether your container instance was launched with the Amazon ECS-optimized AMI or another operating system.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_container_agent/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_update_container_agent(cluster = NULL, containerInstance)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that your container instance is running on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
containerInstance |
[required] The container instance ID or full ARN entries for the container instance where you would like to update the Amazon ECS container agent. |
Modifies the status of an Amazon ECS container instance
Description
Modifies the status of an Amazon ECS container instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_container_instances_state/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_update_container_instances_state(
cluster = NULL,
containerInstances,
status
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the container instance to update. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
containerInstances |
[required] A list of up to 10 container instance IDs or full ARN entries. |
status |
[required] The container instance state to update the container instance with. The
only valid values for this action are |
Modifies the parameters of a service
Description
Modifies the parameters of a service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_update_service(
cluster = NULL,
service,
desiredCount = NULL,
taskDefinition = NULL,
capacityProviderStrategy = NULL,
deploymentConfiguration = NULL,
availabilityZoneRebalancing = NULL,
networkConfiguration = NULL,
placementConstraints = NULL,
placementStrategy = NULL,
platformVersion = NULL,
forceNewDeployment = NULL,
healthCheckGracePeriodSeconds = NULL,
enableExecuteCommand = NULL,
enableECSManagedTags = NULL,
loadBalancers = NULL,
propagateTags = NULL,
serviceRegistries = NULL,
serviceConnectConfiguration = NULL,
volumeConfigurations = NULL,
vpcLatticeConfigurations = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that your service runs on. If you do not specify a cluster, the default cluster is assumed. |
service |
[required] The name of the service to update. |
desiredCount |
The number of instantiations of the task to place and keep running in your service. |
taskDefinition |
The |
capacityProviderStrategy |
The capacity provider strategy to update the service to use. if the service uses the default capacity provider strategy for the cluster, the service can be updated to use one or more capacity providers as opposed to the default capacity provider strategy. However, when a service is using a capacity provider strategy that's not the default capacity provider strategy, the service can't be updated to use the cluster's default capacity provider strategy. A capacity provider strategy consists of one or more capacity providers
along with the If specifying a capacity provider that uses an Auto Scaling group, the capacity provider must already be created. New capacity providers can be created with the CreateClusterCapacityProvider API operation. To use a Fargate capacity provider, specify either the The
|
deploymentConfiguration |
Optional deployment parameters that control how many tasks run during the deployment and the ordering of stopping and starting tasks. |
availabilityZoneRebalancing |
Indicates whether to use Availability Zone rebalancing for the service. For more information, see Balancing an Amazon ECS service across Availability Zones in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide . |
networkConfiguration |
An object representing the network configuration for the service. |
placementConstraints |
An array of task placement constraint objects to update the service to use. If no value is specified, the existing placement constraints for the service will remain unchanged. If this value is specified, it will override any existing placement constraints defined for the service. To remove all existing placement constraints, specify an empty array. You can specify a maximum of 10 constraints for each task. This limit includes constraints in the task definition and those specified at runtime. |
placementStrategy |
The task placement strategy objects to update the service to use. If no value is specified, the existing placement strategy for the service will remain unchanged. If this value is specified, it will override the existing placement strategy defined for the service. To remove an existing placement strategy, specify an empty object. You can specify a maximum of five strategy rules for each service. |
platformVersion |
The platform version that your tasks in the service run on. A platform
version is only specified for tasks using the Fargate launch type. If a
platform version is not specified, the |
forceNewDeployment |
Determines whether to force a new deployment of the service. By default,
deployments aren't forced. You can use this option to start a new
deployment with no service definition changes. For example, you can
update a service's tasks to use a newer Docker image with the same
image/tag combination ( |
healthCheckGracePeriodSeconds |
The period of time, in seconds, that the Amazon ECS service scheduler
ignores unhealthy Elastic Load Balancing, VPC Lattice, and container
health checks after a task has first started. If you don't specify a
health check grace period value, the default value of If your service's tasks take a while to start and respond to health checks, you can specify a health check grace period of up to 2,147,483,647 seconds (about 69 years). During that time, the Amazon ECS service scheduler ignores health check status. This grace period can prevent the service scheduler from marking tasks as unhealthy and stopping them before they have time to come up. |
enableExecuteCommand |
If If you do not want to override the value that was set when the service
was created, you can set this to |
enableECSManagedTags |
Determines whether to turn on Amazon ECS managed tags for the tasks in the service. For more information, see Tagging Your Amazon ECS Resources in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. Only tasks launched after the update will reflect the update. To update
the tags on all tasks, set |
loadBalancers |
A list of Elastic Load Balancing load balancer objects. It contains the load balancer name, the container name, and the container port to access from the load balancer. The container name is as it appears in a container definition. When you add, update, or remove a load balancer configuration, Amazon ECS starts new tasks with the updated Elastic Load Balancing configuration, and then stops the old tasks when the new tasks are running. For services that use rolling updates, you can add, update, or remove Elastic Load Balancing target groups. You can update from a single target group to multiple target groups and from multiple target groups to a single target group. For services that use blue/green deployments, you can update Elastic
Load Balancing target groups by using For services that use the external deployment controller, you can add,
update, or remove load balancers by using
You can remove existing |
propagateTags |
Determines whether to propagate the tags from the task definition or the service to the task. If no value is specified, the tags aren't propagated. Only tasks launched after the update will reflect the update. To update
the tags on all tasks, set |
serviceRegistries |
The details for the service discovery registries to assign to this service. For more information, see Service Discovery. When you add, update, or remove the service registries configuration, Amazon ECS starts new tasks with the updated service registries configuration, and then stops the old tasks when the new tasks are running. You can remove existing |
serviceConnectConfiguration |
The configuration for this service to discover and connect to services, and be discovered by, and connected from, other services within a namespace. Tasks that run in a namespace can use short names to connect to services in the namespace. Tasks can connect to services across all of the clusters in the namespace. Tasks connect through a managed proxy container that collects logs and metrics for increased visibility. Only the tasks that Amazon ECS services create are supported with Service Connect. For more information, see Service Connect in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide. |
volumeConfigurations |
The details of the volume that was |
vpcLatticeConfigurations |
An object representing the VPC Lattice configuration for the service being updated. |
Modifies which task set in a service is the primary task set
Description
Modifies which task set in a service is the primary task set. Any parameters that are updated on the primary task set in a service will transition to the service. This is used when a service uses the EXTERNAL
deployment controller type. For more information, see Amazon ECS Deployment Types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_service_primary_task_set/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_update_service_primary_task_set(cluster, service, primaryTaskSet)
Arguments
cluster |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task set exists in. |
service |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service that the task set exists in. |
primaryTaskSet |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task set to set as the primary task set in the deployment. |
Updates the protection status of a task
Description
Updates the protection status of a task. You can set protectionEnabled
to true
to protect your task from termination during scale-in events from Service Autoscaling or deployments.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_task_protection/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_update_task_protection(
cluster,
tasks,
protectionEnabled,
expiresInMinutes = NULL
)
Arguments
cluster |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task sets exist in. |
tasks |
[required] A list of up to 10 task IDs or full ARN entries. |
protectionEnabled |
[required] Specify |
expiresInMinutes |
If you set If you don’t specify the time, then the task is automatically protected for 120 minutes (2 hours). |
Modifies a task set
Description
Modifies a task set. This is used when a service uses the EXTERNAL
deployment controller type. For more information, see Amazon ECS Deployment Types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ecs_update_task_set/ for full documentation.
Usage
ecs_update_task_set(cluster, service, taskSet, scale)
Arguments
cluster |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster that hosts the service that the task set is found in. |
service |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service that the task set is found in. |
taskSet |
[required] The short name or full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the task set to update. |
scale |
[required] A floating-point percentage of the desired number of tasks to place and keep running in the task set. |
Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service
Description
Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) is a managed service that makes it easy for you to run Kubernetes on Amazon Web Services without needing to setup or maintain your own Kubernetes control plane. Kubernetes is an open-source system for automating the deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications.
Amazon EKS runs up-to-date versions of the open-source Kubernetes software, so you can use all the existing plugins and tooling from the Kubernetes community. Applications running on Amazon EKS are fully compatible with applications running on any standard Kubernetes environment, whether running in on-premises data centers or public clouds. This means that you can easily migrate any standard Kubernetes application to Amazon EKS without any code modification required.
Usage
eks(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- eks( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
associate_access_policy | Associates an access policy and its scope to an access entry |
associate_encryption_config | Associates an encryption configuration to an existing cluster |
associate_identity_provider_config | Associates an identity provider configuration to a cluster |
create_access_entry | Creates an access entry |
create_addon | Creates an Amazon EKS add-on |
create_cluster | Creates an Amazon EKS control plane |
create_eks_anywhere_subscription | Creates an EKS Anywhere subscription |
create_fargate_profile | Creates an Fargate profile for your Amazon EKS cluster |
create_nodegroup | Creates a managed node group for an Amazon EKS cluster |
create_pod_identity_association | Creates an EKS Pod Identity association between a service account in an Amazon EKS cluster and an IAM role with EKS Pod Identity |
delete_access_entry | Deletes an access entry |
delete_addon | Deletes an Amazon EKS add-on |
delete_cluster | Deletes an Amazon EKS cluster control plane |
delete_eks_anywhere_subscription | Deletes an expired or inactive subscription |
delete_fargate_profile | Deletes an Fargate profile |
delete_nodegroup | Deletes a managed node group |
delete_pod_identity_association | Deletes a EKS Pod Identity association |
deregister_cluster | Deregisters a connected cluster to remove it from the Amazon EKS control plane |
describe_access_entry | Describes an access entry |
describe_addon | Describes an Amazon EKS add-on |
describe_addon_configuration | Returns configuration options |
describe_addon_versions | Describes the versions for an add-on |
describe_cluster | Describes an Amazon EKS cluster |
describe_cluster_versions | Lists available Kubernetes versions for Amazon EKS clusters |
describe_eks_anywhere_subscription | Returns descriptive information about a subscription |
describe_fargate_profile | Describes an Fargate profile |
describe_identity_provider_config | Describes an identity provider configuration |
describe_insight | Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID |
describe_nodegroup | Describes a managed node group |
describe_pod_identity_association | Returns descriptive information about an EKS Pod Identity association |
describe_update | Describes an update to an Amazon EKS resource |
disassociate_access_policy | Disassociates an access policy from an access entry |
disassociate_identity_provider_config | Disassociates an identity provider configuration from a cluster |
list_access_entries | Lists the access entries for your cluster |
list_access_policies | Lists the available access policies |
list_addons | Lists the installed add-ons |
list_associated_access_policies | Lists the access policies associated with an access entry |
list_clusters | Lists the Amazon EKS clusters in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
list_eks_anywhere_subscriptions | Displays the full description of the subscription |
list_fargate_profiles | Lists the Fargate profiles associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
list_identity_provider_configs | Lists the identity provider configurations for your cluster |
list_insights | Returns a list of all insights checked for against the specified cluster |
list_nodegroups | Lists the managed node groups associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
list_pod_identity_associations | List the EKS Pod Identity associations in a cluster |
list_tags_for_resource | List the tags for an Amazon EKS resource |
list_updates | Lists the updates associated with an Amazon EKS resource in your Amazon Web Services account, in the specified Amazon Web Services Region |
register_cluster | Connects a Kubernetes cluster to the Amazon EKS control plane |
tag_resource | Associates the specified tags to an Amazon EKS resource with the specified resourceArn |
untag_resource | Deletes specified tags from an Amazon EKS resource |
update_access_entry | Updates an access entry |
update_addon | Updates an Amazon EKS add-on |
update_cluster_config | Updates an Amazon EKS cluster configuration |
update_cluster_version | Updates an Amazon EKS cluster to the specified Kubernetes version |
update_eks_anywhere_subscription | Update an EKS Anywhere Subscription |
update_nodegroup_config | Updates an Amazon EKS managed node group configuration |
update_nodegroup_version | Updates the Kubernetes version or AMI version of an Amazon EKS managed node group |
update_pod_identity_association | Updates a EKS Pod Identity association |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- eks()
# The following example creates an Amazon EKS cluster called prod.
svc$create_cluster(
version = "1.10",
name = "prod",
clientRequestToken = "1d2129a1-3d38-460a-9756-e5b91fddb951",
resourcesVpcConfig = list(
securityGroupIds = list(
"sg-6979fe18"
),
subnetIds = list(
"subnet-6782e71e",
"subnet-e7e761ac"
)
),
roleArn = "arn:aws:iam::012345678910:role/eks-service-role-AWSServiceRole..."
)
## End(Not run)
Associates an access policy and its scope to an access entry
Description
Associates an access policy and its scope to an access entry. For more information about associating access policies, see Associating and disassociating access policies to and from access entries in the Amazon EKS User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_associate_access_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_associate_access_policy(clusterName, principalArn, policyArn, accessScope)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
principalArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user or role for the
|
policyArn |
[required] The ARN of the |
accessScope |
[required] The scope for the |
Associates an encryption configuration to an existing cluster
Description
Associates an encryption configuration to an existing cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_associate_encryption_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_associate_encryption_config(
clusterName,
encryptionConfig,
clientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
encryptionConfig |
[required] The configuration you are using for encryption. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
Associates an identity provider configuration to a cluster
Description
Associates an identity provider configuration to a cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_associate_identity_provider_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_associate_identity_provider_config(
clusterName,
oidc,
tags = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
oidc |
[required] An object representing an OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider configuration. |
tags |
Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
Creates an access entry
Description
Creates an access entry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_access_entry/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_create_access_entry(
clusterName,
principalArn,
kubernetesGroups = NULL,
tags = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
username = NULL,
type = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
principalArn |
[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the The valid principals differ depending on the type of the access entry in
the IAM best practices recommend using IAM roles with temporary credentials, rather than IAM users with long-term credentials. |
kubernetesGroups |
The value for Kubernetes authorizes the If you want Amazon EKS to authorize the |
tags |
Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
username |
The username to authenticate to Kubernetes with. We recommend not specifying a username and letting Amazon EKS specify it for you. For more information about the value Amazon EKS specifies for you, or constraints before specifying your own username, see Creating access entries in the Amazon EKS User Guide. |
type |
The type of the new access entry. Valid values are If the If you set the value to |
Creates an Amazon EKS add-on
Description
Creates an Amazon EKS add-on.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_addon/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_create_addon(
clusterName,
addonName,
addonVersion = NULL,
serviceAccountRoleArn = NULL,
resolveConflicts = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
tags = NULL,
configurationValues = NULL,
podIdentityAssociations = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
addonName |
[required] The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by
|
addonVersion |
The version of the add-on. The version must match one of the versions
returned by
|
serviceAccountRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an existing IAM role to bind to the add-on's service account. The role must be assigned the IAM permissions required by the add-on. If you don't specify an existing IAM role, then the add-on uses the permissions assigned to the node IAM role. For more information, see Amazon EKS node IAM role in the Amazon EKS User Guide. To specify an existing IAM role, you must have an IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider created for your cluster. For more information, see Enabling IAM roles for service accounts on your cluster in the Amazon EKS User Guide. |
resolveConflicts |
How to resolve field value conflicts for an Amazon EKS add-on. Conflicts are handled based on the value you choose:
If you don't currently have the self-managed version of the add-on installed on your cluster, the Amazon EKS add-on is installed. Amazon EKS sets all values to default values, regardless of the option that you specify. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
tags |
Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources. |
configurationValues |
The set of configuration values for the add-on that's created. The
values that you provide are validated against the schema returned by
|
podIdentityAssociations |
An array of Pod Identity Assocations to be created. Each EKS Pod Identity association maps a Kubernetes service account to an IAM Role. For more information, see Attach an IAM Role to an Amazon EKS add-on using Pod Identity in the Amazon EKS User Guide. |
Creates an Amazon EKS control plane
Description
Creates an Amazon EKS control plane.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_cluster/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_create_cluster(
name,
version = NULL,
roleArn,
resourcesVpcConfig,
kubernetesNetworkConfig = NULL,
logging = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
tags = NULL,
encryptionConfig = NULL,
outpostConfig = NULL,
accessConfig = NULL,
bootstrapSelfManagedAddons = NULL,
upgradePolicy = NULL,
zonalShiftConfig = NULL,
remoteNetworkConfig = NULL,
computeConfig = NULL,
storageConfig = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The unique name to give to your cluster. The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (case-sensitive), hyphens, and underscores. It must start with an alphanumeric character and can't be longer than 100 characters. The name must be unique within the Amazon Web Services Region and Amazon Web Services account that you're creating the cluster in. |
version |
The desired Kubernetes version for your cluster. If you don't specify a value here, the default version available in Amazon EKS is used. The default version might not be the latest version available. |
roleArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that provides permissions for the Kubernetes control plane to make calls to Amazon Web Services API operations on your behalf. For more information, see Amazon EKS Service IAM Role in the Amazon EKS User Guide . |
resourcesVpcConfig |
[required] The VPC configuration that's used by the cluster control plane. Amazon EKS VPC resources have specific requirements to work properly with Kubernetes. For more information, see Cluster VPC Considerations and Cluster Security Group Considerations in the Amazon EKS User Guide. You must specify at least two subnets. You can specify up to five security groups. However, we recommend that you use a dedicated security group for your cluster control plane. |
kubernetesNetworkConfig |
The Kubernetes network configuration for the cluster. |
logging |
Enable or disable exporting the Kubernetes control plane logs for your cluster to CloudWatch Logs . By default, cluster control plane logs aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs . For more information, see Amazon EKS Cluster control plane logs in the Amazon EKS User Guide . CloudWatch Logs ingestion, archive storage, and data scanning rates apply to exported control plane logs. For more information, see CloudWatch Pricing. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
tags |
Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources. |
encryptionConfig |
The encryption configuration for the cluster. |
outpostConfig |
An object representing the configuration of your local Amazon EKS cluster on an Amazon Web Services Outpost. Before creating a local cluster on an Outpost, review Local clusters for Amazon EKS on Amazon Web Services Outposts in the Amazon EKS User Guide. This object isn't available for creating Amazon EKS clusters on the Amazon Web Services cloud. |
accessConfig |
The access configuration for the cluster. |
bootstrapSelfManagedAddons |
If you set this value to The default networking addons include vpc-cni, coredns, and kube-proxy. Use this option when you plan to install third-party alternative add-ons or self-manage the default networking add-ons. |
upgradePolicy |
New clusters, by default, have extended support enabled. You can disable
extended support when creating a cluster by setting this value to
|
zonalShiftConfig |
Enable or disable ARC zonal shift for the cluster. If zonal shift is enabled, Amazon Web Services configures zonal autoshift for the cluster. Zonal shift is a feature of Amazon Application Recovery Controller (ARC). ARC zonal shift is designed to be a temporary measure that allows you to move traffic for a resource away from an impaired AZ until the zonal shift expires or you cancel it. You can extend the zonal shift if necessary. You can start a zonal shift for an Amazon EKS cluster, or you can allow Amazon Web Services to do it for you by enabling zonal autoshift. This shift updates the flow of east-to-west network traffic in your cluster to only consider network endpoints for Pods running on worker nodes in healthy AZs. Additionally, any ALB or NLB handling ingress traffic for applications in your Amazon EKS cluster will automatically route traffic to targets in the healthy AZs. For more information about zonal shift in EKS, see Learn about Amazon Application Recovery Controller (ARC) Zonal Shift in Amazon EKS in the Amazon EKS User Guide . |
remoteNetworkConfig |
The configuration in the cluster for EKS Hybrid Nodes. You can't change or update this configuration after the cluster is created. |
computeConfig |
Enable or disable the compute capability of EKS Auto Mode when creating your EKS Auto Mode cluster. If the compute capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EC2 Managed Instances in your Amazon Web Services account |
storageConfig |
Enable or disable the block storage capability of EKS Auto Mode when creating your EKS Auto Mode cluster. If the block storage capability is enabled, EKS Auto Mode will create and delete EBS volumes in your Amazon Web Services account. |
Creates an EKS Anywhere subscription
Description
Creates an EKS Anywhere subscription. When a subscription is created, it is a contract agreement for the length of the term specified in the request. Licenses that are used to validate support are provisioned in Amazon Web Services License Manager and the caller account is granted access to EKS Anywhere Curated Packages.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_eks_anywhere_subscription/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_create_eks_anywhere_subscription(
name,
term,
licenseQuantity = NULL,
licenseType = NULL,
autoRenew = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The unique name for your subscription. It must be unique in your Amazon Web Services account in the Amazon Web Services Region you're creating the subscription in. The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (case-sensitive), hyphens, and underscores. It must start with an alphabetic character and can't be longer than 100 characters. |
term |
[required] An object representing the term duration and term unit type of your subscription. This determines the term length of your subscription. Valid values are MONTHS for term unit and 12 or 36 for term duration, indicating a 12 month or 36 month subscription. This value cannot be changed after creating the subscription. |
licenseQuantity |
The number of licenses to purchase with the subscription. Valid values are between 1 and 100. This value can't be changed after creating the subscription. |
licenseType |
The license type for all licenses in the subscription. Valid value is CLUSTER. With the CLUSTER license type, each license covers support for a single EKS Anywhere cluster. |
autoRenew |
A boolean indicating whether the subscription auto renews at the end of the term. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
tags |
The metadata for a subscription to assist with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. Subscription tags don't propagate to any other resources associated with the subscription. |
Creates an Fargate profile for your Amazon EKS cluster
Description
Creates an Fargate profile for your Amazon EKS cluster. You must have at least one Fargate profile in a cluster to be able to run pods on Fargate.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_fargate_profile/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_create_fargate_profile(
fargateProfileName,
clusterName,
podExecutionRoleArn,
subnets = NULL,
selectors = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
fargateProfileName |
[required] The name of the Fargate profile. |
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
podExecutionRoleArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the |
subnets |
The IDs of subnets to launch a |
selectors |
The selectors to match for a |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
tags |
Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources. |
Creates a managed node group for an Amazon EKS cluster
Description
Creates a managed node group for an Amazon EKS cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_nodegroup/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_create_nodegroup(
clusterName,
nodegroupName,
scalingConfig = NULL,
diskSize = NULL,
subnets,
instanceTypes = NULL,
amiType = NULL,
remoteAccess = NULL,
nodeRole,
labels = NULL,
taints = NULL,
tags = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
launchTemplate = NULL,
updateConfig = NULL,
nodeRepairConfig = NULL,
capacityType = NULL,
version = NULL,
releaseVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
nodegroupName |
[required] The unique name to give your node group. |
scalingConfig |
The scaling configuration details for the Auto Scaling group that is created for your node group. |
diskSize |
The root device disk size (in GiB) for your node group instances. The
default disk size is 20 GiB for Linux and Bottlerocket. The default disk
size is 50 GiB for Windows. If you specify |
subnets |
[required] The subnets to use for the Auto Scaling group that is created for your
node group. If you specify |
instanceTypes |
Specify the instance types for a node group. If you specify a GPU
instance type, make sure to also specify an applicable GPU AMI type with
the |
amiType |
The AMI type for your node group. If you specify |
remoteAccess |
The remote access configuration to use with your node group. For Linux,
the protocol is SSH. For Windows, the protocol is RDP. If you specify
|
nodeRole |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with your
node group. The Amazon EKS worker node |
labels |
The Kubernetes |
taints |
The Kubernetes taints to be applied to the nodes in the node group. For more information, see Node taints on managed node groups. |
tags |
Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
launchTemplate |
An object representing a node group's launch template specification.
When using this object, don't directly specify |
updateConfig |
The node group update configuration. |
nodeRepairConfig |
The node auto repair configuration for the node group. |
capacityType |
The capacity type for your node group. |
version |
The Kubernetes version to use for your managed nodes. By default, the
Kubernetes version of the cluster is used, and this is the only accepted
specified value. If you specify |
releaseVersion |
The AMI version of the Amazon EKS optimized AMI to use with your node group. By default, the latest available AMI version for the node group's current Kubernetes version is used. For information about Linux versions, see Amazon EKS optimized Amazon Linux AMI versions in the Amazon EKS User Guide. Amazon EKS managed node groups support the November 2022 and later releases of the Windows AMIs. For information about Windows versions, see Amazon EKS optimized Windows AMI versions in the Amazon EKS User Guide. If you specify |
Creates an EKS Pod Identity association between a service account in an Amazon EKS cluster and an IAM role with EKS Pod Identity
Description
Creates an EKS Pod Identity association between a service account in an Amazon EKS cluster and an IAM role with EKS Pod Identity. Use EKS Pod Identity to give temporary IAM credentials to pods and the credentials are rotated automatically.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_create_pod_identity_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_create_pod_identity_association(
clusterName,
namespace,
serviceAccount,
roleArn,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of the cluster to create the association in. |
namespace |
[required] The name of the Kubernetes namespace inside the cluster to create the association in. The service account and the pods that use the service account must be in this namespace. |
serviceAccount |
[required] The name of the Kubernetes service account inside the cluster to associate the IAM credentials with. |
roleArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the service account. The EKS Pod Identity agent manages credentials to assume this role for applications in the containers in the pods that use this service account. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
tags |
Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources. The following basic restrictions apply to tags:
|
Deletes an access entry
Description
Deletes an access entry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_access_entry/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_delete_access_entry(clusterName, principalArn)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
principalArn |
[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the |
Deletes an Amazon EKS add-on
Description
Deletes an Amazon EKS add-on.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_addon/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_delete_addon(clusterName, addonName, preserve = NULL)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
addonName |
[required] The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by
|
preserve |
Specifying this option preserves the add-on software on your cluster but Amazon EKS stops managing any settings for the add-on. If an IAM account is associated with the add-on, it isn't removed. |
Deletes an Amazon EKS cluster control plane
Description
Deletes an Amazon EKS cluster control plane.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_cluster/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_delete_cluster(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the cluster to delete. |
Deletes an expired or inactive subscription
Description
Deletes an expired or inactive subscription. Deleting inactive subscriptions removes them from the Amazon Web Services Management Console view and from list/describe API responses. Subscriptions can only be cancelled within 7 days of creation and are cancelled by creating a ticket in the Amazon Web Services Support Center.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_eks_anywhere_subscription/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_delete_eks_anywhere_subscription(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the subscription. |
Deletes an Fargate profile
Description
Deletes an Fargate profile.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_fargate_profile/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_delete_fargate_profile(clusterName, fargateProfileName)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
fargateProfileName |
[required] The name of the Fargate profile to delete. |
Deletes a managed node group
Description
Deletes a managed node group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_nodegroup/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_delete_nodegroup(clusterName, nodegroupName)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
nodegroupName |
[required] The name of the node group to delete. |
Deletes a EKS Pod Identity association
Description
Deletes a EKS Pod Identity association.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_delete_pod_identity_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_delete_pod_identity_association(clusterName, associationId)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The cluster name that |
associationId |
[required] The ID of the association to be deleted. |
Deregisters a connected cluster to remove it from the Amazon EKS control plane
Description
Deregisters a connected cluster to remove it from the Amazon EKS control plane.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_deregister_cluster/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_deregister_cluster(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the connected cluster to deregister. |
Describes an access entry
Description
Describes an access entry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_access_entry/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_access_entry(clusterName, principalArn)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
principalArn |
[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the |
Describes an Amazon EKS add-on
Description
Describes an Amazon EKS add-on.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_addon/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_addon(clusterName, addonName)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
addonName |
[required] The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by
|
Returns configuration options
Description
Returns configuration options.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_addon_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_addon_configuration(addonName, addonVersion)
Arguments
addonName |
[required] The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by
|
addonVersion |
[required] The version of the add-on. The version must match one of the versions
returned by
|
Describes the versions for an add-on
Description
Describes the versions for an add-on.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_addon_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_addon_versions(
kubernetesVersion = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
addonName = NULL,
types = NULL,
publishers = NULL,
owners = NULL
)
Arguments
kubernetesVersion |
The Kubernetes versions that you can use the add-on with. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
addonName |
The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by
|
types |
The type of the add-on. For valid |
publishers |
The publisher of the add-on. For valid |
owners |
The owner of the add-on. For valid |
Describes an Amazon EKS cluster
Description
Describes an Amazon EKS cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_cluster/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_cluster(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
Lists available Kubernetes versions for Amazon EKS clusters
Description
Lists available Kubernetes versions for Amazon EKS clusters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_cluster_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_cluster_versions(
clusterType = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
defaultOnly = NULL,
includeAll = NULL,
clusterVersions = NULL,
status = NULL,
versionStatus = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterType |
The type of cluster to filter versions by. |
maxResults |
Maximum number of results to return. |
nextToken |
Pagination token for the next set of results. |
defaultOnly |
Filter to show only default versions. |
includeAll |
Include all available versions in the response. |
clusterVersions |
List of specific cluster versions to describe. |
status |
This field is deprecated. Use Filter versions by their current status. |
versionStatus |
Filter versions by their current status. |
Returns descriptive information about a subscription
Description
Returns descriptive information about a subscription.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_eks_anywhere_subscription/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_eks_anywhere_subscription(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the subscription. |
Describes an Fargate profile
Description
Describes an Fargate profile.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_fargate_profile/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_fargate_profile(clusterName, fargateProfileName)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
fargateProfileName |
[required] The name of the Fargate profile to describe. |
Describes an identity provider configuration
Description
Describes an identity provider configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_identity_provider_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_identity_provider_config(clusterName, identityProviderConfig)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
identityProviderConfig |
[required] An object representing an identity provider configuration. |
Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID
Description
Returns details about an insight that you specify using its ID.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_insight/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_insight(clusterName, id)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of the cluster to describe the insight for. |
id |
[required] The identity of the insight to describe. |
Describes a managed node group
Description
Describes a managed node group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_nodegroup/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_nodegroup(clusterName, nodegroupName)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
nodegroupName |
[required] The name of the node group to describe. |
Returns descriptive information about an EKS Pod Identity association
Description
Returns descriptive information about an EKS Pod Identity association.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_pod_identity_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_pod_identity_association(clusterName, associationId)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of the cluster that the association is in. |
associationId |
[required] The ID of the association that you want the description of. |
Describes an update to an Amazon EKS resource
Description
Describes an update to an Amazon EKS resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_describe_update/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_describe_update(name, updateId, nodegroupName = NULL, addonName = NULL)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the Amazon EKS cluster associated with the update. |
updateId |
[required] The ID of the update to describe. |
nodegroupName |
The name of the Amazon EKS node group associated with the update. This parameter is required if the update is a node group update. |
addonName |
The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by
|
Disassociates an access policy from an access entry
Description
Disassociates an access policy from an access entry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_disassociate_access_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_disassociate_access_policy(clusterName, principalArn, policyArn)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
principalArn |
[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the |
policyArn |
[required] The ARN of the policy to disassociate from the access entry. For a list
of associated policies ARNs, use
|
Disassociates an identity provider configuration from a cluster
Description
Disassociates an identity provider configuration from a cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_disassociate_identity_provider_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_disassociate_identity_provider_config(
clusterName,
identityProviderConfig,
clientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
identityProviderConfig |
[required] An object representing an identity provider configuration. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
Lists the access entries for your cluster
Description
Lists the access entries for your cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_access_entries/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_access_entries(
clusterName,
associatedPolicyArn = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
associatedPolicyArn |
The ARN of an |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Lists the available access policies
Description
Lists the available access policies.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_access_policies/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_access_policies(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Lists the installed add-ons
Description
Lists the installed add-ons.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_addons/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_addons(clusterName, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Lists the access policies associated with an access entry
Description
Lists the access policies associated with an access entry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_associated_access_policies/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_associated_access_policies(
clusterName,
principalArn,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
principalArn |
[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Lists the Amazon EKS clusters in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Lists the Amazon EKS clusters in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_clusters/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_clusters(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL, include = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
include |
Indicates whether external clusters are included in the returned list.
Use ' |
Displays the full description of the subscription
Description
Displays the full description of the subscription.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_eks_anywhere_subscriptions/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_eks_anywhere_subscriptions(
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
includeStatus = NULL
)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of cluster results returned by ListEksAnywhereSubscriptions in paginated output. When you use this parameter, ListEksAnywhereSubscriptions returns only maxResults results in a single page along with a nextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another ListEksAnywhereSubscriptions request with the returned nextToken value. This value can be between 1 and 100. If you don't use this parameter, ListEksAnywhereSubscriptions returns up to 10 results and a nextToken value if applicable. |
nextToken |
The |
includeStatus |
An array of subscription statuses to filter on. |
Lists the Fargate profiles associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Lists the Fargate profiles associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_fargate_profiles/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_fargate_profiles(clusterName, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Lists the identity provider configurations for your cluster
Description
Lists the identity provider configurations for your cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_identity_provider_configs/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_identity_provider_configs(
clusterName,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
Returns a list of all insights checked for against the specified cluster
Description
Returns a list of all insights checked for against the specified cluster. You can filter which insights are returned by category, associated Kubernetes version, and status.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_insights/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_insights(
clusterName,
filter = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of the Amazon EKS cluster associated with the insights. |
filter |
The criteria to filter your list of insights for your cluster. You can filter which insights are returned by category, associated Kubernetes version, and status. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of identity provider configurations returned by
|
nextToken |
The |
Lists the managed node groups associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Lists the managed node groups associated with the specified cluster in your Amazon Web Services account in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. Self-managed node groups aren't listed.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_nodegroups/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_nodegroups(clusterName, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
List the EKS Pod Identity associations in a cluster
Description
List the EKS Pod Identity associations in a cluster. You can filter the list by the namespace that the association is in or the service account that the association uses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_pod_identity_associations/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_pod_identity_associations(
clusterName,
namespace = NULL,
serviceAccount = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of the cluster that the associations are in. |
namespace |
The name of the Kubernetes namespace inside the cluster that the associations are in. |
serviceAccount |
The name of the Kubernetes service account that the associations use. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of EKS Pod Identity association results returned by
|
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
List the tags for an Amazon EKS resource
Description
List the tags for an Amazon EKS resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list tags for. |
Lists the updates associated with an Amazon EKS resource in your Amazon Web Services account, in the specified Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Lists the updates associated with an Amazon EKS resource in your Amazon Web Services account, in the specified Amazon Web Services Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_list_updates/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_list_updates(
name,
nodegroupName = NULL,
addonName = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the Amazon EKS cluster to list updates for. |
nodegroupName |
The name of the Amazon EKS managed node group to list updates for. |
addonName |
The names of the installed add-ons that have available updates. |
nextToken |
The This token should be treated as an opaque identifier that is used only to retrieve the next items in a list and not for other programmatic purposes. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of results, returned in paginated output. You receive
|
Connects a Kubernetes cluster to the Amazon EKS control plane
Description
Connects a Kubernetes cluster to the Amazon EKS control plane.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_register_cluster/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_register_cluster(
name,
connectorConfig,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] A unique name for this cluster in your Amazon Web Services Region. |
connectorConfig |
[required] The configuration settings required to connect the Kubernetes cluster to the Amazon EKS control plane. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
tags |
Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources. |
Associates the specified tags to an Amazon EKS resource with the specified resourceArn
Description
Associates the specified tags to an Amazon EKS resource with the specified resourceArn
. If existing tags on a resource are not specified in the request parameters, they aren't changed. When a resource is deleted, the tags associated with that resource are also deleted. Tags that you create for Amazon EKS resources don't propagate to any other resources associated with the cluster. For example, if you tag a cluster with this operation, that tag doesn't automatically propagate to the subnets and nodes associated with the cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to add tags to. |
tags |
[required] Metadata that assists with categorization and organization. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You define both. Tags don't propagate to any other cluster or Amazon Web Services resources. |
Deletes specified tags from an Amazon EKS resource
Description
Deletes specified tags from an Amazon EKS resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to delete tags from. |
tagKeys |
[required] The keys of the tags to remove. |
Updates an access entry
Description
Updates an access entry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_access_entry/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_update_access_entry(
clusterName,
principalArn,
kubernetesGroups = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
username = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
principalArn |
[required] The ARN of the IAM principal for the |
kubernetesGroups |
The value for Kubernetes authorizes the If you want Amazon EKS to authorize the |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
username |
The username to authenticate to Kubernetes with. We recommend not specifying a username and letting Amazon EKS specify it for you. For more information about the value Amazon EKS specifies for you, or constraints before specifying your own username, see Creating access entries in the Amazon EKS User Guide. |
Updates an Amazon EKS add-on
Description
Updates an Amazon EKS add-on.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_addon/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_update_addon(
clusterName,
addonName,
addonVersion = NULL,
serviceAccountRoleArn = NULL,
resolveConflicts = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
configurationValues = NULL,
podIdentityAssociations = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
addonName |
[required] The name of the add-on. The name must match one of the names returned by
|
addonVersion |
The version of the add-on. The version must match one of the versions
returned by
|
serviceAccountRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an existing IAM role to bind to the add-on's service account. The role must be assigned the IAM permissions required by the add-on. If you don't specify an existing IAM role, then the add-on uses the permissions assigned to the node IAM role. For more information, see Amazon EKS node IAM role in the Amazon EKS User Guide. To specify an existing IAM role, you must have an IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider created for your cluster. For more information, see Enabling IAM roles for service accounts on your cluster in the Amazon EKS User Guide. |
resolveConflicts |
How to resolve field value conflicts for an Amazon EKS add-on if you've changed a value from the Amazon EKS default value. Conflicts are handled based on the option you choose:
|
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
configurationValues |
The set of configuration values for the add-on that's created. The
values that you provide are validated against the schema returned by
|
podIdentityAssociations |
An array of Pod Identity Assocations to be updated. Each EKS Pod Identity association maps a Kubernetes service account to an IAM Role. If this value is left blank, no change. If an empty array is provided, existing Pod Identity Assocations owned by the Addon are deleted. For more information, see Attach an IAM Role to an Amazon EKS add-on using Pod Identity in the Amazon EKS User Guide. |
Updates an Amazon EKS cluster configuration
Description
Updates an Amazon EKS cluster configuration. Your cluster continues to function during the update. The response output includes an update ID that you can use to track the status of your cluster update with describe_update
"/\>.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_cluster_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_update_cluster_config(
name,
resourcesVpcConfig = NULL,
logging = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL,
accessConfig = NULL,
upgradePolicy = NULL,
zonalShiftConfig = NULL,
computeConfig = NULL,
kubernetesNetworkConfig = NULL,
storageConfig = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the Amazon EKS cluster to update. |
resourcesVpcConfig |
|
logging |
Enable or disable exporting the Kubernetes control plane logs for your cluster to CloudWatch Logs . By default, cluster control plane logs aren't exported to CloudWatch Logs . For more information, see Amazon EKS cluster control plane logs in the Amazon EKS User Guide . CloudWatch Logs ingestion, archive storage, and data scanning rates apply to exported control plane logs. For more information, see CloudWatch Pricing. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
accessConfig |
The access configuration for the cluster. |
upgradePolicy |
You can enable or disable extended support for clusters currently on standard support. You cannot disable extended support once it starts. You must enable extended support before your cluster exits standard support. |
zonalShiftConfig |
Enable or disable ARC zonal shift for the cluster. If zonal shift is enabled, Amazon Web Services configures zonal autoshift for the cluster. Zonal shift is a feature of Amazon Application Recovery Controller (ARC). ARC zonal shift is designed to be a temporary measure that allows you to move traffic for a resource away from an impaired AZ until the zonal shift expires or you cancel it. You can extend the zonal shift if necessary. You can start a zonal shift for an EKS cluster, or you can allow Amazon Web Services to do it for you by enabling zonal autoshift. This shift updates the flow of east-to-west network traffic in your cluster to only consider network endpoints for Pods running on worker nodes in healthy AZs. Additionally, any ALB or NLB handling ingress traffic for applications in your EKS cluster will automatically route traffic to targets in the healthy AZs. For more information about zonal shift in EKS, see Learn about Amazon Application Recovery Controller (ARC) Zonal Shift in Amazon EKS in the Amazon EKS User Guide . |
computeConfig |
Update the configuration of the compute capability of your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, enable the capability. |
kubernetesNetworkConfig |
|
storageConfig |
Update the configuration of the block storage capability of your EKS Auto Mode cluster. For example, enable the capability. |
Updates an Amazon EKS cluster to the specified Kubernetes version
Description
Updates an Amazon EKS cluster to the specified Kubernetes version. Your cluster continues to function during the update. The response output includes an update ID that you can use to track the status of your cluster update with the describe_update
API operation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_cluster_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_update_cluster_version(name, version, clientRequestToken = NULL)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the Amazon EKS cluster to update. |
version |
[required] The desired Kubernetes version following a successful update. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
Update an EKS Anywhere Subscription
Description
Update an EKS Anywhere Subscription. Only auto renewal and tags can be updated after subscription creation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_eks_anywhere_subscription/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_update_eks_anywhere_subscription(id, autoRenew, clientRequestToken = NULL)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the subscription. |
autoRenew |
[required] A boolean indicating whether or not to automatically renew the subscription. |
clientRequestToken |
Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
Updates an Amazon EKS managed node group configuration
Description
Updates an Amazon EKS managed node group configuration. Your node group continues to function during the update. The response output includes an update ID that you can use to track the status of your node group update with the describe_update
API operation. You can update the Kubernetes labels and taints for a node group and the scaling and version update configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_nodegroup_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_update_nodegroup_config(
clusterName,
nodegroupName,
labels = NULL,
taints = NULL,
scalingConfig = NULL,
updateConfig = NULL,
nodeRepairConfig = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
nodegroupName |
[required] The name of the managed node group to update. |
labels |
The Kubernetes |
taints |
The Kubernetes taints to be applied to the nodes in the node group after the update. For more information, see Node taints on managed node groups. |
scalingConfig |
The scaling configuration details for the Auto Scaling group after the update. |
updateConfig |
The node group update configuration. |
nodeRepairConfig |
The node auto repair configuration for the node group. |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
Updates the Kubernetes version or AMI version of an Amazon EKS managed node group
Description
Updates the Kubernetes version or AMI version of an Amazon EKS managed node group.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_nodegroup_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_update_nodegroup_version(
clusterName,
nodegroupName,
version = NULL,
releaseVersion = NULL,
launchTemplate = NULL,
force = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of your cluster. |
nodegroupName |
[required] The name of the managed node group to update. |
version |
The Kubernetes version to update to. If no version is specified, then
the Kubernetes version of the node group does not change. You can
specify the Kubernetes version of the cluster to update the node group
to the latest AMI version of the cluster's Kubernetes version. If you
specify |
releaseVersion |
The AMI version of the Amazon EKS optimized AMI to use for the update. By default, the latest available AMI version for the node group's Kubernetes version is used. For information about Linux versions, see Amazon EKS optimized Amazon Linux AMI versions in the Amazon EKS User Guide. Amazon EKS managed node groups support the November 2022 and later releases of the Windows AMIs. For information about Windows versions, see Amazon EKS optimized Windows AMI versions in the Amazon EKS User Guide. If you specify |
launchTemplate |
An object representing a node group's launch template specification. You can only update a node group using a launch template if the node group was originally deployed with a launch template. |
force |
Force the update if any |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
Updates a EKS Pod Identity association
Description
Updates a EKS Pod Identity association. Only the IAM role can be changed; an association can't be moved between clusters, namespaces, or service accounts. If you need to edit the namespace or service account, you need to delete the association and then create a new association with your desired settings.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/eks_update_pod_identity_association/ for full documentation.
Usage
eks_update_pod_identity_association(
clusterName,
associationId,
roleArn = NULL,
clientRequestToken = NULL
)
Arguments
clusterName |
[required] The name of the cluster that you want to update the association in. |
associationId |
[required] The ID of the association to be updated. |
roleArn |
The new IAM role to change the |
clientRequestToken |
A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. |
AWS Elastic Beanstalk
Description
AWS Elastic Beanstalk makes it easy for you to create, deploy, and manage scalable, fault-tolerant applications running on the Amazon Web Services cloud.
For more information about this product, go to the AWS Elastic Beanstalk details page. The location of the latest AWS Elastic Beanstalk WSDL is https://elasticbeanstalk.s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2010-12-01/AWSElasticBeanstalk.wsdl. To install the Software Development Kits (SDKs), Integrated Development Environment (IDE) Toolkits, and command line tools that enable you to access the API, go to Tools for Amazon Web Services.
Endpoints
For a list of region-specific endpoints that AWS Elastic Beanstalk supports, go to Regions and Endpoints in the Amazon Web Services Glossary.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- elasticbeanstalk( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
abort_environment_update | Cancels in-progress environment configuration update or application version deployment |
apply_environment_managed_action | Applies a scheduled managed action immediately |
associate_environment_operations_role | Add or change the operations role used by an environment |
check_dns_availability | Checks if the specified CNAME is available |
compose_environments | Create or update a group of environments that each run a separate component of a single application |
create_application | Creates an application that has one configuration template named default and no application versions |
create_application_version | Creates an application version for the specified application |
create_configuration_template | Creates an AWS Elastic Beanstalk configuration template, associated with a specific Elastic Beanstalk application |
create_environment | Launches an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for the specified application using the specified configuration |
create_platform_version | Create a new version of your custom platform |
create_storage_location | Creates a bucket in Amazon S3 to store application versions, logs, and other files used by Elastic Beanstalk environments |
delete_application | Deletes the specified application along with all associated versions and configurations |
delete_application_version | Deletes the specified version from the specified application |
delete_configuration_template | Deletes the specified configuration template |
delete_environment_configuration | Deletes the draft configuration associated with the running environment |
delete_platform_version | Deletes the specified version of a custom platform |
describe_account_attributes | Returns attributes related to AWS Elastic Beanstalk that are associated with the calling AWS account |
describe_applications | Returns the descriptions of existing applications |
describe_application_versions | Retrieve a list of application versions |
describe_configuration_options | Describes the configuration options that are used in a particular configuration template or environment, or that a specified solution stack defines |
describe_configuration_settings | Returns a description of the settings for the specified configuration set, that is, either a configuration template or the configuration set associated with a running environment |
describe_environment_health | Returns information about the overall health of the specified environment |
describe_environment_managed_action_history | Lists an environment's completed and failed managed actions |
describe_environment_managed_actions | Lists an environment's upcoming and in-progress managed actions |
describe_environment_resources | Returns AWS resources for this environment |
describe_environments | Returns descriptions for existing environments |
describe_events | Returns list of event descriptions matching criteria up to the last 6 weeks |
describe_instances_health | Retrieves detailed information about the health of instances in your AWS Elastic Beanstalk |
describe_platform_version | Describes a platform version |
disassociate_environment_operations_role | Disassociate the operations role from an environment |
list_available_solution_stacks | Returns a list of the available solution stack names, with the public version first and then in reverse chronological order |
list_platform_branches | Lists the platform branches available for your account in an AWS Region |
list_platform_versions | Lists the platform versions available for your account in an AWS Region |
list_tags_for_resource | Return the tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource |
rebuild_environment | Deletes and recreates all of the AWS resources (for example: the Auto Scaling group, load balancer, etc |
request_environment_info | Initiates a request to compile the specified type of information of the deployed environment |
restart_app_server | Causes the environment to restart the application container server running on each Amazon EC2 instance |
retrieve_environment_info | Retrieves the compiled information from a RequestEnvironmentInfo request |
swap_environment_cnam_es | Swaps the CNAMEs of two environments |
terminate_environment | Terminates the specified environment |
update_application | Updates the specified application to have the specified properties |
update_application_resource_lifecycle | Modifies lifecycle settings for an application |
update_application_version | Updates the specified application version to have the specified properties |
update_configuration_template | Updates the specified configuration template to have the specified properties or configuration option values |
update_environment | Updates the environment description, deploys a new application version, updates the configuration settings to an entirely new configuration template, or updates select configuration option values in the running environment |
update_tags_for_resource | Update the list of tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource |
validate_configuration_settings | Takes a set of configuration settings and either a configuration template or environment, and determines whether those values are valid |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- elasticbeanstalk()
# The following code aborts a running application version deployment for
# an environment named my-env:
svc$abort_environment_update(
EnvironmentName = "my-env"
)
## End(Not run)
Cancels in-progress environment configuration update or application version deployment
Description
Cancels in-progress environment configuration update or application version deployment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_abort_environment_update/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_abort_environment_update(
EnvironmentId = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL
)
Arguments
EnvironmentId |
This specifies the ID of the environment with the in-progress update that you want to cancel. |
EnvironmentName |
This specifies the name of the environment with the in-progress update that you want to cancel. |
Applies a scheduled managed action immediately
Description
Applies a scheduled managed action immediately. A managed action can be applied only if its status is Scheduled
. Get the status and action ID of a managed action with describe_environment_managed_actions
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_apply_environment_managed_action/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_apply_environment_managed_action(
EnvironmentName = NULL,
EnvironmentId = NULL,
ActionId
)
Arguments
EnvironmentName |
The name of the target environment. |
EnvironmentId |
The environment ID of the target environment. |
ActionId |
[required] The action ID of the scheduled managed action to execute. |
Add or change the operations role used by an environment
Description
Add or change the operations role used by an environment. After this call is made, Elastic Beanstalk uses the associated operations role for permissions to downstream services during subsequent calls acting on this environment. For more information, see Operations roles in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_associate_environment_operations_role/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_associate_environment_operations_role(
EnvironmentName,
OperationsRole
)
Arguments
EnvironmentName |
[required] The name of the environment to which to set the operations role. |
OperationsRole |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an existing IAM role to be used as the environment's operations role. |
Checks if the specified CNAME is available
Description
Checks if the specified CNAME is available.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_check_dns_availability/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_check_dns_availability(CNAMEPrefix)
Arguments
CNAMEPrefix |
[required] The prefix used when this CNAME is reserved. |
Create or update a group of environments that each run a separate component of a single application
Description
Create or update a group of environments that each run a separate component of a single application. Takes a list of version labels that specify application source bundles for each of the environments to create or update. The name of each environment and other required information must be included in the source bundles in an environment manifest named env.yaml
. See Compose Environments for details.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_compose_environments/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_compose_environments(
ApplicationName = NULL,
GroupName = NULL,
VersionLabels = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
The name of the application to which the specified source bundles belong. |
GroupName |
The name of the group to which the target environments belong. Specify a group name only if the environment name defined in each target environment's manifest ends with a + (plus) character. See Environment Manifest (env.yaml) for details. |
VersionLabels |
A list of version labels, specifying one or more application source bundles that belong to the target application. Each source bundle must include an environment manifest that specifies the name of the environment and the name of the solution stack to use, and optionally can specify environment links to create. |
Creates an application that has one configuration template named default and no application versions
Description
Creates an application that has one configuration template named default
and no application versions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_create_application(
ApplicationName,
Description = NULL,
ResourceLifecycleConfig = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application. Must be unique within your account. |
Description |
Your description of the application. |
ResourceLifecycleConfig |
Specifies an application resource lifecycle configuration to prevent your application from accumulating too many versions. |
Tags |
Specifies the tags applied to the application. Elastic Beanstalk applies these tags only to the application. Environments that you create in the application don't inherit the tags. |
Creates an application version for the specified application
Description
Creates an application version for the specified application. You can create an application version from a source bundle in Amazon S3, a commit in AWS CodeCommit, or the output of an AWS CodeBuild build as follows:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_application_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_create_application_version(
ApplicationName,
VersionLabel,
Description = NULL,
SourceBuildInformation = NULL,
SourceBundle = NULL,
BuildConfiguration = NULL,
AutoCreateApplication = NULL,
Process = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application. If no application is found with this name,
and |
VersionLabel |
[required] A label identifying this version. Constraint: Must be unique per application. If an application version
already exists with this label for the specified application, AWS
Elastic Beanstalk returns an |
Description |
A description of this application version. |
SourceBuildInformation |
Specify a commit in an AWS CodeCommit Git repository to use as the source code for the application version. |
SourceBundle |
The Amazon S3 bucket and key that identify the location of the source bundle for this version. The Amazon S3 bucket must be in the same region as the environment. Specify a source bundle in S3 or a commit in an AWS CodeCommit
repository (with |
BuildConfiguration |
Settings for an AWS CodeBuild build. |
AutoCreateApplication |
Set to |
Process |
Pre-processes and validates the environment manifest ( You must turn processing on for application versions that you create using AWS CodeBuild or AWS CodeCommit. For application versions built from a source bundle in Amazon S3, processing is optional. The |
Tags |
Specifies the tags applied to the application version. Elastic Beanstalk applies these tags only to the application version. Environments that use the application version don't inherit the tags. |
Creates an AWS Elastic Beanstalk configuration template, associated with a specific Elastic Beanstalk application
Description
Creates an AWS Elastic Beanstalk configuration template, associated with a specific Elastic Beanstalk application. You define application configuration settings in a configuration template. You can then use the configuration template to deploy different versions of the application with the same configuration settings.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_configuration_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_create_configuration_template(
ApplicationName,
TemplateName,
SolutionStackName = NULL,
PlatformArn = NULL,
SourceConfiguration = NULL,
EnvironmentId = NULL,
Description = NULL,
OptionSettings = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the Elastic Beanstalk application to associate with this configuration template. |
TemplateName |
[required] The name of the configuration template. Constraint: This name must be unique per application. |
SolutionStackName |
The name of an Elastic Beanstalk solution stack (platform version) that
this configuration uses. For example,
You must specify Use the
|
PlatformArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom platform. For more information, see Custom Platforms in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide. If you specify |
SourceConfiguration |
An Elastic Beanstalk configuration template to base this one on. If specified, Elastic Beanstalk uses the configuration values from the specified configuration template to create a new configuration. Values specified in You must specify Constraint: If both solution stack name and source configuration are specified, the solution stack of the source configuration template must match the specified solution stack name. |
EnvironmentId |
The ID of an environment whose settings you want to use to create the
configuration template. You must specify |
Description |
An optional description for this configuration. |
OptionSettings |
Option values for the Elastic Beanstalk configuration, such as the instance type. If specified, these values override the values obtained from the solution stack or the source configuration template. For a complete list of Elastic Beanstalk configuration options, see Option Values in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide. |
Tags |
Specifies the tags applied to the configuration template. |
Launches an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for the specified application using the specified configuration
Description
Launches an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment for the specified application using the specified configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_create_environment(
ApplicationName,
EnvironmentName = NULL,
GroupName = NULL,
Description = NULL,
CNAMEPrefix = NULL,
Tier = NULL,
Tags = NULL,
VersionLabel = NULL,
TemplateName = NULL,
SolutionStackName = NULL,
PlatformArn = NULL,
OptionSettings = NULL,
OptionsToRemove = NULL,
OperationsRole = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application that is associated with this environment. |
EnvironmentName |
A unique name for the environment. Constraint: Must be from 4 to 40 characters in length. The name can
contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens. It can't start or end with a
hyphen. This name must be unique within a region in your account. If the
specified name already exists in the region, Elastic Beanstalk returns
an If you don't specify the |
GroupName |
The name of the group to which the target environment belongs. Specify a group name only if the environment's name is specified in an environment manifest and not with the environment name parameter. See Environment Manifest (env.yaml) for details. |
Description |
Your description for this environment. |
CNAMEPrefix |
If specified, the environment attempts to use this value as the prefix for the CNAME in your Elastic Beanstalk environment URL. If not specified, the CNAME is generated automatically by appending a random alphanumeric string to the environment name. |
Tier |
Specifies the tier to use in creating this environment. The environment tier that you choose determines whether Elastic Beanstalk provisions resources to support a web application that handles HTTP(S) requests or a web application that handles background-processing tasks. |
Tags |
Specifies the tags applied to resources in the environment. |
VersionLabel |
The name of the application version to deploy. Default: If not specified, Elastic Beanstalk attempts to deploy the sample application. |
TemplateName |
The name of the Elastic Beanstalk configuration template to use with the environment. If you specify |
SolutionStackName |
The name of an Elastic Beanstalk solution stack (platform version) to use with the environment. If specified, Elastic Beanstalk sets the configuration values to the default values associated with the specified solution stack. For a list of current solution stacks, see Elastic Beanstalk Supported Platforms in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Platforms guide. If you specify |
PlatformArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom platform to use with the environment. For more information, see Custom Platforms in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide. If you specify |
OptionSettings |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk sets the specified configuration options to the requested value in the configuration set for the new environment. These override the values obtained from the solution stack or the configuration template. |
OptionsToRemove |
A list of custom user-defined configuration options to remove from the configuration set for this new environment. |
OperationsRole |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an existing IAM role to be used as the
environment's operations role. If specified, Elastic Beanstalk uses the
operations role for permissions to downstream services during this call
and during subsequent calls acting on this environment. To specify an
operations role, you must have the |
Create a new version of your custom platform
Description
Create a new version of your custom platform.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_platform_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_create_platform_version(
PlatformName,
PlatformVersion,
PlatformDefinitionBundle,
EnvironmentName = NULL,
OptionSettings = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
PlatformName |
[required] The name of your custom platform. |
PlatformVersion |
[required] The number, such as 1.0.2, for the new platform version. |
PlatformDefinitionBundle |
[required] The location of the platform definition archive in Amazon S3. |
EnvironmentName |
The name of the builder environment. |
OptionSettings |
The configuration option settings to apply to the builder environment. |
Tags |
Specifies the tags applied to the new platform version. Elastic Beanstalk applies these tags only to the platform version. Environments that you create using the platform version don't inherit the tags. |
Creates a bucket in Amazon S3 to store application versions, logs, and other files used by Elastic Beanstalk environments
Description
Creates a bucket in Amazon S3 to store application versions, logs, and other files used by Elastic Beanstalk environments. The Elastic Beanstalk console and EB CLI call this API the first time you create an environment in a region. If the storage location already exists, create_storage_location
still returns the bucket name but does not create a new bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_create_storage_location/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_create_storage_location()
Deletes the specified application along with all associated versions and configurations
Description
Deletes the specified application along with all associated versions and configurations. The application versions will not be deleted from your Amazon S3 bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_delete_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_delete_application(
ApplicationName,
TerminateEnvByForce = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application to delete. |
TerminateEnvByForce |
When set to true, running environments will be terminated before deleting the application. |
Deletes the specified version from the specified application
Description
Deletes the specified version from the specified application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_delete_application_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_delete_application_version(
ApplicationName,
VersionLabel,
DeleteSourceBundle = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application to which the version belongs. |
VersionLabel |
[required] The label of the version to delete. |
DeleteSourceBundle |
Set to |
Deletes the specified configuration template
Description
Deletes the specified configuration template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_delete_configuration_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_delete_configuration_template(ApplicationName, TemplateName)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application to delete the configuration template from. |
TemplateName |
[required] The name of the configuration template to delete. |
Deletes the draft configuration associated with the running environment
Description
Deletes the draft configuration associated with the running environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_delete_environment_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_delete_environment_configuration(
ApplicationName,
EnvironmentName
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application the environment is associated with. |
EnvironmentName |
[required] The name of the environment to delete the draft configuration from. |
Deletes the specified version of a custom platform
Description
Deletes the specified version of a custom platform.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_delete_platform_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_delete_platform_version(PlatformArn = NULL)
Arguments
PlatformArn |
The ARN of the version of the custom platform. |
Returns attributes related to AWS Elastic Beanstalk that are associated with the calling AWS account
Description
Returns attributes related to AWS Elastic Beanstalk that are associated with the calling AWS account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_account_attributes/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_account_attributes()
Retrieve a list of application versions
Description
Retrieve a list of application versions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_application_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_application_versions(
ApplicationName = NULL,
VersionLabels = NULL,
MaxRecords = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
Specify an application name to show only application versions for that application. |
VersionLabels |
Specify a version label to show a specific application version. |
MaxRecords |
For a paginated request. Specify a maximum number of application versions to include in each response. If no |
NextToken |
For a paginated request. Specify a token from a previous response page to retrieve the next response page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request. If no |
Returns the descriptions of existing applications
Description
Returns the descriptions of existing applications.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_applications/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_applications(ApplicationNames = NULL)
Arguments
ApplicationNames |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to only include those with the specified names. |
Describes the configuration options that are used in a particular configuration template or environment, or that a specified solution stack defines
Description
Describes the configuration options that are used in a particular configuration template or environment, or that a specified solution stack defines. The description includes the values the options, their default values, and an indication of the required action on a running environment if an option value is changed.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_configuration_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_configuration_options(
ApplicationName = NULL,
TemplateName = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL,
SolutionStackName = NULL,
PlatformArn = NULL,
Options = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
The name of the application associated with the configuration template or environment. Only needed if you want to describe the configuration options associated with either the configuration template or environment. |
TemplateName |
The name of the configuration template whose configuration options you want to describe. |
EnvironmentName |
The name of the environment whose configuration options you want to describe. |
SolutionStackName |
The name of the solution stack whose configuration options you want to describe. |
PlatformArn |
The ARN of the custom platform. |
Options |
If specified, restricts the descriptions to only the specified options. |
Returns a description of the settings for the specified configuration set, that is, either a configuration template or the configuration set associated with a running environment
Description
Returns a description of the settings for the specified configuration set, that is, either a configuration template or the configuration set associated with a running environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_configuration_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_configuration_settings(
ApplicationName,
TemplateName = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The application for the environment or configuration template. |
TemplateName |
The name of the configuration template to describe. Conditional: You must specify either this parameter or an
EnvironmentName, but not both. If you specify both, AWS Elastic
Beanstalk returns an |
EnvironmentName |
The name of the environment to describe. Condition: You must specify either this or a TemplateName, but not both.
If you specify both, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns an
|
Returns information about the overall health of the specified environment
Description
Returns information about the overall health of the specified environment. The DescribeEnvironmentHealth operation is only available with AWS Elastic Beanstalk Enhanced Health.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_health/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_health(
EnvironmentName = NULL,
EnvironmentId = NULL,
AttributeNames = NULL
)
Arguments
EnvironmentName |
Specify the environment by name. You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both. |
EnvironmentId |
Specify the environment by ID. You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both. |
AttributeNames |
Specify the response elements to return. To retrieve all attributes, set
to |
Lists an environment's completed and failed managed actions
Description
Lists an environment's completed and failed managed actions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_managed_action_history/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_managed_action_history(
EnvironmentId = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
MaxItems = NULL
)
Arguments
EnvironmentId |
The environment ID of the target environment. |
EnvironmentName |
The name of the target environment. |
NextToken |
The pagination token returned by a previous request. |
MaxItems |
The maximum number of items to return for a single request. |
Lists an environment's upcoming and in-progress managed actions
Description
Lists an environment's upcoming and in-progress managed actions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_managed_actions/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_managed_actions(
EnvironmentName = NULL,
EnvironmentId = NULL,
Status = NULL
)
Arguments
EnvironmentName |
The name of the target environment. |
EnvironmentId |
The environment ID of the target environment. |
Status |
To show only actions with a particular status, specify a status. |
Returns AWS resources for this environment
Description
Returns AWS resources for this environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_resources/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_environment_resources(
EnvironmentId = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL
)
Arguments
EnvironmentId |
The ID of the environment to retrieve AWS resource usage data. Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both.
If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
EnvironmentName |
The name of the environment to retrieve AWS resource usage data. Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If
you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
Returns descriptions for existing environments
Description
Returns descriptions for existing environments.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_environments/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_environments(
ApplicationName = NULL,
VersionLabel = NULL,
EnvironmentIds = NULL,
EnvironmentNames = NULL,
IncludeDeleted = NULL,
IncludedDeletedBackTo = NULL,
MaxRecords = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to include only those that are associated with this application. |
VersionLabel |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to include only those that are associated with this application version. |
EnvironmentIds |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to include only those that have the specified IDs. |
EnvironmentNames |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to include only those that have the specified names. |
IncludeDeleted |
Indicates whether to include deleted environments:
|
IncludedDeletedBackTo |
If specified when |
MaxRecords |
For a paginated request. Specify a maximum number of environments to include in each response. If no |
NextToken |
For a paginated request. Specify a token from a previous response page to retrieve the next response page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request. If no |
Returns list of event descriptions matching criteria up to the last 6 weeks
Description
Returns list of event descriptions matching criteria up to the last 6 weeks.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_events/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_events(
ApplicationName = NULL,
VersionLabel = NULL,
TemplateName = NULL,
EnvironmentId = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL,
PlatformArn = NULL,
RequestId = NULL,
Severity = NULL,
StartTime = NULL,
EndTime = NULL,
MaxRecords = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to include only those associated with this application. |
VersionLabel |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those associated with this application version. |
TemplateName |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those that are associated with this environment configuration. |
EnvironmentId |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those associated with this environment. |
EnvironmentName |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those associated with this environment. |
PlatformArn |
The ARN of a custom platform version. If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those associated with this custom platform version. |
RequestId |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the described events to include only those associated with this request ID. |
Severity |
If specified, limits the events returned from this call to include only those with the specified severity or higher. |
StartTime |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions to those that occur on or after this time. |
EndTime |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk restricts the returned descriptions
to those that occur up to, but not including, the |
MaxRecords |
Specifies the maximum number of events that can be returned, beginning with the most recent event. |
NextToken |
Pagination token. If specified, the events return the next batch of results. |
Retrieves detailed information about the health of instances in your AWS Elastic Beanstalk
Description
Retrieves detailed information about the health of instances in your AWS Elastic Beanstalk. This operation requires enhanced health reporting.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_instances_health/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_instances_health(
EnvironmentName = NULL,
EnvironmentId = NULL,
AttributeNames = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
EnvironmentName |
Specify the AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment by name. |
EnvironmentId |
Specify the AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment by ID. |
AttributeNames |
Specifies the response elements you wish to receive. To retrieve all
attributes, set to |
NextToken |
Specify the pagination token returned by a previous call. |
Describes a platform version
Description
Describes a platform version. Provides full details. Compare to list_platform_versions
, which provides summary information about a list of platform versions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_describe_platform_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_describe_platform_version(PlatformArn = NULL)
Arguments
PlatformArn |
The ARN of the platform version. |
Disassociate the operations role from an environment
Description
Disassociate the operations role from an environment. After this call is made, Elastic Beanstalk uses the caller's permissions for permissions to downstream services during subsequent calls acting on this environment. For more information, see Operations roles in the AWS Elastic Beanstalk Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_disassociate_environment_operations_role/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_disassociate_environment_operations_role(EnvironmentName)
Arguments
EnvironmentName |
[required] The name of the environment from which to disassociate the operations role. |
Returns a list of the available solution stack names, with the public version first and then in reverse chronological order
Description
Returns a list of the available solution stack names, with the public version first and then in reverse chronological order.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_list_available_solution_stacks/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_list_available_solution_stacks()
Lists the platform branches available for your account in an AWS Region
Description
Lists the platform branches available for your account in an AWS Region. Provides summary information about each platform branch.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_list_platform_branches/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_list_platform_branches(
Filters = NULL,
MaxRecords = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
Criteria for restricting the resulting list of platform branches. The
filter is evaluated as a logical conjunction (AND) of the separate
The following list shows valid attribute values for each of the
Array size: limited to 10 Within each |
MaxRecords |
The maximum number of platform branch values returned in one call. |
NextToken |
For a paginated request. Specify a token from a previous response page to retrieve the next response page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request. If no |
Lists the platform versions available for your account in an AWS Region
Description
Lists the platform versions available for your account in an AWS Region. Provides summary information about each platform version. Compare to describe_platform_version
, which provides full details about a single platform version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_list_platform_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_list_platform_versions(
Filters = NULL,
MaxRecords = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
Filters |
Criteria for restricting the resulting list of platform versions. The
filter is interpreted as a logical conjunction (AND) of the separate
|
MaxRecords |
The maximum number of platform version values returned in one call. |
NextToken |
For a paginated request. Specify a token from a previous response page to retrieve the next response page. All other parameter values must be identical to the ones specified in the initial request. If no |
Return the tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource
Description
Return the tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource. The response contains a list of tag key-value pairs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resouce for which a tag list is requested. Must be the ARN of an Elastic Beanstalk resource. |
Deletes and recreates all of the AWS resources (for example: the Auto Scaling group, load balancer, etc
Description
Deletes and recreates all of the AWS resources (for example: the Auto Scaling group, load balancer, etc.) for a specified environment and forces a restart.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_rebuild_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_rebuild_environment(
EnvironmentId = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL
)
Arguments
EnvironmentId |
The ID of the environment to rebuild. Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both.
If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
EnvironmentName |
The name of the environment to rebuild. Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If
you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
Initiates a request to compile the specified type of information of the deployed environment
Description
Initiates a request to compile the specified type of information of the deployed environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_request_environment_info/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_request_environment_info(
EnvironmentId = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL,
InfoType
)
Arguments
EnvironmentId |
The ID of the environment of the requested data. If no such environment is found,
Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both.
If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
EnvironmentName |
The name of the environment of the requested data. If no such environment is found,
Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If
you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
InfoType |
[required] The type of information to request. |
Causes the environment to restart the application container server running on each Amazon EC2 instance
Description
Causes the environment to restart the application container server running on each Amazon EC2 instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_restart_app_server/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_restart_app_server(
EnvironmentId = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL
)
Arguments
EnvironmentId |
The ID of the environment to restart the server for. Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both.
If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
EnvironmentName |
The name of the environment to restart the server for. Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If
you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
Retrieves the compiled information from a RequestEnvironmentInfo request
Description
Retrieves the compiled information from a request_environment_info
request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_retrieve_environment_info/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_retrieve_environment_info(
EnvironmentId = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL,
InfoType
)
Arguments
EnvironmentId |
The ID of the data's environment. If no such environment is found, returns an Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both.
If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
EnvironmentName |
The name of the data's environment. If no such environment is found, returns an Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If
you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
InfoType |
[required] The type of information to retrieve. |
Swaps the CNAMEs of two environments
Description
Swaps the CNAMEs of two environments.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_swap_environment_cnam_es/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_swap_environment_cnam_es(
SourceEnvironmentId = NULL,
SourceEnvironmentName = NULL,
DestinationEnvironmentId = NULL,
DestinationEnvironmentName = NULL
)
Arguments
SourceEnvironmentId |
The ID of the source environment. Condition: You must specify at least the |
SourceEnvironmentName |
The name of the source environment. Condition: You must specify at least the |
DestinationEnvironmentId |
The ID of the destination environment. Condition: You must specify at least the |
DestinationEnvironmentName |
The name of the destination environment. Condition: You must specify at least the |
Terminates the specified environment
Description
Terminates the specified environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_terminate_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_terminate_environment(
EnvironmentId = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL,
TerminateResources = NULL,
ForceTerminate = NULL
)
Arguments
EnvironmentId |
The ID of the environment to terminate. Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both.
If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
EnvironmentName |
The name of the environment to terminate. Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If
you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
TerminateResources |
Indicates whether the associated AWS resources should shut down when the environment is terminated:
For more information, see the AWS Elastic Beanstalk User Guide. Default: Valid Values: |
ForceTerminate |
Terminates the target environment even if another environment in the same group is dependent on it. |
Updates the specified application to have the specified properties
Description
Updates the specified application to have the specified properties.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_update_application(ApplicationName, Description = NULL)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application to update. If no such application is found,
|
Description |
A new description for the application. Default: If not specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk does not update the description. |
Modifies lifecycle settings for an application
Description
Modifies lifecycle settings for an application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_application_resource_lifecycle/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_update_application_resource_lifecycle(
ApplicationName,
ResourceLifecycleConfig
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application. |
ResourceLifecycleConfig |
[required] The lifecycle configuration. |
Updates the specified application version to have the specified properties
Description
Updates the specified application version to have the specified properties.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_application_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_update_application_version(
ApplicationName,
VersionLabel,
Description = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application associated with this version. If no application is found with this name,
|
VersionLabel |
[required] The name of the version to update. If no application version is found with this label,
|
Description |
A new description for this version. |
Updates the specified configuration template to have the specified properties or configuration option values
Description
Updates the specified configuration template to have the specified properties or configuration option values.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_configuration_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_update_configuration_template(
ApplicationName,
TemplateName,
Description = NULL,
OptionSettings = NULL,
OptionsToRemove = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application associated with the configuration template to update. If no application is found with this name,
|
TemplateName |
[required] The name of the configuration template to update. If no configuration template is found with this name,
|
Description |
A new description for the configuration. |
OptionSettings |
A list of configuration option settings to update with the new specified option value. |
OptionsToRemove |
A list of configuration options to remove from the configuration set. Constraint: You can remove only |
Updates the environment description, deploys a new application version, updates the configuration settings to an entirely new configuration template, or updates select configuration option values in the running environment
Description
Updates the environment description, deploys a new application version, updates the configuration settings to an entirely new configuration template, or updates select configuration option values in the running environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_update_environment(
ApplicationName = NULL,
EnvironmentId = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL,
GroupName = NULL,
Description = NULL,
Tier = NULL,
VersionLabel = NULL,
TemplateName = NULL,
SolutionStackName = NULL,
PlatformArn = NULL,
OptionSettings = NULL,
OptionsToRemove = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
The name of the application with which the environment is associated. |
EnvironmentId |
The ID of the environment to update. If no environment with this ID exists, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns an
Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentName, or both.
If you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
EnvironmentName |
The name of the environment to update. If no environment with this name
exists, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns an Condition: You must specify either this or an EnvironmentId, or both. If
you do not specify either, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns
|
GroupName |
The name of the group to which the target environment belongs. Specify a group name only if the environment's name is specified in an environment manifest and not with the environment name or environment ID parameters. See Environment Manifest (env.yaml) for details. |
Description |
If this parameter is specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk updates the description of this environment. |
Tier |
This specifies the tier to use to update the environment. Condition: At this time, if you change the tier version, name, or type,
AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns |
VersionLabel |
If this parameter is specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk deploys the named
application version to the environment. If no such application version
is found, returns an |
TemplateName |
If this parameter is specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk deploys this
configuration template to the environment. If no such configuration
template is found, AWS Elastic Beanstalk returns an
|
SolutionStackName |
This specifies the platform version that the environment will run after the environment is updated. |
PlatformArn |
The ARN of the platform, if used. |
OptionSettings |
If specified, AWS Elastic Beanstalk updates the configuration set associated with the running environment and sets the specified configuration options to the requested value. |
OptionsToRemove |
A list of custom user-defined configuration options to remove from the configuration set for this environment. |
Update the list of tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource
Description
Update the list of tags applied to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk resource. Two lists can be passed: TagsToAdd
for tags to add or update, and TagsToRemove
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_update_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_update_tags_for_resource(
ResourceArn,
TagsToAdd = NULL,
TagsToRemove = NULL
)
Arguments
ResourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resouce to be updated. Must be the ARN of an Elastic Beanstalk resource. |
TagsToAdd |
A list of tags to add or update. If a key of an existing tag is added, the tag's value is updated. Specify at least one of these parameters: |
TagsToRemove |
A list of tag keys to remove. If a tag key doesn't exist, it is silently ignored. Specify at least one of these parameters: |
Takes a set of configuration settings and either a configuration template or environment, and determines whether those values are valid
Description
Takes a set of configuration settings and either a configuration template or environment, and determines whether those values are valid.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticbeanstalk_validate_configuration_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
elasticbeanstalk_validate_configuration_settings(
ApplicationName,
TemplateName = NULL,
EnvironmentName = NULL,
OptionSettings
)
Arguments
ApplicationName |
[required] The name of the application that the configuration template or environment belongs to. |
TemplateName |
The name of the configuration template to validate the settings against. Condition: You cannot specify both this and an environment name. |
EnvironmentName |
The name of the environment to validate the settings against. Condition: You cannot specify both this and a configuration template name. |
OptionSettings |
[required] A list of the options and desired values to evaluate. |
Amazon EMR Containers
Description
Amazon EMR on EKS provides a deployment option for Amazon EMR that allows you to run open-source big data frameworks on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS). With this deployment option, you can focus on running analytics workloads while Amazon EMR on EKS builds, configures, and manages containers for open-source applications. For more information about Amazon EMR on EKS concepts and tasks, see What is Amazon EMR on EKS.
Amazon EMR containers is the API name for Amazon EMR on EKS. The
emr-containers
prefix is used in the following scenarios:
It is the prefix in the CLI commands for Amazon EMR on EKS. For example,
aws emr-containers start-job-run
.It is the prefix before IAM policy actions for Amazon EMR on EKS. For example,
"Action": [ "emr-containers:StartJobRun"]
. For more information, see Policy actions for Amazon EMR on EKS.It is the prefix used in Amazon EMR on EKS service endpoints. For example,
emr-containers.us-east-2.amazonaws.com
. For more information, see Amazon EMR on EKSService Endpoints.
Usage
emrcontainers(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- emrcontainers( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
cancel_job_run | Cancels a job run |
create_job_template | Creates a job template |
create_managed_endpoint | Creates a managed endpoint |
create_security_configuration | Creates a security configuration |
create_virtual_cluster | Creates a virtual cluster |
delete_job_template | Deletes a job template |
delete_managed_endpoint | Deletes a managed endpoint |
delete_virtual_cluster | Deletes a virtual cluster |
describe_job_run | Displays detailed information about a job run |
describe_job_template | Displays detailed information about a specified job template |
describe_managed_endpoint | Displays detailed information about a managed endpoint |
describe_security_configuration | Displays detailed information about a specified security configuration |
describe_virtual_cluster | Displays detailed information about a specified virtual cluster |
get_managed_endpoint_session_credentials | Generate a session token to connect to a managed endpoint |
list_job_runs | Lists job runs based on a set of parameters |
list_job_templates | Lists job templates based on a set of parameters |
list_managed_endpoints | Lists managed endpoints based on a set of parameters |
list_security_configurations | Lists security configurations based on a set of parameters |
list_tags_for_resource | Lists the tags assigned to the resources |
list_virtual_clusters | Lists information about the specified virtual cluster |
start_job_run | Starts a job run |
tag_resource | Assigns tags to resources |
untag_resource | Removes tags from resources |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- emrcontainers()
svc$cancel_job_run(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Cancels a job run
Description
Cancels a job run. A job run is a unit of work, such as a Spark jar, PySpark script, or SparkSQL query, that you submit to Amazon EMR on EKS.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_cancel_job_run/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_cancel_job_run(id, virtualClusterId)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the job run to cancel. |
virtualClusterId |
[required] The ID of the virtual cluster for which the job run will be canceled. |
Creates a job template
Description
Creates a job template. Job template stores values of StartJobRun API request in a template and can be used to start a job run. Job template allows two use cases: avoid repeating recurring StartJobRun API request values, enforcing certain values in StartJobRun API request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_create_job_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_create_job_template(
name,
clientToken,
jobTemplateData,
tags = NULL,
kmsKeyArn = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The specified name of the job template. |
clientToken |
[required] The client token of the job template. |
jobTemplateData |
[required] The job template data which holds values of StartJobRun API request. |
tags |
The tags that are associated with the job template. |
kmsKeyArn |
The KMS key ARN used to encrypt the job template. |
Creates a managed endpoint
Description
Creates a managed endpoint. A managed endpoint is a gateway that connects Amazon EMR Studio to Amazon EMR on EKS so that Amazon EMR Studio can communicate with your virtual cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_create_managed_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_create_managed_endpoint(
name,
virtualClusterId,
type,
releaseLabel,
executionRoleArn,
certificateArn = NULL,
configurationOverrides = NULL,
clientToken,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the managed endpoint. |
virtualClusterId |
[required] The ID of the virtual cluster for which a managed endpoint is created. |
type |
[required] The type of the managed endpoint. |
releaseLabel |
[required] The Amazon EMR release version. |
executionRoleArn |
[required] The ARN of the execution role. |
certificateArn |
The certificate ARN provided by users for the managed endpoint. This field is under deprecation and will be removed in future releases. |
configurationOverrides |
The configuration settings that will be used to override existing configurations. |
clientToken |
[required] The client idempotency token for this create call. |
tags |
The tags of the managed endpoint. |
Creates a security configuration
Description
Creates a security configuration. Security configurations in Amazon EMR on EKS are templates for different security setups. You can use security configurations to configure the Lake Formation integration setup. You can also create a security configuration to re-use a security setup each time you create a virtual cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_create_security_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_create_security_configuration(
clientToken,
name,
securityConfigurationData,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
clientToken |
[required] The client idempotency token to use when creating the security configuration. |
name |
[required] The name of the security configuration. |
securityConfigurationData |
[required] Security configuration input for the request. |
tags |
The tags to add to the security configuration. |
Creates a virtual cluster
Description
Creates a virtual cluster. Virtual cluster is a managed entity on Amazon EMR on EKS. You can create, describe, list and delete virtual clusters. They do not consume any additional resource in your system. A single virtual cluster maps to a single Kubernetes namespace. Given this relationship, you can model virtual clusters the same way you model Kubernetes namespaces to meet your requirements.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_create_virtual_cluster/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_create_virtual_cluster(
name,
containerProvider,
clientToken,
tags = NULL,
securityConfigurationId = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The specified name of the virtual cluster. |
containerProvider |
[required] The container provider of the virtual cluster. |
clientToken |
[required] The client token of the virtual cluster. |
tags |
The tags assigned to the virtual cluster. |
securityConfigurationId |
The ID of the security configuration. |
Deletes a job template
Description
Deletes a job template. Job template stores values of StartJobRun API request in a template and can be used to start a job run. Job template allows two use cases: avoid repeating recurring StartJobRun API request values, enforcing certain values in StartJobRun API request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_delete_job_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_delete_job_template(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the job template that will be deleted. |
Deletes a managed endpoint
Description
Deletes a managed endpoint. A managed endpoint is a gateway that connects Amazon EMR Studio to Amazon EMR on EKS so that Amazon EMR Studio can communicate with your virtual cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_delete_managed_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_delete_managed_endpoint(id, virtualClusterId)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the managed endpoint. |
virtualClusterId |
[required] The ID of the endpoint's virtual cluster. |
Deletes a virtual cluster
Description
Deletes a virtual cluster. Virtual cluster is a managed entity on Amazon EMR on EKS. You can create, describe, list and delete virtual clusters. They do not consume any additional resource in your system. A single virtual cluster maps to a single Kubernetes namespace. Given this relationship, you can model virtual clusters the same way you model Kubernetes namespaces to meet your requirements.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_delete_virtual_cluster/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_delete_virtual_cluster(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the virtual cluster that will be deleted. |
Displays detailed information about a job run
Description
Displays detailed information about a job run. A job run is a unit of work, such as a Spark jar, PySpark script, or SparkSQL query, that you submit to Amazon EMR on EKS.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_describe_job_run/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_describe_job_run(id, virtualClusterId)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the job run request. |
virtualClusterId |
[required] The ID of the virtual cluster for which the job run is submitted. |
Displays detailed information about a specified job template
Description
Displays detailed information about a specified job template. Job template stores values of StartJobRun API request in a template and can be used to start a job run. Job template allows two use cases: avoid repeating recurring StartJobRun API request values, enforcing certain values in StartJobRun API request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_describe_job_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_describe_job_template(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the job template that will be described. |
Displays detailed information about a managed endpoint
Description
Displays detailed information about a managed endpoint. A managed endpoint is a gateway that connects Amazon EMR Studio to Amazon EMR on EKS so that Amazon EMR Studio can communicate with your virtual cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_describe_managed_endpoint/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_describe_managed_endpoint(id, virtualClusterId)
Arguments
id |
[required] This output displays ID of the managed endpoint. |
virtualClusterId |
[required] The ID of the endpoint's virtual cluster. |
Displays detailed information about a specified security configuration
Description
Displays detailed information about a specified security configuration. Security configurations in Amazon EMR on EKS are templates for different security setups. You can use security configurations to configure the Lake Formation integration setup. You can also create a security configuration to re-use a security setup each time you create a virtual cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_describe_security_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_describe_security_configuration(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the security configuration. |
Displays detailed information about a specified virtual cluster
Description
Displays detailed information about a specified virtual cluster. Virtual cluster is a managed entity on Amazon EMR on EKS. You can create, describe, list and delete virtual clusters. They do not consume any additional resource in your system. A single virtual cluster maps to a single Kubernetes namespace. Given this relationship, you can model virtual clusters the same way you model Kubernetes namespaces to meet your requirements.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_describe_virtual_cluster/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_describe_virtual_cluster(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the virtual cluster that will be described. |
Generate a session token to connect to a managed endpoint
Description
Generate a session token to connect to a managed endpoint.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_get_managed_endpoint_session_credentials/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_get_managed_endpoint_session_credentials(
endpointIdentifier,
virtualClusterIdentifier,
executionRoleArn,
credentialType,
durationInSeconds = NULL,
logContext = NULL,
clientToken = NULL
)
Arguments
endpointIdentifier |
[required] The ARN of the managed endpoint for which the request is submitted. |
virtualClusterIdentifier |
[required] The ARN of the Virtual Cluster which the Managed Endpoint belongs to. |
executionRoleArn |
[required] The IAM Execution Role ARN that will be used by the job run. |
credentialType |
[required] Type of the token requested. Currently supported and default value of this field is “TOKEN.” |
durationInSeconds |
Duration in seconds for which the session token is valid. The default duration is 15 minutes and the maximum is 12 hours. |
logContext |
String identifier used to separate sections of the execution logs uploaded to S3. |
clientToken |
The client idempotency token of the job run request. |
Lists job runs based on a set of parameters
Description
Lists job runs based on a set of parameters. A job run is a unit of work, such as a Spark jar, PySpark script, or SparkSQL query, that you submit to Amazon EMR on EKS.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_job_runs/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_list_job_runs(
virtualClusterId,
createdBefore = NULL,
createdAfter = NULL,
name = NULL,
states = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
virtualClusterId |
[required] The ID of the virtual cluster for which to list the job run. |
createdBefore |
The date and time before which the job runs were submitted. |
createdAfter |
The date and time after which the job runs were submitted. |
name |
The name of the job run. |
states |
The states of the job run. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of job runs that can be listed. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of job runs to return. |
Lists job templates based on a set of parameters
Description
Lists job templates based on a set of parameters. Job template stores values of StartJobRun API request in a template and can be used to start a job run. Job template allows two use cases: avoid repeating recurring StartJobRun API request values, enforcing certain values in StartJobRun API request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_job_templates/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_list_job_templates(
createdAfter = NULL,
createdBefore = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
createdAfter |
The date and time after which the job templates were created. |
createdBefore |
The date and time before which the job templates were created. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of job templates that can be listed. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of job templates to return. |
Lists managed endpoints based on a set of parameters
Description
Lists managed endpoints based on a set of parameters. A managed endpoint is a gateway that connects Amazon EMR Studio to Amazon EMR on EKS so that Amazon EMR Studio can communicate with your virtual cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_managed_endpoints/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_list_managed_endpoints(
virtualClusterId,
createdBefore = NULL,
createdAfter = NULL,
types = NULL,
states = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
virtualClusterId |
[required] The ID of the virtual cluster. |
createdBefore |
The date and time before which the endpoints are created. |
createdAfter |
The date and time after which the endpoints are created. |
types |
The types of the managed endpoints. |
states |
The states of the managed endpoints. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of managed endpoints that can be listed. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of managed endpoints to return. |
Lists security configurations based on a set of parameters
Description
Lists security configurations based on a set of parameters. Security configurations in Amazon EMR on EKS are templates for different security setups. You can use security configurations to configure the Lake Formation integration setup. You can also create a security configuration to re-use a security setup each time you create a virtual cluster.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_security_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_list_security_configurations(
createdAfter = NULL,
createdBefore = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
createdAfter |
The date and time after which the security configuration was created. |
createdBefore |
The date and time before which the security configuration was created. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of security configurations the operation can list. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of security configurations to return. |
Lists the tags assigned to the resources
Description
Lists the tags assigned to the resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN of tagged resources. |
Lists information about the specified virtual cluster
Description
Lists information about the specified virtual cluster. Virtual cluster is a managed entity on Amazon EMR on EKS. You can create, describe, list and delete virtual clusters. They do not consume any additional resource in your system. A single virtual cluster maps to a single Kubernetes namespace. Given this relationship, you can model virtual clusters the same way you model Kubernetes namespaces to meet your requirements.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_list_virtual_clusters/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_list_virtual_clusters(
containerProviderId = NULL,
containerProviderType = NULL,
createdAfter = NULL,
createdBefore = NULL,
states = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
eksAccessEntryIntegrated = NULL
)
Arguments
containerProviderId |
The container provider ID of the virtual cluster. |
containerProviderType |
The container provider type of the virtual cluster. Amazon EKS is the only supported type as of now. |
createdAfter |
The date and time after which the virtual clusters are created. |
createdBefore |
The date and time before which the virtual clusters are created. |
states |
The states of the requested virtual clusters. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of virtual clusters that can be listed. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of virtual clusters to return. |
eksAccessEntryIntegrated |
Optional Boolean that specifies whether the operation should return the virtual clusters that have the access entry integration enabled or disabled. If not specified, the operation returns all applicable virtual clusters. |
Starts a job run
Description
Starts a job run. A job run is a unit of work, such as a Spark jar, PySpark script, or SparkSQL query, that you submit to Amazon EMR on EKS.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_start_job_run/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_start_job_run(
name = NULL,
virtualClusterId,
clientToken,
executionRoleArn = NULL,
releaseLabel = NULL,
jobDriver = NULL,
configurationOverrides = NULL,
tags = NULL,
jobTemplateId = NULL,
jobTemplateParameters = NULL,
retryPolicyConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
The name of the job run. |
virtualClusterId |
[required] The virtual cluster ID for which the job run request is submitted. |
clientToken |
[required] The client idempotency token of the job run request. |
executionRoleArn |
The execution role ARN for the job run. |
releaseLabel |
The Amazon EMR release version to use for the job run. |
jobDriver |
The job driver for the job run. |
configurationOverrides |
The configuration overrides for the job run. |
tags |
The tags assigned to job runs. |
jobTemplateId |
The job template ID to be used to start the job run. |
jobTemplateParameters |
The values of job template parameters to start a job run. |
retryPolicyConfiguration |
The retry policy configuration for the job run. |
Assigns tags to resources
Description
Assigns tags to resources. A tag is a label that you assign to an Amazon Web Services resource. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Tags enable you to categorize your Amazon Web Services resources by attributes such as purpose, owner, or environment. When you have many resources of the same type, you can quickly identify a specific resource based on the tags you've assigned to it. For example, you can define a set of tags for your Amazon EMR on EKS clusters to help you track each cluster's owner and stack level. We recommend that you devise a consistent set of tag keys for each resource type. You can then search and filter the resources based on the tags that you add.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN of resources. |
tags |
[required] The tags assigned to resources. |
Removes tags from resources
Description
Removes tags from resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrcontainers_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrcontainers_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN of resources. |
tagKeys |
[required] The tag keys of the resources. |
EMR Serverless
Description
Amazon EMR Serverless is a new deployment option for Amazon EMR. Amazon EMR Serverless provides a serverless runtime environment that simplifies running analytics applications using the latest open source frameworks such as Apache Spark and Apache Hive. With Amazon EMR Serverless, you don’t have to configure, optimize, secure, or operate clusters to run applications with these frameworks.
The API reference to Amazon EMR Serverless is emr-serverless
. The
emr-serverless
prefix is used in the following scenarios:
It is the prefix in the CLI commands for Amazon EMR Serverless. For example,
aws emr-serverless start-job-run
.It is the prefix before IAM policy actions for Amazon EMR Serverless. For example,
"Action": ["emr-serverless:StartJobRun"]
. For more information, see Policy actions for Amazon EMR Serverless.It is the prefix used in Amazon EMR Serverless service endpoints. For example,
emr-serverless.us-east-2.amazonaws.com
.
Usage
emrserverless(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- emrserverless( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
cancel_job_run | Cancels a job run |
create_application | Creates an application |
delete_application | Deletes an application |
get_application | Displays detailed information about a specified application |
get_dashboard_for_job_run | Creates and returns a URL that you can use to access the application UIs for a job run |
get_job_run | Displays detailed information about a job run |
list_applications | Lists applications based on a set of parameters |
list_job_run_attempts | Lists all attempt of a job run |
list_job_runs | Lists job runs based on a set of parameters |
list_tags_for_resource | Lists the tags assigned to the resources |
start_application | Starts a specified application and initializes initial capacity if configured |
start_job_run | Starts a job run |
stop_application | Stops a specified application and releases initial capacity if configured |
tag_resource | Assigns tags to resources |
untag_resource | Removes tags from resources |
update_application | Updates a specified application |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- emrserverless()
svc$cancel_job_run(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Cancels a job run
Description
Cancels a job run.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_cancel_job_run/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_cancel_job_run(applicationId, jobRunId)
Arguments
applicationId |
[required] The ID of the application on which the job run will be canceled. |
jobRunId |
[required] The ID of the job run to cancel. |
Creates an application
Description
Creates an application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_create_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_create_application(
name = NULL,
releaseLabel,
type,
clientToken,
initialCapacity = NULL,
maximumCapacity = NULL,
tags = NULL,
autoStartConfiguration = NULL,
autoStopConfiguration = NULL,
networkConfiguration = NULL,
architecture = NULL,
imageConfiguration = NULL,
workerTypeSpecifications = NULL,
runtimeConfiguration = NULL,
monitoringConfiguration = NULL,
interactiveConfiguration = NULL,
schedulerConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
The name of the application. |
releaseLabel |
[required] The Amazon EMR release associated with the application. |
type |
[required] The type of application you want to start, such as Spark or Hive. |
clientToken |
[required] The client idempotency token of the application to create. Its value must be unique for each request. |
initialCapacity |
The capacity to initialize when the application is created. |
maximumCapacity |
The maximum capacity to allocate when the application is created. This is cumulative across all workers at any given point in time, not just when an application is created. No new resources will be created once any one of the defined limits is hit. |
tags |
The tags assigned to the application. |
autoStartConfiguration |
The configuration for an application to automatically start on job submission. |
autoStopConfiguration |
The configuration for an application to automatically stop after a certain amount of time being idle. |
networkConfiguration |
The network configuration for customer VPC connectivity. |
architecture |
The CPU architecture of an application. |
imageConfiguration |
The image configuration for all worker types. You can either set this
parameter or |
workerTypeSpecifications |
The key-value pairs that specify worker type to
|
runtimeConfiguration |
The Configuration specifications to use when creating an application. Each configuration consists of a classification and properties. This configuration is applied to all the job runs submitted under the application. |
monitoringConfiguration |
The configuration setting for monitoring. |
interactiveConfiguration |
The interactive configuration object that enables the interactive use cases to use when running an application. |
schedulerConfiguration |
The scheduler configuration for batch and streaming jobs running on this application. Supported with release labels emr-7.0.0 and above. |
Deletes an application
Description
Deletes an application. An application has to be in a stopped or created state in order to be deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_delete_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_delete_application(applicationId)
Arguments
applicationId |
[required] The ID of the application that will be deleted. |
Displays detailed information about a specified application
Description
Displays detailed information about a specified application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_get_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_get_application(applicationId)
Arguments
applicationId |
[required] The ID of the application that will be described. |
Creates and returns a URL that you can use to access the application UIs for a job run
Description
Creates and returns a URL that you can use to access the application UIs for a job run.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_get_dashboard_for_job_run/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_get_dashboard_for_job_run(
applicationId,
jobRunId,
attempt = NULL,
accessSystemProfileLogs = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationId |
[required] The ID of the application. |
jobRunId |
[required] The ID of the job run. |
attempt |
An optimal parameter that indicates the amount of attempts for the job. If not specified, this value defaults to the attempt of the latest job. |
accessSystemProfileLogs |
Allows access to system profile logs for Lake Formation-enabled jobs. Default is false. |
Displays detailed information about a job run
Description
Displays detailed information about a job run.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_get_job_run/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_get_job_run(applicationId, jobRunId, attempt = NULL)
Arguments
applicationId |
[required] The ID of the application on which the job run is submitted. |
jobRunId |
[required] The ID of the job run. |
attempt |
An optimal parameter that indicates the amount of attempts for the job. If not specified, this value defaults to the attempt of the latest job. |
Lists applications based on a set of parameters
Description
Lists applications based on a set of parameters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_list_applications/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_list_applications(
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
states = NULL
)
Arguments
nextToken |
The token for the next set of application results. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of applications that can be listed. |
states |
An optional filter for application states. Note that if this filter contains multiple states, the resulting list will be grouped by the state. |
Lists all attempt of a job run
Description
Lists all attempt of a job run.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_list_job_run_attempts/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_list_job_run_attempts(
applicationId,
jobRunId,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationId |
[required] The ID of the application for which to list job runs. |
jobRunId |
[required] The ID of the job run to list. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of job run attempt results. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of job run attempts to list. |
Lists job runs based on a set of parameters
Description
Lists job runs based on a set of parameters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_list_job_runs/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_list_job_runs(
applicationId,
nextToken = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
createdAtAfter = NULL,
createdAtBefore = NULL,
states = NULL,
mode = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationId |
[required] The ID of the application for which to list the job run. |
nextToken |
The token for the next set of job run results. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of job runs that can be listed. |
createdAtAfter |
The lower bound of the option to filter by creation date and time. |
createdAtBefore |
The upper bound of the option to filter by creation date and time. |
states |
An optional filter for job run states. Note that if this filter contains multiple states, the resulting list will be grouped by the state. |
mode |
The mode of the job runs to list. |
Lists the tags assigned to the resources
Description
Lists the tags assigned to the resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list the tags for. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon EMR Serverless applications and job runs. |
Starts a specified application and initializes initial capacity if configured
Description
Starts a specified application and initializes initial capacity if configured.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_start_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_start_application(applicationId)
Arguments
applicationId |
[required] The ID of the application to start. |
Starts a job run
Description
Starts a job run.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_start_job_run/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_start_job_run(
applicationId,
clientToken,
executionRoleArn,
jobDriver = NULL,
configurationOverrides = NULL,
tags = NULL,
executionTimeoutMinutes = NULL,
name = NULL,
mode = NULL,
retryPolicy = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationId |
[required] The ID of the application on which to run the job. |
clientToken |
[required] The client idempotency token of the job run to start. Its value must be unique for each request. |
executionRoleArn |
[required] The execution role ARN for the job run. |
jobDriver |
The job driver for the job run. |
configurationOverrides |
The configuration overrides for the job run. |
tags |
The tags assigned to the job run. |
executionTimeoutMinutes |
The maximum duration for the job run to run. If the job run runs beyond this duration, it will be automatically cancelled. |
name |
The optional job run name. This doesn't have to be unique. |
mode |
The mode of the job run when it starts. |
retryPolicy |
The retry policy when job run starts. |
Stops a specified application and releases initial capacity if configured
Description
Stops a specified application and releases initial capacity if configured. All scheduled and running jobs must be completed or cancelled before stopping an application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_stop_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_stop_application(applicationId)
Arguments
applicationId |
[required] The ID of the application to stop. |
Assigns tags to resources
Description
Assigns tags to resources. A tag is a label that you assign to an Amazon Web Services resource. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. Tags enable you to categorize your Amazon Web Services resources by attributes such as purpose, owner, or environment. When you have many resources of the same type, you can quickly identify a specific resource based on the tags you've assigned to it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list the tags for. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon EMR Serverless applications and job runs. |
tags |
[required] The tags to add to the resource. A tag is an array of key-value pairs. |
Removes tags from resources
Description
Removes tags from resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the resource to list the tags for. Currently, the supported resources are Amazon EMR Serverless applications and job runs. |
tagKeys |
[required] The keys of the tags to be removed. |
Updates a specified application
Description
Updates a specified application. An application has to be in a stopped or created state in order to be updated.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emrserverless_update_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
emrserverless_update_application(
applicationId,
clientToken,
initialCapacity = NULL,
maximumCapacity = NULL,
autoStartConfiguration = NULL,
autoStopConfiguration = NULL,
networkConfiguration = NULL,
architecture = NULL,
imageConfiguration = NULL,
workerTypeSpecifications = NULL,
interactiveConfiguration = NULL,
releaseLabel = NULL,
runtimeConfiguration = NULL,
monitoringConfiguration = NULL,
schedulerConfiguration = NULL
)
Arguments
applicationId |
[required] The ID of the application to update. |
clientToken |
[required] The client idempotency token of the application to update. Its value must be unique for each request. |
initialCapacity |
The capacity to initialize when the application is updated. |
maximumCapacity |
The maximum capacity to allocate when the application is updated. This is cumulative across all workers at any given point in time during the lifespan of the application. No new resources will be created once any one of the defined limits is hit. |
autoStartConfiguration |
The configuration for an application to automatically start on job submission. |
autoStopConfiguration |
The configuration for an application to automatically stop after a certain amount of time being idle. |
networkConfiguration |
|
architecture |
The CPU architecture of an application. |
imageConfiguration |
The image configuration to be used for all worker types. You can either
set this parameter or |
workerTypeSpecifications |
The key-value pairs that specify worker type to
|
interactiveConfiguration |
The interactive configuration object that contains new interactive use cases when the application is updated. |
releaseLabel |
The Amazon EMR release label for the application. You can change the release label to use a different release of Amazon EMR. |
runtimeConfiguration |
The Configuration specifications to use when updating an application. Each configuration consists of a classification and properties. This configuration is applied across all the job runs submitted under the application. |
monitoringConfiguration |
The configuration setting for monitoring. |
schedulerConfiguration |
The scheduler configuration for batch and streaming jobs running on this application. Supported with release labels emr-7.0.0 and above. |
EC2 Image Builder
Description
EC2 Image Builder is a fully managed Amazon Web Services service that makes it easier to automate the creation, management, and deployment of customized, secure, and up-to-date "golden" server images that are pre-installed and pre-configured with software and settings to meet specific IT standards.
Usage
imagebuilder(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- imagebuilder( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
cancel_image_creation | CancelImageCreation cancels the creation of Image |
cancel_lifecycle_execution | Cancel a specific image lifecycle policy runtime instance |
create_component | Creates a new component that can be used to build, validate, test, and assess your image |
create_container_recipe | Creates a new container recipe |
create_distribution_configuration | Creates a new distribution configuration |
create_image | Creates a new image |
create_image_pipeline | Creates a new image pipeline |
create_image_recipe | Creates a new image recipe |
create_infrastructure_configuration | Creates a new infrastructure configuration |
create_lifecycle_policy | Create a lifecycle policy resource |
create_workflow | Create a new workflow or a new version of an existing workflow |
delete_component | Deletes a component build version |
delete_container_recipe | Deletes a container recipe |
delete_distribution_configuration | Deletes a distribution configuration |
delete_image | Deletes an Image Builder image resource |
delete_image_pipeline | Deletes an image pipeline |
delete_image_recipe | Deletes an image recipe |
delete_infrastructure_configuration | Deletes an infrastructure configuration |
delete_lifecycle_policy | Delete the specified lifecycle policy resource |
delete_workflow | Deletes a specific workflow resource |
get_component | Gets a component object |
get_component_policy | Gets a component policy |
get_container_recipe | Retrieves a container recipe |
get_container_recipe_policy | Retrieves the policy for a container recipe |
get_distribution_configuration | Gets a distribution configuration |
get_image | Gets an image |
get_image_pipeline | Gets an image pipeline |
get_image_policy | Gets an image policy |
get_image_recipe | Gets an image recipe |
get_image_recipe_policy | Gets an image recipe policy |
get_infrastructure_configuration | Gets an infrastructure configuration |
get_lifecycle_execution | Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the lifecycle policy |
get_lifecycle_policy | Get details for the specified image lifecycle policy |
get_marketplace_resource | Verify the subscription and perform resource dependency checks on the requested Amazon Web Services Marketplace resource |
get_workflow | Get a workflow resource object |
get_workflow_execution | Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow |
get_workflow_step_execution | Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow step |
import_component | Imports a component and transforms its data into a component document |
import_disk_image | Import a Windows operating system image from a verified Microsoft ISO disk file |
import_vm_image | When you export your virtual machine (VM) from its virtualization environment, that process creates a set of one or more disk container files that act as snapshots of your VM’s environment, settings, and data |
list_component_build_versions | Returns the list of component build versions for the specified component version Amazon Resource Name (ARN) |
list_components | Returns the list of components that can be filtered by name, or by using the listed filters to streamline results |
list_container_recipes | Returns a list of container recipes |
list_distribution_configurations | Returns a list of distribution configurations |
list_image_build_versions | Returns a list of image build versions |
list_image_packages | List the Packages that are associated with an Image Build Version, as determined by Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Inventory at build time |
list_image_pipeline_images | Returns a list of images created by the specified pipeline |
list_image_pipelines | Returns a list of image pipelines |
list_image_recipes | Returns a list of image recipes |
list_images | Returns the list of images that you have access to |
list_image_scan_finding_aggregations | Returns a list of image scan aggregations for your account |
list_image_scan_findings | Returns a list of image scan findings for your account |
list_infrastructure_configurations | Returns a list of infrastructure configurations |
list_lifecycle_execution_resources | List resources that the runtime instance of the image lifecycle identified for lifecycle actions |
list_lifecycle_executions | Get the lifecycle runtime history for the specified resource |
list_lifecycle_policies | Get a list of lifecycle policies in your Amazon Web Services account |
list_tags_for_resource | Returns the list of tags for the specified resource |
list_waiting_workflow_steps | Get a list of workflow steps that are waiting for action for workflows in your Amazon Web Services account |
list_workflow_build_versions | Returns a list of build versions for a specific workflow resource |
list_workflow_executions | Returns a list of workflow runtime instance metadata objects for a specific image build version |
list_workflows | Lists workflow build versions based on filtering parameters |
list_workflow_step_executions | Returns runtime data for each step in a runtime instance of the workflow that you specify in the request |
put_component_policy | Applies a policy to a component |
put_container_recipe_policy | Applies a policy to a container image |
put_image_policy | Applies a policy to an image |
put_image_recipe_policy | Applies a policy to an image recipe |
send_workflow_step_action | Pauses or resumes image creation when the associated workflow runs a WaitForAction step |
start_image_pipeline_execution | Manually triggers a pipeline to create an image |
start_resource_state_update | Begin asynchronous resource state update for lifecycle changes to the specified image resources |
tag_resource | Adds a tag to a resource |
untag_resource | Removes a tag from a resource |
update_distribution_configuration | Updates a new distribution configuration |
update_image_pipeline | Updates an image pipeline |
update_infrastructure_configuration | Updates a new infrastructure configuration |
update_lifecycle_policy | Update the specified lifecycle policy |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- imagebuilder()
svc$cancel_image_creation(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
CancelImageCreation cancels the creation of Image
Description
CancelImageCreation cancels the creation of Image. This operation can only be used on images in a non-terminal state.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_cancel_image_creation/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_cancel_image_creation(imageBuildVersionArn, clientToken)
Arguments
imageBuildVersionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image that you want to cancel creation for. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Cancel a specific image lifecycle policy runtime instance
Description
Cancel a specific image lifecycle policy runtime instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_cancel_lifecycle_execution/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_cancel_lifecycle_execution(lifecycleExecutionId, clientToken)
Arguments
lifecycleExecutionId |
[required] Identifies the specific runtime instance of the image lifecycle to cancel. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Creates a new component that can be used to build, validate, test, and assess your image
Description
Creates a new component that can be used to build, validate, test, and assess your image. The component is based on a YAML document that you specify using exactly one of the following methods:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_component/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_create_component(
name,
semanticVersion,
description = NULL,
changeDescription = NULL,
platform,
supportedOsVersions = NULL,
data = NULL,
uri = NULL,
kmsKeyId = NULL,
tags = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the component. |
semanticVersion |
[required] The semantic version of the component. This version follows the semantic version syntax. The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them. Assignment: For the first three nodes you can assign any positive integer value, including zero, with an upper limit of 2^30-1, or 1073741823 for each node. Image Builder automatically assigns the build number to the fourth node. Patterns: You can use any numeric pattern that adheres to the assignment requirements for the nodes that you can assign. For example, you might choose a software version pattern, such as 1.0.0, or a date, such as 2021.01.01. |
description |
Describes the contents of the component. |
changeDescription |
The change description of the component. Describes what change has been made in this version, or what makes this version different from other versions of the component. |
platform |
[required] The operating system platform of the component. |
supportedOsVersions |
The operating system (OS) version supported by the component. If the OS information is available, a prefix match is performed against the base image OS version during image recipe creation. |
data |
Component |
uri |
The Alternatively, you can specify the YAML document inline, using the
component |
kmsKeyId |
The ID of the KMS key that is used to encrypt this component. |
tags |
The tags that apply to the component. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Creates a new container recipe
Description
Creates a new container recipe. Container recipes define how images are configured, tested, and assessed.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_container_recipe/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_create_container_recipe(
containerType,
name,
description = NULL,
semanticVersion,
components,
instanceConfiguration = NULL,
dockerfileTemplateData = NULL,
dockerfileTemplateUri = NULL,
platformOverride = NULL,
imageOsVersionOverride = NULL,
parentImage,
tags = NULL,
workingDirectory = NULL,
targetRepository,
kmsKeyId = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
containerType |
[required] The type of container to create. |
name |
[required] The name of the container recipe. |
description |
The description of the container recipe. |
semanticVersion |
[required] The semantic version of the container recipe. This version follows the semantic version syntax. The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them. Assignment: For the first three nodes you can assign any positive integer value, including zero, with an upper limit of 2^30-1, or 1073741823 for each node. Image Builder automatically assigns the build number to the fourth node. Patterns: You can use any numeric pattern that adheres to the assignment requirements for the nodes that you can assign. For example, you might choose a software version pattern, such as 1.0.0, or a date, such as 2021.01.01. |
components |
[required] Components for build and test that are included in the container recipe. Recipes require a minimum of one build component, and can have a maximum of 20 build and test components in any combination. |
instanceConfiguration |
A group of options that can be used to configure an instance for building and testing container images. |
dockerfileTemplateData |
The Dockerfile template used to build your image as an inline data blob. |
dockerfileTemplateUri |
The Amazon S3 URI for the Dockerfile that will be used to build your container image. |
platformOverride |
Specifies the operating system platform when you use a custom base image. |
imageOsVersionOverride |
Specifies the operating system version for the base image. |
parentImage |
[required] The base image for the container recipe. |
tags |
Tags that are attached to the container recipe. |
workingDirectory |
The working directory for use during build and test workflows. |
targetRepository |
[required] The destination repository for the container image. |
kmsKeyId |
Identifies which KMS key is used to encrypt the Dockerfile template. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Creates a new distribution configuration
Description
Creates a new distribution configuration. Distribution configurations define and configure the outputs of your pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_distribution_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_create_distribution_configuration(
name,
description = NULL,
distributions,
tags = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the distribution configuration. |
description |
The description of the distribution configuration. |
distributions |
[required] The distributions of the distribution configuration. |
tags |
The tags of the distribution configuration. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Creates a new image
Description
Creates a new image. This request will create a new image along with all of the configured output resources defined in the distribution configuration. You must specify exactly one recipe for your image, using either a ContainerRecipeArn or an ImageRecipeArn.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_create_image(
imageRecipeArn = NULL,
containerRecipeArn = NULL,
distributionConfigurationArn = NULL,
infrastructureConfigurationArn,
imageTestsConfiguration = NULL,
enhancedImageMetadataEnabled = NULL,
tags = NULL,
clientToken,
imageScanningConfiguration = NULL,
workflows = NULL,
executionRole = NULL
)
Arguments
imageRecipeArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that defines how images are configured, tested, and assessed. |
containerRecipeArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe that defines how images are configured and tested. |
distributionConfigurationArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration that defines and configures the outputs of your pipeline. |
infrastructureConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration that defines the environment in which your image will be built and tested. |
imageTestsConfiguration |
The image tests configuration of the image. |
enhancedImageMetadataEnabled |
Collects additional information about the image being created, including the operating system (OS) version and package list. This information is used to enhance the overall experience of using EC2 Image Builder. Enabled by default. |
tags |
The tags of the image. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
imageScanningConfiguration |
Contains settings for vulnerability scans. |
workflows |
Contains an array of workflow configuration objects. |
executionRole |
The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role you create that grants Image Builder access to perform workflow actions. |
Creates a new image pipeline
Description
Creates a new image pipeline. Image pipelines enable you to automate the creation and distribution of images.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_image_pipeline/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_create_image_pipeline(
name,
description = NULL,
imageRecipeArn = NULL,
containerRecipeArn = NULL,
infrastructureConfigurationArn,
distributionConfigurationArn = NULL,
imageTestsConfiguration = NULL,
enhancedImageMetadataEnabled = NULL,
schedule = NULL,
status = NULL,
tags = NULL,
clientToken,
imageScanningConfiguration = NULL,
workflows = NULL,
executionRole = NULL
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the image pipeline. |
description |
The description of the image pipeline. |
imageRecipeArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that will be used to configure images created by this image pipeline. |
containerRecipeArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe that is used to configure images created by this container pipeline. |
infrastructureConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration that will be used to build images created by this image pipeline. |
distributionConfigurationArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration that will be used to configure and distribute images created by this image pipeline. |
imageTestsConfiguration |
The image test configuration of the image pipeline. |
enhancedImageMetadataEnabled |
Collects additional information about the image being created, including the operating system (OS) version and package list. This information is used to enhance the overall experience of using EC2 Image Builder. Enabled by default. |
schedule |
The schedule of the image pipeline. |
status |
The status of the image pipeline. |
tags |
The tags of the image pipeline. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
imageScanningConfiguration |
Contains settings for vulnerability scans. |
workflows |
Contains an array of workflow configuration objects. |
executionRole |
The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role you create that grants Image Builder access to perform workflow actions. |
Creates a new image recipe
Description
Creates a new image recipe. Image recipes define how images are configured, tested, and assessed.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_image_recipe/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_create_image_recipe(
name,
description = NULL,
semanticVersion,
components,
parentImage,
blockDeviceMappings = NULL,
tags = NULL,
workingDirectory = NULL,
additionalInstanceConfiguration = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the image recipe. |
description |
The description of the image recipe. |
semanticVersion |
[required] The semantic version of the image recipe. This version follows the semantic version syntax. The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them. Assignment: For the first three nodes you can assign any positive integer value, including zero, with an upper limit of 2^30-1, or 1073741823 for each node. Image Builder automatically assigns the build number to the fourth node. Patterns: You can use any numeric pattern that adheres to the assignment requirements for the nodes that you can assign. For example, you might choose a software version pattern, such as 1.0.0, or a date, such as 2021.01.01. |
components |
[required] The components included in the image recipe. |
parentImage |
[required] The base image of the image recipe. The value of the string can be the
ARN of the base image or an AMI ID. The format for the ARN follows this
example:
|
blockDeviceMappings |
The block device mappings of the image recipe. |
tags |
The tags of the image recipe. |
workingDirectory |
The working directory used during build and test workflows. |
additionalInstanceConfiguration |
Specify additional settings and launch scripts for your build instances. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Creates a new infrastructure configuration
Description
Creates a new infrastructure configuration. An infrastructure configuration defines the environment in which your image will be built and tested.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_infrastructure_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_create_infrastructure_configuration(
name,
description = NULL,
instanceTypes = NULL,
instanceProfileName,
securityGroupIds = NULL,
subnetId = NULL,
logging = NULL,
keyPair = NULL,
terminateInstanceOnFailure = NULL,
snsTopicArn = NULL,
resourceTags = NULL,
instanceMetadataOptions = NULL,
tags = NULL,
placement = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the infrastructure configuration. |
description |
The description of the infrastructure configuration. |
instanceTypes |
The instance types of the infrastructure configuration. You can specify one or more instance types to use for this build. The service will pick one of these instance types based on availability. |
instanceProfileName |
[required] The instance profile to associate with the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI. |
securityGroupIds |
The security group IDs to associate with the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI. |
subnetId |
The subnet ID in which to place the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI. |
logging |
The logging configuration of the infrastructure configuration. |
keyPair |
The key pair of the infrastructure configuration. You can use this to log on to and debug the instance used to create your image. |
terminateInstanceOnFailure |
The terminate instance on failure setting of the infrastructure configuration. Set to false if you want Image Builder to retain the instance used to configure your AMI if the build or test phase of your workflow fails. |
snsTopicArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the SNS topic to which we send image build event notifications. EC2 Image Builder is unable to send notifications to SNS topics that are encrypted using keys from other accounts. The key that is used to encrypt the SNS topic must reside in the account that the Image Builder service runs under. |
resourceTags |
The metadata tags to assign to the Amazon EC2 instance that Image Builder launches during the build process. Tags are formatted as key value pairs. |
instanceMetadataOptions |
The instance metadata options that you can set for the HTTP requests that pipeline builds use to launch EC2 build and test instances. |
tags |
The metadata tags to assign to the infrastructure configuration resource that Image Builder creates as output. Tags are formatted as key value pairs. |
placement |
The instance placement settings that define where the instances that are launched from your image will run. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Create a lifecycle policy resource
Description
Create a lifecycle policy resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_create_lifecycle_policy(
name,
description = NULL,
status = NULL,
executionRole,
resourceType,
policyDetails,
resourceSelection,
tags = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the lifecycle policy to create. |
description |
Optional description for the lifecycle policy. |
status |
Indicates whether the lifecycle policy resource is enabled. |
executionRole |
[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role you create that grants Image Builder access to run lifecycle actions. |
resourceType |
[required] The type of Image Builder resource that the lifecycle policy applies to. |
policyDetails |
[required] Configuration details for the lifecycle policy rules. |
resourceSelection |
[required] Selection criteria for the resources that the lifecycle policy applies to. |
tags |
Tags to apply to the lifecycle policy resource. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Create a new workflow or a new version of an existing workflow
Description
Create a new workflow or a new version of an existing workflow.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_create_workflow/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_create_workflow(
name,
semanticVersion,
description = NULL,
changeDescription = NULL,
data = NULL,
uri = NULL,
kmsKeyId = NULL,
tags = NULL,
clientToken,
type
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the workflow to create. |
semanticVersion |
[required] The semantic version of this workflow resource. The semantic version syntax adheres to the following rules. The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them. Assignment: For the first three nodes you can assign any positive integer value, including zero, with an upper limit of 2^30-1, or 1073741823 for each node. Image Builder automatically assigns the build number to the fourth node. Patterns: You can use any numeric pattern that adheres to the assignment requirements for the nodes that you can assign. For example, you might choose a software version pattern, such as 1.0.0, or a date, such as 2021.01.01. |
description |
Describes the workflow. |
changeDescription |
Describes what change has been made in this version of the workflow, or what makes this version different from other versions of the workflow. |
data |
Contains the UTF-8 encoded YAML document content for the workflow.
Alternatively, you can specify the |
uri |
The Alternatively, you can specify the YAML document inline, using the
component |
kmsKeyId |
The ID of the KMS key that is used to encrypt this workflow resource. |
tags |
Tags that apply to the workflow resource. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
type |
[required] The phase in the image build process for which the workflow resource is responsible. |
Deletes a component build version
Description
Deletes a component build version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_component/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_delete_component(componentBuildVersionArn)
Arguments
componentBuildVersionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the component build version to delete. |
Deletes a container recipe
Description
Deletes a container recipe.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_container_recipe/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_delete_container_recipe(containerRecipeArn)
Arguments
containerRecipeArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe to delete. |
Deletes a distribution configuration
Description
Deletes a distribution configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_distribution_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_delete_distribution_configuration(distributionConfigurationArn)
Arguments
distributionConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration to delete. |
Deletes an Image Builder image resource
Description
Deletes an Image Builder image resource. This does not delete any EC2 AMIs or ECR container images that are created during the image build process. You must clean those up separately, using the appropriate Amazon EC2 or Amazon ECR console actions, or API or CLI commands.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_delete_image(imageBuildVersionArn)
Arguments
imageBuildVersionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Image Builder image resource to delete. |
Deletes an image pipeline
Description
Deletes an image pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_image_pipeline/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_delete_image_pipeline(imagePipelineArn)
Arguments
imagePipelineArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image pipeline to delete. |
Deletes an image recipe
Description
Deletes an image recipe.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_image_recipe/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_delete_image_recipe(imageRecipeArn)
Arguments
imageRecipeArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe to delete. |
Deletes an infrastructure configuration
Description
Deletes an infrastructure configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_infrastructure_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_delete_infrastructure_configuration(
infrastructureConfigurationArn
)
Arguments
infrastructureConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration to delete. |
Delete the specified lifecycle policy resource
Description
Delete the specified lifecycle policy resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_delete_lifecycle_policy(lifecyclePolicyArn)
Arguments
lifecyclePolicyArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the lifecycle policy resource to delete. |
Deletes a specific workflow resource
Description
Deletes a specific workflow resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_delete_workflow/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_delete_workflow(workflowBuildVersionArn)
Arguments
workflowBuildVersionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the workflow resource to delete. |
Gets a component object
Description
Gets a component object.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_component/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_component(componentBuildVersionArn)
Arguments
componentBuildVersionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the component that you want to get.
Regex requires the suffix |
Gets a component policy
Description
Gets a component policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_component_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_component_policy(componentArn)
Arguments
componentArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the component whose policy you want to retrieve. |
Retrieves a container recipe
Description
Retrieves a container recipe.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_container_recipe/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_container_recipe(containerRecipeArn)
Arguments
containerRecipeArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe to retrieve. |
Retrieves the policy for a container recipe
Description
Retrieves the policy for a container recipe.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_container_recipe_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_container_recipe_policy(containerRecipeArn)
Arguments
containerRecipeArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe for the policy being requested. |
Gets a distribution configuration
Description
Gets a distribution configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_distribution_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_distribution_configuration(distributionConfigurationArn)
Arguments
distributionConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration that you want to retrieve. |
Gets an image
Description
Gets an image.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_image(imageBuildVersionArn)
Arguments
imageBuildVersionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image that you want to get. |
Gets an image pipeline
Description
Gets an image pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_image_pipeline/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_image_pipeline(imagePipelineArn)
Arguments
imagePipelineArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image pipeline that you want to retrieve. |
Gets an image policy
Description
Gets an image policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_image_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_image_policy(imageArn)
Arguments
imageArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image whose policy you want to retrieve. |
Gets an image recipe
Description
Gets an image recipe.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_image_recipe/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_image_recipe(imageRecipeArn)
Arguments
imageRecipeArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that you want to retrieve. |
Gets an image recipe policy
Description
Gets an image recipe policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_image_recipe_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_image_recipe_policy(imageRecipeArn)
Arguments
imageRecipeArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe whose policy you want to retrieve. |
Gets an infrastructure configuration
Description
Gets an infrastructure configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_infrastructure_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_infrastructure_configuration(infrastructureConfigurationArn)
Arguments
infrastructureConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration that you want to retrieve. |
Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the lifecycle policy
Description
Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the lifecycle policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_lifecycle_execution/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_lifecycle_execution(lifecycleExecutionId)
Arguments
lifecycleExecutionId |
[required] Use the unique identifier for a runtime instance of the lifecycle policy to get runtime details. |
Get details for the specified image lifecycle policy
Description
Get details for the specified image lifecycle policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_lifecycle_policy(lifecyclePolicyArn)
Arguments
lifecyclePolicyArn |
[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image lifecycle policy resource to get. |
Verify the subscription and perform resource dependency checks on the requested Amazon Web Services Marketplace resource
Description
Verify the subscription and perform resource dependency checks on the requested Amazon Web Services Marketplace resource. For Amazon Web Services Marketplace components, the response contains fields to download the components and their artifacts.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_marketplace_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_marketplace_resource(
resourceType,
resourceArn,
resourceLocation = NULL
)
Arguments
resourceType |
[required] Specifies which type of Amazon Web Services Marketplace resource Image Builder retrieves. |
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies an Amazon Web Services Marketplace resource. |
resourceLocation |
The bucket path that you can specify to download the resource from Amazon S3. |
Get a workflow resource object
Description
Get a workflow resource object.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_workflow/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_workflow(workflowBuildVersionArn)
Arguments
workflowBuildVersionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the workflow resource that you want to get. |
Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow
Description
Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_workflow_execution/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_workflow_execution(workflowExecutionId)
Arguments
workflowExecutionId |
[required] Use the unique identifier for a runtime instance of the workflow to get runtime details. |
Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow step
Description
Get the runtime information that was logged for a specific runtime instance of the workflow step.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_get_workflow_step_execution/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_get_workflow_step_execution(stepExecutionId)
Arguments
stepExecutionId |
[required] Use the unique identifier for a specific runtime instance of the workflow step to get runtime details for that step. |
Imports a component and transforms its data into a component document
Description
Imports a component and transforms its data into a component document.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_import_component/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_import_component(
name,
semanticVersion,
description = NULL,
changeDescription = NULL,
type,
format,
platform,
data = NULL,
uri = NULL,
kmsKeyId = NULL,
tags = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the component. |
semanticVersion |
[required] The semantic version of the component. This version follows the semantic version syntax. The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them. Filtering: With semantic versioning, you have the flexibility to use wildcards (x) to specify the most recent versions or nodes when selecting the base image or components for your recipe. When you use a wildcard in any node, all nodes to the right of the first wildcard must also be wildcards. |
description |
The description of the component. Describes the contents of the component. |
changeDescription |
The change description of the component. This description indicates the change that has been made in this version, or what makes this version different from other versions of the component. |
type |
[required] The type of the component denotes whether the component is used to build the image, or only to test it. |
format |
[required] The format of the resource that you want to import as a component. |
platform |
[required] The platform of the component. |
data |
The data of the component. Used to specify the data inline. Either
|
uri |
The uri of the component. Must be an Amazon S3 URL and the requester
must have permission to access the Amazon S3 bucket. If you use Amazon
S3, you can specify component content up to your service quota. Either
|
kmsKeyId |
The ID of the KMS key that should be used to encrypt this component. |
tags |
The tags of the component. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Import a Windows operating system image from a verified Microsoft ISO disk file
Description
Import a Windows operating system image from a verified Microsoft ISO disk file. The following disk images are supported:
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_import_disk_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_import_disk_image(
name,
semanticVersion,
description = NULL,
platform,
osVersion,
executionRole = NULL,
infrastructureConfigurationArn,
uri,
tags = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the image resource that's created from the import. |
semanticVersion |
[required] The semantic version to attach to the image that's created during the import process. This version follows the semantic version syntax. |
description |
The description for your disk image import. |
platform |
[required] The operating system platform for the imported image. Allowed values
include the following: |
osVersion |
[required] The operating system version for the imported image. Allowed values
include the following: |
executionRole |
The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role you create that grants Image Builder access to perform workflow actions to import an image from a Microsoft ISO file. |
infrastructureConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration resource that's used for launching the EC2 instance on which the ISO image is built. |
uri |
[required] The |
tags |
Tags that are attached to image resources created from the import. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
When you export your virtual machine (VM) from its virtualization environment, that process creates a set of one or more disk container files that act as snapshots of your VM’s environment, settings, and data
Description
When you export your virtual machine (VM) from its virtualization environment, that process creates a set of one or more disk container files that act as snapshots of your VM’s environment, settings, and data. The Amazon EC2 API ImportImage action uses those files to import your VM and create an AMI. To import using the CLI command, see import-image
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_import_vm_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_import_vm_image(
name,
semanticVersion,
description = NULL,
platform,
osVersion = NULL,
vmImportTaskId,
tags = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the base image that is created by the import process. |
semanticVersion |
[required] The semantic version to attach to the base image that was created during the import process. This version follows the semantic version syntax. The semantic version has four nodes: \<major\>.\<minor\>.\<patch\>/\<build\>. You can assign values for the first three, and can filter on all of them. Assignment: For the first three nodes you can assign any positive integer value, including zero, with an upper limit of 2^30-1, or 1073741823 for each node. Image Builder automatically assigns the build number to the fourth node. Patterns: You can use any numeric pattern that adheres to the assignment requirements for the nodes that you can assign. For example, you might choose a software version pattern, such as 1.0.0, or a date, such as 2021.01.01. |
description |
The description for the base image that is created by the import process. |
platform |
[required] The operating system platform for the imported VM. |
osVersion |
The operating system version for the imported VM. |
vmImportTaskId |
[required] The |
tags |
Tags that are attached to the import resources. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Returns the list of component build versions for the specified component version Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
Description
Returns the list of component build versions for the specified component version Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_component_build_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_component_build_versions(
componentVersionArn,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
componentVersionArn |
[required] The component version Amazon Resource Name (ARN) whose versions you want to list. |
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns the list of components that can be filtered by name, or by using the listed filters to streamline results
Description
Returns the list of components that can be filtered by name, or by using the listed filters
to streamline results. Newly created components can take up to two minutes to appear in the ListComponents API Results.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_components/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_components(
owner = NULL,
filters = NULL,
byName = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
owner |
Filters results based on the type of owner for the component. By default, this request returns a list of components that your account owns. To see results for other types of owners, you can specify components that Amazon manages, third party components, or components that other accounts have shared with you. |
filters |
Use the following filters to streamline results:
|
byName |
Returns the list of components for the specified name. |
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns a list of container recipes
Description
Returns a list of container recipes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_container_recipes/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_container_recipes(
owner = NULL,
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
owner |
Returns container recipes belonging to the specified owner, that have been shared with you. You can omit this field to return container recipes belonging to your account. |
filters |
Use the following filters to streamline results:
|
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns a list of distribution configurations
Description
Returns a list of distribution configurations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_distribution_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_distribution_configurations(
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
filters |
You can filter on |
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns a list of image build versions
Description
Returns a list of image build versions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_build_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_image_build_versions(
imageVersionArn,
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
imageVersionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image whose build versions you want to retrieve. |
filters |
Use the following filters to streamline results:
|
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
List the Packages that are associated with an Image Build Version, as determined by Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Inventory at build time
Description
List the Packages that are associated with an Image Build Version, as determined by Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Inventory at build time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_packages/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_image_packages(
imageBuildVersionArn,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
imageBuildVersionArn |
[required] Filter results for the ListImagePackages request by the Image Build Version ARN |
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns a list of images created by the specified pipeline
Description
Returns a list of images created by the specified pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_pipeline_images/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_image_pipeline_images(
imagePipelineArn,
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
imagePipelineArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image pipeline whose images you want to view. |
filters |
Use the following filters to streamline results:
|
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns a list of image pipelines
Description
Returns a list of image pipelines.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_pipelines/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_image_pipelines(
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
filters |
Use the following filters to streamline results:
|
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns a list of image recipes
Description
Returns a list of image recipes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_recipes/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_image_recipes(
owner = NULL,
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
owner |
The owner defines which image recipes you want to list. By default, this request will only show image recipes owned by your account. You can use this field to specify if you want to view image recipes owned by yourself, by Amazon, or those image recipes that have been shared with you by other customers. |
filters |
Use the following filters to streamline results:
|
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns a list of image scan aggregations for your account
Description
Returns a list of image scan aggregations for your account. You can filter by the type of key that Image Builder uses to group results. For example, if you want to get a list of findings by severity level for one of your pipelines, you might specify your pipeline with the imagePipelineArn
filter. If you don't specify a filter, Image Builder returns an aggregation for your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_scan_finding_aggregations/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_image_scan_finding_aggregations(
filter = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
filter |
|
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns a list of image scan findings for your account
Description
Returns a list of image scan findings for your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_image_scan_findings/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_image_scan_findings(
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
filters |
An array of name value pairs that you can use to filter your results. You can use the following filters to streamline results:
If you don't request a filter, then all findings in your account are listed. |
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns the list of images that you have access to
Description
Returns the list of images that you have access to. Newly created images can take up to two minutes to appear in the ListImages API Results.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_images/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_images(
owner = NULL,
filters = NULL,
byName = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
includeDeprecated = NULL
)
Arguments
owner |
The owner defines which images you want to list. By default, this request will only show images owned by your account. You can use this field to specify if you want to view images owned by yourself, by Amazon, or those images that have been shared with you by other customers. |
filters |
Use the following filters to streamline results:
|
byName |
Requests a list of images with a specific recipe name. |
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
includeDeprecated |
Includes deprecated images in the response list. |
Returns a list of infrastructure configurations
Description
Returns a list of infrastructure configurations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_infrastructure_configurations/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_infrastructure_configurations(
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
filters |
You can filter on |
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
List resources that the runtime instance of the image lifecycle identified for lifecycle actions
Description
List resources that the runtime instance of the image lifecycle identified for lifecycle actions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_execution_resources/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_execution_resources(
lifecycleExecutionId,
parentResourceId = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
lifecycleExecutionId |
[required] Use the unique identifier for a runtime instance of the lifecycle policy to get runtime details. |
parentResourceId |
You can leave this empty to get a list of Image Builder resources that were identified for lifecycle actions. To get a list of associated resources that are impacted for an individual resource (the parent), specify its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Associated resources are produced from your image and distributed when you run a build, such as AMIs or container images stored in ECR repositories. |
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Get the lifecycle runtime history for the specified resource
Description
Get the lifecycle runtime history for the specified resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_executions/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_executions(
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
resourceArn
)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which to get a list of lifecycle runtime instances. |
Get a list of lifecycle policies in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Get a list of lifecycle policies in your Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_policies/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_lifecycle_policies(
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
filters |
Streamline results based on one of the following values: |
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns the list of tags for the specified resource
Description
Returns the list of tags for the specified resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource whose tags you want to retrieve. |
Get a list of workflow steps that are waiting for action for workflows in your Amazon Web Services account
Description
Get a list of workflow steps that are waiting for action for workflows in your Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_waiting_workflow_steps/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_waiting_workflow_steps(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns a list of build versions for a specific workflow resource
Description
Returns a list of build versions for a specific workflow resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_workflow_build_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_workflow_build_versions(
workflowVersionArn,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
workflowVersionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the workflow resource for which to get a list of build versions. |
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Returns a list of workflow runtime instance metadata objects for a specific image build version
Description
Returns a list of workflow runtime instance metadata objects for a specific image build version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_workflow_executions/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_workflow_executions(
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
imageBuildVersionArn
)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
imageBuildVersionArn |
[required] List all workflow runtime instances for the specified image build version resource ARN. |
Returns runtime data for each step in a runtime instance of the workflow that you specify in the request
Description
Returns runtime data for each step in a runtime instance of the workflow that you specify in the request.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_workflow_step_executions/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_workflow_step_executions(
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
workflowExecutionId
)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
workflowExecutionId |
[required] The unique identifier that Image Builder assigned to keep track of runtime details when it ran the workflow. |
Lists workflow build versions based on filtering parameters
Description
Lists workflow build versions based on filtering parameters.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_list_workflows/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_list_workflows(
owner = NULL,
filters = NULL,
byName = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
owner |
Used to get a list of workflow build version filtered by the identity of the creator. |
filters |
Used to streamline search results. |
byName |
Specify all or part of the workflow name to streamline results. |
maxResults |
The maximum items to return in a request. |
nextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the nextToken from a previously truncated response. |
Applies a policy to a component
Description
Applies a policy to a component. We recommend that you call the RAM API CreateResourceShare to share resources. If you call the Image Builder API put_component_policy
, you must also call the RAM API PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy in order for the resource to be visible to all principals with whom the resource is shared.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_put_component_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_put_component_policy(componentArn, policy)
Arguments
componentArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the component that this policy should be applied to. |
policy |
[required] The policy to apply. |
Applies a policy to a container image
Description
Applies a policy to a container image. We recommend that you call the RAM API CreateResourceShare (https://docs.aws.amazon.com//ram/latest/APIReference/API_CreateResourceShare.html) to share resources. If you call the Image Builder API PutContainerImagePolicy
, you must also call the RAM API PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com//ram/latest/APIReference/API_PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy.html) in order for the resource to be visible to all principals with whom the resource is shared.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_put_container_recipe_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_put_container_recipe_policy(containerRecipeArn, policy)
Arguments
containerRecipeArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container recipe that this policy should be applied to. |
policy |
[required] The policy to apply to the container recipe. |
Applies a policy to an image
Description
Applies a policy to an image. We recommend that you call the RAM API CreateResourceShare to share resources. If you call the Image Builder API put_image_policy
, you must also call the RAM API PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy in order for the resource to be visible to all principals with whom the resource is shared.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_put_image_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_put_image_policy(imageArn, policy)
Arguments
imageArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image that this policy should be applied to. |
policy |
[required] The policy to apply. |
Applies a policy to an image recipe
Description
Applies a policy to an image recipe. We recommend that you call the RAM API CreateResourceShare to share resources. If you call the Image Builder API put_image_recipe_policy
, you must also call the RAM API PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy in order for the resource to be visible to all principals with whom the resource is shared.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_put_image_recipe_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_put_image_recipe_policy(imageRecipeArn, policy)
Arguments
imageRecipeArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that this policy should be applied to. |
policy |
[required] The policy to apply. |
Pauses or resumes image creation when the associated workflow runs a WaitForAction step
Description
Pauses or resumes image creation when the associated workflow runs a WaitForAction
step.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_send_workflow_step_action/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_send_workflow_step_action(
stepExecutionId,
imageBuildVersionArn,
action,
reason = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
stepExecutionId |
[required] Uniquely identifies the workflow step that sent the step action. |
imageBuildVersionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image build version to send action for. |
action |
[required] The action for the image creation process to take while a workflow
|
reason |
The reason why this action is sent. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Manually triggers a pipeline to create an image
Description
Manually triggers a pipeline to create an image.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_start_image_pipeline_execution/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_start_image_pipeline_execution(imagePipelineArn, clientToken)
Arguments
imagePipelineArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image pipeline that you want to manually invoke. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Begin asynchronous resource state update for lifecycle changes to the specified image resources
Description
Begin asynchronous resource state update for lifecycle changes to the specified image resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_start_resource_state_update/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_start_resource_state_update(
resourceArn,
state,
executionRole = NULL,
includeResources = NULL,
exclusionRules = NULL,
updateAt = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The ARN of the Image Builder resource that is updated. The state update might also impact associated resources. |
state |
[required] Indicates the lifecycle action to take for this request. |
executionRole |
The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that’s used to update image state. |
includeResources |
A list of image resources to update state for. |
exclusionRules |
Skip action on the image resource and associated resources if specified exclusion rules are met. |
updateAt |
The timestamp that indicates when resources are updated by a lifecycle action. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Adds a tag to a resource
Description
Adds a tag to a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to tag. |
tags |
[required] The tags to apply to the resource. |
Removes a tag from a resource
Description
Removes a tag from a resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to untag. |
tagKeys |
[required] The tag keys to remove from the resource. |
Updates a new distribution configuration
Description
Updates a new distribution configuration. Distribution configurations define and configure the outputs of your pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_update_distribution_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_update_distribution_configuration(
distributionConfigurationArn,
description = NULL,
distributions,
clientToken
)
Arguments
distributionConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration that you want to update. |
description |
The description of the distribution configuration. |
distributions |
[required] The distributions of the distribution configuration. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Updates an image pipeline
Description
Updates an image pipeline. Image pipelines enable you to automate the creation and distribution of images. You must specify exactly one recipe for your image, using either a containerRecipeArn
or an imageRecipeArn
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_update_image_pipeline/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_update_image_pipeline(
imagePipelineArn,
description = NULL,
imageRecipeArn = NULL,
containerRecipeArn = NULL,
infrastructureConfigurationArn,
distributionConfigurationArn = NULL,
imageTestsConfiguration = NULL,
enhancedImageMetadataEnabled = NULL,
schedule = NULL,
status = NULL,
clientToken,
imageScanningConfiguration = NULL,
workflows = NULL,
executionRole = NULL
)
Arguments
imagePipelineArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image pipeline that you want to update. |
description |
The description of the image pipeline. |
imageRecipeArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the image recipe that will be used to configure images updated by this image pipeline. |
containerRecipeArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container pipeline to update. |
infrastructureConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration that Image Builder uses to build images that this image pipeline has updated. |
distributionConfigurationArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the distribution configuration that Image Builder uses to configure and distribute images that this image pipeline has updated. |
imageTestsConfiguration |
The image test configuration of the image pipeline. |
enhancedImageMetadataEnabled |
Collects additional information about the image being created, including the operating system (OS) version and package list. This information is used to enhance the overall experience of using EC2 Image Builder. Enabled by default. |
schedule |
The schedule of the image pipeline. |
status |
The status of the image pipeline. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
imageScanningConfiguration |
Contains settings for vulnerability scans. |
workflows |
Contains the workflows to run for the pipeline. |
executionRole |
The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role you create that grants Image Builder access to perform workflow actions. |
Updates a new infrastructure configuration
Description
Updates a new infrastructure configuration. An infrastructure configuration defines the environment in which your image will be built and tested.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_update_infrastructure_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_update_infrastructure_configuration(
infrastructureConfigurationArn,
description = NULL,
instanceTypes = NULL,
instanceProfileName,
securityGroupIds = NULL,
subnetId = NULL,
logging = NULL,
keyPair = NULL,
terminateInstanceOnFailure = NULL,
snsTopicArn = NULL,
resourceTags = NULL,
instanceMetadataOptions = NULL,
placement = NULL,
clientToken
)
Arguments
infrastructureConfigurationArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the infrastructure configuration that you want to update. |
description |
The description of the infrastructure configuration. |
instanceTypes |
The instance types of the infrastructure configuration. You can specify one or more instance types to use for this build. The service will pick one of these instance types based on availability. |
instanceProfileName |
[required] The instance profile to associate with the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI. |
securityGroupIds |
The security group IDs to associate with the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI. |
subnetId |
The subnet ID to place the instance used to customize your Amazon EC2 AMI in. |
logging |
The logging configuration of the infrastructure configuration. |
keyPair |
The key pair of the infrastructure configuration. You can use this to log on to and debug the instance used to create your image. |
terminateInstanceOnFailure |
The terminate instance on failure setting of the infrastructure configuration. Set to false if you want Image Builder to retain the instance used to configure your AMI if the build or test phase of your workflow fails. |
snsTopicArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the SNS topic to which we send image build event notifications. EC2 Image Builder is unable to send notifications to SNS topics that are encrypted using keys from other accounts. The key that is used to encrypt the SNS topic must reside in the account that the Image Builder service runs under. |
resourceTags |
The tags attached to the resource created by Image Builder. |
instanceMetadataOptions |
The instance metadata options that you can set for the HTTP requests that pipeline builds use to launch EC2 build and test instances. For more information about instance metadata options, see one of the following links:
|
placement |
The instance placement settings that define where the instances that are launched from your image will run. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
Update the specified lifecycle policy
Description
Update the specified lifecycle policy.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/imagebuilder_update_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
imagebuilder_update_lifecycle_policy(
lifecyclePolicyArn,
description = NULL,
status = NULL,
executionRole,
resourceType,
policyDetails,
resourceSelection,
clientToken
)
Arguments
lifecyclePolicyArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the lifecycle policy resource. |
description |
Optional description for the lifecycle policy. |
status |
Indicates whether the lifecycle policy resource is enabled. |
executionRole |
[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that Image Builder uses to update the lifecycle policy. |
resourceType |
[required] The type of image resource that the lifecycle policy applies to. |
policyDetails |
[required] The configuration details for a lifecycle policy resource. |
resourceSelection |
[required] Selection criteria for resources that the lifecycle policy applies to. |
clientToken |
[required] Unique, case-sensitive identifier you provide to ensure idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency in the Amazon EC2 API Reference. |
AWS Lambda
Description
Lambda
Overview
Lambda is a compute service that lets you run code without provisioning or managing servers. Lambda runs your code on a high-availability compute infrastructure and performs all of the administration of the compute resources, including server and operating system maintenance, capacity provisioning and automatic scaling, code monitoring and logging. With Lambda, you can run code for virtually any type of application or backend service. For more information about the Lambda service, see What is Lambda in the Lambda Developer Guide.
The Lambda API Reference provides information about each of the API methods, including details about the parameters in each API request and response.
You can use Software Development Kits (SDKs), Integrated Development Environment (IDE) Toolkits, and command line tools to access the API. For installation instructions, see Tools for Amazon Web Services.
For a list of Region-specific endpoints that Lambda supports, see Lambda endpoints and quotas in the Amazon Web Services General Reference..
When making the API calls, you will need to authenticate your request by providing a signature. Lambda supports signature version 4. For more information, see Signature Version 4 signing process in the Amazon Web Services General Reference..
CA certificates
Because Amazon Web Services SDKs use the CA certificates from your computer, changes to the certificates on the Amazon Web Services servers can cause connection failures when you attempt to use an SDK. You can prevent these failures by keeping your computer's CA certificates and operating system up-to-date. If you encounter this issue in a corporate environment and do not manage your own computer, you might need to ask an administrator to assist with the update process. The following list shows minimum operating system and Java versions:
Microsoft Windows versions that have updates from January 2005 or later installed contain at least one of the required CAs in their trust list.
Mac OS X 10.4 with Java for Mac OS X 10.4 Release 5 (February 2007), Mac OS X 10.5 (October 2007), and later versions contain at least one of the required CAs in their trust list.
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 (March 2007), 6, and 7 and CentOS 5, 6, and 7 all contain at least one of the required CAs in their default trusted CA list.
Java 1.4.2_12 (May 2006), 5 Update 2 (March 2005), and all later versions, including Java 6 (December 2006), 7, and 8, contain at least one of the required CAs in their default trusted CA list.
When accessing the Lambda management console or Lambda API endpoints, whether through browsers or programmatically, you will need to ensure your client machines support any of the following CAs:
Amazon Root CA 1
Starfield Services Root Certificate Authority - G2
Starfield Class 2 Certification Authority
Root certificates from the first two authorities are available from Amazon trust services, but keeping your computer up-to-date is the more straightforward solution. To learn more about ACM-provided certificates, see Amazon Web Services Certificate Manager FAQs.
Usage
lambda(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- lambda( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
add_layer_version_permission | Adds permissions to the resource-based policy of a version of an Lambda layer |
add_permission | Grants a principal permission to use a function |
create_alias | Creates an alias for a Lambda function version |
create_code_signing_config | Creates a code signing configuration |
create_event_source_mapping | Creates a mapping between an event source and an Lambda function |
create_function | Creates a Lambda function |
create_function_url_config | Creates a Lambda function URL with the specified configuration parameters |
delete_alias | Deletes a Lambda function alias |
delete_code_signing_config | Deletes the code signing configuration |
delete_event_source_mapping | Deletes an event source mapping |
delete_function | Deletes a Lambda function |
delete_function_code_signing_config | Removes the code signing configuration from the function |
delete_function_concurrency | Removes a concurrent execution limit from a function |
delete_function_event_invoke_config | Deletes the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias |
delete_function_url_config | Deletes a Lambda function URL |
delete_layer_version | Deletes a version of an Lambda layer |
delete_provisioned_concurrency_config | Deletes the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function |
get_account_settings | Retrieves details about your account's limits and usage in an Amazon Web Services Region |
get_alias | Returns details about a Lambda function alias |
get_code_signing_config | Returns information about the specified code signing configuration |
get_event_source_mapping | Returns details about an event source mapping |
get_function | Returns information about the function or function version, with a link to download the deployment package that's valid for 10 minutes |
get_function_code_signing_config | Returns the code signing configuration for the specified function |
get_function_concurrency | Returns details about the reserved concurrency configuration for a function |
get_function_configuration | Returns the version-specific settings of a Lambda function or version |
get_function_event_invoke_config | Retrieves the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias |
get_function_recursion_config | Returns your function's recursive loop detection configuration |
get_function_url_config | Returns details about a Lambda function URL |
get_layer_version | Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes |
get_layer_version_by_arn | Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes |
get_layer_version_policy | Returns the permission policy for a version of an Lambda layer |
get_policy | Returns the resource-based IAM policy for a function, version, or alias |
get_provisioned_concurrency_config | Retrieves the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function's alias or version |
get_runtime_management_config | Retrieves the runtime management configuration for a function's version |
invoke | Invokes a Lambda function |
invoke_async | For asynchronous function invocation, use Invoke |
invoke_with_response_stream | Configure your Lambda functions to stream response payloads back to clients |
list_aliases | Returns a list of aliases for a Lambda function |
list_code_signing_configs | Returns a list of code signing configurations |
list_event_source_mappings | Lists event source mappings |
list_function_event_invoke_configs | Retrieves a list of configurations for asynchronous invocation for a function |
list_functions | Returns a list of Lambda functions, with the version-specific configuration of each |
list_functions_by_code_signing_config | List the functions that use the specified code signing configuration |
list_function_url_configs | Returns a list of Lambda function URLs for the specified function |
list_layers | Lists Lambda layers and shows information about the latest version of each |
list_layer_versions | Lists the versions of an Lambda layer |
list_provisioned_concurrency_configs | Retrieves a list of provisioned concurrency configurations for a function |
list_tags | Returns a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration's tags |
list_versions_by_function | Returns a list of versions, with the version-specific configuration of each |
publish_layer_version | Creates an Lambda layer from a ZIP archive |
publish_version | Creates a version from the current code and configuration of a function |
put_function_code_signing_config | Update the code signing configuration for the function |
put_function_concurrency | Sets the maximum number of simultaneous executions for a function, and reserves capacity for that concurrency level |
put_function_event_invoke_config | Configures options for asynchronous invocation on a function, version, or alias |
put_function_recursion_config | Sets your function's recursive loop detection configuration |
put_provisioned_concurrency_config | Adds a provisioned concurrency configuration to a function's alias or version |
put_runtime_management_config | Sets the runtime management configuration for a function's version |
remove_layer_version_permission | Removes a statement from the permissions policy for a version of an Lambda layer |
remove_permission | Revokes function-use permission from an Amazon Web Services service or another Amazon Web Services account |
tag_resource | Adds tags to a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration |
untag_resource | Removes tags from a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration |
update_alias | Updates the configuration of a Lambda function alias |
update_code_signing_config | Update the code signing configuration |
update_event_source_mapping | Updates an event source mapping |
update_function_code | Updates a Lambda function's code |
update_function_configuration | Modify the version-specific settings of a Lambda function |
update_function_event_invoke_config | Updates the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias |
update_function_url_config | Updates the configuration for a Lambda function URL |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- lambda()
# The following example grants permission for the account 223456789012 to
# use version 1 of a layer named my-layer.
svc$add_layer_version_permission(
Action = "lambda:GetLayerVersion",
LayerName = "my-layer",
Principal = "223456789012",
StatementId = "xaccount",
VersionNumber = 1L
)
## End(Not run)
Adds permissions to the resource-based policy of a version of an Lambda layer
Description
Adds permissions to the resource-based policy of a version of an Lambda layer. Use this action to grant layer usage permission to other accounts. You can grant permission to a single account, all accounts in an organization, or all Amazon Web Services accounts.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_add_layer_version_permission/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_add_layer_version_permission(
LayerName,
VersionNumber,
StatementId,
Action,
Principal,
OrganizationId = NULL,
RevisionId = NULL
)
Arguments
LayerName |
[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer. |
VersionNumber |
[required] The version number. |
StatementId |
[required] An identifier that distinguishes the policy from others on the same layer version. |
Action |
[required] The API action that grants access to the layer. For example,
|
Principal |
[required] An account ID, or |
OrganizationId |
With the principal set to |
RevisionId |
Only update the policy if the revision ID matches the ID specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a policy that has changed since you last read it. |
Grants a principal permission to use a function
Description
Grants a principal permission to use a function. You can apply the policy at the function level, or specify a qualifier to restrict access to a single version or alias. If you use a qualifier, the invoker must use the full Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of that version or alias to invoke the function. Note: Lambda does not support adding policies to version $LATEST.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_add_permission/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_add_permission(
FunctionName,
StatementId,
Action,
Principal,
SourceArn = NULL,
SourceAccount = NULL,
EventSourceToken = NULL,
Qualifier = NULL,
RevisionId = NULL,
PrincipalOrgID = NULL,
FunctionUrlAuthType = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias. Name formats
You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
StatementId |
[required] A statement identifier that differentiates the statement from others in the same policy. |
Action |
[required] The action that the principal can use on the function. For example,
|
Principal |
[required] The Amazon Web Services service, Amazon Web Services account, IAM user,
or IAM role that invokes the function. If you specify a service, use
|
SourceArn |
For Amazon Web Services services, the ARN of the Amazon Web Services resource that invokes the function. For example, an Amazon S3 bucket or Amazon SNS topic. Note that Lambda configures the comparison using the |
SourceAccount |
For Amazon Web Services service, the ID of the Amazon Web Services
account that owns the resource. Use this together with |
EventSourceToken |
For Alexa Smart Home functions, a token that the invoker must supply. |
Qualifier |
Specify a version or alias to add permissions to a published version of the function. |
RevisionId |
Update the policy only if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a policy that has changed since you last read it. |
PrincipalOrgID |
The identifier for your organization in Organizations. Use this to grant permissions to all the Amazon Web Services accounts under this organization. |
FunctionUrlAuthType |
The type of authentication that your function URL uses. Set to |
Creates an alias for a Lambda function version
Description
Creates an alias for a Lambda function version. Use aliases to provide clients with a function identifier that you can update to invoke a different version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_create_alias/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_create_alias(
FunctionName,
Name,
FunctionVersion,
Description = NULL,
RoutingConfig = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Name |
[required] The name of the alias. |
FunctionVersion |
[required] The function version that the alias invokes. |
Description |
A description of the alias. |
RoutingConfig |
The routing configuration of the alias. |
Creates a code signing configuration
Description
Creates a code signing configuration. A code signing configuration defines a list of allowed signing profiles and defines the code-signing validation policy (action to be taken if deployment validation checks fail).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_create_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_create_code_signing_config(
Description = NULL,
AllowedPublishers,
CodeSigningPolicies = NULL,
Tags = NULL
)
Arguments
Description |
Descriptive name for this code signing configuration. |
AllowedPublishers |
[required] Signing profiles for this code signing configuration. |
CodeSigningPolicies |
The code signing policies define the actions to take if the validation checks fail. |
Tags |
A list of tags to add to the code signing configuration. |
Creates a mapping between an event source and an Lambda function
Description
Creates a mapping between an event source and an Lambda function. Lambda reads items from the event source and invokes the function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_create_event_source_mapping/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_create_event_source_mapping(
EventSourceArn = NULL,
FunctionName,
Enabled = NULL,
BatchSize = NULL,
FilterCriteria = NULL,
MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds = NULL,
ParallelizationFactor = NULL,
StartingPosition = NULL,
StartingPositionTimestamp = NULL,
DestinationConfig = NULL,
MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds = NULL,
BisectBatchOnFunctionError = NULL,
MaximumRetryAttempts = NULL,
Tags = NULL,
TumblingWindowInSeconds = NULL,
Topics = NULL,
Queues = NULL,
SourceAccessConfigurations = NULL,
SelfManagedEventSource = NULL,
FunctionResponseTypes = NULL,
AmazonManagedKafkaEventSourceConfig = NULL,
SelfManagedKafkaEventSourceConfig = NULL,
ScalingConfig = NULL,
DocumentDBEventSourceConfig = NULL,
KMSKeyArn = NULL,
MetricsConfig = NULL,
ProvisionedPollerConfig = NULL
)
Arguments
EventSourceArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the event source.
|
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it's limited to 64 characters in length. |
Enabled |
When true, the event source mapping is active. When false, Lambda pauses polling and invocation. Default: True |
BatchSize |
The maximum number of records in each batch that Lambda pulls from your stream or queue and sends to your function. Lambda passes all of the records in the batch to the function in a single call, up to the payload limit for synchronous invocation (6 MB).
|
FilterCriteria |
An object that defines the filter criteria that determine whether Lambda should process an event. For more information, see Lambda event filtering. |
MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds |
The maximum amount of time, in seconds, that Lambda spends gathering
records before invoking the function. You can configure
For Kinesis, DynamoDB, and Amazon SQS event sources, the default
batching window is 0 seconds. For Amazon MSK, Self-managed Apache Kafka,
Amazon MQ, and DocumentDB event sources, the default batching window is
500 ms. Note that because you can only change
Related setting: For Kinesis, DynamoDB, and Amazon SQS event sources,
when you set |
ParallelizationFactor |
(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) The number of batches to process from each shard concurrently. |
StartingPosition |
The position in a stream from which to start reading. Required for
Amazon Kinesis and Amazon DynamoDB Stream event sources. |
StartingPositionTimestamp |
With |
DestinationConfig |
(Kinesis, DynamoDB Streams, Amazon MSK, and self-managed Kafka only) A configuration object that specifies the destination of an event after Lambda processes it. |
MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds |
(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) Discard records older than the specified age. The default value is infinite (-1). |
BisectBatchOnFunctionError |
(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) If the function returns an error, split the batch in two and retry. |
MaximumRetryAttempts |
(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) Discard records after the specified number of retries. The default value is infinite (-1). When set to infinite (-1), failed records are retried until the record expires. |
Tags |
A list of tags to apply to the event source mapping. |
TumblingWindowInSeconds |
(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) The duration in seconds of a processing window for DynamoDB and Kinesis Streams event sources. A value of 0 seconds indicates no tumbling window. |
Topics |
The name of the Kafka topic. |
Queues |
(MQ) The name of the Amazon MQ broker destination queue to consume. |
SourceAccessConfigurations |
An array of authentication protocols or VPC components required to secure your event source. |
SelfManagedEventSource |
The self-managed Apache Kafka cluster to receive records from. |
FunctionResponseTypes |
(Kinesis, DynamoDB Streams, and Amazon SQS) A list of current response type enums applied to the event source mapping. |
AmazonManagedKafkaEventSourceConfig |
Specific configuration settings for an Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka (Amazon MSK) event source. |
SelfManagedKafkaEventSourceConfig |
Specific configuration settings for a self-managed Apache Kafka event source. |
ScalingConfig |
(Amazon SQS only) The scaling configuration for the event source. For more information, see Configuring maximum concurrency for Amazon SQS event sources. |
DocumentDBEventSourceConfig |
Specific configuration settings for a DocumentDB event source. |
KMSKeyArn |
The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer managed key that Lambda uses to encrypt your function's filter criteria. By default, Lambda does not encrypt your filter criteria object. Specify this property to encrypt data using your own customer managed key. |
MetricsConfig |
The metrics configuration for your event source. For more information, see Event source mapping metrics. |
ProvisionedPollerConfig |
(Amazon MSK and self-managed Apache Kafka only) The Provisioned Mode configuration for the event source. For more information, see Provisioned Mode. |
Creates a Lambda function
Description
Creates a Lambda function. To create a function, you need a deployment package and an execution role. The deployment package is a .zip file archive or container image that contains your function code. The execution role grants the function permission to use Amazon Web Services services, such as Amazon CloudWatch Logs for log streaming and X-Ray for request tracing.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_create_function/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_create_function(
FunctionName,
Runtime = NULL,
Role,
Handler = NULL,
Code,
Description = NULL,
Timeout = NULL,
MemorySize = NULL,
Publish = NULL,
VpcConfig = NULL,
PackageType = NULL,
DeadLetterConfig = NULL,
Environment = NULL,
KMSKeyArn = NULL,
TracingConfig = NULL,
Tags = NULL,
Layers = NULL,
FileSystemConfigs = NULL,
ImageConfig = NULL,
CodeSigningConfigArn = NULL,
Architectures = NULL,
EphemeralStorage = NULL,
SnapStart = NULL,
LoggingConfig = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Runtime |
The identifier of the function's runtime. Runtime is required if the deployment package is a .zip file archive. Specifying a runtime results in an error if you're deploying a function using a container image. The following list includes deprecated runtimes. Lambda blocks creating new functions and updating existing functions shortly after each runtime is deprecated. For more information, see Runtime use after deprecation. For a list of all currently supported runtimes, see Supported runtimes. |
Role |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function's execution role. |
Handler |
The name of the method within your code that Lambda calls to run your function. Handler is required if the deployment package is a .zip file archive. The format includes the file name. It can also include namespaces and other qualifiers, depending on the runtime. For more information, see Lambda programming model. |
Code |
[required] The code for the function. |
Description |
A description of the function. |
Timeout |
The amount of time (in seconds) that Lambda allows a function to run before stopping it. The default is 3 seconds. The maximum allowed value is 900 seconds. For more information, see Lambda execution environment. |
MemorySize |
The amount of memory available to the function at runtime. Increasing the function memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The value can be any multiple of 1 MB. |
Publish |
Set to true to publish the first version of the function during creation. |
VpcConfig |
For network connectivity to Amazon Web Services resources in a VPC, specify a list of security groups and subnets in the VPC. When you connect a function to a VPC, it can access resources and the internet only through that VPC. For more information, see Configuring a Lambda function to access resources in a VPC. |
PackageType |
The type of deployment package. Set to |
DeadLetterConfig |
A dead-letter queue configuration that specifies the queue or topic where Lambda sends asynchronous events when they fail processing. For more information, see Dead-letter queues. |
Environment |
Environment variables that are accessible from function code during execution. |
KMSKeyArn |
The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer managed key that's used to encrypt the following resources:
If you don't provide a customer managed key, Lambda uses an Amazon Web Services owned key or an Amazon Web Services managed key. |
TracingConfig |
Set |
Tags |
A list of tags to apply to the function. |
Layers |
A list of function layers to add to the function's execution environment. Specify each layer by its ARN, including the version. |
FileSystemConfigs |
Connection settings for an Amazon EFS file system. |
ImageConfig |
Container image configuration values that override the values in the container image Dockerfile. |
CodeSigningConfigArn |
To enable code signing for this function, specify the ARN of a code-signing configuration. A code-signing configuration includes a set of signing profiles, which define the trusted publishers for this function. |
Architectures |
The instruction set architecture that the function supports. Enter a
string array with one of the valid values (arm64 or x86_64). The default
value is |
EphemeralStorage |
The size of the function's |
SnapStart |
The function's SnapStart setting. |
LoggingConfig |
The function's Amazon CloudWatch Logs configuration settings. |
Creates a Lambda function URL with the specified configuration parameters
Description
Creates a Lambda function URL with the specified configuration parameters. A function URL is a dedicated HTTP(S) endpoint that you can use to invoke your function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_create_function_url_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_create_function_url_config(
FunctionName,
Qualifier = NULL,
AuthType,
Cors = NULL,
InvokeMode = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
The alias name. |
AuthType |
[required] The type of authentication that your function URL uses. Set to |
Cors |
The cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) settings for your function URL. |
InvokeMode |
Use one of the following options:
|
Deletes a Lambda function alias
Description
Deletes a Lambda function alias.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_alias/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_delete_alias(FunctionName, Name)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Name |
[required] The name of the alias. |
Deletes the code signing configuration
Description
Deletes the code signing configuration. You can delete the code signing configuration only if no function is using it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_delete_code_signing_config(CodeSigningConfigArn)
Arguments
CodeSigningConfigArn |
[required] The The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the code signing configuration. |
Deletes an event source mapping
Description
Deletes an event source mapping. You can get the identifier of a mapping from the output of list_event_source_mappings
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_event_source_mapping/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_delete_event_source_mapping(UUID)
Arguments
UUID |
[required] The identifier of the event source mapping. |
Deletes a Lambda function
Description
Deletes a Lambda function. To delete a specific function version, use the Qualifier
parameter. Otherwise, all versions and aliases are deleted. This doesn't require the user to have explicit permissions for delete_alias
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_function/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_delete_function(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function or version. Name formats
You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
Specify a version to delete. You can't delete a version that an alias references. |
Removes the code signing configuration from the function
Description
Removes the code signing configuration from the function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_function_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_delete_function_code_signing_config(FunctionName)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Removes a concurrent execution limit from a function
Description
Removes a concurrent execution limit from a function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_function_concurrency/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_delete_function_concurrency(FunctionName)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Deletes the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias
Description
Deletes the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_function_event_invoke_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_delete_function_event_invoke_config(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias. Name formats
You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
A version number or alias name. |
Deletes a Lambda function URL
Description
Deletes a Lambda function URL. When you delete a function URL, you can't recover it. Creating a new function URL results in a different URL address.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_function_url_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_delete_function_url_config(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
The alias name. |
Deletes a version of an Lambda layer
Description
Deletes a version of an Lambda layer. Deleted versions can no longer be viewed or added to functions. To avoid breaking functions, a copy of the version remains in Lambda until no functions refer to it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_layer_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_delete_layer_version(LayerName, VersionNumber)
Arguments
LayerName |
[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer. |
VersionNumber |
[required] The version number. |
Deletes the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function
Description
Deletes the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_delete_provisioned_concurrency_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_delete_provisioned_concurrency_config(FunctionName, Qualifier)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
[required] The version number or alias name. |
Retrieves details about your account's limits and usage in an Amazon Web Services Region
Description
Retrieves details about your account's limits and usage in an Amazon Web Services Region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_account_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_account_settings()
Returns details about a Lambda function alias
Description
Returns details about a Lambda function alias.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_alias/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_alias(FunctionName, Name)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Name |
[required] The name of the alias. |
Returns information about the specified code signing configuration
Description
Returns information about the specified code signing configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_code_signing_config(CodeSigningConfigArn)
Arguments
CodeSigningConfigArn |
[required] The The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the code signing configuration. |
Returns details about an event source mapping
Description
Returns details about an event source mapping. You can get the identifier of a mapping from the output of list_event_source_mappings
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_event_source_mapping/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_event_source_mapping(UUID)
Arguments
UUID |
[required] The identifier of the event source mapping. |
Returns information about the function or function version, with a link to download the deployment package that's valid for 10 minutes
Description
Returns information about the function or function version, with a link to download the deployment package that's valid for 10 minutes. If you specify a function version, only details that are specific to that version are returned.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_function(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias. Name formats
You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
Specify a version or alias to get details about a published version of the function. |
Returns the code signing configuration for the specified function
Description
Returns the code signing configuration for the specified function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_function_code_signing_config(FunctionName)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Returns details about the reserved concurrency configuration for a function
Description
Returns details about the reserved concurrency configuration for a function. To set a concurrency limit for a function, use put_function_concurrency
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_concurrency/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_function_concurrency(FunctionName)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Returns the version-specific settings of a Lambda function or version
Description
Returns the version-specific settings of a Lambda function or version. The output includes only options that can vary between versions of a function. To modify these settings, use update_function_configuration
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_function_configuration(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias. Name formats
You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
Specify a version or alias to get details about a published version of the function. |
Retrieves the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias
Description
Retrieves the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_event_invoke_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_function_event_invoke_config(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias. Name formats
You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
A version number or alias name. |
Returns your function's recursive loop detection configuration
Description
Returns your function's recursive loop detection configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_recursion_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_function_recursion_config(FunctionName)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] |
Returns details about a Lambda function URL
Description
Returns details about a Lambda function URL.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_function_url_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_function_url_config(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
The alias name. |
Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes
Description
Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_layer_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_layer_version(LayerName, VersionNumber)
Arguments
LayerName |
[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer. |
VersionNumber |
[required] The version number. |
Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes
Description
Returns information about a version of an Lambda layer, with a link to download the layer archive that's valid for 10 minutes.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_layer_version_by_arn/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_layer_version_by_arn(Arn)
Arguments
Arn |
[required] The ARN of the layer version. |
Returns the permission policy for a version of an Lambda layer
Description
Returns the permission policy for a version of an Lambda layer. For more information, see add_layer_version_permission
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_layer_version_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_layer_version_policy(LayerName, VersionNumber)
Arguments
LayerName |
[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer. |
VersionNumber |
[required] The version number. |
Returns the resource-based IAM policy for a function, version, or alias
Description
Returns the resource-based IAM policy for a function, version, or alias.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_policy(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias. Name formats
You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
Specify a version or alias to get the policy for that resource. |
Retrieves the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function's alias or version
Description
Retrieves the provisioned concurrency configuration for a function's alias or version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_provisioned_concurrency_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_provisioned_concurrency_config(FunctionName, Qualifier)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
[required] The version number or alias name. |
Retrieves the runtime management configuration for a function's version
Description
Retrieves the runtime management configuration for a function's version. If the runtime update mode is Manual, this includes the ARN of the runtime version and the runtime update mode. If the runtime update mode is Auto or Function update, this includes the runtime update mode and null
is returned for the ARN. For more information, see Runtime updates.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_get_runtime_management_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_get_runtime_management_config(FunctionName, Qualifier = NULL)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
Specify a version of the function. This can be |
Invokes a Lambda function
Description
Invokes a Lambda function. You can invoke a function synchronously (and wait for the response), or asynchronously. By default, Lambda invokes your function synchronously (i.e. theInvocationType
is RequestResponse
). To invoke a function asynchronously, set InvocationType
to Event
. Lambda passes the ClientContext
object to your function for synchronous invocations only.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_invoke/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_invoke(
FunctionName,
InvocationType = NULL,
LogType = NULL,
ClientContext = NULL,
Payload = NULL,
Qualifier = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias. Name formats
You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
InvocationType |
Choose from the following options.
|
LogType |
Set to |
ClientContext |
Up to 3,583 bytes of base64-encoded data about the invoking client to
pass to the function in the context object. Lambda passes the
|
Payload |
The JSON that you want to provide to your Lambda function as input. You can enter the JSON directly. For example,
|
Qualifier |
Specify a version or alias to invoke a published version of the function. |
For asynchronous function invocation, use Invoke
Description
For asynchronous function invocation, use invoke
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_invoke_async/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_invoke_async(FunctionName, InvokeArgs)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
InvokeArgs |
[required] The JSON that you want to provide to your Lambda function as input. |
Configure your Lambda functions to stream response payloads back to clients
Description
Configure your Lambda functions to stream response payloads back to clients. For more information, see Configuring a Lambda function to stream responses.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_invoke_with_response_stream/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_invoke_with_response_stream(
FunctionName,
InvocationType = NULL,
LogType = NULL,
ClientContext = NULL,
Qualifier = NULL,
Payload = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
InvocationType |
Use one of the following options:
|
LogType |
Set to |
ClientContext |
Up to 3,583 bytes of base64-encoded data about the invoking client to pass to the function in the context object. |
Qualifier |
The alias name. |
Payload |
The JSON that you want to provide to your Lambda function as input. You can enter the JSON directly. For example,
|
Returns a list of aliases for a Lambda function
Description
Returns a list of aliases for a Lambda function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_aliases/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_aliases(
FunctionName,
FunctionVersion = NULL,
Marker = NULL,
MaxItems = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
FunctionVersion |
Specify a function version to only list aliases that invoke that version. |
Marker |
Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxItems |
Limit the number of aliases returned. |
Returns a list of code signing configurations
Description
Returns a list of code signing configurations. A request returns up to 10,000 configurations per call. You can use the MaxItems
parameter to return fewer configurations per call.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_code_signing_configs/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_code_signing_configs(Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)
Arguments
Marker |
Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxItems |
Maximum number of items to return. |
Lists event source mappings
Description
Lists event source mappings. Specify an EventSourceArn
to show only event source mappings for a single event source.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_event_source_mappings/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_event_source_mappings(
EventSourceArn = NULL,
FunctionName = NULL,
Marker = NULL,
MaxItems = NULL
)
Arguments
EventSourceArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the event source.
|
FunctionName |
The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it's limited to 64 characters in length. |
Marker |
A pagination token returned by a previous call. |
MaxItems |
The maximum number of event source mappings to return. Note that ListEventSourceMappings returns a maximum of 100 items in each response, even if you set the number higher. |
Retrieves a list of configurations for asynchronous invocation for a function
Description
Retrieves a list of configurations for asynchronous invocation for a function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_function_event_invoke_configs/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_function_event_invoke_configs(
FunctionName,
Marker = NULL,
MaxItems = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Marker |
Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxItems |
The maximum number of configurations to return. |
Returns a list of Lambda function URLs for the specified function
Description
Returns a list of Lambda function URLs for the specified function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_function_url_configs/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_function_url_configs(FunctionName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Marker |
Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxItems |
The maximum number of function URLs to return in the response. Note that
|
Returns a list of Lambda functions, with the version-specific configuration of each
Description
Returns a list of Lambda functions, with the version-specific configuration of each. Lambda returns up to 50 functions per call.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_functions/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_functions(
MasterRegion = NULL,
FunctionVersion = NULL,
Marker = NULL,
MaxItems = NULL
)
Arguments
MasterRegion |
For Lambda@Edge functions, the Amazon Web Services Region of the master
function. For example, |
FunctionVersion |
Set to |
Marker |
Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxItems |
The maximum number of functions to return in the response. Note that
|
List the functions that use the specified code signing configuration
Description
List the functions that use the specified code signing configuration. You can use this method prior to deleting a code signing configuration, to verify that no functions are using it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_functions_by_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_functions_by_code_signing_config(
CodeSigningConfigArn,
Marker = NULL,
MaxItems = NULL
)
Arguments
CodeSigningConfigArn |
[required] The The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the code signing configuration. |
Marker |
Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxItems |
Maximum number of items to return. |
Lists the versions of an Lambda layer
Description
Lists the versions of an Lambda layer. Versions that have been deleted aren't listed. Specify a runtime identifier to list only versions that indicate that they're compatible with that runtime. Specify a compatible architecture to include only layer versions that are compatible with that architecture.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_layer_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_layer_versions(
CompatibleRuntime = NULL,
LayerName,
Marker = NULL,
MaxItems = NULL,
CompatibleArchitecture = NULL
)
Arguments
CompatibleRuntime |
A runtime identifier. The following list includes deprecated runtimes. For more information, see Runtime use after deprecation. For a list of all currently supported runtimes, see Supported runtimes. |
LayerName |
[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer. |
Marker |
A pagination token returned by a previous call. |
MaxItems |
The maximum number of versions to return. |
CompatibleArchitecture |
The compatible instruction set architecture. |
Lists Lambda layers and shows information about the latest version of each
Description
Lists Lambda layers and shows information about the latest version of each. Specify a runtime identifier to list only layers that indicate that they're compatible with that runtime. Specify a compatible architecture to include only layers that are compatible with that instruction set architecture.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_layers/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_layers(
CompatibleRuntime = NULL,
Marker = NULL,
MaxItems = NULL,
CompatibleArchitecture = NULL
)
Arguments
CompatibleRuntime |
A runtime identifier. The following list includes deprecated runtimes. For more information, see Runtime use after deprecation. For a list of all currently supported runtimes, see Supported runtimes. |
Marker |
A pagination token returned by a previous call. |
MaxItems |
The maximum number of layers to return. |
CompatibleArchitecture |
The compatible instruction set architecture. |
Retrieves a list of provisioned concurrency configurations for a function
Description
Retrieves a list of provisioned concurrency configurations for a function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_provisioned_concurrency_configs/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_provisioned_concurrency_configs(
FunctionName,
Marker = NULL,
MaxItems = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Marker |
Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxItems |
Specify a number to limit the number of configurations returned. |
Returns a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration's tags
Description
Returns a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration's tags. You can also view function tags with get_function
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_tags/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_tags(Resource)
Arguments
Resource |
[required] The resource's Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Note: Lambda does not support adding tags to function aliases or versions. |
Returns a list of versions, with the version-specific configuration of each
Description
Returns a list of versions, with the version-specific configuration of each. Lambda returns up to 50 versions per call.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_list_versions_by_function/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_list_versions_by_function(FunctionName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Marker |
Specify the pagination token that's returned by a previous request to retrieve the next page of results. |
MaxItems |
The maximum number of versions to return. Note that
|
Creates an Lambda layer from a ZIP archive
Description
Creates an Lambda layer from a ZIP archive. Each time you call publish_layer_version
with the same layer name, a new version is created.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_publish_layer_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_publish_layer_version(
LayerName,
Description = NULL,
Content,
CompatibleRuntimes = NULL,
LicenseInfo = NULL,
CompatibleArchitectures = NULL
)
Arguments
LayerName |
[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer. |
Description |
The description of the version. |
Content |
[required] The function layer archive. |
CompatibleRuntimes |
A list of compatible function runtimes.
Used for filtering with The following list includes deprecated runtimes. For more information, see Runtime deprecation policy. |
LicenseInfo |
The layer's software license. It can be any of the following:
|
CompatibleArchitectures |
A list of compatible instruction set architectures. |
Creates a version from the current code and configuration of a function
Description
Creates a version from the current code and configuration of a function. Use versions to create a snapshot of your function code and configuration that doesn't change.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_publish_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_publish_version(
FunctionName,
CodeSha256 = NULL,
Description = NULL,
RevisionId = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
CodeSha256 |
Only publish a version if the hash value matches the value that's
specified. Use this option to avoid publishing a version if the function
code has changed since you last updated it. You can get the hash for the
version that you uploaded from the output of
|
Description |
A description for the version to override the description in the function configuration. |
RevisionId |
Only update the function if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid publishing a version if the function configuration has changed since you last updated it. |
Update the code signing configuration for the function
Description
Update the code signing configuration for the function. Changes to the code signing configuration take effect the next time a user tries to deploy a code package to the function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_function_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_put_function_code_signing_config(CodeSigningConfigArn, FunctionName)
Arguments
CodeSigningConfigArn |
[required] The The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the code signing configuration. |
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Sets the maximum number of simultaneous executions for a function, and reserves capacity for that concurrency level
Description
Sets the maximum number of simultaneous executions for a function, and reserves capacity for that concurrency level.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_function_concurrency/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_put_function_concurrency(FunctionName, ReservedConcurrentExecutions)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
ReservedConcurrentExecutions |
[required] The number of simultaneous executions to reserve for the function. |
Configures options for asynchronous invocation on a function, version, or alias
Description
Configures options for asynchronous invocation on a function, version, or alias. If a configuration already exists for a function, version, or alias, this operation overwrites it. If you exclude any settings, they are removed. To set one option without affecting existing settings for other options, use update_function_event_invoke_config
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_function_event_invoke_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_put_function_event_invoke_config(
FunctionName,
Qualifier = NULL,
MaximumRetryAttempts = NULL,
MaximumEventAgeInSeconds = NULL,
DestinationConfig = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias. Name formats
You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
A version number or alias name. |
MaximumRetryAttempts |
The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns an error. |
MaximumEventAgeInSeconds |
The maximum age of a request that Lambda sends to a function for processing. |
DestinationConfig |
A destination for events after they have been sent to a function for processing. Destinations
S3 buckets are supported only for on-failure destinations. To retain records of successful invocations, use another destination type. |
Sets your function's recursive loop detection configuration
Description
Sets your function's recursive loop detection configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_function_recursion_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_put_function_recursion_config(FunctionName, RecursiveLoop)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
RecursiveLoop |
[required] If you set your function's recursive loop detection configuration to
If you set your function's recursive loop detection configuration to
By default, Lambda sets your function's configuration to If your design intentionally uses a Lambda function to write data back to the same Amazon Web Services resource that invokes the function, then use caution and implement suitable guard rails to prevent unexpected charges being billed to your Amazon Web Services account. To learn more about best practices for using recursive invocation patterns, see Recursive patterns that cause run-away Lambda functions in Serverless Land. |
Adds a provisioned concurrency configuration to a function's alias or version
Description
Adds a provisioned concurrency configuration to a function's alias or version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_provisioned_concurrency_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_put_provisioned_concurrency_config(
FunctionName,
Qualifier,
ProvisionedConcurrentExecutions
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
[required] The version number or alias name. |
ProvisionedConcurrentExecutions |
[required] The amount of provisioned concurrency to allocate for the version or alias. |
Sets the runtime management configuration for a function's version
Description
Sets the runtime management configuration for a function's version. For more information, see Runtime updates.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_put_runtime_management_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_put_runtime_management_config(
FunctionName,
Qualifier = NULL,
UpdateRuntimeOn,
RuntimeVersionArn = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
Specify a version of the function. This can be |
UpdateRuntimeOn |
[required] Specify the runtime update mode.
|
RuntimeVersionArn |
The ARN of the runtime version you want the function to use. This is only required if you're using the Manual runtime update mode. |
Removes a statement from the permissions policy for a version of an Lambda layer
Description
Removes a statement from the permissions policy for a version of an Lambda layer. For more information, see add_layer_version_permission
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_remove_layer_version_permission/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_remove_layer_version_permission(
LayerName,
VersionNumber,
StatementId,
RevisionId = NULL
)
Arguments
LayerName |
[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the layer. |
VersionNumber |
[required] The version number. |
StatementId |
[required] The identifier that was specified when the statement was added. |
RevisionId |
Only update the policy if the revision ID matches the ID specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a policy that has changed since you last read it. |
Revokes function-use permission from an Amazon Web Services service or another Amazon Web Services account
Description
Revokes function-use permission from an Amazon Web Services service or another Amazon Web Services account. You can get the ID of the statement from the output of get_policy
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_remove_permission/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_remove_permission(
FunctionName,
StatementId,
Qualifier = NULL,
RevisionId = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias. Name formats
You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
StatementId |
[required] Statement ID of the permission to remove. |
Qualifier |
Specify a version or alias to remove permissions from a published version of the function. |
RevisionId |
Update the policy only if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a policy that has changed since you last read it. |
Adds tags to a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration
Description
Adds tags to a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_tag_resource(Resource, Tags)
Arguments
Resource |
[required] The resource's Amazon Resource Name (ARN). |
Tags |
[required] A list of tags to apply to the resource. |
Removes tags from a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration
Description
Removes tags from a function, event source mapping, or code signing configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_untag_resource(Resource, TagKeys)
Arguments
Resource |
[required] The resource's Amazon Resource Name (ARN). |
TagKeys |
[required] A list of tag keys to remove from the resource. |
Updates the configuration of a Lambda function alias
Description
Updates the configuration of a Lambda function alias.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_alias/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_update_alias(
FunctionName,
Name,
FunctionVersion = NULL,
Description = NULL,
RoutingConfig = NULL,
RevisionId = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Name |
[required] The name of the alias. |
FunctionVersion |
The function version that the alias invokes. |
Description |
A description of the alias. |
RoutingConfig |
The routing configuration of the alias. |
RevisionId |
Only update the alias if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid modifying an alias that has changed since you last read it. |
Update the code signing configuration
Description
Update the code signing configuration. Changes to the code signing configuration take effect the next time a user tries to deploy a code package to the function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_code_signing_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_update_code_signing_config(
CodeSigningConfigArn,
Description = NULL,
AllowedPublishers = NULL,
CodeSigningPolicies = NULL
)
Arguments
CodeSigningConfigArn |
[required] The The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the code signing configuration. |
Description |
Descriptive name for this code signing configuration. |
AllowedPublishers |
Signing profiles for this code signing configuration. |
CodeSigningPolicies |
The code signing policy. |
Updates an event source mapping
Description
Updates an event source mapping. You can change the function that Lambda invokes, or pause invocation and resume later from the same location.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_event_source_mapping/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_update_event_source_mapping(
UUID,
FunctionName = NULL,
Enabled = NULL,
BatchSize = NULL,
FilterCriteria = NULL,
MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds = NULL,
DestinationConfig = NULL,
MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds = NULL,
BisectBatchOnFunctionError = NULL,
MaximumRetryAttempts = NULL,
ParallelizationFactor = NULL,
SourceAccessConfigurations = NULL,
TumblingWindowInSeconds = NULL,
FunctionResponseTypes = NULL,
ScalingConfig = NULL,
DocumentDBEventSourceConfig = NULL,
KMSKeyArn = NULL,
MetricsConfig = NULL,
ProvisionedPollerConfig = NULL
)
Arguments
UUID |
[required] The identifier of the event source mapping. |
FunctionName |
The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it's limited to 64 characters in length. |
Enabled |
When true, the event source mapping is active. When false, Lambda pauses polling and invocation. Default: True |
BatchSize |
The maximum number of records in each batch that Lambda pulls from your stream or queue and sends to your function. Lambda passes all of the records in the batch to the function in a single call, up to the payload limit for synchronous invocation (6 MB).
|
FilterCriteria |
An object that defines the filter criteria that determine whether Lambda should process an event. For more information, see Lambda event filtering. |
MaximumBatchingWindowInSeconds |
The maximum amount of time, in seconds, that Lambda spends gathering
records before invoking the function. You can configure
For Kinesis, DynamoDB, and Amazon SQS event sources, the default
batching window is 0 seconds. For Amazon MSK, Self-managed Apache Kafka,
Amazon MQ, and DocumentDB event sources, the default batching window is
500 ms. Note that because you can only change
Related setting: For Kinesis, DynamoDB, and Amazon SQS event sources,
when you set |
DestinationConfig |
(Kinesis, DynamoDB Streams, Amazon MSK, and self-managed Kafka only) A configuration object that specifies the destination of an event after Lambda processes it. |
MaximumRecordAgeInSeconds |
(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) Discard records older than the specified age. The default value is infinite (-1). |
BisectBatchOnFunctionError |
(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) If the function returns an error, split the batch in two and retry. |
MaximumRetryAttempts |
(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) Discard records after the specified number of retries. The default value is infinite (-1). When set to infinite (-1), failed records are retried until the record expires. |
ParallelizationFactor |
(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) The number of batches to process from each shard concurrently. |
SourceAccessConfigurations |
An array of authentication protocols or VPC components required to secure your event source. |
TumblingWindowInSeconds |
(Kinesis and DynamoDB Streams only) The duration in seconds of a processing window for DynamoDB and Kinesis Streams event sources. A value of 0 seconds indicates no tumbling window. |
FunctionResponseTypes |
(Kinesis, DynamoDB Streams, and Amazon SQS) A list of current response type enums applied to the event source mapping. |
ScalingConfig |
(Amazon SQS only) The scaling configuration for the event source. For more information, see Configuring maximum concurrency for Amazon SQS event sources. |
DocumentDBEventSourceConfig |
Specific configuration settings for a DocumentDB event source. |
KMSKeyArn |
The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer managed key that Lambda uses to encrypt your function's filter criteria. By default, Lambda does not encrypt your filter criteria object. Specify this property to encrypt data using your own customer managed key. |
MetricsConfig |
The metrics configuration for your event source. For more information, see Event source mapping metrics. |
ProvisionedPollerConfig |
(Amazon MSK and self-managed Apache Kafka only) The Provisioned Mode configuration for the event source. For more information, see Provisioned Mode. |
Updates a Lambda function's code
Description
Updates a Lambda function's code. If code signing is enabled for the function, the code package must be signed by a trusted publisher. For more information, see Configuring code signing for Lambda.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_function_code/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_update_function_code(
FunctionName,
ZipFile = NULL,
S3Bucket = NULL,
S3Key = NULL,
S3ObjectVersion = NULL,
ImageUri = NULL,
Publish = NULL,
DryRun = NULL,
RevisionId = NULL,
Architectures = NULL,
SourceKMSKeyArn = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
ZipFile |
The base64-encoded contents of the deployment package. Amazon Web Services SDK and CLI clients handle the encoding for you. Use only with a function defined with a .zip file archive deployment package. |
S3Bucket |
An Amazon S3 bucket in the same Amazon Web Services Region as your function. The bucket can be in a different Amazon Web Services account. Use only with a function defined with a .zip file archive deployment package. |
S3Key |
The Amazon S3 key of the deployment package. Use only with a function defined with a .zip file archive deployment package. |
S3ObjectVersion |
For versioned objects, the version of the deployment package object to use. |
ImageUri |
URI of a container image in the Amazon ECR registry. Do not use for a function defined with a .zip file archive. |
Publish |
Set to true to publish a new version of the function after updating the
code. This has the same effect as calling
|
DryRun |
Set to true to validate the request parameters and access permissions without modifying the function code. |
RevisionId |
Update the function only if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a function that has changed since you last read it. |
Architectures |
The instruction set architecture that the function supports. Enter a
string array with one of the valid values (arm64 or x86_64). The default
value is |
SourceKMSKeyArn |
The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer managed key that's used to encrypt your function's .zip deployment package. If you don't provide a customer managed key, Lambda uses an Amazon Web Services managed key. |
Modify the version-specific settings of a Lambda function
Description
Modify the version-specific settings of a Lambda function.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_function_configuration/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_update_function_configuration(
FunctionName,
Role = NULL,
Handler = NULL,
Description = NULL,
Timeout = NULL,
MemorySize = NULL,
VpcConfig = NULL,
Environment = NULL,
Runtime = NULL,
DeadLetterConfig = NULL,
KMSKeyArn = NULL,
TracingConfig = NULL,
RevisionId = NULL,
Layers = NULL,
FileSystemConfigs = NULL,
ImageConfig = NULL,
EphemeralStorage = NULL,
SnapStart = NULL,
LoggingConfig = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Role |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the function's execution role. |
Handler |
The name of the method within your code that Lambda calls to run your function. Handler is required if the deployment package is a .zip file archive. The format includes the file name. It can also include namespaces and other qualifiers, depending on the runtime. For more information, see Lambda programming model. |
Description |
A description of the function. |
Timeout |
The amount of time (in seconds) that Lambda allows a function to run before stopping it. The default is 3 seconds. The maximum allowed value is 900 seconds. For more information, see Lambda execution environment. |
MemorySize |
The amount of memory available to the function at runtime. Increasing the function memory also increases its CPU allocation. The default value is 128 MB. The value can be any multiple of 1 MB. |
VpcConfig |
For network connectivity to Amazon Web Services resources in a VPC, specify a list of security groups and subnets in the VPC. When you connect a function to a VPC, it can access resources and the internet only through that VPC. For more information, see Configuring a Lambda function to access resources in a VPC. |
Environment |
Environment variables that are accessible from function code during execution. |
Runtime |
The identifier of the function's runtime. Runtime is required if the deployment package is a .zip file archive. Specifying a runtime results in an error if you're deploying a function using a container image. The following list includes deprecated runtimes. Lambda blocks creating new functions and updating existing functions shortly after each runtime is deprecated. For more information, see Runtime use after deprecation. For a list of all currently supported runtimes, see Supported runtimes. |
DeadLetterConfig |
A dead-letter queue configuration that specifies the queue or topic where Lambda sends asynchronous events when they fail processing. For more information, see Dead-letter queues. |
KMSKeyArn |
The ARN of the Key Management Service (KMS) customer managed key that's used to encrypt the following resources:
If you don't provide a customer managed key, Lambda uses an Amazon Web Services owned key or an Amazon Web Services managed key. |
TracingConfig |
Set |
RevisionId |
Update the function only if the revision ID matches the ID that's specified. Use this option to avoid modifying a function that has changed since you last read it. |
Layers |
A list of function layers to add to the function's execution environment. Specify each layer by its ARN, including the version. |
FileSystemConfigs |
Connection settings for an Amazon EFS file system. |
ImageConfig |
Container image configuration values that override the values in the container image Docker file. |
EphemeralStorage |
The size of the function's |
SnapStart |
The function's SnapStart setting. |
LoggingConfig |
The function's Amazon CloudWatch Logs configuration settings. |
Updates the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias
Description
Updates the configuration for asynchronous invocation for a function, version, or alias.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_function_event_invoke_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_update_function_event_invoke_config(
FunctionName,
Qualifier = NULL,
MaximumRetryAttempts = NULL,
MaximumEventAgeInSeconds = NULL,
DestinationConfig = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function, version, or alias. Name formats
You can append a version number or alias to any of the formats. The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
A version number or alias name. |
MaximumRetryAttempts |
The maximum number of times to retry when the function returns an error. |
MaximumEventAgeInSeconds |
The maximum age of a request that Lambda sends to a function for processing. |
DestinationConfig |
A destination for events after they have been sent to a function for processing. Destinations
S3 buckets are supported only for on-failure destinations. To retain records of successful invocations, use another destination type. |
Updates the configuration for a Lambda function URL
Description
Updates the configuration for a Lambda function URL.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lambda_update_function_url_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
lambda_update_function_url_config(
FunctionName,
Qualifier = NULL,
AuthType = NULL,
Cors = NULL,
InvokeMode = NULL
)
Arguments
FunctionName |
[required] The name or ARN of the Lambda function. Name formats
The length constraint applies only to the full ARN. If you specify only the function name, it is limited to 64 characters in length. |
Qualifier |
The alias name. |
AuthType |
The type of authentication that your function URL uses. Set to |
Cors |
The cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) settings for your function URL. |
InvokeMode |
Use one of the following options:
|
Amazon Lightsail
Description
Amazon Lightsail is the easiest way to get started with Amazon Web Services (Amazon Web Services) for developers who need to build websites or web applications. It includes everything you need to launch your project quickly - instances (virtual private servers), container services, storage buckets, managed databases, SSD-based block storage, static IP addresses, load balancers, content delivery network (CDN) distributions, DNS management of registered domains, and resource snapshots (backups) - for a low, predictable monthly price.
You can manage your Lightsail resources using the Lightsail console, Lightsail API, Command Line Interface (CLI), or SDKs. For more information about Lightsail concepts and tasks, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.
This API Reference provides detailed information about the actions, data types, parameters, and errors of the Lightsail service. For more information about the supported Amazon Web Services Regions, endpoints, and service quotas of the Lightsail service, see Amazon Lightsail Endpoints and Quotas in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
Usage
lightsail(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- lightsail( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
allocate_static_ip | Allocates a static IP address |
attach_certificate_to_distribution | Attaches an SSL/TLS certificate to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution |
attach_disk | Attaches a block storage disk to a running or stopped Lightsail instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified disk name |
attach_instances_to_load_balancer | Attaches one or more Lightsail instances to a load balancer |
attach_load_balancer_tls_certificate | Attaches a Transport Layer Security (TLS) certificate to your load balancer |
attach_static_ip | Attaches a static IP address to a specific Amazon Lightsail instance |
close_instance_public_ports | Closes ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance |
copy_snapshot | Copies a manual snapshot of an instance or disk as another manual snapshot, or copies an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk as a manual snapshot |
create_bucket | Creates an Amazon Lightsail bucket |
create_bucket_access_key | Creates a new access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket |
create_certificate | Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution and a container service |
create_cloud_formation_stack | Creates an AWS CloudFormation stack, which creates a new Amazon EC2 instance from an exported Amazon Lightsail snapshot |
create_contact_method | Creates an email or SMS text message contact method |
create_container_service | Creates an Amazon Lightsail container service |
create_container_service_deployment | Creates a deployment for your Amazon Lightsail container service |
create_container_service_registry_login | Creates a temporary set of log in credentials that you can use to log in to the Docker process on your local machine |
create_disk | Creates a block storage disk that can be attached to an Amazon Lightsail instance in the same Availability Zone (us-east-2a) |
create_disk_from_snapshot | Creates a block storage disk from a manual or automatic snapshot of a disk |
create_disk_snapshot | Creates a snapshot of a block storage disk |
create_distribution | Creates an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution |
create_domain | Creates a domain resource for the specified domain (example |
create_domain_entry | Creates one of the following domain name system (DNS) records in a domain DNS zone: Address (A), canonical name (CNAME), mail exchanger (MX), name server (NS), start of authority (SOA), service locator (SRV), or text (TXT) |
create_gui_session_access_details | Creates two URLs that are used to access a virtual computer’s graphical user interface (GUI) session |
create_instances | Creates one or more Amazon Lightsail instances |
create_instances_from_snapshot | Creates one or more new instances from a manual or automatic snapshot of an instance |
create_instance_snapshot | Creates a snapshot of a specific virtual private server, or instance |
create_key_pair | Creates a custom SSH key pair that you can use with an Amazon Lightsail instance |
create_load_balancer | Creates a Lightsail load balancer |
create_load_balancer_tls_certificate | Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail load balancer |
create_relational_database | Creates a new database in Amazon Lightsail |
create_relational_database_from_snapshot | Creates a new database from an existing database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail |
create_relational_database_snapshot | Creates a snapshot of your database in Amazon Lightsail |
delete_alarm | Deletes an alarm |
delete_auto_snapshot | Deletes an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk |
delete_bucket | Deletes a Amazon Lightsail bucket |
delete_bucket_access_key | Deletes an access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket |
delete_certificate | Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate for your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution |
delete_contact_method | Deletes a contact method |
delete_container_image | Deletes a container image that is registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service |
delete_container_service | Deletes your Amazon Lightsail container service |
delete_disk | Deletes the specified block storage disk |
delete_disk_snapshot | Deletes the specified disk snapshot |
delete_distribution | Deletes your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution |
delete_domain | Deletes the specified domain recordset and all of its domain records |
delete_domain_entry | Deletes a specific domain entry |
delete_instance | Deletes an Amazon Lightsail instance |
delete_instance_snapshot | Deletes a specific snapshot of a virtual private server (or instance) |
delete_key_pair | Deletes the specified key pair by removing the public key from Amazon Lightsail |
delete_known_host_keys | Deletes the known host key or certificate used by the Amazon Lightsail browser-based SSH or RDP clients to authenticate an instance |
delete_load_balancer | Deletes a Lightsail load balancer and all its associated SSL/TLS certificates |
delete_load_balancer_tls_certificate | Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate associated with a Lightsail load balancer |
delete_relational_database | Deletes a database in Amazon Lightsail |
delete_relational_database_snapshot | Deletes a database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail |
detach_certificate_from_distribution | Detaches an SSL/TLS certificate from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution |
detach_disk | Detaches a stopped block storage disk from a Lightsail instance |
detach_instances_from_load_balancer | Detaches the specified instances from a Lightsail load balancer |
detach_static_ip | Detaches a static IP from the Amazon Lightsail instance to which it is attached |
disable_add_on | Disables an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource |
download_default_key_pair | Downloads the regional Amazon Lightsail default key pair |
enable_add_on | Enables or modifies an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource |
export_snapshot | Exports an Amazon Lightsail instance or block storage disk snapshot to Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) |
get_active_names | Returns the names of all active (not deleted) resources |
get_alarms | Returns information about the configured alarms |
get_auto_snapshots | Returns the available automatic snapshots for an instance or disk |
get_blueprints | Returns the list of available instance images, or blueprints |
get_bucket_access_keys | Returns the existing access key IDs for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket |
get_bucket_bundles | Returns the bundles that you can apply to a Amazon Lightsail bucket |
get_bucket_metric_data | Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail bucket |
get_buckets | Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail buckets |
get_bundles | Returns the bundles that you can apply to an Amazon Lightsail instance when you create it |
get_certificates | Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail SSL/TLS certificates |
get_cloud_formation_stack_records | Returns the CloudFormation stack record created as a result of the create cloud formation stack operation |
get_contact_methods | Returns information about the configured contact methods |
get_container_api_metadata | Returns information about Amazon Lightsail containers, such as the current version of the Lightsail Control (lightsailctl) plugin |
get_container_images | Returns the container images that are registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service |
get_container_log | Returns the log events of a container of your Amazon Lightsail container service |
get_container_service_deployments | Returns the deployments for your Amazon Lightsail container service |
get_container_service_metric_data | Returns the data points of a specific metric of your Amazon Lightsail container service |
get_container_service_powers | Returns the list of powers that can be specified for your Amazon Lightsail container services |
get_container_services | Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail container services |
get_cost_estimate | Retrieves information about the cost estimate for a specified resource |
get_disk | Returns information about a specific block storage disk |
get_disks | Returns information about all block storage disks in your AWS account and region |
get_disk_snapshot | Returns information about a specific block storage disk snapshot |
get_disk_snapshots | Returns information about all block storage disk snapshots in your AWS account and region |
get_distribution_bundles | Returns the bundles that can be applied to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions |
get_distribution_latest_cache_reset | Returns the timestamp and status of the last cache reset of a specific Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution |
get_distribution_metric_data | Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution |
get_distributions | Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions |
get_domain | Returns information about a specific domain recordset |
get_domains | Returns a list of all domains in the user's account |
get_export_snapshot_records | Returns all export snapshot records created as a result of the export snapshot operation |
get_instance | Returns information about a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, which is a virtual private server |
get_instance_access_details | Returns temporary SSH keys you can use to connect to a specific virtual private server, or instance |
get_instance_metric_data | Returns the data points for the specified Amazon Lightsail instance metric, given an instance name |
get_instance_port_states | Returns the firewall port states for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol |
get_instances | Returns information about all Amazon Lightsail virtual private servers, or instances |
get_instance_snapshot | Returns information about a specific instance snapshot |
get_instance_snapshots | Returns all instance snapshots for the user's account |
get_instance_state | Returns the state of a specific instance |
get_key_pair | Returns information about a specific key pair |
get_key_pairs | Returns information about all key pairs in the user's account |
get_load_balancer | Returns information about the specified Lightsail load balancer |
get_load_balancer_metric_data | Returns information about health metrics for your Lightsail load balancer |
get_load_balancers | Returns information about all load balancers in an account |
get_load_balancer_tls_certificates | Returns information about the TLS certificates that are associated with the specified Lightsail load balancer |
get_load_balancer_tls_policies | Returns a list of TLS security policies that you can apply to Lightsail load balancers |
get_operation | Returns information about a specific operation |
get_operations | Returns information about all operations |
get_operations_for_resource | Gets operations for a specific resource (an instance or a static IP) |
get_regions | Returns a list of all valid regions for Amazon Lightsail |
get_relational_database | Returns information about a specific database in Amazon Lightsail |
get_relational_database_blueprints | Returns a list of available database blueprints in Amazon Lightsail |
get_relational_database_bundles | Returns the list of bundles that are available in Amazon Lightsail |
get_relational_database_events | Returns a list of events for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail |
get_relational_database_log_events | Returns a list of log events for a database in Amazon Lightsail |
get_relational_database_log_streams | Returns a list of available log streams for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail |
get_relational_database_master_user_password | Returns the current, previous, or pending versions of the master user password for a Lightsail database |
get_relational_database_metric_data | Returns the data points of the specified metric for a database in Amazon Lightsail |
get_relational_database_parameters | Returns all of the runtime parameters offered by the underlying database software, or engine, for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail |
get_relational_databases | Returns information about all of your databases in Amazon Lightsail |
get_relational_database_snapshot | Returns information about a specific database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail |
get_relational_database_snapshots | Returns information about all of your database snapshots in Amazon Lightsail |
get_setup_history | Returns detailed information for five of the most recent SetupInstanceHttps requests that were ran on the target instance |
get_static_ip | Returns information about an Amazon Lightsail static IP |
get_static_ips | Returns information about all static IPs in the user's account |
import_key_pair | Imports a public SSH key from a specific key pair |
is_vpc_peered | Returns a Boolean value indicating whether your Lightsail VPC is peered |
open_instance_public_ports | Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol |
peer_vpc | Peers the Lightsail VPC with the user's default VPC |
put_alarm | Creates or updates an alarm, and associates it with the specified metric |
put_instance_public_ports | Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol |
reboot_instance | Restarts a specific instance |
reboot_relational_database | Restarts a specific database in Amazon Lightsail |
register_container_image | Registers a container image to your Amazon Lightsail container service |
release_static_ip | Deletes a specific static IP from your account |
reset_distribution_cache | Deletes currently cached content from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution |
send_contact_method_verification | Sends a verification request to an email contact method to ensure it's owned by the requester |
set_ip_address_type | Sets the IP address type for an Amazon Lightsail resource |
set_resource_access_for_bucket | Sets the Amazon Lightsail resources that can access the specified Lightsail bucket |
setup_instance_https | Creates an SSL/TLS certificate that secures traffic for your website |
start_gui_session | Initiates a graphical user interface (GUI) session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system and application |
start_instance | Starts a specific Amazon Lightsail instance from a stopped state |
start_relational_database | Starts a specific database from a stopped state in Amazon Lightsail |
stop_gui_session | Terminates a web-based Amazon DCV session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system or application |
stop_instance | Stops a specific Amazon Lightsail instance that is currently running |
stop_relational_database | Stops a specific database that is currently running in Amazon Lightsail |
tag_resource | Adds one or more tags to the specified Amazon Lightsail resource |
test_alarm | Tests an alarm by displaying a banner on the Amazon Lightsail console |
unpeer_vpc | Unpeers the Lightsail VPC from the user's default VPC |
untag_resource | Deletes the specified set of tag keys and their values from the specified Amazon Lightsail resource |
update_bucket | Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket |
update_bucket_bundle | Updates the bundle, or storage plan, of an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket |
update_container_service | Updates the configuration of your Amazon Lightsail container service, such as its power, scale, and public domain names |
update_distribution | Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution |
update_distribution_bundle | Updates the bundle of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution |
update_domain_entry | Updates a domain recordset after it is created |
update_instance_metadata_options | Modifies the Amazon Lightsail instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance |
update_load_balancer_attribute | Updates the specified attribute for a load balancer |
update_relational_database | Allows the update of one or more attributes of a database in Amazon Lightsail |
update_relational_database_parameters | Allows the update of one or more parameters of a database in Amazon Lightsail |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- lightsail()
svc$allocate_static_ip(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Allocates a static IP address
Description
Allocates a static IP address.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_allocate_static_ip/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_allocate_static_ip(staticIpName)
Arguments
staticIpName |
[required] The name of the static IP address. |
Attaches an SSL/TLS certificate to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
Description
Attaches an SSL/TLS certificate to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_attach_certificate_to_distribution/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_attach_certificate_to_distribution(distributionName, certificateName)
Arguments
distributionName |
[required] The name of the distribution that the certificate will be attached to. Use the |
certificateName |
[required] The name of the certificate to attach to a distribution. Only certificates with a status of Use the This is the name of the certificate resource type and is used only to
reference the certificate in other API actions. It can be different than
the domain name of the certificate. For example, your certificate name
might be |
Attaches a block storage disk to a running or stopped Lightsail instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified disk name
Description
Attaches a block storage disk to a running or stopped Lightsail instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified disk name.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_attach_disk/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_attach_disk(diskName, instanceName, diskPath, autoMounting = NULL)
Arguments
diskName |
[required] The unique Lightsail disk name ( |
instanceName |
[required] The name of the Lightsail instance where you want to utilize the storage disk. |
diskPath |
[required] The disk path to expose to the instance ( |
autoMounting |
A Boolean value used to determine the automatic mounting of a storage
volume to a virtual computer. The default value is This value only applies to Lightsail for Research resources. |
Attaches one or more Lightsail instances to a load balancer
Description
Attaches one or more Lightsail instances to a load balancer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_attach_instances_to_load_balancer/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_attach_instances_to_load_balancer(loadBalancerName, instanceNames)
Arguments
loadBalancerName |
[required] The name of the load balancer. |
instanceNames |
[required] An array of strings representing the instance name(s) you want to attach to your load balancer. An instance must be There are no additional limits on the number of instances you can attach to your load balancer, aside from the limit of Lightsail instances you can create in your account (20). |
Attaches a Transport Layer Security (TLS) certificate to your load balancer
Description
Attaches a Transport Layer Security (TLS) certificate to your load balancer. TLS is just an updated, more secure version of Secure Socket Layer (SSL).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_attach_load_balancer_tls_certificate/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_attach_load_balancer_tls_certificate(
loadBalancerName,
certificateName
)
Arguments
loadBalancerName |
[required] The name of the load balancer to which you want to associate the SSL/TLS certificate. |
certificateName |
[required] The name of your SSL/TLS certificate. |
Attaches a static IP address to a specific Amazon Lightsail instance
Description
Attaches a static IP address to a specific Amazon Lightsail instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_attach_static_ip/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_attach_static_ip(staticIpName, instanceName)
Arguments
staticIpName |
[required] The name of the static IP. |
instanceName |
[required] The instance name to which you want to attach the static IP address. |
Closes ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance
Description
Closes ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_close_instance_public_ports/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_close_instance_public_ports(portInfo, instanceName)
Arguments
portInfo |
[required] An object to describe the ports to close for the specified instance. |
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance for which to close ports. |
Copies a manual snapshot of an instance or disk as another manual snapshot, or copies an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk as a manual snapshot
Description
Copies a manual snapshot of an instance or disk as another manual snapshot, or copies an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk as a manual snapshot. This operation can also be used to copy a manual or automatic snapshot of an instance or a disk from one Amazon Web Services Region to another in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_copy_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_copy_snapshot(
sourceSnapshotName = NULL,
sourceResourceName = NULL,
restoreDate = NULL,
useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot = NULL,
targetSnapshotName,
sourceRegion
)
Arguments
sourceSnapshotName |
The name of the source manual snapshot to copy. Constraint:
|
sourceResourceName |
The name of the source instance or disk from which the source automatic snapshot was created. Constraint:
|
restoreDate |
The date of the source automatic snapshot to copy. Use the
Constraints:
|
useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot |
A Boolean value to indicate whether to use the latest available automatic snapshot of the specified source instance or disk. Constraints:
|
targetSnapshotName |
[required] The name of the new manual snapshot to be created as a copy. |
sourceRegion |
[required] The Amazon Web Services Region where the source manual or automatic snapshot is located. |
Creates an Amazon Lightsail bucket
Description
Creates an Amazon Lightsail bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_bucket/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_bucket(
bucketName,
bundleId,
tags = NULL,
enableObjectVersioning = NULL
)
Arguments
bucketName |
[required] The name for the bucket. For more information about bucket names, see Bucket naming rules in Amazon Lightsail in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide. |
bundleId |
[required] The ID of the bundle to use for the bucket. A bucket bundle specifies the monthly cost, storage space, and data transfer quota for a bucket. Use the Use the |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the bucket during creation. Use the |
enableObjectVersioning |
A Boolean value that indicates whether to enable versioning of objects in the bucket. For more information about versioning, see Enabling and suspending object versioning in a bucket in Amazon Lightsail in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide. |
Creates a new access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket
Description
Creates a new access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket. Access keys consist of an access key ID and corresponding secret access key.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_bucket_access_key/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_bucket_access_key(bucketName)
Arguments
bucketName |
[required] The name of the bucket that the new access key will belong to, and grant access to. |
Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution and a container service
Description
Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution and a container service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_certificate/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_certificate(
certificateName,
domainName,
subjectAlternativeNames = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
certificateName |
[required] The name for the certificate. |
domainName |
[required] The domain name ( |
subjectAlternativeNames |
An array of strings that specify the alternate domains ( You can specify a maximum of nine alternate domains (in addition to the primary domain name). Wildcard domain entries ( |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the certificate during create. Use the |
Creates an AWS CloudFormation stack, which creates a new Amazon EC2 instance from an exported Amazon Lightsail snapshot
Description
Creates an AWS CloudFormation stack, which creates a new Amazon EC2 instance from an exported Amazon Lightsail snapshot. This operation results in a CloudFormation stack record that can be used to track the AWS CloudFormation stack created. Use the get cloud formation stack records
operation to get a list of the CloudFormation stacks created.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_cloud_formation_stack/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_cloud_formation_stack(instances)
Arguments
instances |
[required] An array of parameters that will be used to create the new Amazon EC2 instance. You can only pass one instance entry at a time in this array. You will get an invalid parameter error if you pass more than one instance entry in this array. |
Creates an email or SMS text message contact method
Description
Creates an email or SMS text message contact method.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_contact_method/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_contact_method(protocol, contactEndpoint)
Arguments
protocol |
[required] The protocol of the contact method, such as The
For a list of countries/regions where SMS text messages can be sent, and the latest Amazon Web Services Regions where SMS text messaging is supported, see Supported Regions and Countries in the Amazon SNS Developer Guide. For more information about notifications in Amazon Lightsail, see Notifications in Amazon Lightsail. |
contactEndpoint |
[required] The destination of the contact method, such as an email address or a mobile phone number. Use the E.164 format when specifying a mobile phone number. E.164 is a standard for the phone number structure used for international telecommunication. Phone numbers that follow this format can have a maximum of 15 digits, and they are prefixed with the plus character (+) and the country code. For example, a U.S. phone number in E.164 format would be specified as +1XXX5550100. For more information, see E.164 on Wikipedia. |
Creates an Amazon Lightsail container service
Description
Creates an Amazon Lightsail container service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_container_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_container_service(
serviceName,
power,
scale,
tags = NULL,
publicDomainNames = NULL,
deployment = NULL,
privateRegistryAccess = NULL
)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name for the container service. The name that you specify for your container service will make up part
of its default domain. The default domain of a container service is
typically
The following are the requirements for container service names:
|
power |
[required] The power specification for the container service. The power specifies the amount of memory, vCPUs, and base monthly cost
of each node of the container service. The Use the
|
scale |
[required] The scale specification for the container service. The scale specifies the allocated compute nodes of the container
service. The |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the container service during create. Use the For more information about tags in Lightsail, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide. |
publicDomainNames |
The public domain names to use with the container service, such as
You can specify up to four public domain names for a container service. The domain names that you specify are used when you create a deployment with a container configured as the public endpoint of your container service. If you don't specify public domain names, then you can use the default domain of the container service. You must create and validate an SSL/TLS certificate before you can use
public domain names with your container service. Use the
You can specify public domain names using a string to array map as shown in the example later on this page. |
deployment |
An object that describes a deployment for the container service. A deployment specifies the containers that will be launched on the container service and their settings, such as the ports to open, the environment variables to apply, and the launch command to run. It also specifies the container that will serve as the public endpoint of the deployment and its settings, such as the HTTP or HTTPS port to use, and the health check configuration. |
privateRegistryAccess |
An object to describe the configuration for the container service to access private container image repositories, such as Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR) private repositories. For more information, see Configuring access to an Amazon ECR private repository for an Amazon Lightsail container service in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide. |
Creates a deployment for your Amazon Lightsail container service
Description
Creates a deployment for your Amazon Lightsail container service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_container_service_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_container_service_deployment(
serviceName,
containers = NULL,
publicEndpoint = NULL
)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the container service for which to create the deployment. |
containers |
An object that describes the settings of the containers that will be launched on the container service. |
publicEndpoint |
An object that describes the settings of the public endpoint for the container service. |
Creates a temporary set of log in credentials that you can use to log in to the Docker process on your local machine
Description
Creates a temporary set of log in credentials that you can use to log in to the Docker process on your local machine. After you're logged in, you can use the native Docker commands to push your local container images to the container image registry of your Amazon Lightsail account so that you can use them with your Lightsail container service. The log in credentials expire 12 hours after they are created, at which point you will need to create a new set of log in credentials.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_container_service_registry_login/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_container_service_registry_login()
Creates a block storage disk that can be attached to an Amazon Lightsail instance in the same Availability Zone (us-east-2a)
Description
Creates a block storage disk that can be attached to an Amazon Lightsail instance in the same Availability Zone (us-east-2a
).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_disk/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_disk(
diskName,
availabilityZone,
sizeInGb,
tags = NULL,
addOns = NULL
)
Arguments
diskName |
[required] The unique Lightsail disk name ( |
availabilityZone |
[required] The Availability Zone where you want to create the disk ( Use the |
sizeInGb |
[required] The size of the disk in GB ( |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
addOns |
An array of objects that represent the add-ons to enable for the new disk. |
Creates a block storage disk from a manual or automatic snapshot of a disk
Description
Creates a block storage disk from a manual or automatic snapshot of a disk. The resulting disk can be attached to an Amazon Lightsail instance in the same Availability Zone (us-east-2a
).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_disk_from_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_disk_from_snapshot(
diskName,
diskSnapshotName = NULL,
availabilityZone,
sizeInGb,
tags = NULL,
addOns = NULL,
sourceDiskName = NULL,
restoreDate = NULL,
useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot = NULL
)
Arguments
diskName |
[required] The unique Lightsail disk name ( |
diskSnapshotName |
The name of the disk snapshot ( Constraint:
|
availabilityZone |
[required] The Availability Zone where you want to create the disk ( Use the GetRegions operation to list the Availability Zones where Lightsail is currently available. |
sizeInGb |
[required] The size of the disk in GB ( |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
addOns |
An array of objects that represent the add-ons to enable for the new disk. |
sourceDiskName |
The name of the source disk from which the source automatic snapshot was created. Constraints:
|
restoreDate |
The date of the automatic snapshot to use for the new disk. Use the
Constraints:
|
useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot |
A Boolean value to indicate whether to use the latest available automatic snapshot. Constraints:
|
Creates a snapshot of a block storage disk
Description
Creates a snapshot of a block storage disk. You can use snapshots for backups, to make copies of disks, and to save data before shutting down a Lightsail instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_disk_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_disk_snapshot(
diskName = NULL,
diskSnapshotName,
instanceName = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
diskName |
The unique name of the source disk ( This parameter cannot be defined together with the |
diskSnapshotName |
[required] The name of the destination disk snapshot ( |
instanceName |
The unique name of the source instance
( This parameter cannot be defined together with the |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
Creates an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
Description
Creates an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_distribution/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_distribution(
distributionName,
origin,
defaultCacheBehavior,
cacheBehaviorSettings = NULL,
cacheBehaviors = NULL,
bundleId,
ipAddressType = NULL,
tags = NULL,
certificateName = NULL,
viewerMinimumTlsProtocolVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
distributionName |
[required] The name for the distribution. |
origin |
[required] An object that describes the origin resource for the distribution, such as a Lightsail instance, bucket, or load balancer. The distribution pulls, caches, and serves content from the origin. |
defaultCacheBehavior |
[required] An object that describes the default cache behavior for the distribution. |
cacheBehaviorSettings |
An object that describes the cache behavior settings for the distribution. |
cacheBehaviors |
An array of objects that describe the per-path cache behavior for the distribution. |
bundleId |
[required] The bundle ID to use for the distribution. A distribution bundle describes the specifications of your distribution, such as the monthly cost and monthly network transfer quota. Use the |
ipAddressType |
The IP address type for the distribution. The possible values are The default value is |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the distribution during create. Use the |
certificateName |
The name of the SSL/TLS certificate that you want to attach to the distribution. Use the |
viewerMinimumTlsProtocolVersion |
The minimum TLS protocol version for the SSL/TLS certificate. |
Creates a domain resource for the specified domain (example
Description
Creates a domain resource for the specified domain (example.com).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_domain(domainName, tags = NULL)
Arguments
domainName |
[required] The domain name to manage ( |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
Creates one of the following domain name system (DNS) records in a domain DNS zone: Address (A), canonical name (CNAME), mail exchanger (MX), name server (NS), start of authority (SOA), service locator (SRV), or text (TXT)
Description
Creates one of the following domain name system (DNS) records in a domain DNS zone: Address (A), canonical name (CNAME), mail exchanger (MX), name server (NS), start of authority (SOA), service locator (SRV), or text (TXT).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_domain_entry/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_domain_entry(domainName, domainEntry)
Arguments
domainName |
[required] The domain name ( |
domainEntry |
[required] An array of key-value pairs containing information about the domain entry request. |
Creates two URLs that are used to access a virtual computer’s graphical user interface (GUI) session
Description
Creates two URLs that are used to access a virtual computer’s graphical user interface (GUI) session. The primary URL initiates a web-based Amazon DCV session to the virtual computer's application. The secondary URL initiates a web-based Amazon DCV session to the virtual computer's operating session.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_gui_session_access_details/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_gui_session_access_details(resourceName)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The resource name. |
Creates a snapshot of a specific virtual private server, or instance
Description
Creates a snapshot of a specific virtual private server, or instance. You can use a snapshot to create a new instance that is based on that snapshot.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_instance_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_instance_snapshot(
instanceSnapshotName,
instanceName,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
instanceSnapshotName |
[required] The name for your new snapshot. |
instanceName |
[required] The Lightsail instance on which to base your snapshot. |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
Creates one or more Amazon Lightsail instances
Description
Creates one or more Amazon Lightsail instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_instances(
instanceNames,
availabilityZone,
customImageName = NULL,
blueprintId,
bundleId,
userData = NULL,
keyPairName = NULL,
tags = NULL,
addOns = NULL,
ipAddressType = NULL
)
Arguments
instanceNames |
[required] The names to use for your new Lightsail instances. Separate multiple
values using quotation marks and commas, for example:
|
availabilityZone |
[required] The Availability Zone in which to create your instance. Use the
following format: |
customImageName |
(Discontinued) The name for your custom image. In releases prior to June 12, 2017, this parameter was ignored by the API. It is now discontinued. |
blueprintId |
[required] The ID for a virtual private server image ( Use active blueprints when creating new instances. Inactive blueprints are listed to support customers with existing instances and are not necessarily available to create new instances. Blueprints are marked inactive when they become outdated due to operating system updates or new application releases. |
bundleId |
[required] The bundle of specification information for your virtual private server
(or instance), including the pricing plan ( |
userData |
A launch script you can create that configures a server with additional
user data. For example, you might want to run Depending on the machine image you choose, the command to get software
on your instance varies. Amazon Linux and CentOS use |
keyPairName |
The name of your key pair. |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
addOns |
An array of objects representing the add-ons to enable for the new instance. |
ipAddressType |
The IP address type for the instance. The possible values are The default value is |
Creates one or more new instances from a manual or automatic snapshot of an instance
Description
Creates one or more new instances from a manual or automatic snapshot of an instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_instances_from_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_instances_from_snapshot(
instanceNames,
attachedDiskMapping = NULL,
availabilityZone,
instanceSnapshotName = NULL,
bundleId,
userData = NULL,
keyPairName = NULL,
tags = NULL,
addOns = NULL,
ipAddressType = NULL,
sourceInstanceName = NULL,
restoreDate = NULL,
useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot = NULL
)
Arguments
instanceNames |
[required] The names for your new instances. |
attachedDiskMapping |
An object containing information about one or more disk mappings. |
availabilityZone |
[required] The Availability Zone where you want to create your instances. Use the
following formatting: |
instanceSnapshotName |
The name of the instance snapshot on which you are basing your new instances. Use the get instance snapshots operation to return information about your existing snapshots. Constraint:
|
bundleId |
[required] The bundle of specification information for your virtual private server
(or instance), including the pricing plan ( |
userData |
You can create a launch script that configures a server with additional
user data. For example, Depending on the machine image you choose, the command to get software
on your instance varies. Amazon Linux and CentOS use |
keyPairName |
The name for your key pair. |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
addOns |
An array of objects representing the add-ons to enable for the new instance. |
ipAddressType |
The IP address type for the instance. The possible values are The default value is |
sourceInstanceName |
The name of the source instance from which the source automatic snapshot was created. Constraints:
|
restoreDate |
The date of the automatic snapshot to use for the new instance. Use the
Constraints:
|
useLatestRestorableAutoSnapshot |
A Boolean value to indicate whether to use the latest available automatic snapshot. Constraints:
|
Creates a custom SSH key pair that you can use with an Amazon Lightsail instance
Description
Creates a custom SSH key pair that you can use with an Amazon Lightsail instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_key_pair/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_key_pair(keyPairName, tags = NULL)
Arguments
keyPairName |
[required] The name for your new key pair. |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
Creates a Lightsail load balancer
Description
Creates a Lightsail load balancer. To learn more about deciding whether to load balance your application, see Configure your Lightsail instances for load balancing. You can create up to 5 load balancers per AWS Region in your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_load_balancer/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_load_balancer(
loadBalancerName,
instancePort,
healthCheckPath = NULL,
certificateName = NULL,
certificateDomainName = NULL,
certificateAlternativeNames = NULL,
tags = NULL,
ipAddressType = NULL,
tlsPolicyName = NULL
)
Arguments
loadBalancerName |
[required] The name of your load balancer. |
instancePort |
[required] The instance port where you're creating your load balancer. |
healthCheckPath |
The path you provided to perform the load balancer health check. If you
didn't specify a health check path, Lightsail uses the root path of your
website ( You may want to specify a custom health check path other than the root of your application if your home page loads slowly or has a lot of media or scripting on it. |
certificateName |
The name of the SSL/TLS certificate. If you specify |
certificateDomainName |
The domain name with which your certificate is associated
( If you specify |
certificateAlternativeNames |
The optional alternative domains and subdomains to use with your SSL/TLS
certificate ( |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
ipAddressType |
The IP address type for the load balancer. The possible values are The default value is |
tlsPolicyName |
The name of the TLS policy to apply to the load balancer. Use the
For more information about load balancer TLS policies, see Configuring TLS security policies on your Amazon Lightsail load balancers in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide. |
Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail load balancer
Description
Creates an SSL/TLS certificate for an Amazon Lightsail load balancer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_load_balancer_tls_certificate/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_load_balancer_tls_certificate(
loadBalancerName,
certificateName,
certificateDomainName,
certificateAlternativeNames = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
loadBalancerName |
[required] The load balancer name where you want to create the SSL/TLS certificate. |
certificateName |
[required] The SSL/TLS certificate name. You can have up to 10 certificates in your account at one time. Each Lightsail load balancer can have up to 2 certificates associated with it at one time. There is also an overall limit to the number of certificates that can be issue in a 365-day period. For more information, see Limits. |
certificateDomainName |
[required] The domain name ( |
certificateAlternativeNames |
An array of strings listing alternative domains and subdomains for your
SSL/TLS certificate. Lightsail will de-dupe the names for you. You can
have a maximum of 9 alternative names (in addition to the 1 primary
domain). We do not support wildcards ( |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
Creates a new database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Creates a new database in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_relational_database/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_relational_database(
relationalDatabaseName,
availabilityZone = NULL,
relationalDatabaseBlueprintId,
relationalDatabaseBundleId,
masterDatabaseName,
masterUsername,
masterUserPassword = NULL,
preferredBackupWindow = NULL,
preferredMaintenanceWindow = NULL,
publiclyAccessible = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name to use for your new Lightsail database resource. Constraints:
|
availabilityZone |
The Availability Zone in which to create your new database. Use the
You can get a list of Availability Zones by using the |
relationalDatabaseBlueprintId |
[required] The blueprint ID for your new database. A blueprint describes the major engine version of a database. You can get a list of database blueprints IDs by using the
|
relationalDatabaseBundleId |
[required] The bundle ID for your new database. A bundle describes the performance specifications for your database. You can get a list of database bundle IDs by using the
|
masterDatabaseName |
[required] The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you use. MySQL The name of the database to create when the Lightsail database resource is created. If this parameter isn't specified, no database is created in the database resource. Constraints:
PostgreSQL The name of the database to create when the Lightsail database resource
is created. If this parameter isn't specified, a database named
Constraints:
|
masterUsername |
[required] The name for the master user. MySQL Constraints:
PostgreSQL Constraints:
|
masterUserPassword |
The password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". It cannot contain spaces. MySQL Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. PostgreSQL Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. |
preferredBackupWindow |
The daily time range during which automated backups are created for your new database if automated backups are enabled. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region. For more information about the preferred backup window time blocks for each region, see the Working With Backups guide in the Amazon Relational Database Service documentation. Constraints:
|
preferredMaintenanceWindow |
The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur on your new database. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. Constraints:
|
publiclyAccessible |
Specifies the accessibility options for your new database. A value of
|
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
Creates a new database from an existing database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Creates a new database from an existing database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_relational_database_from_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_relational_database_from_snapshot(
relationalDatabaseName,
availabilityZone = NULL,
publiclyAccessible = NULL,
relationalDatabaseSnapshotName = NULL,
relationalDatabaseBundleId = NULL,
sourceRelationalDatabaseName = NULL,
restoreTime = NULL,
useLatestRestorableTime = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name to use for your new Lightsail database resource. Constraints:
|
availabilityZone |
The Availability Zone in which to create your new database. Use the
You can get a list of Availability Zones by using the |
publiclyAccessible |
Specifies the accessibility options for your new database. A value of
|
relationalDatabaseSnapshotName |
The name of the database snapshot from which to create your new database. |
relationalDatabaseBundleId |
The bundle ID for your new database. A bundle describes the performance specifications for your database. You can get a list of database bundle IDs by using the
When creating a new database from a snapshot, you cannot choose a bundle that is smaller than the bundle of the source database. |
sourceRelationalDatabaseName |
The name of the source database. |
restoreTime |
The date and time to restore your database from. Constraints:
|
useLatestRestorableTime |
Specifies whether your database is restored from the latest backup time.
A value of Default: Constraints: Cannot be specified if the |
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
Creates a snapshot of your database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Creates a snapshot of your database in Amazon Lightsail. You can use snapshots for backups, to make copies of a database, and to save data before deleting a database.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_create_relational_database_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_create_relational_database_snapshot(
relationalDatabaseName,
relationalDatabaseSnapshotName,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of the database on which to base your new snapshot. |
relationalDatabaseSnapshotName |
[required] The name for your new database snapshot. Constraints:
|
tags |
The tag keys and optional values to add to the resource during create. Use the |
Deletes an alarm
Description
Deletes an alarm.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_alarm/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_alarm(alarmName)
Arguments
alarmName |
[required] The name of the alarm to delete. |
Deletes an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk
Description
Deletes an automatic snapshot of an instance or disk. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_auto_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_auto_snapshot(resourceName, date)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The name of the source instance or disk from which to delete the automatic snapshot. |
date |
[required] The date of the automatic snapshot to delete in |
Deletes a Amazon Lightsail bucket
Description
Deletes a Amazon Lightsail bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_bucket/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_bucket(bucketName, forceDelete = NULL)
Arguments
bucketName |
[required] The name of the bucket to delete. Use the |
forceDelete |
A Boolean value that indicates whether to force delete the bucket. You must force delete the bucket if it has one of the following conditions:
Force deleting a bucket might impact other resources that rely on the bucket, such as instances, distributions, or software that use the issued access keys. |
Deletes an access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket
Description
Deletes an access key for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_bucket_access_key/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_bucket_access_key(bucketName, accessKeyId)
Arguments
bucketName |
[required] The name of the bucket that the access key belongs to. |
accessKeyId |
[required] The ID of the access key to delete. Use the |
Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate for your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
Description
Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate for your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_certificate/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_certificate(certificateName)
Arguments
certificateName |
[required] The name of the certificate to delete. Use the |
Deletes a contact method
Description
Deletes a contact method.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_contact_method/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_contact_method(protocol)
Arguments
protocol |
[required] The protocol that will be deleted, such as To delete an |
Deletes a container image that is registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service
Description
Deletes a container image that is registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_container_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_container_image(serviceName, image)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the container service for which to delete a registered container image. |
image |
[required] The name of the container image to delete from the container service. Use the Container images sourced from your Lightsail container service, that are
registered and stored on your service, start with a colon ( |
Deletes your Amazon Lightsail container service
Description
Deletes your Amazon Lightsail container service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_container_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_container_service(serviceName)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the container service to delete. |
Deletes the specified block storage disk
Description
Deletes the specified block storage disk. The disk must be in the available
state (not attached to a Lightsail instance).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_disk/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_disk(diskName, forceDeleteAddOns = NULL)
Arguments
diskName |
[required] The unique name of the disk you want to delete ( |
forceDeleteAddOns |
A Boolean value to indicate whether to delete all add-ons for the disk. |
Deletes the specified disk snapshot
Description
Deletes the specified disk snapshot.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_disk_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_disk_snapshot(diskSnapshotName)
Arguments
diskSnapshotName |
[required] The name of the disk snapshot you want to delete ( |
Deletes your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
Description
Deletes your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_distribution/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_distribution(distributionName = NULL)
Arguments
distributionName |
The name of the distribution to delete. Use the |
Deletes the specified domain recordset and all of its domain records
Description
Deletes the specified domain recordset and all of its domain records.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_domain(domainName)
Arguments
domainName |
[required] The specific domain name to delete. |
Deletes a specific domain entry
Description
Deletes a specific domain entry.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_domain_entry/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_domain_entry(domainName, domainEntry)
Arguments
domainName |
[required] The name of the domain entry to delete. |
domainEntry |
[required] An array of key-value pairs containing information about your domain entries. |
Deletes an Amazon Lightsail instance
Description
Deletes an Amazon Lightsail instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_instance(instanceName, forceDeleteAddOns = NULL)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance to delete. |
forceDeleteAddOns |
A Boolean value to indicate whether to delete all add-ons for the instance. |
Deletes a specific snapshot of a virtual private server (or instance)
Description
Deletes a specific snapshot of a virtual private server (or instance).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_instance_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_instance_snapshot(instanceSnapshotName)
Arguments
instanceSnapshotName |
[required] The name of the snapshot to delete. |
Deletes the specified key pair by removing the public key from Amazon Lightsail
Description
Deletes the specified key pair by removing the public key from Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_key_pair/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_key_pair(keyPairName, expectedFingerprint = NULL)
Arguments
keyPairName |
[required] The name of the key pair to delete. |
expectedFingerprint |
The RSA fingerprint of the Lightsail default key pair to delete. The |
Deletes the known host key or certificate used by the Amazon Lightsail browser-based SSH or RDP clients to authenticate an instance
Description
Deletes the known host key or certificate used by the Amazon Lightsail browser-based SSH or RDP clients to authenticate an instance. This operation enables the Lightsail browser-based SSH or RDP clients to connect to the instance after a host key mismatch.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_known_host_keys/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_known_host_keys(instanceName)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance for which you want to reset the host key or certificate. |
Deletes a Lightsail load balancer and all its associated SSL/TLS certificates
Description
Deletes a Lightsail load balancer and all its associated SSL/TLS certificates. Once the load balancer is deleted, you will need to create a new load balancer, create a new certificate, and verify domain ownership again.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_load_balancer/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_load_balancer(loadBalancerName)
Arguments
loadBalancerName |
[required] The name of the load balancer you want to delete. |
Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate associated with a Lightsail load balancer
Description
Deletes an SSL/TLS certificate associated with a Lightsail load balancer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_load_balancer_tls_certificate/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_load_balancer_tls_certificate(
loadBalancerName,
certificateName,
force = NULL
)
Arguments
loadBalancerName |
[required] The load balancer name. |
certificateName |
[required] The SSL/TLS certificate name. |
force |
When There can be two certificates associated with a Lightsail load balancer:
the primary and the backup. The |
Deletes a database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Deletes a database in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_relational_database/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_relational_database(
relationalDatabaseName,
skipFinalSnapshot = NULL,
finalRelationalDatabaseSnapshotName = NULL
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of the database that you are deleting. |
skipFinalSnapshot |
Determines whether a final database snapshot is created before your
database is deleted. If You must specify the Default: |
finalRelationalDatabaseSnapshotName |
The name of the database snapshot created if Specifying this parameter and also specifying the Constraints:
|
Deletes a database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Deletes a database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_delete_relational_database_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_delete_relational_database_snapshot(relationalDatabaseSnapshotName)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseSnapshotName |
[required] The name of the database snapshot that you are deleting. |
Detaches an SSL/TLS certificate from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
Description
Detaches an SSL/TLS certificate from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_detach_certificate_from_distribution/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_detach_certificate_from_distribution(distributionName)
Arguments
distributionName |
[required] The name of the distribution from which to detach the certificate. Use the |
Detaches a stopped block storage disk from a Lightsail instance
Description
Detaches a stopped block storage disk from a Lightsail instance. Make sure to unmount any file systems on the device within your operating system before stopping the instance and detaching the disk.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_detach_disk/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_detach_disk(diskName)
Arguments
diskName |
[required] The unique name of the disk you want to detach from your instance
( |
Detaches the specified instances from a Lightsail load balancer
Description
Detaches the specified instances from a Lightsail load balancer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_detach_instances_from_load_balancer/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_detach_instances_from_load_balancer(loadBalancerName, instanceNames)
Arguments
loadBalancerName |
[required] The name of the Lightsail load balancer. |
instanceNames |
[required] An array of strings containing the names of the instances you want to detach from the load balancer. |
Detaches a static IP from the Amazon Lightsail instance to which it is attached
Description
Detaches a static IP from the Amazon Lightsail instance to which it is attached.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_detach_static_ip/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_detach_static_ip(staticIpName)
Arguments
staticIpName |
[required] The name of the static IP to detach from the instance. |
Disables an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource
Description
Disables an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_disable_add_on/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_disable_add_on(addOnType, resourceName)
Arguments
addOnType |
[required] The add-on type to disable. |
resourceName |
[required] The name of the source resource for which to disable the add-on. |
Downloads the regional Amazon Lightsail default key pair
Description
Downloads the regional Amazon Lightsail default key pair.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_download_default_key_pair/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_download_default_key_pair()
Enables or modifies an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource
Description
Enables or modifies an add-on for an Amazon Lightsail resource. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_enable_add_on/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_enable_add_on(resourceName, addOnRequest)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The name of the source resource for which to enable or modify the add-on. |
addOnRequest |
[required] An array of strings representing the add-on to enable or modify. |
Exports an Amazon Lightsail instance or block storage disk snapshot to Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2)
Description
Exports an Amazon Lightsail instance or block storage disk snapshot to Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2). This operation results in an export snapshot record that can be used with the create cloud formation stack
operation to create new Amazon EC2 instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_export_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_export_snapshot(sourceSnapshotName)
Arguments
sourceSnapshotName |
[required] The name of the instance or disk snapshot to be exported to Amazon EC2. |
Returns the names of all active (not deleted) resources
Description
Returns the names of all active (not deleted) resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_active_names/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_active_names(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns information about the configured alarms
Description
Returns information about the configured alarms. Specify an alarm name in your request to return information about a specific alarm, or specify a monitored resource name to return information about all alarms for a specific resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_alarms/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_alarms(
alarmName = NULL,
pageToken = NULL,
monitoredResourceName = NULL
)
Arguments
alarmName |
The name of the alarm. Specify an alarm name to return information about a specific alarm. |
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
monitoredResourceName |
The name of the Lightsail resource being monitored by the alarm. Specify a monitored resource name to return information about all alarms for a specific resource. |
Returns the available automatic snapshots for an instance or disk
Description
Returns the available automatic snapshots for an instance or disk. For more information, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_auto_snapshots/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_auto_snapshots(resourceName)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The name of the source instance or disk from which to get automatic snapshot information. |
Returns the list of available instance images, or blueprints
Description
Returns the list of available instance images, or blueprints. You can use a blueprint to create a new instance already running a specific operating system, as well as a preinstalled app or development stack. The software each instance is running depends on the blueprint image you choose.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_blueprints/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_blueprints(
includeInactive = NULL,
pageToken = NULL,
appCategory = NULL
)
Arguments
includeInactive |
A Boolean value that indicates whether to include inactive (unavailable) blueprints in the response of your request. |
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
appCategory |
Returns a list of blueprints that are specific to Lightsail for Research. You must use this parameter to view Lightsail for Research blueprints. |
Returns the existing access key IDs for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket
Description
Returns the existing access key IDs for the specified Amazon Lightsail bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_bucket_access_keys/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_bucket_access_keys(bucketName)
Arguments
bucketName |
[required] The name of the bucket for which to return access keys. |
Returns the bundles that you can apply to a Amazon Lightsail bucket
Description
Returns the bundles that you can apply to a Amazon Lightsail bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_bucket_bundles/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_bucket_bundles(includeInactive = NULL)
Arguments
includeInactive |
A Boolean value that indicates whether to include inactive (unavailable) bundles in the response of your request. |
Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail bucket
Description
Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_bucket_metric_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_bucket_metric_data(
bucketName,
metricName,
startTime,
endTime,
period,
statistics,
unit
)
Arguments
bucketName |
[required] The name of the bucket for which to get metric data. |
metricName |
[required] The metric for which you want to return information. Valid bucket metric names are listed below, along with the most useful statistics to include in your request, and the published unit value. These bucket metrics are reported once per day.
|
startTime |
[required] The timestamp indicating the earliest data to be returned. |
endTime |
[required] The timestamp indicating the latest data to be returned. |
period |
[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points. Bucket storage metrics are reported once per day. Therefore, you should specify a period of 86400 seconds, which is the number of seconds in a day. |
statistics |
[required] The statistic for the metric. The following statistics are available:
|
unit |
[required] The unit for the metric data request. Valid units depend on the metric data being requested. For the valid
units with each available metric, see the |
Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail buckets
Description
Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail buckets. The information returned includes the synchronization status of the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) account-level block public access feature for your Lightsail buckets.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_buckets/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_buckets(
bucketName = NULL,
pageToken = NULL,
includeConnectedResources = NULL
)
Arguments
bucketName |
The name of the bucket for which to return information. When omitted, the response includes all of your buckets in the Amazon Web Services Region where the request is made. |
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
includeConnectedResources |
A Boolean value that indicates whether to include Lightsail instances
that were given access to the bucket using the
|
Returns the bundles that you can apply to an Amazon Lightsail instance when you create it
Description
Returns the bundles that you can apply to an Amazon Lightsail instance when you create it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_bundles/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_bundles(
includeInactive = NULL,
pageToken = NULL,
appCategory = NULL
)
Arguments
includeInactive |
A Boolean value that indicates whether to include inactive (unavailable) bundles in the response of your request. |
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
appCategory |
Returns a list of bundles that are specific to Lightsail for Research. You must use this parameter to view Lightsail for Research bundles. |
Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail SSL/TLS certificates
Description
Returns information about one or more Amazon Lightsail SSL/TLS certificates.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_certificates/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_certificates(
certificateStatuses = NULL,
includeCertificateDetails = NULL,
certificateName = NULL,
pageToken = NULL
)
Arguments
certificateStatuses |
The status of the certificates for which to return information. For example, specify When omitted, the response includes all of your certificates in the Amazon Web Services Region where the request is made, regardless of their current status. |
includeCertificateDetails |
Indicates whether to include detailed information about the certificates in the response. When omitted, the response includes only the certificate names, Amazon Resource Names (ARNs), domain names, and tags. |
certificateName |
The name for the certificate for which to return information. When omitted, the response includes all of your certificates in the Amazon Web Services Region where the request is made. |
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns the CloudFormation stack record created as a result of the create cloud formation stack operation
Description
Returns the CloudFormation stack record created as a result of the create cloud formation stack
operation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_cloud_formation_stack_records/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_cloud_formation_stack_records(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial |
Returns information about the configured contact methods
Description
Returns information about the configured contact methods. Specify a protocol in your request to return information about a specific contact method.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_contact_methods/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_contact_methods(protocols = NULL)
Arguments
protocols |
The protocols used to send notifications, such as Specify a protocol in your request to return information about a specific contact method protocol. |
Returns information about Amazon Lightsail containers, such as the current version of the Lightsail Control (lightsailctl) plugin
Description
Returns information about Amazon Lightsail containers, such as the current version of the Lightsail Control (lightsailctl) plugin.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_api_metadata/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_container_api_metadata()
Returns the container images that are registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service
Description
Returns the container images that are registered to your Amazon Lightsail container service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_images/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_container_images(serviceName)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the container service for which to return registered container images. |
Returns the log events of a container of your Amazon Lightsail container service
Description
Returns the log events of a container of your Amazon Lightsail container service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_log/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_container_log(
serviceName,
containerName,
startTime = NULL,
endTime = NULL,
filterPattern = NULL,
pageToken = NULL
)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the container service for which to get a container log. |
containerName |
[required] The name of the container that is either running or previously ran on the container service for which to return a log. |
startTime |
The start of the time interval for which to get log data. Constraints:
You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter. |
endTime |
The end of the time interval for which to get log data. Constraints:
You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter. |
filterPattern |
The pattern to use to filter the returned log events to a specific term. The following are a few examples of filter patterns that you can specify:
|
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns the deployments for your Amazon Lightsail container service
Description
Returns the deployments for your Amazon Lightsail container service
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_service_deployments/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_container_service_deployments(serviceName)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the container service for which to return deployments. |
Returns the data points of a specific metric of your Amazon Lightsail container service
Description
Returns the data points of a specific metric of your Amazon Lightsail container service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_service_metric_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_container_service_metric_data(
serviceName,
metricName,
startTime,
endTime,
period,
statistics
)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the container service for which to get metric data. |
metricName |
[required] The metric for which you want to return information. Valid container service metric names are listed below, along with the most useful statistics to include in your request, and the published unit value.
|
startTime |
[required] The start time of the time period. |
endTime |
[required] The end time of the time period. |
period |
[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points. All container service metric data is available in 5-minute (300 seconds) granularity. |
statistics |
[required] The statistic for the metric. The following statistics are available:
|
Returns the list of powers that can be specified for your Amazon Lightsail container services
Description
Returns the list of powers that can be specified for your Amazon Lightsail container services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_service_powers/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_container_service_powers()
Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail container services
Description
Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail container services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_container_services/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_container_services(serviceName = NULL)
Arguments
serviceName |
The name of the container service for which to return information. When omitted, the response includes all of your container services in the Amazon Web Services Region where the request is made. |
Retrieves information about the cost estimate for a specified resource
Description
Retrieves information about the cost estimate for a specified resource. A cost estimate will not generate for a resource that has been deleted.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_cost_estimate/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_cost_estimate(resourceName, startTime, endTime)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The resource name. |
startTime |
[required] The cost estimate start time. Constraints:
You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter. |
endTime |
[required] The cost estimate end time. Constraints:
You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter. |
Returns information about a specific block storage disk
Description
Returns information about a specific block storage disk.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_disk/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_disk(diskName)
Arguments
diskName |
[required] The name of the disk ( |
Returns information about a specific block storage disk snapshot
Description
Returns information about a specific block storage disk snapshot.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_disk_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_disk_snapshot(diskSnapshotName)
Arguments
diskSnapshotName |
[required] The name of the disk snapshot ( |
Returns information about all block storage disk snapshots in your AWS account and region
Description
Returns information about all block storage disk snapshots in your AWS account and region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_disk_snapshots/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_disk_snapshots(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns information about all block storage disks in your AWS account and region
Description
Returns information about all block storage disks in your AWS account and region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_disks/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_disks(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns the bundles that can be applied to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions
Description
Returns the bundles that can be applied to your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_distribution_bundles/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_distribution_bundles()
Returns the timestamp and status of the last cache reset of a specific Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
Description
Returns the timestamp and status of the last cache reset of a specific Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_distribution_latest_cache_reset/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_distribution_latest_cache_reset(distributionName = NULL)
Arguments
distributionName |
The name of the distribution for which to return the timestamp of the last cache reset. Use the When omitted, the response includes the latest cache reset timestamp of all your distributions. |
Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
Description
Returns the data points of a specific metric for an Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_distribution_metric_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_distribution_metric_data(
distributionName,
metricName,
startTime,
endTime,
period,
unit,
statistics
)
Arguments
distributionName |
[required] The name of the distribution for which to get metric data. Use the |
metricName |
[required] The metric for which you want to return information. Valid distribution metric names are listed below, along with the most
useful
|
startTime |
[required] The start of the time interval for which to get metric data. Constraints:
You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter. |
endTime |
[required] The end of the time interval for which to get metric data. Constraints:
You can convert a human-friendly time to Unix time format using a converter like Epoch converter. |
period |
[required] The granularity, in seconds, for the metric data points that will be returned. |
unit |
[required] The unit for the metric data request. Valid units depend on the metric data being requested. For the valid
units with each available metric, see the |
statistics |
[required] The statistic for the metric. The following statistics are available:
|
Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions
Description
Returns information about one or more of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distributions.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_distributions/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_distributions(distributionName = NULL, pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
distributionName |
The name of the distribution for which to return information. When omitted, the response includes all of your distributions in the Amazon Web Services Region where the request is made. |
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns information about a specific domain recordset
Description
Returns information about a specific domain recordset.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_domain/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_domain(domainName)
Arguments
domainName |
[required] The domain name for which your want to return information about. |
Returns a list of all domains in the user's account
Description
Returns a list of all domains in the user's account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_domains/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_domains(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns all export snapshot records created as a result of the export snapshot operation
Description
Returns all export snapshot records created as a result of the export snapshot
operation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_export_snapshot_records/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_export_snapshot_records(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns information about a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, which is a virtual private server
Description
Returns information about a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, which is a virtual private server.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_instance(instanceName)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance. |
Returns temporary SSH keys you can use to connect to a specific virtual private server, or instance
Description
Returns temporary SSH keys you can use to connect to a specific virtual private server, or instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_access_details/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_instance_access_details(instanceName, protocol = NULL)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance to access. |
protocol |
The protocol to use to connect to your instance. Defaults to |
Returns the data points for the specified Amazon Lightsail instance metric, given an instance name
Description
Returns the data points for the specified Amazon Lightsail instance metric, given an instance name.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_metric_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_instance_metric_data(
instanceName,
metricName,
period,
startTime,
endTime,
unit,
statistics
)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance for which you want to get metrics data. |
metricName |
[required] The metric for which you want to return information. Valid instance metric names are listed below, along with the most useful
|
period |
[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points. The |
startTime |
[required] The start time of the time period. |
endTime |
[required] The end time of the time period. |
unit |
[required] The unit for the metric data request. Valid units depend on the metric
data being requested. For the valid units to specify with each available
metric, see the |
statistics |
[required] The statistic for the metric. The following statistics are available:
|
Returns the firewall port states for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol
Description
Returns the firewall port states for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_port_states/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_instance_port_states(instanceName)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance for which to return firewall port states. |
Returns information about a specific instance snapshot
Description
Returns information about a specific instance snapshot.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_instance_snapshot(instanceSnapshotName)
Arguments
instanceSnapshotName |
[required] The name of the snapshot for which you are requesting information. |
Returns all instance snapshots for the user's account
Description
Returns all instance snapshots for the user's account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_snapshots/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_instance_snapshots(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns the state of a specific instance
Description
Returns the state of a specific instance. Works on one instance at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instance_state/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_instance_state(instanceName)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance to get state information about. |
Returns information about all Amazon Lightsail virtual private servers, or instances
Description
Returns information about all Amazon Lightsail virtual private servers, or instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_instances(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns information about a specific key pair
Description
Returns information about a specific key pair.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_key_pair/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_key_pair(keyPairName)
Arguments
keyPairName |
[required] The name of the key pair for which you are requesting information. |
Returns information about all key pairs in the user's account
Description
Returns information about all key pairs in the user's account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_key_pairs/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_key_pairs(pageToken = NULL, includeDefaultKeyPair = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
includeDefaultKeyPair |
A Boolean value that indicates whether to include the default key pair in the response of your request. |
Returns information about the specified Lightsail load balancer
Description
Returns information about the specified Lightsail load balancer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_load_balancer/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_load_balancer(loadBalancerName)
Arguments
loadBalancerName |
[required] The name of the load balancer. |
Returns information about health metrics for your Lightsail load balancer
Description
Returns information about health metrics for your Lightsail load balancer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_load_balancer_metric_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_load_balancer_metric_data(
loadBalancerName,
metricName,
period,
startTime,
endTime,
unit,
statistics
)
Arguments
loadBalancerName |
[required] The name of the load balancer. |
metricName |
[required] The metric for which you want to return information. Valid load balancer metric names are listed below, along with the most
useful
|
period |
[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points. |
startTime |
[required] The start time of the period. |
endTime |
[required] The end time of the period. |
unit |
[required] The unit for the metric data request. Valid units depend on the metric
data being requested. For the valid units with each available metric,
see the |
statistics |
[required] The statistic for the metric. The following statistics are available:
|
Returns information about the TLS certificates that are associated with the specified Lightsail load balancer
Description
Returns information about the TLS certificates that are associated with the specified Lightsail load balancer.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_load_balancer_tls_certificates/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_load_balancer_tls_certificates(loadBalancerName)
Arguments
loadBalancerName |
[required] The name of the load balancer you associated with your SSL/TLS certificate. |
Returns a list of TLS security policies that you can apply to Lightsail load balancers
Description
Returns a list of TLS security policies that you can apply to Lightsail load balancers.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_load_balancer_tls_policies/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_load_balancer_tls_policies(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns information about all load balancers in an account
Description
Returns information about all load balancers in an account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_load_balancers/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_load_balancers(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns information about a specific operation
Description
Returns information about a specific operation. Operations include events such as when you create an instance, allocate a static IP, attach a static IP, and so on.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_operation/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_operation(operationId)
Arguments
operationId |
[required] A GUID used to identify the operation. |
Returns information about all operations
Description
Returns information about all operations.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_operations/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_operations(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Gets operations for a specific resource (an instance or a static IP)
Description
Gets operations for a specific resource (an instance or a static IP).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_operations_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_operations_for_resource(resourceName, pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The name of the resource for which you are requesting information. |
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns a list of all valid regions for Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns a list of all valid regions for Amazon Lightsail. Use the include availability zones
parameter to also return the Availability Zones in a region.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_regions/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_regions(
includeAvailabilityZones = NULL,
includeRelationalDatabaseAvailabilityZones = NULL
)
Arguments
includeAvailabilityZones |
A Boolean value indicating whether to also include Availability Zones in
your get regions request. Availability Zones are indicated with a
letter: |
includeRelationalDatabaseAvailabilityZones |
A Boolean value indicating whether to also include Availability Zones
for databases in your get regions request. Availability Zones are
indicated with a letter ( |
Returns information about a specific database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns information about a specific database in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_database(relationalDatabaseName)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of the database that you are looking up. |
Returns a list of available database blueprints in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns a list of available database blueprints in Amazon Lightsail. A blueprint describes the major engine version of a database.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_blueprints/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_database_blueprints(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns the list of bundles that are available in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns the list of bundles that are available in Amazon Lightsail. A bundle describes the performance specifications for a database.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_bundles/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_database_bundles(
pageToken = NULL,
includeInactive = NULL
)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
includeInactive |
A Boolean value that indicates whether to include inactive (unavailable) bundles in the response of your request. |
Returns a list of events for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns a list of events for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_events/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_database_events(
relationalDatabaseName,
durationInMinutes = NULL,
pageToken = NULL
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of the database from which to get events. |
durationInMinutes |
The number of minutes in the past from which to retrieve events. For example, to get all events from the past 2 hours, enter 120. Default: The minimum is 1 and the maximum is 14 days (20160 minutes). |
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns a list of log events for a database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns a list of log events for a database in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_log_events/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_database_log_events(
relationalDatabaseName,
logStreamName,
startTime = NULL,
endTime = NULL,
startFromHead = NULL,
pageToken = NULL
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of your database for which to get log events. |
logStreamName |
[required] The name of the log stream. Use the |
startTime |
The start of the time interval from which to get log events. Constraints:
|
endTime |
The end of the time interval from which to get log events. Constraints:
|
startFromHead |
Parameter to specify if the log should start from head or tail. If
For PostgreSQL, the default value of |
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next or previous page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns a list of available log streams for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns a list of available log streams for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_log_streams/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_database_log_streams(relationalDatabaseName)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of your database for which to get log streams. |
Returns the current, previous, or pending versions of the master user password for a Lightsail database
Description
Returns the current, previous, or pending versions of the master user password for a Lightsail database.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_master_user_password/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_database_master_user_password(
relationalDatabaseName,
passwordVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of your database for which to get the master user password. |
passwordVersion |
The password version to return. Specifying Default: |
Returns the data points of the specified metric for a database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns the data points of the specified metric for a database in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_metric_data/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_database_metric_data(
relationalDatabaseName,
metricName,
period,
startTime,
endTime,
unit,
statistics
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of your database from which to get metric data. |
metricName |
[required] The metric for which you want to return information. Valid relational database metric names are listed below, along with the
most useful
|
period |
[required] The granularity, in seconds, of the returned data points. All relational database metric data is available in 1-minute (60 seconds) granularity. |
startTime |
[required] The start of the time interval from which to get metric data. Constraints:
|
endTime |
[required] The end of the time interval from which to get metric data. Constraints:
|
unit |
[required] The unit for the metric data request. Valid units depend on the metric
data being requested. For the valid units with each available metric,
see the |
statistics |
[required] The statistic for the metric. The following statistics are available:
|
Returns all of the runtime parameters offered by the underlying database software, or engine, for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns all of the runtime parameters offered by the underlying database software, or engine, for a specific database in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_parameters/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_database_parameters(
relationalDatabaseName,
pageToken = NULL
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of your database for which to get parameters. |
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns information about a specific database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns information about a specific database snapshot in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_snapshot/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_database_snapshot(relationalDatabaseSnapshotName)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseSnapshotName |
[required] The name of the database snapshot for which to get information. |
Returns information about all of your database snapshots in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns information about all of your database snapshots in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_database_snapshots/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_database_snapshots(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns information about all of your databases in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Returns information about all of your databases in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_relational_databases/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_relational_databases(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns detailed information for five of the most recent SetupInstanceHttps requests that were ran on the target instance
Description
Returns detailed information for five of the most recent setup_instance_https
requests that were ran on the target instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_setup_history/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_setup_history(resourceName, pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The name of the resource for which you are requesting information. |
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Returns information about an Amazon Lightsail static IP
Description
Returns information about an Amazon Lightsail static IP.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_static_ip/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_static_ip(staticIpName)
Arguments
staticIpName |
[required] The name of the static IP in Lightsail. |
Returns information about all static IPs in the user's account
Description
Returns information about all static IPs in the user's account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_get_static_ips/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_get_static_ips(pageToken = NULL)
Arguments
pageToken |
The token to advance to the next page of results from your request. To get a page token, perform an initial
|
Imports a public SSH key from a specific key pair
Description
Imports a public SSH key from a specific key pair.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_import_key_pair/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_import_key_pair(keyPairName, publicKeyBase64)
Arguments
keyPairName |
[required] The name of the key pair for which you want to import the public key. |
publicKeyBase64 |
[required] A base64-encoded public key of the |
Returns a Boolean value indicating whether your Lightsail VPC is peered
Description
Returns a Boolean value indicating whether your Lightsail VPC is peered.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_is_vpc_peered/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_is_vpc_peered()
Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol
Description
Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_open_instance_public_ports/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_open_instance_public_ports(portInfo, instanceName)
Arguments
portInfo |
[required] An object to describe the ports to open for the specified instance. |
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance for which to open ports. |
Peers the Lightsail VPC with the user's default VPC
Description
Peers the Lightsail VPC with the user's default VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_peer_vpc/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_peer_vpc()
Creates or updates an alarm, and associates it with the specified metric
Description
Creates or updates an alarm, and associates it with the specified metric.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_put_alarm/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_put_alarm(
alarmName,
metricName,
monitoredResourceName,
comparisonOperator,
threshold,
evaluationPeriods,
datapointsToAlarm = NULL,
treatMissingData = NULL,
contactProtocols = NULL,
notificationTriggers = NULL,
notificationEnabled = NULL
)
Arguments
alarmName |
[required] The name for the alarm. Specify the name of an existing alarm to update, and overwrite the previous configuration of the alarm. |
metricName |
[required] The name of the metric to associate with the alarm. You can configure up to two alarms per metric. The following metrics are available for each resource type:
For more information about these metrics, see Metrics available in Lightsail. |
monitoredResourceName |
[required] The name of the Lightsail resource that will be monitored. Instances, load balancers, and relational databases are the only Lightsail resources that can currently be monitored by alarms. |
comparisonOperator |
[required] The arithmetic operation to use when comparing the specified statistic to the threshold. The specified statistic value is used as the first operand. |
threshold |
[required] The value against which the specified statistic is compared. |
evaluationPeriods |
[required] The number of most recent periods over which data is compared to the
specified threshold. If you are setting an "M out of N" alarm, this
value ( If you are setting an alarm that requires that a number of consecutive data points be breaching to trigger the alarm, this value specifies the rolling period of time in which data points are evaluated. Each evaluation period is five minutes long. For example, specify an evaluation period of 24 to evaluate a metric over a rolling period of two hours. You can specify a minimum valuation period of 1 (5 minutes), and a maximum evaluation period of 288 (24 hours). |
datapointsToAlarm |
The number of data points that must be not within the specified
threshold to trigger the alarm. If you are setting an "M out of N"
alarm, this value ( |
treatMissingData |
Sets how this alarm will handle missing data points. An alarm can treat missing data in the following ways:
If |
contactProtocols |
The contact protocols to use for the alarm, such as A notification is sent via the specified contact protocol if notifications are enabled for the alarm, and when the alarm is triggered. A notification is not sent if a contact protocol is not specified, if
the specified contact protocol is not configured in the Amazon Web
Services Region, or if notifications are not enabled for the alarm using
the Use the |
notificationTriggers |
The alarm states that trigger a notification. An alarm has the following possible states:
When you specify a notification trigger, the
The notification trigger defaults to |
notificationEnabled |
Indicates whether the alarm is enabled. Notifications are enabled by default if you don't specify this parameter. |
Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol
Description
Opens ports for a specific Amazon Lightsail instance, and specifies the IP addresses allowed to connect to the instance through the ports, and the protocol. This action also closes all currently open ports that are not included in the request. Include all of the ports and the protocols you want to open in your put_instance_public_ports
request. Or use the open_instance_public_ports
action to open ports without closing currently open ports.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_put_instance_public_ports/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_put_instance_public_ports(portInfos, instanceName)
Arguments
portInfos |
[required] An array of objects to describe the ports to open for the specified instance. |
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance for which to open ports. |
Restarts a specific instance
Description
Restarts a specific instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_reboot_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_reboot_instance(instanceName)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance to reboot. |
Restarts a specific database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Restarts a specific database in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_reboot_relational_database/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_reboot_relational_database(relationalDatabaseName)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of your database to reboot. |
Registers a container image to your Amazon Lightsail container service
Description
Registers a container image to your Amazon Lightsail container service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_register_container_image/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_register_container_image(serviceName, label, digest)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the container service for which to register a container image. |
label |
[required] The label for the container image when it's registered to the container service. Use a descriptive label that you can use to track the different versions of your registered container images. Use the
If the name of your container service is The number at the end of these image name examples represents the
version of the registered container image. If you push and register
another container image to the same Lightsail container service, with
the same label, then the version number for the new registered container
image will be |
digest |
[required] The digest of the container image to be registered. |
Deletes a specific static IP from your account
Description
Deletes a specific static IP from your account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_release_static_ip/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_release_static_ip(staticIpName)
Arguments
staticIpName |
[required] The name of the static IP to delete. |
Deletes currently cached content from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
Description
Deletes currently cached content from your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_reset_distribution_cache/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_reset_distribution_cache(distributionName = NULL)
Arguments
distributionName |
The name of the distribution for which to reset cache. Use the |
Sends a verification request to an email contact method to ensure it's owned by the requester
Description
Sends a verification request to an email contact method to ensure it's owned by the requester. SMS contact methods don't need to be verified.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_send_contact_method_verification/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_send_contact_method_verification(protocol)
Arguments
protocol |
[required] The protocol to verify, such as |
Sets the IP address type for an Amazon Lightsail resource
Description
Sets the IP address type for an Amazon Lightsail resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_set_ip_address_type/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_set_ip_address_type(
resourceType,
resourceName,
ipAddressType,
acceptBundleUpdate = NULL
)
Arguments
resourceType |
[required] The resource type. The resource values are Distribution-related APIs are available only in the N. Virginia
( |
resourceName |
[required] The name of the resource for which to set the IP address type. |
ipAddressType |
[required] The IP address type to set for the specified resource. The possible values are |
acceptBundleUpdate |
Required parameter to accept the instance bundle update when changing to, and from, IPv6-only. An instance bundle will change when switching from You must include this parameter in the command to update the bundle. For
example, if you switch from |
Sets the Amazon Lightsail resources that can access the specified Lightsail bucket
Description
Sets the Amazon Lightsail resources that can access the specified Lightsail bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_set_resource_access_for_bucket/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_set_resource_access_for_bucket(resourceName, bucketName, access)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The name of the Lightsail instance for which to set bucket access. The instance must be in a running or stopped state. |
bucketName |
[required] The name of the bucket for which to set access to another Lightsail resource. |
access |
[required] The access setting. The following access settings are available:
|
Creates an SSL/TLS certificate that secures traffic for your website
Description
Creates an SSL/TLS certificate that secures traffic for your website. After the certificate is created, it is installed on the specified Lightsail instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_setup_instance_https/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_setup_instance_https(
instanceName,
emailAddress,
domainNames,
certificateProvider
)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the Lightsail instance. |
emailAddress |
[required] The contact method for SSL/TLS certificate renewal alerts. You can enter one email address. |
domainNames |
[required] The name of the domain and subdomains that were specified for the SSL/TLS certificate. |
certificateProvider |
[required] The certificate authority that issues the SSL/TLS certificate. |
Initiates a graphical user interface (GUI) session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system and application
Description
Initiates a graphical user interface (GUI) session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system and application. The session will be active for 1 hour. Use this action to resume the session after it expires.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_start_gui_session/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_start_gui_session(resourceName)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The resource name. |
Starts a specific Amazon Lightsail instance from a stopped state
Description
Starts a specific Amazon Lightsail instance from a stopped state. To restart an instance, use the reboot instance
operation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_start_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_start_instance(instanceName)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance (a virtual private server) to start. |
Starts a specific database from a stopped state in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Starts a specific database from a stopped state in Amazon Lightsail. To restart a database, use the reboot relational database
operation.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_start_relational_database/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_start_relational_database(relationalDatabaseName)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of your database to start. |
Terminates a web-based Amazon DCV session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system or application
Description
Terminates a web-based Amazon DCV session that’s used to access a virtual computer’s operating system or application. The session will close and any unsaved data will be lost.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_stop_gui_session/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_stop_gui_session(resourceName)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The resource name. |
Stops a specific Amazon Lightsail instance that is currently running
Description
Stops a specific Amazon Lightsail instance that is currently running.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_stop_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_stop_instance(instanceName, force = NULL)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance (a virtual private server) to stop. |
force |
When set to Only use the |
Stops a specific database that is currently running in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Stops a specific database that is currently running in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_stop_relational_database/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_stop_relational_database(
relationalDatabaseName,
relationalDatabaseSnapshotName = NULL
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of your database to stop. |
relationalDatabaseSnapshotName |
The name of your new database snapshot to be created before stopping your database. |
Adds one or more tags to the specified Amazon Lightsail resource
Description
Adds one or more tags to the specified Amazon Lightsail resource. Each resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. Tag keys must be unique per resource. For more information about tags, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_tag_resource(resourceName, resourceArn = NULL, tags)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The name of the resource to which you are adding tags. |
resourceArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to add a tag. |
tags |
[required] The tag key and optional value. |
Tests an alarm by displaying a banner on the Amazon Lightsail console
Description
Tests an alarm by displaying a banner on the Amazon Lightsail console. If a notification trigger is configured for the specified alarm, the test also sends a notification to the notification protocol (Email
and/or SMS
) configured for the alarm.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_test_alarm/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_test_alarm(alarmName, state)
Arguments
alarmName |
[required] The name of the alarm to test. |
state |
[required] The alarm state to test. An alarm has the following possible states that can be tested:
|
Unpeers the Lightsail VPC from the user's default VPC
Description
Unpeers the Lightsail VPC from the user's default VPC.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_unpeer_vpc/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_unpeer_vpc()
Deletes the specified set of tag keys and their values from the specified Amazon Lightsail resource
Description
Deletes the specified set of tag keys and their values from the specified Amazon Lightsail resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_untag_resource(resourceName, resourceArn = NULL, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceName |
[required] The name of the resource from which you are removing a tag. |
resourceArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which you want to remove a tag. |
tagKeys |
[required] The tag keys to delete from the specified resource. |
Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket
Description
Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_bucket/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_update_bucket(
bucketName,
accessRules = NULL,
versioning = NULL,
readonlyAccessAccounts = NULL,
accessLogConfig = NULL
)
Arguments
bucketName |
[required] The name of the bucket to update. |
accessRules |
An object that sets the public accessibility of objects in the specified bucket. |
versioning |
Specifies whether to enable or suspend versioning of objects in the bucket. The following options can be specified:
|
readonlyAccessAccounts |
An array of strings to specify the Amazon Web Services account IDs that can access the bucket. You can give a maximum of 10 Amazon Web Services accounts access to a bucket. |
accessLogConfig |
An object that describes the access log configuration for the bucket. |
Updates the bundle, or storage plan, of an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket
Description
Updates the bundle, or storage plan, of an existing Amazon Lightsail bucket.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_bucket_bundle/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_update_bucket_bundle(bucketName, bundleId)
Arguments
bucketName |
[required] The name of the bucket for which to update the bundle. |
bundleId |
[required] The ID of the new bundle to apply to the bucket. Use the |
Updates the configuration of your Amazon Lightsail container service, such as its power, scale, and public domain names
Description
Updates the configuration of your Amazon Lightsail container service, such as its power, scale, and public domain names.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_container_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_update_container_service(
serviceName,
power = NULL,
scale = NULL,
isDisabled = NULL,
publicDomainNames = NULL,
privateRegistryAccess = NULL
)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the container service to update. |
power |
The power for the container service. The power specifies the amount of memory, vCPUs, and base monthly cost
of each node of the container service. The Use the
|
scale |
The scale for the container service. The scale specifies the allocated compute nodes of the container
service. The |
isDisabled |
A Boolean value to indicate whether the container service is disabled. |
publicDomainNames |
The public domain names to use with the container service, such as
You can specify up to four public domain names for a container service. The domain names that you specify are used when you create a deployment with a container configured as the public endpoint of your container service. If you don't specify public domain names, then you can use the default domain of the container service. You must create and validate an SSL/TLS certificate before you can use
public domain names with your container service. Use the
You can specify public domain names using a string to array map as shown in the example later on this page. |
privateRegistryAccess |
An object to describe the configuration for the container service to access private container image repositories, such as Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR) private repositories. For more information, see Configuring access to an Amazon ECR private repository for an Amazon Lightsail container service in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide. |
Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
Description
Updates an existing Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_distribution/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_update_distribution(
distributionName,
origin = NULL,
defaultCacheBehavior = NULL,
cacheBehaviorSettings = NULL,
cacheBehaviors = NULL,
isEnabled = NULL,
viewerMinimumTlsProtocolVersion = NULL,
certificateName = NULL,
useDefaultCertificate = NULL
)
Arguments
distributionName |
[required] The name of the distribution to update. Use the |
origin |
An object that describes the origin resource for the distribution, such as a Lightsail instance, bucket, or load balancer. The distribution pulls, caches, and serves content from the origin. |
defaultCacheBehavior |
An object that describes the default cache behavior for the distribution. |
cacheBehaviorSettings |
An object that describes the cache behavior settings for the distribution. The |
cacheBehaviors |
An array of objects that describe the per-path cache behavior for the distribution. |
isEnabled |
Indicates whether to enable the distribution. |
viewerMinimumTlsProtocolVersion |
Use this parameter to update the minimum TLS protocol version for the SSL/TLS certificate that's attached to the distribution. |
certificateName |
The name of the SSL/TLS certificate that you want to attach to the distribution. Only certificates with a status of Use the |
useDefaultCertificate |
Indicates whether the default SSL/TLS certificate is attached to the
distribution. The default value is Set this value to |
Updates the bundle of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution
Description
Updates the bundle of your Amazon Lightsail content delivery network (CDN) distribution.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_distribution_bundle/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_update_distribution_bundle(distributionName = NULL, bundleId = NULL)
Arguments
distributionName |
The name of the distribution for which to update the bundle. Use the |
bundleId |
The bundle ID of the new bundle to apply to your distribution. Use the |
Updates a domain recordset after it is created
Description
Updates a domain recordset after it is created.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_domain_entry/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_update_domain_entry(domainName, domainEntry)
Arguments
domainName |
[required] The name of the domain recordset to update. |
domainEntry |
[required] An array of key-value pairs containing information about the domain entry. |
Modifies the Amazon Lightsail instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance
Description
Modifies the Amazon Lightsail instance metadata parameters on a running or stopped instance. When you modify the parameters on a running instance, the get_instance
or get_instances
API operation initially responds with a state of pending
. After the parameter modifications are successfully applied, the state changes to applied
in subsequent get_instance
or get_instances
API calls. For more information, see Use IMDSv2 with an Amazon Lightsail instance in the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_instance_metadata_options/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_update_instance_metadata_options(
instanceName,
httpTokens = NULL,
httpEndpoint = NULL,
httpPutResponseHopLimit = NULL,
httpProtocolIpv6 = NULL
)
Arguments
instanceName |
[required] The name of the instance for which to update metadata parameters. |
httpTokens |
The state of token usage for your instance metadata requests. If the
parameter is not specified in the request, the default state is
If the state is If the state is |
httpEndpoint |
Enables or disables the HTTP metadata endpoint on your instances. If this parameter is not specified, the existing state is maintained. If you specify a value of |
httpPutResponseHopLimit |
The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. A larger number means that the instance metadata requests can travel farther. If no parameter is specified, the existing state is maintained. |
httpProtocolIpv6 |
Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service. This setting applies only when the HTTP metadata endpoint is enabled. This parameter is available only for instances in the Europe (Stockholm)
Amazon Web Services Region ( |
Updates the specified attribute for a load balancer
Description
Updates the specified attribute for a load balancer. You can only update one attribute at a time.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_load_balancer_attribute/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_update_load_balancer_attribute(
loadBalancerName,
attributeName,
attributeValue
)
Arguments
loadBalancerName |
[required] The name of the load balancer that you want to modify
( |
attributeName |
[required] The name of the attribute you want to update. |
attributeValue |
[required] The value that you want to specify for the attribute name. The following values are supported depending on what you specify for the
|
Allows the update of one or more attributes of a database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Allows the update of one or more attributes of a database in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_relational_database/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_update_relational_database(
relationalDatabaseName,
masterUserPassword = NULL,
rotateMasterUserPassword = NULL,
preferredBackupWindow = NULL,
preferredMaintenanceWindow = NULL,
enableBackupRetention = NULL,
disableBackupRetention = NULL,
publiclyAccessible = NULL,
applyImmediately = NULL,
caCertificateIdentifier = NULL,
relationalDatabaseBlueprintId = NULL
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of your Lightsail database resource to update. |
masterUserPassword |
The password for the master user. The password can include any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". MySQL Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. PostgreSQL Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. |
rotateMasterUserPassword |
When Use the |
preferredBackupWindow |
The daily time range during which automated backups are created for your database if automated backups are enabled. Constraints:
|
preferredMaintenanceWindow |
The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur on your database. The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time for each Amazon Web Services Region, occurring on a random day of the week. Constraints:
|
enableBackupRetention |
When Updates are applied during the next maintenance window because this can result in an outage. |
disableBackupRetention |
When Disabling backup retention deletes all automated database backups.
Before disabling this, you may want to create a snapshot of your
database using the Updates are applied during the next maintenance window because this can result in an outage. |
publiclyAccessible |
Specifies the accessibility options for your database. A value of |
applyImmediately |
When Default: |
caCertificateIdentifier |
Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the database. |
relationalDatabaseBlueprintId |
This parameter is used to update the major version of the database.
Enter the Use the
|
Allows the update of one or more parameters of a database in Amazon Lightsail
Description
Allows the update of one or more parameters of a database in Amazon Lightsail.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/lightsail_update_relational_database_parameters/ for full documentation.
Usage
lightsail_update_relational_database_parameters(
relationalDatabaseName,
parameters
)
Arguments
relationalDatabaseName |
[required] The name of your database for which to update parameters. |
parameters |
[required] The database parameters to update. |
AWS Proton
Description
This is the Proton Service API Reference. It provides descriptions, syntax and usage examples for each of the actions and data types for the Proton service.
The documentation for each action shows the Query API request parameters and the XML response.
Alternatively, you can use the Amazon Web Services CLI to access an API. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface User Guide.
The Proton service is a two-pronged automation framework. Administrators create service templates to provide standardized infrastructure and deployment tooling for serverless and container based applications. Developers, in turn, select from the available service templates to automate their application or service deployments.
Because administrators define the infrastructure and tooling that Proton deploys and manages, they need permissions to use all of the listed API operations.
When developers select a specific infrastructure and tooling set, Proton deploys their applications. To monitor their applications that are running on Proton, developers need permissions to the service create, list, update and delete API operations and the service instance list and update API operations.
To learn more about Proton, see the Proton User Guide.
Ensuring Idempotency
When you make a mutating API request, the request typically returns a result before the asynchronous workflows of the operation are complete. Operations might also time out or encounter other server issues before they're complete, even if the request already returned a result. This might make it difficult to determine whether the request succeeded. Moreover, you might need to retry the request multiple times to ensure that the operation completes successfully. However, if the original request and the subsequent retries are successful, the operation occurs multiple times. This means that you might create more resources than you intended.
Idempotency ensures that an API request action completes no more than one time. With an idempotent request, if the original request action completes successfully, any subsequent retries complete successfully without performing any further actions. However, the result might contain updated information, such as the current creation status.
The following lists of APIs are grouped according to methods that ensure idempotency.
Idempotent create APIs with a client token
The API actions in this list support idempotency with the use of a client token. The corresponding Amazon Web Services CLI commands also support idempotency using a client token. A client token is a unique, case-sensitive string of up to 64 ASCII characters. To make an idempotent API request using one of these actions, specify a client token in the request. We recommend that you don't reuse the same client token for other API requests. If you don’t provide a client token for these APIs, a default client token is automatically provided by SDKs.
Given a request action that has succeeded:
If you retry the request using the same client token and the same parameters, the retry succeeds without performing any further actions other than returning the original resource detail data in the response.
If you retry the request using the same client token, but one or more of
the parameters are different, the retry throws a ValidationException
with an IdempotentParameterMismatch
error.
Client tokens expire eight hours after a request is made. If you retry the request with the expired token, a new resource is created.
If the original resource is deleted and you retry the request, a new resource is created.
Idempotent create APIs with a client token:
CreateEnvironmentTemplateVersion
CreateServiceTemplateVersion
CreateEnvironmentAccountConnection
Idempotent create APIs
Given a request action that has succeeded:
If you retry the request with an API from this group, and the original resource hasn't been modified, the retry succeeds without performing any further actions other than returning the original resource detail data in the response.
If the original resource has been modified, the retry throws a
ConflictException
.
If you retry with different input parameters, the retry throws a
ValidationException
with an IdempotentParameterMismatch
error.
Idempotent create APIs:
CreateEnvironmentTemplate
CreateServiceTemplate
CreateEnvironment
CreateService
Idempotent delete APIs
Given a request action that has succeeded:
When you retry the request with an API from this group and the resource was deleted, its metadata is returned in the response.
If you retry and the resource doesn't exist, the response is empty.
In both cases, the retry succeeds.
Idempotent delete APIs:
DeleteEnvironmentTemplate
DeleteEnvironmentTemplateVersion
DeleteServiceTemplate
DeleteServiceTemplateVersion
DeleteEnvironmentAccountConnection
Asynchronous idempotent delete APIs
Given a request action that has succeeded:
If you retry the request with an API from this group, if the original
request delete operation status is DELETE_IN_PROGRESS
, the retry
returns the resource detail data in the response without performing any
further actions.
If the original request delete operation is complete, a retry returns an empty response.
Asynchronous idempotent delete APIs:
DeleteEnvironment
DeleteService
Usage
proton(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- proton( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
accept_environment_account_connection | In a management account, an environment account connection request is accepted |
cancel_component_deployment | Attempts to cancel a component deployment (for a component that is in the IN_PROGRESS deployment status) |
cancel_environment_deployment | Attempts to cancel an environment deployment on an UpdateEnvironment action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS |
cancel_service_instance_deployment | Attempts to cancel a service instance deployment on an UpdateServiceInstance action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS |
cancel_service_pipeline_deployment | Attempts to cancel a service pipeline deployment on an UpdateServicePipeline action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS |
create_component | Create an Proton component |
create_environment | Deploy a new environment |
create_environment_account_connection | Create an environment account connection in an environment account so that environment infrastructure resources can be provisioned in the environment account from a management account |
create_environment_template | Create an environment template for Proton |
create_environment_template_version | Create a new major or minor version of an environment template |
create_repository | Create and register a link to a repository |
create_service | Create an Proton service |
create_service_instance | Create a service instance |
create_service_sync_config | Create the Proton Ops configuration file |
create_service_template | Create a service template |
create_service_template_version | Create a new major or minor version of a service template |
create_template_sync_config | Set up a template to create new template versions automatically by tracking a linked repository |
delete_component | Delete an Proton component resource |
delete_deployment | Delete the deployment |
delete_environment | Delete an environment |
delete_environment_account_connection | In an environment account, delete an environment account connection |
delete_environment_template | If no other major or minor versions of an environment template exist, delete the environment template |
delete_environment_template_version | If no other minor versions of an environment template exist, delete a major version of the environment template if it's not the Recommended version |
delete_repository | De-register and unlink your repository |
delete_service | Delete a service, with its instances and pipeline |
delete_service_sync_config | Delete the Proton Ops file |
delete_service_template | If no other major or minor versions of the service template exist, delete the service template |
delete_service_template_version | If no other minor versions of a service template exist, delete a major version of the service template if it's not the Recommended version |
delete_template_sync_config | Delete a template sync configuration |
get_account_settings | Get detail data for Proton account-wide settings |
get_component | Get detailed data for a component |
get_deployment | Get detailed data for a deployment |
get_environment | Get detailed data for an environment |
get_environment_account_connection | In an environment account, get the detailed data for an environment account connection |
get_environment_template | Get detailed data for an environment template |
get_environment_template_version | Get detailed data for a major or minor version of an environment template |
get_repository | Get detail data for a linked repository |
get_repository_sync_status | Get the sync status of a repository used for Proton template sync |
get_resources_summary | Get counts of Proton resources |
get_service | Get detailed data for a service |
get_service_instance | Get detailed data for a service instance |
get_service_instance_sync_status | Get the status of the synced service instance |
get_service_sync_blocker_summary | Get detailed data for the service sync blocker summary |
get_service_sync_config | Get detailed information for the service sync configuration |
get_service_template | Get detailed data for a service template |
get_service_template_version | Get detailed data for a major or minor version of a service template |
get_template_sync_config | Get detail data for a template sync configuration |
get_template_sync_status | Get the status of a template sync |
list_component_outputs | Get a list of component Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs |
list_component_provisioned_resources | List provisioned resources for a component with details |
list_components | List components with summary data |
list_deployments | List deployments |
list_environment_account_connections | View a list of environment account connections |
list_environment_outputs | List the infrastructure as code outputs for your environment |
list_environment_provisioned_resources | List the provisioned resources for your environment |
list_environments | List environments with detail data summaries |
list_environment_templates | List environment templates |
list_environment_template_versions | List major or minor versions of an environment template with detail data |
list_repositories | List linked repositories with detail data |
list_repository_sync_definitions | List repository sync definitions with detail data |
list_service_instance_outputs | Get a list service of instance Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs |
list_service_instance_provisioned_resources | List provisioned resources for a service instance with details |
list_service_instances | List service instances with summary data |
list_service_pipeline_outputs | Get a list of service pipeline Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs |
list_service_pipeline_provisioned_resources | List provisioned resources for a service and pipeline with details |
list_services | List services with summaries of detail data |
list_service_templates | List service templates with detail data |
list_service_template_versions | List major or minor versions of a service template with detail data |
list_tags_for_resource | List tags for a resource |
notify_resource_deployment_status_change | Notify Proton of status changes to a provisioned resource when you use self-managed provisioning |
reject_environment_account_connection | In a management account, reject an environment account connection from another environment account |
tag_resource | Tag a resource |
untag_resource | Remove a customer tag from a resource |
update_account_settings | Update Proton settings that are used for multiple services in the Amazon Web Services account |
update_component | Update a component |
update_environment | Update an environment |
update_environment_account_connection | In an environment account, update an environment account connection to use a new IAM role |
update_environment_template | Update an environment template |
update_environment_template_version | Update a major or minor version of an environment template |
update_service | Edit a service description or use a spec to add and delete service instances |
update_service_instance | Update a service instance |
update_service_pipeline | Update the service pipeline |
update_service_sync_blocker | Update the service sync blocker by resolving it |
update_service_sync_config | Update the Proton Ops config file |
update_service_template | Update a service template |
update_service_template_version | Update a major or minor version of a service template |
update_template_sync_config | Update template sync configuration parameters, except for the templateName and templateType |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- proton()
svc$accept_environment_account_connection(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
In a management account, an environment account connection request is accepted
Description
In a management account, an environment account connection request is accepted. When the environment account connection request is accepted, Proton can use the associated IAM role to provision environment infrastructure resources in the associated environment account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_accept_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_accept_environment_account_connection(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the environment account connection. |
Attempts to cancel a component deployment (for a component that is in the IN_PROGRESS deployment status)
Description
Attempts to cancel a component deployment (for a component that is in the IN_PROGRESS
deployment status).
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_cancel_component_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_cancel_component_deployment(componentName)
Arguments
componentName |
[required] The name of the component with the deployment to cancel. |
Attempts to cancel an environment deployment on an UpdateEnvironment action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS
Description
Attempts to cancel an environment deployment on an update_environment
action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS
. For more information, see Update an environment in the Proton User guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_cancel_environment_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_cancel_environment_deployment(environmentName)
Arguments
environmentName |
[required] The name of the environment with the deployment to cancel. |
Attempts to cancel a service instance deployment on an UpdateServiceInstance action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS
Description
Attempts to cancel a service instance deployment on an update_service_instance
action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS
. For more information, see Update a service instance in the Proton User guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_cancel_service_instance_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_cancel_service_instance_deployment(serviceInstanceName, serviceName)
Arguments
serviceInstanceName |
[required] The name of the service instance with the deployment to cancel. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service with the service instance deployment to cancel. |
Attempts to cancel a service pipeline deployment on an UpdateServicePipeline action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS
Description
Attempts to cancel a service pipeline deployment on an update_service_pipeline
action, if the deployment is IN_PROGRESS
. For more information, see Update a service pipeline in the Proton User guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_cancel_service_pipeline_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_cancel_service_pipeline_deployment(serviceName)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service with the service pipeline deployment to cancel. |
Create an Proton component
Description
Create an Proton component. A component is an infrastructure extension for a service instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_component/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_component(
clientToken = NULL,
description = NULL,
environmentName = NULL,
manifest,
name,
serviceInstanceName = NULL,
serviceName = NULL,
serviceSpec = NULL,
tags = NULL,
templateFile
)
Arguments
clientToken |
The client token for the created component. |
description |
An optional customer-provided description of the component. |
environmentName |
The name of the Proton environment that you want to associate this
component with. You must specify this when you don't specify
|
manifest |
[required] A path to a manifest file that lists the Infrastructure as Code (IaC) file, template language, and rendering engine for infrastructure that a custom component provisions. |
name |
[required] The customer-provided name of the component. |
serviceInstanceName |
The name of the service instance that you want to attach this component
to. If you don't specify this, the component isn't attached to any
service instance. Specify both |
serviceName |
The name of the service that |
serviceSpec |
The service spec that you want the component to use to access service inputs. Set this only when you attach the component to a service instance. |
tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton component. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide. |
templateFile |
[required] A path to the Infrastructure as Code (IaC) file describing infrastructure that a custom component provisions. Components support a single IaC file, even if you use Terraform as your template language. |
Deploy a new environment
Description
Deploy a new environment. An Proton environment is created from an environment template that defines infrastructure and resources that can be shared across services.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_environment(
codebuildRoleArn = NULL,
componentRoleArn = NULL,
description = NULL,
environmentAccountConnectionId = NULL,
name,
protonServiceRoleArn = NULL,
provisioningRepository = NULL,
spec,
tags = NULL,
templateMajorVersion,
templateMinorVersion = NULL,
templateName
)
Arguments
codebuildRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that allows Proton to provision infrastructure using CodeBuild-based provisioning on your behalf. To use CodeBuild-based provisioning for the environment or for any
service instance running in the environment, specify either the
|
componentRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that Proton uses when provisioning directly defined components in this environment. It determines the scope of infrastructure that a component can provision. You must specify For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide. |
description |
A description of the environment that's being created and deployed. |
environmentAccountConnectionId |
The ID of the environment account connection that you provide if you're provisioning your environment infrastructure resources to an environment account. For more information, see Environment account connections in the Proton User guide. To use Amazon Web Services-managed provisioning for the environment,
specify either the |
name |
[required] The name of the environment. |
protonServiceRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Proton service role that allows Proton to make calls to other services on your behalf. To use Amazon Web Services-managed provisioning for the environment,
specify either the |
provisioningRepository |
The linked repository that you use to host your rendered infrastructure
templates for self-managed provisioning. A linked repository is a
repository that has been registered with Proton. For more information,
see To use self-managed provisioning for the environment, specify this
parameter and omit the |
spec |
[required] A YAML formatted string that provides inputs as defined in the environment template bundle schema file. For more information, see Environments in the Proton User Guide. |
tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton environment. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide. |
templateMajorVersion |
[required] The major version of the environment template. |
templateMinorVersion |
The minor version of the environment template. |
templateName |
[required] The name of the environment template. For more information, see Environment Templates in the Proton User Guide. |
Create an environment account connection in an environment account so that environment infrastructure resources can be provisioned in the environment account from a management account
Description
Create an environment account connection in an environment account so that environment infrastructure resources can be provisioned in the environment account from a management account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_environment_account_connection(
clientToken = NULL,
codebuildRoleArn = NULL,
componentRoleArn = NULL,
environmentName,
managementAccountId,
roleArn = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
clientToken |
When included, if two identical requests are made with the same client token, Proton returns the environment account connection that the first request created. |
codebuildRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM service role in the environment account. Proton uses this role to provision infrastructure resources using CodeBuild-based provisioning in the associated environment account. |
componentRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that Proton uses when provisioning directly defined components in the associated environment account. It determines the scope of infrastructure that a component can provision in the account. You must specify For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide. |
environmentName |
[required] The name of the Proton environment that's created in the associated management account. |
managementAccountId |
[required] The ID of the management account that accepts or rejects the environment account connection. You create and manage the Proton environment in this account. If the management account accepts the environment account connection, Proton can use the associated IAM role to provision environment infrastructure resources in the associated environment account. |
roleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that's created in the environment account. Proton uses this role to provision infrastructure resources in the associated environment account. |
tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton environment account connection. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide. |
Create an environment template for Proton
Description
Create an environment template for Proton. For more information, see Environment Templates in the Proton User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_environment_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_environment_template(
description = NULL,
displayName = NULL,
encryptionKey = NULL,
name,
provisioning = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
description |
A description of the environment template. |
displayName |
The environment template name as displayed in the developer interface. |
encryptionKey |
A customer provided encryption key that Proton uses to encrypt data. |
name |
[required] The name of the environment template. |
provisioning |
When included, indicates that the environment template is for customer provisioned and managed infrastructure. |
tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton environment template. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide. |
Create a new major or minor version of an environment template
Description
Create a new major or minor version of an environment template. A major version of an environment template is a version that isn't backwards compatible. A minor version of an environment template is a version that's backwards compatible within its major version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_environment_template_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_environment_template_version(
clientToken = NULL,
description = NULL,
majorVersion = NULL,
source,
tags = NULL,
templateName
)
Arguments
clientToken |
When included, if two identical requests are made with the same client token, Proton returns the environment template version that the first request created. |
description |
A description of the new version of an environment template. |
majorVersion |
To create a new minor version of the environment template, include
To create a new major and minor version of the environment template,
exclude |
source |
[required] An object that includes the template bundle S3 bucket path and name for the new version of an template. |
tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton environment template version. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide. |
templateName |
[required] The name of the environment template. |
Create and register a link to a repository
Description
Create and register a link to a repository. Proton uses the link to repeatedly access the repository, to either push to it (self-managed provisioning) or pull from it (template sync). You can share a linked repository across multiple resources (like environments using self-managed provisioning, or synced templates). When you create a repository link, Proton creates a service-linked role for you.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_repository(
connectionArn,
encryptionKey = NULL,
name,
provider,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
connectionArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of your AWS CodeStar connection that connects Proton to your repository provider account. For more information, see Setting up for Proton in the Proton User Guide. |
encryptionKey |
The ARN of your customer Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (Amazon Web Services KMS) key. |
name |
[required] The repository name (for example, |
provider |
[required] The repository provider. |
tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton repository. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide. |
Create an Proton service
Description
Create an Proton service. An Proton service is an instantiation of a service template and often includes several service instances and pipeline. For more information, see Services in the Proton User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_service(
branchName = NULL,
description = NULL,
name,
repositoryConnectionArn = NULL,
repositoryId = NULL,
spec,
tags = NULL,
templateMajorVersion,
templateMinorVersion = NULL,
templateName
)
Arguments
branchName |
The name of the code repository branch that holds the code that's deployed in Proton. Don't include this parameter if your service template doesn't include a service pipeline. |
description |
A description of the Proton service. |
name |
[required] The service name. |
repositoryConnectionArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the repository connection. For more information, see Setting up an AWS CodeStar connection in the Proton User Guide. Don't include this parameter if your service template doesn't include a service pipeline. |
repositoryId |
The ID of the code repository. Don't include this parameter if your service template doesn't include a service pipeline. |
spec |
[required] A link to a spec file that provides inputs as defined in the service template bundle schema file. The spec file is in YAML format. Don’t include pipeline inputs in the spec if your service template doesn’t include a service pipeline. For more information, see Create a service in the Proton User Guide. |
tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton service. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide. |
templateMajorVersion |
[required] The major version of the service template that was used to create the service. |
templateMinorVersion |
The minor version of the service template that was used to create the service. |
templateName |
[required] The name of the service template that's used to create the service. |
Create a service instance
Description
Create a service instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_service_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_service_instance(
clientToken = NULL,
name,
serviceName,
spec,
tags = NULL,
templateMajorVersion = NULL,
templateMinorVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
clientToken |
The client token of the service instance to create. |
name |
[required] The name of the service instance to create. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service the service instance is added to. |
spec |
[required] The spec for the service instance you want to create. |
tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton service instance. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide. |
templateMajorVersion |
To create a new major and minor version of the service template,
exclude |
templateMinorVersion |
To create a new minor version of the service template, include a
|
Create the Proton Ops configuration file
Description
Create the Proton Ops configuration file.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_service_sync_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_service_sync_config(
branch,
filePath,
repositoryName,
repositoryProvider,
serviceName
)
Arguments
branch |
[required] The repository branch for your Proton Ops file. |
filePath |
[required] The path to the Proton Ops file. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository name. |
repositoryProvider |
[required] The provider type for your repository. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service the Proton Ops file is for. |
Create a service template
Description
Create a service template. The administrator creates a service template to define standardized infrastructure and an optional CI/CD service pipeline. Developers, in turn, select the service template from Proton. If the selected service template includes a service pipeline definition, they provide a link to their source code repository. Proton then deploys and manages the infrastructure defined by the selected service template. For more information, see Proton templates in the Proton User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_service_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_service_template(
description = NULL,
displayName = NULL,
encryptionKey = NULL,
name,
pipelineProvisioning = NULL,
tags = NULL
)
Arguments
description |
A description of the service template. |
displayName |
The name of the service template as displayed in the developer interface. |
encryptionKey |
A customer provided encryption key that's used to encrypt data. |
name |
[required] The name of the service template. |
pipelineProvisioning |
By default, Proton provides a service pipeline for your service. When this parameter is included, it indicates that an Proton service pipeline isn't provided for your service. After it's included, it can't be changed. For more information, see Template bundles in the Proton User Guide. |
tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton service template. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide. |
Create a new major or minor version of a service template
Description
Create a new major or minor version of a service template. A major version of a service template is a version that isn't backward compatible. A minor version of a service template is a version that's backward compatible within its major version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_service_template_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_service_template_version(
clientToken = NULL,
compatibleEnvironmentTemplates,
description = NULL,
majorVersion = NULL,
source,
supportedComponentSources = NULL,
tags = NULL,
templateName
)
Arguments
clientToken |
When included, if two identical requests are made with the same client token, Proton returns the service template version that the first request created. |
compatibleEnvironmentTemplates |
[required] An array of environment template objects that are compatible with the new service template version. A service instance based on this service template version can run in environments based on compatible templates. |
description |
A description of the new version of a service template. |
majorVersion |
To create a new minor version of the service template, include a
To create a new major and minor version of the service template,
exclude |
source |
[required] An object that includes the template bundle S3 bucket path and name for the new version of a service template. |
supportedComponentSources |
An array of supported component sources. Components with supported sources can be attached to service instances based on this service template version. For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide. |
tags |
An optional list of metadata items that you can associate with the Proton service template version. A tag is a key-value pair. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide. |
templateName |
[required] The name of the service template. |
Set up a template to create new template versions automatically by tracking a linked repository
Description
Set up a template to create new template versions automatically by tracking a linked repository. A linked repository is a repository that has been registered with Proton. For more information, see create_repository
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_create_template_sync_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_create_template_sync_config(
branch,
repositoryName,
repositoryProvider,
subdirectory = NULL,
templateName,
templateType
)
Arguments
branch |
[required] The repository branch for your template. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository name (for example, |
repositoryProvider |
[required] The provider type for your repository. |
subdirectory |
A repository subdirectory path to your template bundle directory. When included, Proton limits the template bundle search to this repository directory. |
templateName |
[required] The name of your registered template. |
templateType |
[required] The type of the registered template. |
Delete an Proton component resource
Description
Delete an Proton component resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_component/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_component(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the component to delete. |
Delete the deployment
Description
Delete the deployment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_deployment(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the deployment to delete. |
Delete an environment
Description
Delete an environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_environment(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the environment to delete. |
In an environment account, delete an environment account connection
Description
In an environment account, delete an environment account connection.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_environment_account_connection(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the environment account connection to delete. |
If no other major or minor versions of an environment template exist, delete the environment template
Description
If no other major or minor versions of an environment template exist, delete the environment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_environment_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_environment_template(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the environment template to delete. |
If no other minor versions of an environment template exist, delete a major version of the environment template if it's not the Recommended version
Description
If no other minor versions of an environment template exist, delete a major version of the environment template if it's not the Recommended
version. Delete the Recommended
version of the environment template if no other major versions or minor versions of the environment template exist. A major version of an environment template is a version that's not backward compatible.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_environment_template_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_environment_template_version(
majorVersion,
minorVersion,
templateName
)
Arguments
majorVersion |
[required] The environment template major version to delete. |
minorVersion |
[required] The environment template minor version to delete. |
templateName |
[required] The name of the environment template. |
De-register and unlink your repository
Description
De-register and unlink your repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_repository(name, provider)
Arguments
name |
[required] The repository name. |
provider |
[required] The repository provider. |
Delete a service, with its instances and pipeline
Description
Delete a service, with its instances and pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_service(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the service to delete. |
Delete the Proton Ops file
Description
Delete the Proton Ops file.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_service_sync_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_service_sync_config(serviceName)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service that you want to delete the service sync configuration for. |
If no other major or minor versions of the service template exist, delete the service template
Description
If no other major or minor versions of the service template exist, delete the service template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_service_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_service_template(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the service template to delete. |
If no other minor versions of a service template exist, delete a major version of the service template if it's not the Recommended version
Description
If no other minor versions of a service template exist, delete a major version of the service template if it's not the Recommended
version. Delete the Recommended
version of the service template if no other major versions or minor versions of the service template exist. A major version of a service template is a version that isn't backwards compatible.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_service_template_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_service_template_version(
majorVersion,
minorVersion,
templateName
)
Arguments
majorVersion |
[required] The service template major version to delete. |
minorVersion |
[required] The service template minor version to delete. |
templateName |
[required] The name of the service template. |
Delete a template sync configuration
Description
Delete a template sync configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_delete_template_sync_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_delete_template_sync_config(templateName, templateType)
Arguments
templateName |
[required] The template name. |
templateType |
[required] The template type. |
Get detail data for Proton account-wide settings
Description
Get detail data for Proton account-wide settings.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_account_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_account_settings()
Get detailed data for a component
Description
Get detailed data for a component.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_component/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_component(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the component that you want to get the detailed data for. |
Get detailed data for a deployment
Description
Get detailed data for a deployment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_deployment/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_deployment(
componentName = NULL,
environmentName = NULL,
id,
serviceInstanceName = NULL,
serviceName = NULL
)
Arguments
componentName |
The name of a component that you want to get the detailed data for. |
environmentName |
The name of a environment that you want to get the detailed data for. |
id |
[required] The ID of the deployment that you want to get the detailed data for. |
serviceInstanceName |
The name of the service instance associated with the given deployment
ID. |
serviceName |
The name of the service associated with the given deployment ID. |
Get detailed data for an environment
Description
Get detailed data for an environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_environment(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the environment that you want to get the detailed data for. |
In an environment account, get the detailed data for an environment account connection
Description
In an environment account, get the detailed data for an environment account connection.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_environment_account_connection(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the environment account connection that you want to get the detailed data for. |
Get detailed data for an environment template
Description
Get detailed data for an environment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_environment_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_environment_template(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the environment template that you want to get the detailed data for. |
Get detailed data for a major or minor version of an environment template
Description
Get detailed data for a major or minor version of an environment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_environment_template_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_environment_template_version(
majorVersion,
minorVersion,
templateName
)
Arguments
majorVersion |
[required] To get environment template major version detail data, include
|
minorVersion |
[required] To get environment template minor version detail data, include
|
templateName |
[required] The name of the environment template a version of which you want to get detailed data for. |
Get detail data for a linked repository
Description
Get detail data for a linked repository.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_repository/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_repository(name, provider)
Arguments
name |
[required] The repository name, for example |
provider |
[required] The repository provider. |
Get the sync status of a repository used for Proton template sync
Description
Get the sync status of a repository used for Proton template sync. For more information about template sync, see .
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_repository_sync_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_repository_sync_status(
branch,
repositoryName,
repositoryProvider,
syncType
)
Arguments
branch |
[required] The repository branch. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository name. |
repositoryProvider |
[required] The repository provider. |
syncType |
[required] The repository sync type. |
Get counts of Proton resources
Description
Get counts of Proton resources.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_resources_summary/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_resources_summary()
Get detailed data for a service
Description
Get detailed data for a service.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_service(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the service that you want to get the detailed data for. |
Get detailed data for a service instance
Description
Get detailed data for a service instance. A service instance is an instantiation of service template and it runs in a specific environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_service_instance(name, serviceName)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of a service instance that you want to get the detailed data for. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service that you want the service instance input for. |
Get the status of the synced service instance
Description
Get the status of the synced service instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_instance_sync_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_service_instance_sync_status(serviceInstanceName, serviceName)
Arguments
serviceInstanceName |
[required] The name of the service instance that you want the sync status input for. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service that the service instance belongs to. |
Get detailed data for the service sync blocker summary
Description
Get detailed data for the service sync blocker summary.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_sync_blocker_summary/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_service_sync_blocker_summary(
serviceInstanceName = NULL,
serviceName
)
Arguments
serviceInstanceName |
The name of the service instance that you want to get the service sync blocker summary for. If given bothe the instance name and the service name, only the instance is blocked. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service that you want to get the service sync blocker summary for. If given only the service name, all instances are blocked. |
Get detailed information for the service sync configuration
Description
Get detailed information for the service sync configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_sync_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_service_sync_config(serviceName)
Arguments
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service that you want to get the service sync configuration for. |
Get detailed data for a service template
Description
Get detailed data for a service template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_service_template(name)
Arguments
name |
[required] The name of the service template that you want to get detailed data for. |
Get detailed data for a major or minor version of a service template
Description
Get detailed data for a major or minor version of a service template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_service_template_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_service_template_version(majorVersion, minorVersion, templateName)
Arguments
majorVersion |
[required] To get service template major version detail data, include
|
minorVersion |
[required] To get service template minor version detail data, include
|
templateName |
[required] The name of the service template a version of which you want to get detailed data for. |
Get detail data for a template sync configuration
Description
Get detail data for a template sync configuration.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_template_sync_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_template_sync_config(templateName, templateType)
Arguments
templateName |
[required] The template name. |
templateType |
[required] The template type. |
Get the status of a template sync
Description
Get the status of a template sync.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_get_template_sync_status/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_get_template_sync_status(templateName, templateType, templateVersion)
Arguments
templateName |
[required] The template name. |
templateType |
[required] The template type. |
templateVersion |
[required] The template major version. |
Get a list of component Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs
Description
Get a list of component Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_component_outputs/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_component_outputs(
componentName,
deploymentId = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
componentName |
[required] The name of the component whose outputs you want. |
deploymentId |
The ID of the deployment whose outputs you want. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next output in the array of outputs, after the list of outputs that was previously requested. |
List provisioned resources for a component with details
Description
List provisioned resources for a component with details.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_component_provisioned_resources/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_component_provisioned_resources(componentName, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
componentName |
[required] The name of the component whose provisioned resources you want. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next provisioned resource in the array of provisioned resources, after the list of provisioned resources that was previously requested. |
List components with summary data
Description
List components with summary data. You can filter the result list by environment, service, or a single service instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_components/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_components(
environmentName = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
serviceInstanceName = NULL,
serviceName = NULL
)
Arguments
environmentName |
The name of an environment for result list filtering. Proton returns components associated with the environment or attached to service instances running in it. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of components to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next component in the array of components, after the list of components that was previously requested. |
serviceInstanceName |
The name of a service instance for result list filtering. Proton returns the component attached to the service instance, if any. |
serviceName |
The name of a service for result list filtering. Proton returns components attached to service instances of the service. |
List deployments
Description
List deployments. You can filter the result list by environment, service, or a single service instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_deployments/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_deployments(
componentName = NULL,
environmentName = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
serviceInstanceName = NULL,
serviceName = NULL
)
Arguments
componentName |
The name of a component for result list filtering. Proton returns deployments associated with that component. |
environmentName |
The name of an environment for result list filtering. Proton returns deployments associated with the environment. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of deployments to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next deployment in the array of deployment, after the list of deployment that was previously requested. |
serviceInstanceName |
The name of a service instance for result list filtering. Proton returns the deployments associated with the service instance. |
serviceName |
The name of a service for result list filtering. Proton returns deployments associated with service instances of the service. |
View a list of environment account connections
Description
View a list of environment account connections.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environment_account_connections/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_environment_account_connections(
environmentName = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
requestedBy,
statuses = NULL
)
Arguments
environmentName |
The environment name that's associated with each listed environment account connection. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of environment account connections to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next environment account connection in the array of environment account connections, after the list of environment account connections that was previously requested. |
requestedBy |
[required] The type of account making the
|
statuses |
The status details for each listed environment account connection. |
List the infrastructure as code outputs for your environment
Description
List the infrastructure as code outputs for your environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environment_outputs/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_environment_outputs(
deploymentId = NULL,
environmentName,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
deploymentId |
The ID of the deployment whose outputs you want. |
environmentName |
[required] The environment name. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next environment output in the array of environment outputs, after the list of environment outputs that was previously requested. |
List the provisioned resources for your environment
Description
List the provisioned resources for your environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environment_provisioned_resources/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_environment_provisioned_resources(
environmentName,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
environmentName |
[required] The environment name. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next environment provisioned resource in the array of environment provisioned resources, after the list of environment provisioned resources that was previously requested. |
List major or minor versions of an environment template with detail data
Description
List major or minor versions of an environment template with detail data.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environment_template_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_environment_template_versions(
majorVersion = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
templateName
)
Arguments
majorVersion |
To view a list of minor of versions under a major version of an
environment template, include To view a list of major versions of an environment template, exclude
|
maxResults |
The maximum number of major or minor versions of an environment template to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next major or minor version in the array of major or minor versions of an environment template, after the list of major or minor versions that was previously requested. |
templateName |
[required] The name of the environment template. |
List environment templates
Description
List environment templates.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environment_templates/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_environment_templates(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of environment templates to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next environment template in the array of environment templates, after the list of environment templates that was previously requested. |
List environments with detail data summaries
Description
List environments with detail data summaries.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_environments/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_environments(
environmentTemplates = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
environmentTemplates |
An array of the versions of the environment template. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of environments to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next environment in the array of environments, after the list of environments that was previously requested. |
List linked repositories with detail data
Description
List linked repositories with detail data.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_repositories/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_repositories(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of repositories to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next repository in the array of repositories, after the list of repositories previously requested. |
List repository sync definitions with detail data
Description
List repository sync definitions with detail data.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_repository_sync_definitions/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_repository_sync_definitions(
nextToken = NULL,
repositoryName,
repositoryProvider,
syncType
)
Arguments
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next repository sync definition in the array of repository sync definitions, after the list of repository sync definitions previously requested. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository name. |
repositoryProvider |
[required] The repository provider. |
syncType |
[required] The sync type. The only supported value is |
Get a list service of instance Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs
Description
Get a list service of instance Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_instance_outputs/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_service_instance_outputs(
deploymentId = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
serviceInstanceName,
serviceName
)
Arguments
deploymentId |
The ID of the deployment whose outputs you want. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next output in the array of outputs, after the list of outputs that was previously requested. |
serviceInstanceName |
[required] The name of the service instance whose outputs you want. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service that |
List provisioned resources for a service instance with details
Description
List provisioned resources for a service instance with details.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_instance_provisioned_resources/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_service_instance_provisioned_resources(
nextToken = NULL,
serviceInstanceName,
serviceName
)
Arguments
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next provisioned resource in the array of provisioned resources, after the list of provisioned resources that was previously requested. |
serviceInstanceName |
[required] The name of the service instance whose provisioned resources you want. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service that |
List service instances with summary data
Description
List service instances with summary data. This action lists service instances of all services in the Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_instances/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_service_instances(
filters = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
serviceName = NULL,
sortBy = NULL,
sortOrder = NULL
)
Arguments
filters |
An array of filtering criteria that scope down the result list. By default, all service instances in the Amazon Web Services account are returned. |
maxResults |
The maximum number of service instances to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next service in the array of service instances, after the list of service instances that was previously requested. |
serviceName |
The name of the service that the service instance belongs to. |
sortBy |
The field that the result list is sorted by. When you choose to sort by Default: |
sortOrder |
Result list sort order. Default: |
Get a list of service pipeline Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs
Description
Get a list of service pipeline Infrastructure as Code (IaC) outputs.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_pipeline_outputs/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_service_pipeline_outputs(
deploymentId = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
serviceName
)
Arguments
deploymentId |
The ID of the deployment you want the outputs for. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next output in the array of outputs, after the list of outputs that was previously requested. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service whose pipeline's outputs you want. |
List provisioned resources for a service and pipeline with details
Description
List provisioned resources for a service and pipeline with details.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_pipeline_provisioned_resources/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_service_pipeline_provisioned_resources(
nextToken = NULL,
serviceName
)
Arguments
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next provisioned resource in the array of provisioned resources, after the list of provisioned resources that was previously requested. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service whose pipeline's provisioned resources you want. |
List major or minor versions of a service template with detail data
Description
List major or minor versions of a service template with detail data.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_template_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_service_template_versions(
majorVersion = NULL,
maxResults = NULL,
nextToken = NULL,
templateName
)
Arguments
majorVersion |
To view a list of minor of versions under a major version of a service
template, include To view a list of major versions of a service template, exclude
|
maxResults |
The maximum number of major or minor versions of a service template to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next major or minor version in the array of major or minor versions of a service template, after the list of major or minor versions that was previously requested. |
templateName |
[required] The name of the service template. |
List service templates with detail data
Description
List service templates with detail data.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_service_templates/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_service_templates(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of service templates to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next service template in the array of service templates, after the list of service templates previously requested. |
List services with summaries of detail data
Description
List services with summaries of detail data.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_services/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_services(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of services to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next service in the array of services, after the list of services that was previously requested. |
List tags for a resource
Description
List tags for a resource. For more information, see Proton resources and tagging in the Proton User Guide.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_list_tags_for_resource(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL, resourceArn)
Arguments
maxResults |
The maximum number of tags to list. |
nextToken |
A token that indicates the location of the next resource tag in the array of resource tags, after the list of resource tags that was previously requested. |
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for the listed tags. |
Notify Proton of status changes to a provisioned resource when you use self-managed provisioning
Description
Notify Proton of status changes to a provisioned resource when you use self-managed provisioning.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_notify_resource_deployment_status_change/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_notify_resource_deployment_status_change(
deploymentId = NULL,
outputs = NULL,
resourceArn,
status = NULL,
statusMessage = NULL
)
Arguments
deploymentId |
The deployment ID for your provisioned resource. |
outputs |
The provisioned resource state change detail data that's returned by Proton. |
resourceArn |
[required] The provisioned resource Amazon Resource Name (ARN). |
status |
The status of your provisioned resource. |
statusMessage |
The deployment status message for your provisioned resource. |
In a management account, reject an environment account connection from another environment account
Description
In a management account, reject an environment account connection from another environment account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_reject_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_reject_environment_account_connection(id)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the environment account connection to reject. |
Tag a resource
Description
Tag a resource. A tag is a key-value pair of metadata that you associate with an Proton resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_tag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Proton resource to apply customer tags to. |
tags |
[required] A list of customer tags to apply to the Proton resource. |
Remove a customer tag from a resource
Description
Remove a customer tag from a resource. A tag is a key-value pair of metadata associated with an Proton resource.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_untag_resource/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)
Arguments
resourceArn |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to remove customer tags from. |
tagKeys |
[required] A list of customer tag keys that indicate the customer tags to be removed from the resource. |
Update Proton settings that are used for multiple services in the Amazon Web Services account
Description
Update Proton settings that are used for multiple services in the Amazon Web Services account.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_account_settings/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_account_settings(
deletePipelineProvisioningRepository = NULL,
pipelineCodebuildRoleArn = NULL,
pipelineProvisioningRepository = NULL,
pipelineServiceRoleArn = NULL
)
Arguments
deletePipelineProvisioningRepository |
Set to |
pipelineCodebuildRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service role you want to use for provisioning pipelines. Proton assumes this role for CodeBuild-based provisioning. |
pipelineProvisioningRepository |
A linked repository for pipeline provisioning. Specify it if you have
environments configured for self-managed provisioning with services that
include pipelines. A linked repository is a repository that has been
registered with Proton. For more information, see
To remove a previously configured repository, set
|
pipelineServiceRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the service role you want to use for provisioning pipelines. Assumed by Proton for Amazon Web Services-managed provisioning, and by customer-owned automation for self-managed provisioning. To remove a previously configured ARN, specify an empty string. |
Update a component
Description
Update a component.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_component/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_component(
clientToken = NULL,
deploymentType,
description = NULL,
name,
serviceInstanceName = NULL,
serviceName = NULL,
serviceSpec = NULL,
templateFile = NULL
)
Arguments
clientToken |
The client token for the updated component. |
deploymentType |
[required] The deployment type. It defines the mode for updating a component, as follows:
In this mode, a deployment doesn't occur. Only the requested metadata
parameters are updated. You can only specify
In this mode, the component is deployed and updated with the new
|
description |
An optional customer-provided description of the component. |
name |
[required] The name of the component to update. |
serviceInstanceName |
The name of the service instance that you want to attach this component
to. Don't specify to keep the component's current service instance
attachment. Specify an empty string to detach the component from the
service instance it's attached to. Specify non-empty values for both
|
serviceName |
The name of the service that |
serviceSpec |
The service spec that you want the component to use to access service inputs. Set this only when the component is attached to a service instance. |
templateFile |
A path to the Infrastructure as Code (IaC) file describing infrastructure that a custom component provisions. Components support a single IaC file, even if you use Terraform as your template language. |
Update an environment
Description
Update an environment.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_environment/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_environment(
codebuildRoleArn = NULL,
componentRoleArn = NULL,
deploymentType,
description = NULL,
environmentAccountConnectionId = NULL,
name,
protonServiceRoleArn = NULL,
provisioningRepository = NULL,
spec = NULL,
templateMajorVersion = NULL,
templateMinorVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
codebuildRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that allows Proton to provision infrastructure using CodeBuild-based provisioning on your behalf. |
componentRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that Proton uses when provisioning directly defined components in this environment. It determines the scope of infrastructure that a component can provision. The environment must have a For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide. |
deploymentType |
[required] There are four modes for updating an environment. The
In this mode, a deployment doesn't occur. Only the requested metadata parameters are updated.
In this mode, the environment is deployed and updated with the new spec
that you provide. Only requested parameters are updated. Don’t include
major or minor version parameters when you use this
In this mode, the environment is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) minor version of the current major version in use, by default. You can also specify a different minor version of the current major version in use.
In this mode, the environment is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) major and minor version of the current template, by default. You can also specify a different major version that is higher than the major version in use and a minor version (optional). |
description |
A description of the environment update. |
environmentAccountConnectionId |
The ID of the environment account connection. You can only update to a new environment account connection if it was created in the same environment account that the current environment account connection was created in and is associated with the current environment. |
name |
[required] The name of the environment to update. |
protonServiceRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Proton service role that allows Proton to make API calls to other services your behalf. |
provisioningRepository |
The linked repository that you use to host your rendered infrastructure
templates for self-managed provisioning. A linked repository is a
repository that has been registered with Proton. For more information,
see |
spec |
The formatted specification that defines the update. |
templateMajorVersion |
The major version of the environment to update. |
templateMinorVersion |
The minor version of the environment to update. |
In an environment account, update an environment account connection to use a new IAM role
Description
In an environment account, update an environment account connection to use a new IAM role.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_environment_account_connection/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_environment_account_connection(
codebuildRoleArn = NULL,
componentRoleArn = NULL,
id,
roleArn = NULL
)
Arguments
codebuildRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM service role in the environment account. Proton uses this role to provision infrastructure resources using CodeBuild-based provisioning in the associated environment account. |
componentRoleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that Proton uses when provisioning directly defined components in the associated environment account. It determines the scope of infrastructure that a component can provision in the account. The environment account connection must have a For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide. |
id |
[required] The ID of the environment account connection to update. |
roleArn |
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role that's associated with the environment account connection to update. |
Update an environment template
Description
Update an environment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_environment_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_environment_template(
description = NULL,
displayName = NULL,
name
)
Arguments
description |
A description of the environment template update. |
displayName |
The name of the environment template to update as displayed in the developer interface. |
name |
[required] The name of the environment template to update. |
Update a major or minor version of an environment template
Description
Update a major or minor version of an environment template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_environment_template_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_environment_template_version(
description = NULL,
majorVersion,
minorVersion,
status = NULL,
templateName
)
Arguments
description |
A description of environment template version to update. |
majorVersion |
[required] To update a major version of an environment template, include
|
minorVersion |
[required] To update a minor version of an environment template, include
|
status |
The status of the environment template minor version to update. |
templateName |
[required] The name of the environment template. |
Edit a service description or use a spec to add and delete service instances
Description
Edit a service description or use a spec to add and delete service instances.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_service(description = NULL, name, spec = NULL)
Arguments
description |
The edited service description. |
name |
[required] The name of the service to edit. |
spec |
Lists the service instances to add and the existing service instances to remain. Omit the existing service instances to delete from the list. Don't include edits to the existing service instances or pipeline. For more information, see Edit a service in the Proton User Guide. |
Update a service instance
Description
Update a service instance.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_instance/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_service_instance(
clientToken = NULL,
deploymentType,
name,
serviceName,
spec = NULL,
templateMajorVersion = NULL,
templateMinorVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
clientToken |
The client token of the service instance to update. |
deploymentType |
[required] The deployment type. It defines the mode for updating a service instance, as follows:
In this mode, a deployment doesn't occur. Only the requested metadata parameters are updated.
In this mode, the service instance is deployed and updated with the new spec that you provide. Only requested parameters are updated. Don’t include major or minor version parameters when you use this deployment type.
In this mode, the service instance is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) minor version of the current major version in use, by default. You can also specify a different minor version of the current major version in use.
In this mode, the service instance is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) major and minor version of the current template, by default. You can specify a different major version that's higher than the major version in use and a minor version. |
name |
[required] The name of the service instance to update. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service that the service instance belongs to. |
spec |
The formatted specification that defines the service instance update. |
templateMajorVersion |
The major version of the service template to update. |
templateMinorVersion |
The minor version of the service template to update. |
Update the service pipeline
Description
Update the service pipeline.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_pipeline/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_service_pipeline(
deploymentType,
serviceName,
spec,
templateMajorVersion = NULL,
templateMinorVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
deploymentType |
[required] The deployment type. There are four modes for updating a service pipeline. The
In this mode, a deployment doesn't occur. Only the requested metadata parameters are updated.
In this mode, the service pipeline is deployed and updated with the new
spec that you provide. Only requested parameters are updated. Don’t
include major or minor version parameters when you use this
In this mode, the service pipeline is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) minor version of the current major version in use, by default. You can specify a different minor version of the current major version in use.
In this mode, the service pipeline is deployed and updated with the published, recommended (latest) major and minor version of the current template, by default. You can specify a different major version that's higher than the major version in use and a minor version. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service to that the pipeline is associated with. |
spec |
[required] The spec for the service pipeline to update. |
templateMajorVersion |
The major version of the service template that was used to create the service that the pipeline is associated with. |
templateMinorVersion |
The minor version of the service template that was used to create the service that the pipeline is associated with. |
Update the service sync blocker by resolving it
Description
Update the service sync blocker by resolving it.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_sync_blocker/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_service_sync_blocker(id, resolvedReason)
Arguments
id |
[required] The ID of the service sync blocker. |
resolvedReason |
[required] The reason the service sync blocker was resolved. |
Update the Proton Ops config file
Description
Update the Proton Ops config file.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_sync_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_service_sync_config(
branch,
filePath,
repositoryName,
repositoryProvider,
serviceName
)
Arguments
branch |
[required] The name of the code repository branch where the Proton Ops file is found. |
filePath |
[required] The path to the Proton Ops file. |
repositoryName |
[required] The name of the repository where the Proton Ops file is found. |
repositoryProvider |
[required] The name of the repository provider where the Proton Ops file is found. |
serviceName |
[required] The name of the service the Proton Ops file is for. |
Update a service template
Description
Update a service template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_service_template(description = NULL, displayName = NULL, name)
Arguments
description |
A description of the service template update. |
displayName |
The name of the service template to update that's displayed in the developer interface. |
name |
[required] The name of the service template to update. |
Update a major or minor version of a service template
Description
Update a major or minor version of a service template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_service_template_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_service_template_version(
compatibleEnvironmentTemplates = NULL,
description = NULL,
majorVersion,
minorVersion,
status = NULL,
supportedComponentSources = NULL,
templateName
)
Arguments
compatibleEnvironmentTemplates |
An array of environment template objects that are compatible with this service template version. A service instance based on this service template version can run in environments based on compatible templates. |
description |
A description of a service template version to update. |
majorVersion |
[required] To update a major version of a service template, include
|
minorVersion |
[required] To update a minor version of a service template, include |
status |
The status of the service template minor version to update. |
supportedComponentSources |
An array of supported component sources. Components with supported sources can be attached to service instances based on this service template version. A change to For more information about components, see Proton components in the Proton User Guide. |
templateName |
[required] The name of the service template. |
Update template sync configuration parameters, except for the templateName and templateType
Description
Update template sync configuration parameters, except for the templateName
and templateType
. Repository details (branch, name, and provider) should be of a linked repository. A linked repository is a repository that has been registered with Proton. For more information, see create_repository
.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/proton_update_template_sync_config/ for full documentation.
Usage
proton_update_template_sync_config(
branch,
repositoryName,
repositoryProvider,
subdirectory = NULL,
templateName,
templateType
)
Arguments
branch |
[required] The repository branch for your template. |
repositoryName |
[required] The repository name (for example, |
repositoryProvider |
[required] The repository provider. |
subdirectory |
A subdirectory path to your template bundle version. When included, limits the template bundle search to this repository directory. |
templateName |
[required] The synced template name. |
templateType |
[required] The synced template type. |
Objects exported from other packages
Description
These objects are imported from other packages. Follow the links below to see their documentation.
- paws.common
config
,credentials
,creds
,list_paginators
,paginate
,paginate_lapply
,paginate_sapply
,paws_stream_parser
AWSServerlessApplicationRepository
Description
The AWS Serverless Application Repository makes it easy for developers and enterprises to quickly find and deploy serverless applications in the AWS Cloud. For more information about serverless applications, see Serverless Computing and Applications on the AWS website.
The AWS Serverless Application Repository is deeply integrated with the AWS Lambda console, so that developers of all levels can get started with serverless computing without needing to learn anything new. You can use category keywords to browse for applications such as web and mobile backends, data processing applications, or chatbots. You can also search for applications by name, publisher, or event source. To use an application, you simply choose it, configure any required fields, and deploy it with a few clicks.
You can also easily publish applications, sharing them publicly with the community at large, or privately within your team or across your organization. To publish a serverless application (or app), you can use the AWS Management Console, AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI), or AWS SDKs to upload the code. Along with the code, you upload a simple manifest file, also known as the AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) template. For more information about AWS SAM, see AWS Serverless Application Model (AWS SAM) on the AWS Labs GitHub repository.
The AWS Serverless Application Repository Developer Guide contains more information about the two developer experiences available:
Consuming Applications – Browse for applications and view information about them, including source code and readme files. Also install, configure, and deploy applications of your choosing.
Publishing Applications – Configure and upload applications to make them available to other developers, and publish new versions of applications.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository(
config = list(),
credentials = list(),
endpoint = NULL,
region = NULL
)
Arguments
config |
Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.
|
credentials |
Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter
|
endpoint |
Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client. |
region |
Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client. |
Value
A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using
syntax like svc$operation(...)
, where svc
is the name you've assigned
to the client. The available operations are listed in the
Operations section.
Service syntax
svc <- serverlessapplicationrepository( config = list( credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string", close_connection = "logical", timeout = "numeric", s3_force_path_style = "logical", sts_regional_endpoint = "string" ), credentials = list( creds = list( access_key_id = "string", secret_access_key = "string", session_token = "string" ), profile = "string", anonymous = "logical" ), endpoint = "string", region = "string" )
Operations
create_application | Creates an application, optionally including an AWS SAM file to create the first application version in the same call |
create_application_version | Creates an application version |
create_cloud_formation_change_set | Creates an AWS CloudFormation change set for the given application |
create_cloud_formation_template | Creates an AWS CloudFormation template |
delete_application | Deletes the specified application |
get_application | Gets the specified application |
get_application_policy | Retrieves the policy for the application |
get_cloud_formation_template | Gets the specified AWS CloudFormation template |
list_application_dependencies | Retrieves the list of applications nested in the containing application |
list_applications | Lists applications owned by the requester |
list_application_versions | Lists versions for the specified application |
put_application_policy | Sets the permission policy for an application |
unshare_application | Unshares an application from an AWS Organization |
update_application | Updates the specified application |
Examples
## Not run:
svc <- serverlessapplicationrepository()
svc$create_application(
Foo = 123
)
## End(Not run)
Creates an application, optionally including an AWS SAM file to create the first application version in the same call
Description
Creates an application, optionally including an AWS SAM file to create the first application version in the same call.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_create_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_create_application(
Author,
Description,
HomePageUrl = NULL,
Labels = NULL,
LicenseBody = NULL,
LicenseUrl = NULL,
Name,
ReadmeBody = NULL,
ReadmeUrl = NULL,
SemanticVersion = NULL,
SourceCodeArchiveUrl = NULL,
SourceCodeUrl = NULL,
SpdxLicenseId = NULL,
TemplateBody = NULL,
TemplateUrl = NULL
)
Arguments
Author |
[required] The name of the author publishing the app. Minimum length=1. Maximum length=127. Pattern "^[a-z0-9](([a-z0-9]|-(?!-))*[a-z0-9])?$"; |
Description |
[required] The description of the application. Minimum length=1. Maximum length=256 |
HomePageUrl |
A URL with more information about the application, for example the location of your GitHub repository for the application. |
Labels |
Labels to improve discovery of apps in search results. Minimum length=1. Maximum length=127. Maximum number of labels: 10 Pattern: "^[a-zA-Z0-9+\-_:\/@]+$"; |
LicenseBody |
A local text file that contains the license of the app that matches the spdxLicenseID value of your application. The file has the format file://\<path\>/\<filename\>. Maximum size 5 MB You can specify only one of licenseBody and licenseUrl; otherwise, an error results. |
LicenseUrl |
A link to the S3 object that contains the license of the app that matches the spdxLicenseID value of your application. Maximum size 5 MB You can specify only one of licenseBody and licenseUrl; otherwise, an error results. |
Name |
[required] The name of the application that you want to publish. Minimum length=1. Maximum length=140 Pattern: "[a-zA-Z0-9\-]+"; |
ReadmeBody |
A local text readme file in Markdown language that contains a more detailed description of the application and how it works. The file has the format file://\<path\>/\<filename\>. Maximum size 5 MB You can specify only one of readmeBody and readmeUrl; otherwise, an error results. |
ReadmeUrl |
A link to the S3 object in Markdown language that contains a more detailed description of the application and how it works. Maximum size 5 MB You can specify only one of readmeBody and readmeUrl; otherwise, an error results. |
SemanticVersion |
The semantic version of the application: |
SourceCodeArchiveUrl |
A link to the S3 object that contains the ZIP archive of the source code for this version of your application. Maximum size 50 MB |
SourceCodeUrl |
A link to a public repository for the source code of your application, for example the URL of a specific GitHub commit. |
SpdxLicenseId |
A valid identifier from https://spdx.org/licenses/. |
TemplateBody |
The local raw packaged AWS SAM template file of your application. The file has the format file://\<path\>/\<filename\>. You can specify only one of templateBody and templateUrl; otherwise an error results. |
TemplateUrl |
A link to the S3 object containing the packaged AWS SAM template of your application. You can specify only one of templateBody and templateUrl; otherwise an error results. |
Creates an application version
Description
Creates an application version.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_create_application_version/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_create_application_version(
ApplicationId,
SemanticVersion,
SourceCodeArchiveUrl = NULL,
SourceCodeUrl = NULL,
TemplateBody = NULL,
TemplateUrl = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
SemanticVersion |
[required] The semantic version of the new version. |
SourceCodeArchiveUrl |
A link to the S3 object that contains the ZIP archive of the source code for this version of your application. Maximum size 50 MB |
SourceCodeUrl |
A link to a public repository for the source code of your application, for example the URL of a specific GitHub commit. |
TemplateBody |
The raw packaged AWS SAM template of your application. |
TemplateUrl |
A link to the packaged AWS SAM template of your application. |
Creates an AWS CloudFormation change set for the given application
Description
Creates an AWS CloudFormation change set for the given application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_create_cloud_formation_change_set/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_create_cloud_formation_change_set(
ApplicationId,
Capabilities = NULL,
ChangeSetName = NULL,
ClientToken = NULL,
Description = NULL,
NotificationArns = NULL,
ParameterOverrides = NULL,
ResourceTypes = NULL,
RollbackConfiguration = NULL,
SemanticVersion = NULL,
StackName,
Tags = NULL,
TemplateId = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
Capabilities |
A list of values that you must specify before you can deploy certain applications. Some applications might include resources that can affect permissions in your AWS account, for example, by creating new AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) users. For those applications, you must explicitly acknowledge their capabilities by specifying this parameter. The only valid values are CAPABILITY_IAM, CAPABILITY_NAMED_IAM, CAPABILITY_RESOURCE_POLICY, and CAPABILITY_AUTO_EXPAND. The following resources require you to specify CAPABILITY_IAM or CAPABILITY_NAMED_IAM: AWS::IAM::Group, AWS::IAM::InstanceProfile, AWS::IAM::Policy, and AWS::IAM::Role. If the application contains IAM resources, you can specify either CAPABILITY_IAM or CAPABILITY_NAMED_IAM. If the application contains IAM resources with custom names, you must specify CAPABILITY_NAMED_IAM. The following resources require you to specify CAPABILITY_RESOURCE_POLICY: AWS::Lambda::Permission, AWS::IAM:Policy, AWS::ApplicationAutoScaling::ScalingPolicy, AWS::S3::BucketPolicy, AWS::SQS::QueuePolicy, and AWS::SNS:TopicPolicy. Applications that contain one or more nested applications require you to specify CAPABILITY_AUTO_EXPAND. If your application template contains any of the above resources, we recommend that you review all permissions associated with the application before deploying. If you don't specify this parameter for an application that requires capabilities, the call will fail. |
ChangeSetName |
This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API. |
ClientToken |
This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API. |
Description |
This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API. |
NotificationArns |
This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API. |
ParameterOverrides |
A list of parameter values for the parameters of the application. |
ResourceTypes |
This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API. |
RollbackConfiguration |
This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API. |
SemanticVersion |
The semantic version of the application: |
StackName |
[required] This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API. |
Tags |
This property corresponds to the parameter of the same name for the AWS CloudFormation CreateChangeSet API. |
TemplateId |
The UUID returned by CreateCloudFormationTemplate. Pattern: [0-9a-fA-F]{8}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{12} |
Creates an AWS CloudFormation template
Description
Creates an AWS CloudFormation template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_create_cloud_formation_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_create_cloud_formation_template(
ApplicationId,
SemanticVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
SemanticVersion |
The semantic version of the application: |
Deletes the specified application
Description
Deletes the specified application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_delete_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_delete_application(ApplicationId)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
Gets the specified application
Description
Gets the specified application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_get_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_get_application(
ApplicationId,
SemanticVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
SemanticVersion |
The semantic version of the application to get. |
Retrieves the policy for the application
Description
Retrieves the policy for the application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_get_application_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_get_application_policy(ApplicationId)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
Gets the specified AWS CloudFormation template
Description
Gets the specified AWS CloudFormation template.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_get_cloud_formation_template/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_get_cloud_formation_template(
ApplicationId,
TemplateId
)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
TemplateId |
[required] The UUID returned by CreateCloudFormationTemplate. Pattern: [0-9a-fA-F]{8}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{4}\-[0-9a-fA-F]{12} |
Retrieves the list of applications nested in the containing application
Description
Retrieves the list of applications nested in the containing application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_list_application_dependencies/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_list_application_dependencies(
ApplicationId,
MaxItems = NULL,
NextToken = NULL,
SemanticVersion = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
MaxItems |
The total number of items to return. |
NextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. |
SemanticVersion |
The semantic version of the application to get. |
Lists versions for the specified application
Description
Lists versions for the specified application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_list_application_versions/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_list_application_versions(
ApplicationId,
MaxItems = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
MaxItems |
The total number of items to return. |
NextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. |
Lists applications owned by the requester
Description
Lists applications owned by the requester.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_list_applications/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_list_applications(
MaxItems = NULL,
NextToken = NULL
)
Arguments
MaxItems |
The total number of items to return. |
NextToken |
A token to specify where to start paginating. |
Sets the permission policy for an application
Description
Sets the permission policy for an application. For the list of actions supported for this operation, see Application Permissions .
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_put_application_policy/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_put_application_policy(
ApplicationId,
Statements
)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
Statements |
[required] An array of policy statements applied to the application. |
Unshares an application from an AWS Organization
Description
Unshares an application from an AWS Organization.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_unshare_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_unshare_application(
ApplicationId,
OrganizationId
)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
OrganizationId |
[required] The AWS Organization ID to unshare the application from. |
Updates the specified application
Description
Updates the specified application.
See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/serverlessapplicationrepository_update_application/ for full documentation.
Usage
serverlessapplicationrepository_update_application(
ApplicationId,
Author = NULL,
Description = NULL,
HomePageUrl = NULL,
Labels = NULL,
ReadmeBody = NULL,
ReadmeUrl = NULL
)
Arguments
ApplicationId |
[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the application. |
Author |
The name of the author publishing the app. Minimum length=1. Maximum length=127. Pattern "^[a-z0-9](([a-z0-9]|-(?!-))*[a-z0-9])?$"; |
Description |
The description of the application. Minimum length=1. Maximum length=256 |
HomePageUrl |
A URL with more information about the application, for example the location of your GitHub repository for the application. |
Labels |
Labels to improve discovery of apps in search results. Minimum length=1. Maximum length=127. Maximum number of labels: 10 Pattern: "^[a-zA-Z0-9+\-_:\/@]+$"; |
ReadmeBody |
A text readme file in Markdown language that contains a more detailed description of the application and how it works. Maximum size 5 MB |
ReadmeUrl |
A link to the readme file in Markdown language that contains a more detailed description of the application and how it works. Maximum size 5 MB |